diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Asciidoc/Distro/eula.asciidoc b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Asciidoc/Distro/eula.asciidoc deleted file mode 100644 index cc006fc..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Asciidoc/Distro/eula.asciidoc +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ -= CentOS =RELEASE= EULA -The CentOS Project - -CentOS =RELEASE= comes with no guarantees or warranties of any sorts, either -written or implied. The Distribution is released as -file:///usr/share/doc/centos-release-5/GPL[GPL] work. Individual packages in -the distribution come with their own licences. diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Asciidoc/Distro/eula.conf b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Asciidoc/Distro/eula.conf deleted file mode 100644 index 27a5361..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Asciidoc/Distro/eula.conf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,33 +0,0 @@ -[eula-final/eula.docbook] -source = "eula.asciidoc" -command = "asciidoc --backend=docbook" - -[eula-final/eula.xhtml] -source = "eula-final/eula.docbook" -command = "centos-art render --backend=xhtml" - -[eula-final/eula.pdf] -source = "eula-final/eula.docbook" -command = "centos-art render --backend=pdf" - -# -# Add rendition support for different languages too. The following -# lines are valid when LANG environment variable doesn't begin with -# `en' characters. -# - -[eula-final-${LANG}/eula.docbook] -source = "eula-final/eula.docbook" -localization = "eula-l10n/${LANG}.po" -command = "centos-art render --backend=docbook" - -[eula-final-${LANG}/eula.xhtml] -source = "eula-final-${LANG}/eula.docbook" -localization = "eula-l10n/${LANG}.po" -command = "centos-art render --backend=xhtml" - -[eula-final-${LANG}/eula.pdf] -source = "eula-final-${LANG}/eula.docbook" -localization = "eula-l10n/${LANG}.po" -command = "centos-art render --backend=pdf" - diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Asciidoc/Distro/firefox_service_agreement.asciidoc b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Asciidoc/Distro/firefox_service_agreement.asciidoc deleted file mode 100644 index cda14d5..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Asciidoc/Distro/firefox_service_agreement.asciidoc +++ /dev/null @@ -1,153 +0,0 @@ -Mozilla Firefox - Website Services Agreement -============================================ - -The accompanying version of Mozilla Firefox utilizes website information -services (``Services''), such as safe-browsing features, which are provided by -the Mozilla Corporation and made available to you under additional terms. By -using the Services, you consent to the terms of the referenced Mozilla Firefox -Website Services Agreement. - -If you do not agree to these terms, do not use the Services and disable the -Services in Edit -> Preferences -> Security and uncheck the options for both: -``Tell me if the site I'm visiting is a suspected attack site'' and ``Tell me -if the site I'm visiting is a suspected forgery.'' - -Version 3.0, June 2008 ----------------------- - -During the Mozilla Firefox installation process, and at later times, you may be -given the option of installing additional components from third-party software -providers. The installation and use of those third-party components may be -governed by additional license agreements. - -In this Mozilla Firefox Website Services Agreement (``Agreement''), the -accompanying executable version of Mozilla Firefox shall be referred to as -``the Product''. - -The Product utilizes website information services (``Services''), such as -safe-browsing features, which are provided by the Mozilla Corporation -(``Mozilla'') and made available to you subject to the terms below. By using -the Services, you consent to the terms of this Agreement. If you do not agree -to the terms of this Agreement, do not use the Services and disable the -Services in the preferences/security menu. - -Use Of Service -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - -Mozilla permits you to use the Services via the Product. This Agreement will -also govern the use of Services made available to you as a result of your -installing any executable software upgrades to the Product provided to you by -CentOS, where those Services replace and/or supplement the Services provided -through use of the Product. In such a case, ``the Product'' shall -also refer to such installed upgrades. However, if such upgrades are -accompanied by a separate agreement from Mozilla, the terms of that agreement -will govern. - -Termination -~~~~~~~~~~~ - -If you breach this Agreement your right to use the Services will terminate -immediately and without notice, but all provisions of this Agreement except the -Use of Services (Paragraph 1) will survive termination and continue in effect. - -Proprietary Rights -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - -Subject to this Agreement and to all applicable licensing terms governing your -use of the Product, Mozilla, for itself and on behalf of its licensors, hereby -reserves all intellectual property rights in the Services, except for the -rights expressly granted in this Agreement. You may not remove or alter any -trademark, logo, copyright or other proprietary notice in or on the Product. -This agreement does not grant you any right to use the trademarks, service -marks or logos of Mozilla or its licensors. Nothing in this Agreement shall be -construed to limit any rights granted under open source licenses applicable to -the Product and to corresponding source code versions of the Product. - -Privacy Policy -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - -The Mozilla Firefox Privacy Policy is made available online at -http://www.mozilla.com/legal/privacy/, as that policy may be updated from time -to time. - -Website Information Services -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - -Mozilla and its contributors, licensors and partners work to provide the most -accurate and up-to-date phishing and malware information. However, they cannot -guarantee that this information is comprehensive and error-free: some risky -sites may not be identified, and some safe sites may be identified in error. - -Disclaimer Of Warranty -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - -The product and services are provided ``as is'' with all faults. to the extent -permitted by law, mozilla and mozilla's distributors, and licensors hereby -disclaim all warranties, whether express or implied, including without -limitation warranties that the product and services are free of defects, -merchantable, fit for a particular purpose and non-infringing. you bear the -entire risk as to selecting the product and services for your purposes and as -to the quality and performance of the product and services. this limitation -will apply notwithstanding the failure of essential purpose of any remedy. -some jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of implied -warranties, so this disclaimer may not apply to you. - -Limitation Of Liability -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - -Except as required by law, mozilla and its distributors, directors, licensors, -contributors and agents (collectively, the ``mozilla group'') will -not be liable for any indirect, special, incidental, consequential or exemplary -damages arising out of or in any way relating to this agreement or the use of -or inability to use the product and the services, including without limitation -damages for loss of goodwill, work stoppage, lost profits, loss of data, and -computer failure or malfunction, even if advised of the possibility of such -damages and regardless of the theory (contract, tort or otherwise) upon which -such claim is based. the mozilla group's collective liability under this -agreement will not exceed the greater of $500 (five hundred dollars) and the -fees paid by you under the license (if any). Some jurisdictions do not allow -the exclusion or limitation of incidental, consequential or special damages, so -this exclusion and limitation may not apply to you. - -U.S. Goverment End-Users -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - -This Product is a ``commercial item,'' as that term is defined in 48 -C.F.R. 2.101, consisting of ``commercial computer software'' and -``commercial computer software documentation,'' as such terms are -used in 48 C.F.R. 12.212 (Sept. 1995) and 48 C.F.R. 227.7202 (June 1995). -Consistent with 48 C.F.R. 12.212, 48 C.F.R. 27.405(b)(2) (June 1998) and 48 -C.F.R. 227.7202, all U.S. Government End Users acquire the Product with only -those rights as set forth therein. - -Miscellaneous -~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - -a. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between Mozilla and you -concerning the subject matter hereof, and it may only be modified by a written -amendment signed by an authorized executive of Mozilla. - -b. Except to the extent applicable law, if any, provides otherwise, this -Agreement will be governed by the laws of the state of California, U.S.A., -excluding its conflict of law provisions. - -c. This Agreement will not be governed by the United Nations Convention on -Contracts for the International Sale of Goods. - -d. If any part of this Agreement is held invalid or unenforceable, that part -will be construed to reflect the parties' original intent, and the remaining -portions will remain in full force and effect - -e. A waiver by either party of any term or condition of this Agreement or any -breach thereof, in any one instance, will not waive such term or condition or -any subsequent breach thereof. - -f. Except as required by law, the controlling language of this Agreement is -English. - -g. You may assign your rights under this Agreement to any party that consents -to, and agrees to be bound by, its terms; the Mozilla Corporation may assign -its rights under this Agreement without condition. - -h. This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties, -their successors and permitted assigns. diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Asciidoc/Distro/firefox_service_agreement.conf b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Asciidoc/Distro/firefox_service_agreement.conf deleted file mode 100644 index e69de29..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Asciidoc/Distro/firefox_service_agreement.conf +++ /dev/null diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Asciidoc/Distro/firefox_startpage.asciidoc b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Asciidoc/Distro/firefox_startpage.asciidoc deleted file mode 100644 index a512a38..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Asciidoc/Distro/firefox_startpage.asciidoc +++ /dev/null @@ -1,44 +0,0 @@ -Welcome to CentOS 5.8 -===================== -The CentOS Project - -Abstract --------- - -CentOS 5.8 comes with no guarantees or warranties of any sorts, either written -or implied. The Distribution is released as -file:///usr/share/doc/centos-release-5/GPL[GPL] work. Individual packages in -the distribution come with their own licences. - -What is CentOS? ---------------- - -http://www.centos.org/[CentOS] is an Enterprise-class Linux Distribution -derived from sources freely provided to the public by a prominent North -American Enterprise Linux vendor. CentOS conforms fully with the upstream -vendors redistribution policy and aims to be 100% binary compatible. (CentOS -mainly changes packages to remove upstream vendor branding and artwork.) - -CentOS is developed by a small but growing team of core developers. In turn the -core developers are supported by an active user community including system -administrators, network administrators, enterprise users, managers, core Linux -contributors and Linux enthusiasts from around the world. - -Advantages ----------- - -CentOS has numerous advantages including: an active and growing user community, -quickly rebuilt, tested, and QA'ed errata packages, an extensive -http://www.centos.org/modules/tinycontent/index.php?id=15[mirror network], -developers who are contactable and responsive reliable Enterprise Linux class -distribution, multiple free support avenues. - -Support -------- -The following free support avenues are available: - -- http://www.centos.org/[The CentOS Website] -- http://wiki.centos.org/[The CentOS Wiki] (includes a dynaic http://wiki.centos.org/FAQs[FAQ]) -- http://www.centos.org/modules/tinycontent/index.php?id=8[The CentOS IRC Chat] -- http://lists.centos.org/[The CentOS Mailing lists] -- http://forums.centos.org/[The CentOS Forums] diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Asciidoc/Distro/firefox_startpage.conf b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Asciidoc/Distro/firefox_startpage.conf deleted file mode 100644 index e69de29..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Asciidoc/Distro/firefox_startpage.conf +++ /dev/null diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Asciidoc/Distro/rnotes.asciidoc b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Asciidoc/Distro/rnotes.asciidoc deleted file mode 100644 index 2ae9e49..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Asciidoc/Distro/rnotes.asciidoc +++ /dev/null @@ -1,26 +0,0 @@ -= CentOS =RELEASE= Release Notes -The CentOS Project - -The CentOS =RELEASE= Release Notes are licensed under a -http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/[Creative Common -Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 License]. - -The CentOS Project welcomes you to CentOS =RELEASE=. - -The complete release notes for CentOS =RELEASE= can be found online at: -http://wiki.centos.org/Manuals/ReleaseNotes/=RELEASE=/[http://wiki.centos.org/Manuals/ReleaseNotes/=RELEASE=/] - -A list of frequently asked questions and answers about CentOS =RELEASE= can be found -online at: http://wiki.centos.org/FAQs/5/[http://wiki.centos.org/FAQs/5/] - -If you are looking for help with CentOS, we recommend you start at the -http://wiki.centos.org/GettingHelp/[http://wiki.centos.org/GettingHelp/] for -pointers to the different sources where -you can get help. - -If you would like to contribute to The CentOS Project, see -http://wiki.centos.org/HowToContribute/[http://wiki.centos.org/HowToContribute/] -for areas where you could help. - -For more information about The CentOS Project in general please visit our -homepage at: http://www.centos.org/[http://www.centos.org/] diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Asciidoc/Distro/rnotes.conf b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Asciidoc/Distro/rnotes.conf deleted file mode 100644 index b1bd285..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Asciidoc/Distro/rnotes.conf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,32 +0,0 @@ -[release-notes-final/release-notes.docbook] -source = "release-notes.asciidoc" -command = "asciidoc --backend=docbook" - -[release-notes-final/release-notes.xhtml] -source = "release-notes-final/release-notes.docbook" -command = "centos-art render --backend=xhtml" - -[release-notes-final/release-notes.pdf] -source = "release-notes-final/release-notes.docbook" -command = "centos-art render --backend=pdf" - -# -# Add rendition support for different languages too. The following -# lines are valid when LANG environment variable doesn't begin with -# `en' characters. -# - -[release-notes-final-${LANG}/release-notes.docbook] -source = "release-notes-final/release-notes.docbook" -localization = "release-notes-l10n/${LANG}.po" -command = "centos-art render --backend=docbook" - -[release-notes-final-${LANG}/release-notes.xhtml] -source = "release-notes-final-${LANG}/release-notes.docbook" -localization = "release-notes-l10n/${LANG}.po" -command = "centos-art render --backend=xhtml" - -[release-notes-final-${LANG}/release-notes.pdf] -source = "release-notes-final-${LANG}/release-notes.docbook" -localization = "release-notes-l10n/${LANG}.po" -command = "centos-art render --backend=pdf" diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Asciidoc/Repository/centos-artwork.asciidoc b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Asciidoc/Repository/centos-artwork.asciidoc deleted file mode 100644 index e69de29..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Asciidoc/Repository/centos-artwork.asciidoc +++ /dev/null diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Asciidoc/Repository/centos-artwork.conf b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Asciidoc/Repository/centos-artwork.conf deleted file mode 100644 index e69de29..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Asciidoc/Repository/centos-artwork.conf +++ /dev/null diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/DirStructure/dirStructure.svgz b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/DirStructure/dirStructure.svgz new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3a1adc6 Binary files /dev/null and b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/DirStructure/dirStructure.svgz differ diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Default/Book/Book-bookinfo-author.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Default/Book/Book-bookinfo-author.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index 3d8d6a9..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Default/Book/Book-bookinfo-author.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,6 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Default/Book/Book-bookinfo-copyright-holder.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Default/Book/Book-bookinfo-copyright-holder.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index ac998b8..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Default/Book/Book-bookinfo-copyright-holder.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -&TCP;. All rights reserved. diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Default/Book/Book-bookinfo-copyright-year.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Default/Book/Book-bookinfo-copyright-year.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index df9b499..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Default/Book/Book-bookinfo-copyright-year.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -YEAR diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Default/Book/Book-bookinfo-copyright.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Default/Book/Book-bookinfo-copyright.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index 78f0186..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Default/Book/Book-bookinfo-copyright.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4 +0,0 @@ - - - - diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Default/Book/Book-bookinfo-legalnotice.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Default/Book/Book-bookinfo-legalnotice.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index 5cb78bc..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Default/Book/Book-bookinfo-legalnotice.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ - - - Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this - document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation - License, Version 1.2 or any later version published by the - Free Software Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, no - Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the - license is included in . - - diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Default/Book/Book-bookinfo-revhistory-revision.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Default/Book/Book-bookinfo-revhistory-revision.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index 7b09a2c..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Default/Book/Book-bookinfo-revhistory-revision.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ - - - - - diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Default/Book/Book-bookinfo.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Default/Book/Book-bookinfo.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index 2cb60f9..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Default/Book/Book-bookinfo.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Default/Book/Book-subtitle.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Default/Book/Book-subtitle.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index b60a07e..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Default/Book/Book-subtitle.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -BOOKSUBTITLE diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Default/Book/Book-title.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Default/Book/Book-title.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index b54b481..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Default/Book/Book-title.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -BOOKTITLE - diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Default/Book/Book.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Default/Book/Book.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index b447fc9..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Default/Book/Book.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - - - - diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Default/Book/Book.ent b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Default/Book/Book.ent deleted file mode 100644 index af62731..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Default/Book/Book.ent +++ /dev/null @@ -1,58 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -&TC; Project"> - - - -&TC; Mirrors"> - - - - - - - -&TCA; Repository"> -&TCA; SIG"> - -The CentOS Artwork Repository User's Guide"> - -centos-artwork@centos.org mailing list"> -centos-devel@centos.org mailing list"> -centos-info@centos.org mailing list"> - - -&TC; Wiki"> -&TC; Mailing Lists"> - - - -"> -"> -"> -"> - -&TC; Documentation"> - diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Default/Book/Part-partintro.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Default/Book/Part-partintro.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index c8467b4..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Default/Book/Part-partintro.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3 +0,0 @@ - - - diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Default/Book/Part.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Default/Book/Part.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index 7f13f50..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Default/Book/Part.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ - - - PART_TITLE - - - - - diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Default/Book/Part/Chapter.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Default/Book/Part/Chapter.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index 19f5bf7..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Default/Book/Part/Chapter.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ - - - CHAPTER_TITLE - - - - diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Default/Book/Part/Chapter/section.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Default/Book/Part/Chapter/section.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index 1ca0bd5..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Default/Book/Part/Chapter/section.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,13 +0,0 @@ - - - SECTION_TITLE - - - Write the section content here. - - - - ... - - - diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Default/Book/Preface.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Default/Book/Preface.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index 42c8578..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Default/Book/Preface.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ - - - Preface - - &preface-overview; - &preface-docconvs; - &preface-feedback; - - diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Default/Book/Preface/docconvs.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Default/Book/Preface/docconvs.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index 17509ca..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Default/Book/Preface/docconvs.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,225 +0,0 @@ -
- - Document Convenctions - - - In this manual, certain words are represented in different - fonts, typefaces, sizes, and weights. This highlighting is - systematic; different words are represented in the same style - to indicate their inclusion in a specific category. The types - of words that are represented this way include the - following: - - - - - command - - - Linux commands (and other operating system commands, when - used) are represented this way. This style should - indicate to you that you can type the word or phrase on - the command line and press Enter to - invoke a command. Sometimes a command contains words that - would be displayed in a different style on their own (such - as file names). In these cases, they are considered to be - part of the command, so the entire phrase is displayed as - a command. For example: - - - - Use the centos-art render - Identity/Images/Themes/TreeFlower/4/Distro/5/Anaconda - --filter="01-welcome" command to produce the first - slide image used by Anaconda in the branch 5 of &TCD; - using the version 4 of TreeFlower artistic motif. - - - - - - file name - - - File names, directory names, paths, and RPM package names - are represented this way. This style indicates that a - particular file or directory exists with that name on your - system. Examples: - - - - The init.sh file in Scripts/Bash/Cli/ - directory is the initialization script, written in Bash, - used to automate most of tasks in the repository. - - - - The centos-art command uses the - ImageMagick RPM package to convert - images from PNG format to other formats. - - - - - - key - - - A key on the keyboard is shown in this style. For - example: - - - - To use Tab completion to list particular - files in a directory, type ls, then a - character, and finally the Tab key. Your - terminal displays the list of files in the working - directory that begin with that character. - - - - - - keycombination - - - A combination of keystrokes is represented in this way. - For example: - - - - The CtrlAltBackspace - key combination exits your graphical session and returns - you to the graphical login screen or the console. - - - - - - computer output - - - Text in this style indicates text displayed to a shell - prompt such as error messages and responses to commands. - For example, the ls command displays - the contents of a directory using this style: - - - -render_doTranslation.sh render_getDirTemplate.sh render_doBaseActions.sh -render_getConfigOption.sh render_getOptions.sh render_doThemeActions.sh -render_getDirOutput.sh render.sh - - - - The output returned in response to the command (in this - case, the contents of the directory) is shown in this - style. - - - - - - prompt - - - A prompt, which is a computer's way of signifying that it - is ready for you to input something, is shown in this - style. Examples: - - - - - - $ - - - - - # - - - - - [centos@projects centos]$ - - - - - projects login: - - - - - - - - user input - - - Text that the user types, either on the command line or - into a text box on a GUI screen, is displayed in this - style. In the following example, - text is displayed in this style: To - boot your system into the text based installation program, - you must type in the text command - at the boot: prompt. - - - - - - replaceable - - - Text used in examples that is meant to be replaced with - data provided by the user is displayed in this style. In - the following example, - version-number is displayed in - this style: The directory for the kernel source is - /usr/src/kernels/version-number/, - where version-number is the - version and type of kernel installed on this system. - - - - - - Additionally, we use several different strategies to draw - your attention to certain pieces of information. In order of - urgency, these items are marked as a note, tip, important, - caution, or warning. For example: - - - Remember that Linux is case sensitive. In other words, a - rose is not a ROSE is not a rOsE. - - - - The directory /usr/share/doc/ contains - additional documentation for packages installed on your - system. - - - - If you modify the DHCP configuration file, the changes - do not take effect until you restart the DHCP daemon. - - - - Do not perform routine tasks as root — use a - regular user account unless you need to use the root account - for system administration tasks. - - - - Be careful to remove only the necessary partitions. - Removing other partitions could result in data loss or a - corrupted system environment. - - -
diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Default/Book/Preface/feedback.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Default/Book/Preface/feedback.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index 14cc875..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Default/Book/Preface/feedback.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,43 +0,0 @@ -
- - Send In Your Feedback - - - &TCAR; is an ongoing work which might contain errors and - require new features. If you find errors inside &TCAR; or have - any suggestion, we want to know about it. - - - - To report errors and suggestions about &TCAR; you need to do - the following: - - - - - - Register yourself in the bug tracker. - - - - - Log in the bug tracker using your account. - - - - - Write a new ticket in the bug tracker using your account. - - - - - While you are writing your feedback report, please keep in - mind that it is very useful that you be specific about the - issue you are reporting in order for others be able of - reproducing it and, this way, find a solution for it. For - example, consider to include all the error messages you see in - your screen and the exact order of commands you used to - perform actions when using the centos-art.sh script. - - -
diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Default/Book/Preface/overview.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Default/Book/Preface/overview.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index 34d81db..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Default/Book/Preface/overview.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,13 +0,0 @@ -
- - Overview - - - Summarize, in a few paragraphs, what this book is all about. - - - - ... - - -
diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Default/Licenses/Gfdl/gfdl.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Default/Licenses/Gfdl/gfdl.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index 89b468a..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Default/Licenses/Gfdl/gfdl.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,608 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - GNU Free Documentation License - - Version 1.2, November 2002 - - Copyright © 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, - Inc. 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA - - Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies - of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. - - - - Preamble - - The purpose of this License is to make a manual, - textbook, or other functional and useful document - free in the sense of freedom: to assure - everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, - with or without modifying it, either commercially or - noncommercially. Secondarily, this License preserves for the - author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while - not being considered responsible for modifications made by - others. - - This License is a kind of copyleft, which - means that derivative works of the document must themselves be - free in the same sense. It complements the , which is a copyleft license - designed for free software. - - We have designed this License in order to use it for - manuals for free software, because free software needs free - documentation: a free program should come with manuals - providing the same freedoms that the software does. But this - License is not limited to software manuals; it can be used for - any textual work, regardless of subject matter or whether it - is published as a printed book. We recommend this License - principally for works whose purpose is instruction or - reference. - - - - - - Applicability and definitions - - This License applies to any manual or other work, in any - medium, that contains a notice placed by the copyright holder - saying it can be distributed under the terms of this License. - Such a notice grants a world-wide, royalty-free license, - unlimited in duration, to use that work under the conditions - stated herein. The Document, below, refers to - any such manual or work. Any member of the public is a - licensee, and is addressed as you. You accept - the license if you copy, modify or distribute the work in a - way requiring permission under copyright law. - - A - Modified Version of the Document means any work - containing the Document or a portion of it, either copied - verbatim, or with modifications and/or translated into another - language. - - A - Secondary Section is a named appendix or a - front-matter section of the Document that deals exclusively - with the relationship of the publishers or authors of the - Document to the Document's overall subject (or to related - matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly within - that overall subject. (Thus, if the Document is in part a - textbook of mathematics, a may not explain any mathematics.) The relationship could be - a matter of historical connection with the subject or with - related matters, or of legal, commercial, philosophical, - ethical or political position regarding them. - - The Invariant Sections are certain - whose titles are - designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the - notice that says that the Document is released under this - License. If a section does not fit the above definition of - Secondary then it is not allowed to be designated as - Invariant. The Document may contain zero Invariant Sections. - If the Document does not identify any Invariant Section then - there are none. - - The - Cover Texts are certain short passages of text - that are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in - the notice that says that the Document is released under this - License. A Front-Cover Text may be at most 5 words, and a - Back-Cover Text may be at most 25 words. - - A - Transparent copy of the Document means a - machine-readable copy, represented in a format whose - specification is available to the general public, that is - suitable for revising the document straightforwardly with - generic text editors or (for images composed of pixels) - generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available - drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text - formatters or for automatic translation to a variety of - formats suitable for input to text formatters. A copy made in - an otherwise file format whose - markup, or absence of markup, has been arranged to thwart or - discourage subsequent modification by readers is not . An image format is not if used for any substantial amount of - text. A copy that is not is called Opaque. - - Examples of suitable formats for copies - include plain ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, - LaTeX input format, SGML or XML using a publicly available - DTD, and standard-conforming simple HTML, PostScript or PDF - designed for human modification. Examples of transparent - image formats include PNG, XCF and JPG. Opaque formats - include proprietary formats that can be read and edited only - by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD - and/or processing tools are not generally available, and the - machine-generated HTML, PostScript or PDF produced by some - word processors for output purposes only. - - The Title - Page means, for a printed book, the title page itself, - plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the - material this License requires to appear in the title page. - For works in formats which do not have any title page as such, - Title Page means the text near the most - prominent appearance of the work's title, preceding the - beginning of the body of the text. - - A section Entitled XYZ means a named - subunit of the Document whose title either is precisely XYZ or - contains XYZ in parentheses following text that translates XYZ - in another language. (Here XYZ stands for a specific section - name mentioned below, such as Acknowledgements, - Dedications, Endorsements, or - History.) To Preserve the Title - of such a section when you modify the Document means that it - remains a section Entitled XYZ according to - this definition. - - The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to - the notice which states that this License applies to the - Document. These Warranty Disclaimers are considered to be - included by reference in this License, but only as regards - disclaiming warranties: any other implication that these - Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and has no effect on the - meaning of this License. - - - - - - Verbatim copying - - You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, - either commercially or noncommercially, provided that this - License, the copyright notices, and the license notice saying - this License applies to the Document are reproduced in all - copies, and that you add no other conditions whatsoever to - those of this License. You may not use technical measures to - obstruct or control the reading or further copying of the - copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept - compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a - large enough number of copies you must also follow the - conditions in section . - - You may also lend copies, under the same conditions - stated above, and you may publicly display copies. - - - - - - Copying in quantity - - If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that - commonly have printed covers) of the Document, numbering more - than 100, and the Document's license notice requires Cover - Texts, you must enclose the copies in covers that carry, - clearly and legibly, all these : - Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on - the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly - identify you as the publisher of these copies. The front - cover must present the full title with all words of the title - equally prominent and visible. You may add other material on - the covers in addition. Copying with changes limited to the - covers, as long as they preserve the title of the Document and - satisfy these conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying - in other respects. - - If the required texts for either cover are too - voluminous to fit legibly, you should put the first ones - listed (as many as fit reasonably) on the actual cover, and - continue the rest onto adjacent pages. - - If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the - Document numbering more than 100, you must either include a - machine-readable copy along with each Opaque copy, - or state in or with each Opaque copy a computer-network - location from which the general network-using public has - access to download using public-standard network protocols a - complete copy of the Document, free of added - material. If you use the latter option, you must take - reasonably prudent steps, when you begin distribution of - Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this - copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location until - at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque - copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that - edition to the public. - - It is requested, but not required, that you contact the - authors of the Document well before redistributing any large - number of copies, to give them a chance to provide you with an - updated version of the Document. - - - - - - Modifications - - - You may copy and distribute a of the Document under the - conditions of sections and above, provided that - you release the under - precisely this License, with the filling the role of the - Document, thus licensing distribution and modification of - the to whoever - possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do these - things in the : - - - - - - Use in the (and on - the covers, if any) a title distinct from that of the - Document, and from those of previous versions (which - should, if there were any, be listed in the History - section of the Document). You may use the same title - as a previous version if the original publisher of - that version gives permission. - - - List on the , as - authors, one or more persons or entities responsible - for authorship of the modifications in the , together with at least - five of the principal authors of the Document (all of - its principal authors, if it has fewer than five), - unless they release you from this requirement. - - - - State on the the - name of the publisher of the , as the - publisher. - - - - Preserve all the copyright notices of the - Document. - - - - Add an appropriate copyright notice for your - modifications adjacent to the other copyright - notices. - - - - Include, immediately after the copyright - notices, a license notice giving the public permission - to use the under the terms of this - License, in the form shown in the Addendum - below. - - - - Preserve in that license notice the full lists - of and required - given in the Document's - license notice. - - - - Include an unaltered copy of this License. - - - - Preserve the section Entitled - History, Preserve its Title, and add to - it an item stating at least the title, year, new - authors, and publisher of the as given on the . If there is no section - Entitled History in the Document, create - one stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of - the Document as given on its , then add an item describing the as stated in the previous - sentence. - - - - Preserve the network location, if any, given in - the Document for public access to a copy of the Document, and - likewise the network locations given in the Document - for previous versions it was based on. These may be - placed in the History section. You may - omit a network location for a work that was published - at least four years before the Document itself, or if - the original publisher of the version it refers to - gives permission. - - - - For any section Entitled - Acknowledgements or - Dedications, Preserve the Title of the - section, and preserve in the section all the substance - and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements - and/or dedications given therein. - - - - Preserve all the of the Document, - unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section - numbers or the equivalent are not considered part of - the section titles. - - - - Delete any section Entitled - Endorsements. Such a section may not - be included in the . - - - - Do not retitle any existing section to be - Entitled Endorsements or to conflict in - title with any . - - - Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers. - - - - - If the includes new - front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as and contain no material - copied from the Document, you may at your option designate - some or all of these sections as invariant. To do this, - add their titles to the list of in the 's license notice. These - titles must be distinct from any other section - titles. - - - - You may add a section Entitled - Endorsements, provided it contains nothing - but endorsements of your by various parties–for example, statements of - peer review or that the text has been approved by an - organization as the authoritative definition of a - standard. - - - - You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover - Text, and a passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover - Text, to the end of the list of in the . Only one passage of - Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added - by (or through arrangements made by) any one entity. If - the Document already includes a cover text for the same - cover, previously added by you or by arrangement made by - the same entity you are acting on behalf of, you may not - add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit - permission from the previous publisher that added the old - one. - - - - The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by - this License give permission to use their names for - publicity for or to assert or imply endorsement of any - . - - - - - - - Combining documents - - You may combine the Document with other documents - released under this License, under the terms defined in - section above for - modified versions, provided that you include in the - combination all of the of - all of the original documents, unmodified, and list them all - as of your combined work - in its license notice, and that you preserve all their - Warranty Disclaimers. - - The combined work need only contain one copy of this - License, and multiple identical may be replaced with a single - copy. If there are multiple with the same name but - different contents, make the title of each such section unique - by adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the - original author or publisher of that section if known, or else - a unique number. Make the same adjustment to the section - titles in the list of in - the license notice of the combined work. - - In the combination, you must combine any sections - Entitled History in the various original - documents, forming one section Entitled - History; likewise combine any sections Entitled - Acknowledgements, and any sections Entitled - Dedications. You must delete all sections - Entitled Endorsements. - - - - - - Collection of documents - - You may make a collection consisting of the Document and - other documents released under this License, and replace the - individual copies of this License in the various documents - with a single copy that is included in the collection, - provided that you follow the rules of this License for - verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other - respects. - - You may extract a single document from such a - collection, and distribute it individually under this License, - provided you insert a copy of this License into the extracted - document, and follow this License in all other respects - regarding verbatim copying of that document. - - - - - - Aggregation with independent works - - A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with - other separate and independent documents or works, in or on a - volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an - aggregate if the copyright resulting from the - compilation is not used to limit the legal rights of the - compilation's users beyond what the individual works permit. - When the Document is included in an aggregate, this License - does not apply to the other works in the aggregate which are - not themselves derivative works of the Document. - - If the Cover Text requirement of section is applicable to these - copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one - half of the entire aggregate, the Document's may be placed on covers that bracket - the Document within the aggregate, or the electronic - equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic form. - Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket the - whole aggregate. - - - - - - Translations - - Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you - may distribute translations of the Document under the terms of - section . Replacing - with translations - requires special permission from their copyright holders, but - you may include translations of some or all in addition to the original - versions of these . You - may include a translation of this License, and all the license - notices in the Document, and any Warranty Disclaimers, - provided that you also include the original English version of - this License and the original versions of those notices and - disclaimers. In case of a disagreement between the - translation and the original version of this License or a - notice or disclaimer, the original version will - prevail. - - If a section in the Document is Entitled - Acknowledgements, Dedications, - or History, the requirement (section ) to Preserve its Title - (section ) will - typically require changing the actual title. - - - - - - Termination - - You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the - Document except as expressly provided for under this License. - Any other attempt to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute - the Document is void, and will automatically terminate your - rights under this License. However, parties who have received - copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have - their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in - full compliance. - - - - - - Future Revisions of this License - - The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised - versions of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to - time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the - present version, but may differ in detail to address new - problems or concerns. See . - - Each version of the License is given a distinguishing - version number. If the Document specifies that a particular - numbered version of this License or any later - version applies to it, you have the option of - following the terms and conditions either of that specified - version or of any later version that has been published (not - as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the Document - does not specify a version number of this License, you may - choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by the Free - Software Foundation. - - - - - - How to use this License for your documents - - To use this License in a document you have written, - include a copy of the License in the document and put the - following copyright and license notices just after the title - page: - - -Copyright (C) YEAR YOUR NAME. - -Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this -document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, -Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software -Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and -no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the -section entitled GNU Free Documentation License. - - - If you have , - Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover Texts, replace the - with...Texts. line with this: - - -with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the -Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being -LIST. - - - If you have - without , or some other - combination of the three, merge those two alternatives to suit - the situation. - - If your document contains nontrivial examples of program - code, we recommend releasing these examples in parallel under - your choice of free software license, such as the GNU General - Public License, to permit their use in free software. - - - - diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Default/Licenses/Gpl/gpl.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Default/Licenses/Gpl/gpl.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index 7394198..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Default/Licenses/Gpl/gpl.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,539 +0,0 @@ - - - - - GNU General Public License - - - Version 2, June 1991 - - - - Copyright © 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA - - - - Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies - of this license document, but changing it is not - allowed. - - - - - Preamble - - - The licenses for most software are designed to take away your - freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General - Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share - and change free software–to make sure the software is - free for all its users. This General Public License applies - to most of the Free Software Foundation's software and to any - other program whose authors commit to using it. (Some other - Free Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU - Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to - your programs, too. - - - - When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, - not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make - sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free - software (and charge for this service if you wish), that you - receive source code or can get it if you want it, that you can - change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs; - and that you know you can do these things. - - - - To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that - forbid anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to - surrender the rights. These restrictions translate to certain - responsibilities for you if you distribute copies of the - software, or if you modify it. - - - - For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, - whether gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all - the rights that you have. You must make sure that they, too, - receive or can get the source code. And you must show them - these terms so they know their rights. - - - - We protect your rights with two steps: - - - - - copyright the software, and - - - offer you this license which gives you legal - permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the - software. - - - - - Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make - certain that everyone understands that there is no warranty - for this free software. If the software is modified by - someone else and passed on, we want its recipients to know - that what they have is not the original, so that any problems - introduced by others will not reflect on the original authors' - reputations. - - - - Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software - patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a - free program will individually obtain patent licenses, in - effect making the program proprietary. To prevent this, we - have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for - everyone's free use or not licensed at all. - - - - The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and - modification follow. - - - - - - - Terms and Conditions for Copying, Distribution and Modification - - - - Section 1 - - - You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's - source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that - you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an - appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep - intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the - absence of any warranty; and give any other recipients of the - Program a copy of this License along with the Program. - - - - You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a - copy, and you may at your option offer warranty protection in - exchange for a fee. - - - - - - - Section 2 - - - You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any - portion of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and - copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms - of above, provided that - you also meet all of these conditions: - - - - - - You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices - stating that you changed the files and the date of any - change. - - - - - You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that - in whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or - any part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to - all third parties under the terms of this License. - - - - - If the modified program normally reads commands interactively - when run, you must cause it, when started running for such - interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display - an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and - a notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you - provide a warranty) and that users may redistribute the - program under these conditions, and telling the user how to - view a copy of this License. - - - - - - Exception - - If the Program itself is interactive but does not normally - print such an announcement, your work based on the Program is - not required to print an announcement. - - - - - These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If - identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the - Program, and can be reasonably considered independent and - separate works in themselves, then this License, and its - terms, do not apply to those sections when you distribute them - as separate works. But when you distribute the same sections - as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program, the - distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this - License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the - entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of - who wrote it. - - - - Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or - contest your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, - the intent is to exercise the right to control the - distribution of derivative or collective works based on the - Program. - - - - In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the - Program with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) - on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring - the other work under the scope of this License. - - - - - - - Section 3 - - - You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on - it, under ) in object code - or executable form under the terms of and above provided that you also do - one of the following: - - - - - - Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable - source code, which must be distributed under the terms of - and above on a medium customarily - used for software interchange; or, - - - - - - Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three - years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your - cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete - machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be - distributed under the terms of and above on a medium customarily - used for software interchange; or, - - - - - - Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer - to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is - allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you - received the program in object code or executable form with - such an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) - - - - - - The source code for a work means the preferred form of the - work for making modifications to it. For an executable work, - complete source code means all the source code for all modules - it contains, plus any associated interface definition files, - plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation - of the executable. However, as a special exception, the - source code distributed need not include anything that is - normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with - the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the - operating system on which the executable runs, unless that - component itself accompanies the executable. - - - - If distribution of executable or object code is made by - offering access to copy from a designated place, then offering - equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place - counts as distribution of the source code, even though third - parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the - object code. - - - - - - - Section 4 - - - You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the - Program except as expressly provided under this License. Any - attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute - the Program is void, and will automatically terminate your - rights under this License. However, parties who have received - copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have - their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in - full compliance. - - - - - - - Section 5 - - - You are not required to accept this License, since you have - not signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to - modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works. - These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this - License. Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Program - (or any work based on the Program), you indicate your - acceptance of this License to do so, and all its terms and - conditions for copying, distributing or modifying the Program - or works based on it. - - - - - - - Section 6 - - Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on - the Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from - the original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program - subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any - further restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights - granted herein. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance - by third parties to this License. - - - - - - Section 7 - - If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of - patent infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent - issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, - agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this - License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this - License. If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously - your obligations under this License and any other pertinent - obligations, then as a consequence you may not distribute the - Program at all. For example, if a patent license would not permit - royalty-free redistribution of the Program by all those who - receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only - way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain - entirely from distribution of the Program. - - If any portion of this section is held invalid or - unenforceable under any particular circumstance, the balance of - the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is - intended to apply in other circumstances. - - It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to - infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest - validity of any such claims; this section has the sole purpose of - protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system, - which is implemented by public license practices. Many people - have made generous contributions to the wide range of software - distributed through that system in reliance on consistent - application of that system; it is up to the author/donor to decide - if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other - system and a licensee cannot impose that choice. - - This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is - believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License. - - - - - - Section 8 - - If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted - in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted - interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Program - under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution - limitation excluding those countries, so that distribution is - permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded. In such - case, this License incorporates the limitation as if written in - the body of this License. - - - - - - Section 9 - - The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new - versions of the General Public License from time to time. Such - new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but - may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. - - Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If - the Program specifies a version number of this License which - applies to it and any later version, you have the - option of following the terms and conditions either of that - version or of any later version published by the Free Software - Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of - this License, you may choose any version ever published by the - Free Software Foundation. - - - - - - Section 10 - - If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other - free programs whose distribution conditions are different, write - to the author to ask for permission. For software which is - copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free - Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our - decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free - status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting - the sharing and reuse of software generally. - - - - - - NO WARRANTY - Section 11 - - BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO - WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE - LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT - HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM AS IS WITHOUT - WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT - NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND - FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE - QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE - PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY - SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. - - - - - - Section 12 - - IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO - IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY - MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE - LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, - INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR - INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF - DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU - OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY - OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN - ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. - - End of Terms and Conditions. - - - - - - - - How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs - - If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of - the greatest possible use to the public, the best way to - achieve this is to make it free software which everyone can - redistribute and change under these terms. - - To do so, attach the following notices to the program. - It is safest to attach them to the start of each source file - to most effectively convey the exclusion of warranty; and each - file should have at least the copyright line - and a pointer to where the full notice is found. - - -<one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> -Copyright (C) 19yy <name of author> - -This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or -(at your option) any later version. - -This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -GNU General Public License for more details. - -You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. - - - Also add information on how to contact you by electronic - and paper mail. - - If the program is interactive, make it output a short - notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode: - - -Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) 19yy name of author -Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. -This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it -under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. - - - The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should - show the appropriate parts of the General Public License. Of - course, the commands you use may be called something other - than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be mouse-clicks or - menu items–whatever suits your program. - - You should also get your employer (if you work as a - programmer) or your school, if any, to sign a copyright - disclaimer for the program, if necessary. Here is a - sample; alter the names: - - -Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program -`Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. - -<signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 -Ty Coon, President of Vice - - - This General Public License does not permit - incorporating your program into proprietary programs. If your - program is a subroutine library, you may consider it more - useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the - library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library - General Public License instead of this License. - - - - diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index d36b086..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,17 +0,0 @@ - - - Corporate Visual Identity - - - - ... - - - - &identity-project; - &identity-brand; - &identity-distro; - &identity-web; - &identity-showroom; - - diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity.ent b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity.ent deleted file mode 100644 index 144c375..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity.ent +++ /dev/null @@ -1,19 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Brand.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Brand.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index 0c0ba19..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Brand.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ - - - The CentOS Brand - - &identity-brand-intro; - &identity-brand-symbol; - &identity-brand-type; - &identity-brand-logo; - &identity-brand-motif; - - diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Brand/intro.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Brand/intro.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index 84a602a..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Brand/intro.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,49 +0,0 @@ - - - Introduction - - - &TCBRAND; is the main visual manifestaion of &TCP;. &TCP; - uses &TCBRAND; to connect all the visual manifestions it is - made of (e.g., GNU/Linux Distributions, Web sites, Stationery, - etc.) and, this way, provides recognition - - - ... just as a GPG signature might do for RPM packages. - - - among similar projects available on the Internet. The CentOS - Brand is made of a graphical component (&TCSYMBOL;) and a - typographical component (&TCTYPE;) that, when put together, - make &TCLOGO;. The components that make &TCBRAND; can be used - together or separately, considering that, in hierarchy order, - &TCLOGO; is rather prefered than &TCSYMBOL;, as well as - &TCSYMBOL; is rather prefered than &TCTYPE;. - - - - In addition to those components mentioned above, &TCBRAND; - includes another component named &TCMOTIF;. &TCMOTIF; is - mainly used as background on images and is directly related to - the look and feel of all visual manifestations &TCP; shows its - existence on. In contrast with &TCLOGO;, &TCSYMBOL; and - &TCTYPE;; &TCMOTIF; might change from time to time providing a - vehicle to refresh how &TCP; looks and feels. - - - - &TCBRAND; and all the visual manifestations derivated from it - are available for you to study and propose improvement around - a good citizen's will inside &TCC;, but you are not allowed to - redistribute them elsewhere, without the given permission of - &TCP;. - - - - If you need to redistribute either &TCLOGO; or any visual - manifestation derived from it, write your intentions to the - The CentOS Developers mailing list (centos-devel@centos.org). - - - diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Brand/logo.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Brand/logo.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index ee01fda..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Brand/logo.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,17 +0,0 @@ - diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Brand/motif.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Brand/motif.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index 7341757..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Brand/motif.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,5 +0,0 @@ - - The CentOS Motif - ... - - diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Brand/symbol.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Brand/symbol.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index 7ddeb03..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Brand/symbol.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,15 +0,0 @@ - - - &TCS; - - - &TCS; is the graphical part of &TCL;. As &TCL;, &TCS; is used - to brand images produced by &TCP; and provide a - visual connection between images so they can be monolithically - recognized as part of &TCP;. &TCS; must be exactly the same - every time it is printed out and a route to reproduce it in - such a way must be available so as to avoid reproduction - mistakes when images are branded with it. - - - diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Brand/type.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Brand/type.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index d76106b..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Brand/type.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,17 +0,0 @@ - - - &TCT; - - - &TCT; is the typographical part of &TCL;. Comparing with both - &TCL; and &TCS;, &TCT; by its own, provides poor visual - connection between images that intend to be recognized as a - monolithic part of &TCP; and shouldn't be used alone. - Instead, &TCL; or &TCS; are preferred. &TCS; must be exactly - the same every time it is printed out and a route to reproduce - it in such a way must be available so as to avoid reproduction - mistakes when images are branded with it. - - - - diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Distribution.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Distribution.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index 0236910..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Distribution.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,16 +0,0 @@ - - - The CentOS Distribution - ... - - - Release Schema - ... - - - - ... - ... - - - diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Project.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Project.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index 3634415..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Project.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,41 +0,0 @@ - - - The CentOS Project - - - The CentOS Project Corporate Identity is the - persona of the organization known as The CentOS - Project. The CentOS Project Corporate Identity plays a - significant role in the way The CentOS Project, as - organization, presents itself to both internal and external - stakeholders. In general terms, The CentOS Project Corporate - Identity expresses the values and ambitions of The CentOS - Project organization, its business, and its characteristics. - - - - The CentOS Project Corporate Identity provides visibility, - recognizability, reputation, structure and identification to - The CentOS Project organization by means of Corporate Design, - Corporate Communication, and Corporate Behaviour. - - -
- The CentOS Project Corporate Identity. - - The CentOS Project Corporate Identity. - - - - - - -
- - &identity-project-mission; - &identity-project-design; - &identity-project-communication; - &identity-project-behaviour; - &identity-project-structure; - - diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Project/behaviour.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Project/behaviour.docbook deleted file mode 100755 index bd22f04..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Project/behaviour.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,21 +0,0 @@ - - - Corporate Behaviour - - - &TCP; corporate behaviour is focused on the effective - interaction of each member involved in the organization (e.g., - core developers, community members, etc.). It is related to - ethics and politics used to do the things inside the - organization. It is related to the sense of direction chosen - by the organization and they way the organization projects - itself to achieve it. - - - - &TCP; corporate behaviour takes place through &TCP; corporate - communication, as described in . - - - diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Project/communication.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Project/communication.docbook deleted file mode 100755 index c46dd12..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Project/communication.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,141 +0,0 @@ - - - Corporate Communication - - - &TCP; corporate communication is focused on the effective - propagation of corporate messages. Propagation of corporate - messages is closely related to the media the organization uses - as vehicle to distribute its corporate messages. - - - - &TCP; corporate communication takes place through the - following visual manifestations: - - - - - - &TCD; - - - This visual manifestation communicates its existence - through software packages. There are packages that make a - remarkable use of images, packages that make a moderate - use of images, and packages that don't use images at all. - This visual manifestation is focused on providing &TCP; - images required by software packages that do use images in - a remarkable way, specially those holding the upstream - brand (e.g., anaconda, - grub, syslinux, - gdm, kdebase). - - - - - The Community Enterprise Operating System itself - (communicates the essense of &TCP; existence.). - - - - - Release Schema (Lifetime) and all the stuff related (e.g., - Release Notes, Documentation, Erratas, etc.). - - - - - - - - &TCW; - - - This visual manifestation communicates its existence - through web applications. These web applications are free - software and come from different providers which - distribute their work with predefined visual styles. - Frequently, these predefined visual styles have no visual - relation among themselves and introduce some visual - contraditions when they all are put together. Removing - these visual contraditions is object of work for this - visual manifestation. - - - - - The CentOS Chat. - - - - - The CentOS Mailing Lists. - - - - - The CentOS Forums. - - - - - The CentOS Wiki. - - - - - Special Interest Groups (SIGs). - - - - - Social Events, Interviews, Conferences, etc. - - - - - The extensive network of mirrors available for downloading - ISO files as well as RPMs and SRPMs used to build them up - in different architectures. - - - - - - - - &TCS; - - - This visual manifestation communicates its existence - through production of industrial objects carrying &TCBRAND;. - These branded objects are directed to be distributed on - social events and/or shops. They provide a way of - promotion and commercialization that may help to reduce - &TCP; expenses (e.g., electrical power, hosting, servers, - full-time-developers, etc.), in a similar way as donations - may do. - - - - - Stationery (e.g., Posters, Stickers, CD Lables and Sleeves). - - - - - Clothes (e.g., Shirts, T-shirts, Pullovers, Caps). - - - - - Installation media (e.g., CDs, DVD, Pendrives). - - - - - - - - diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Project/design.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Project/design.docbook deleted file mode 100755 index 7429c7f..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Project/design.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,96 +0,0 @@ - - - Corporate Graphic Design - - - The corporate design is focused on the effective presentation - of corporate messages. As corporate messages we understand all - the information emitted from the organization; and when we say - all we mean everything that can be - perceived through the human senses. The corporate design takes - care of defining what this information is and controlling the - way it goes out the organization producing it. - - - - When the organization doesn't take control over the corporate - messages it produces, the organization is letting that area of - its identity to the unknown and the results might be good or - not so good, it is hard to know. The issue to see here is - that even the organization doesn't take control over its - corporate messages, they are always talking about the - organization. Taking control of corporate messages is a - decition the organization needs to take by itself, based on - its need of better describe what it is. - - - - In the very specific case of &TCP;, we'll concentrate our - attention on corporate messages that reach us through the - visual sense. This is, all the visual manifestations &TCP; is - made of. As visual manifestaions we understand all the visible - media &TCP; uses to manifest its existence on. At this point - it is necessary to consider what &TCP; is, what its mission is - and what it is producing. This, in order to identify which - visual manifestations the organization is demanding attention - of corporate design for. - - - - Inside &TCP; we identify and apply corporate design to the - following visual manifestations: - - - - - - - &TCD; — This visual manifestation exists to cover all - actions related to artwork production and rebranding, required - by &TCD; in order to comply with upstream's redistribution - guidelines. This visual manifestation is described in . - - - - - - &TCW; — This visual manifestation exists to cover all - actions related to artwork production required by &TCP; to - manifest its existence in the World Wide Web medium. This - visual manifestation is described in . - - - - - - &TCS; — This visual manifestation exists to cover all - actions related to artwork production required by &TCP; to - manifest its existence through media produced industrially - (e.g., stationery, clothes, CDs, DVDs, etc.). This visual - manifestation is described in . - - - - - - The visual manifestations identified above seem to cover most - media required by &TCP;, as organization, to show its - existence. However, other visual manifestations could be - added in the future, as long as they be needed, to cover - different areas like stands, buildings, offices, road - transportation or whaterver visual manifestation &TCP; - thouches to show its existence. - - - - Once all visual manifestations have been identified and - defined through design models, it is time to visually remark - their connection with &TCP;. This kind of connection is - realized by applying &TCBRAND; to design models inside visual - manifestations supported through corporate design. - - - diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Project/mission.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Project/mission.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index 507873d..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Project/mission.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,40 +0,0 @@ - - - Corporate Mission - - - &TCP; exists to produce &TCD;, an Enterprise-class Linux - Distribution derived from sources freely provided to the - public by a prominent North American Enterprise Linux vendor. - &TCD; conforms fully with the upstream vendors redistribution - policy and aims to be 100% binary compatible. (&TCD; mainly - changes packages to remove upstream vendor branding and - artwork.). - - - - &TCD; is developed by a small but growing team of core - developers. In turn the core developers are supported by an - active user community including system administrators, network - administrators, enterprise users, managers, core Linux - contributors and Linux enthusiasts from around the world. - - - - &TCD; has numerous advantages including: an active and growing - user community, quickly rebuilt, tested, and QA'ed errata - packages, an extensive mirror network, developers who are - contactable and responsive of a reliable Enterprise-class - Linux Distribution, multiple free support avenues including a - Wiki, - IRC - Chat, Email Lists, Forums, and - a dynamic FAQ. - - - diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Project/structure.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Project/structure.docbook deleted file mode 100755 index a0d20f9..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Project/structure.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,91 +0,0 @@ - - - Corporate Structure - - - &TCP; corporate structure is based on a &MCVIS;. In this - configuration, one unique name and one unique visual style is - used in all visual manifestation &TCP; is made of. - - - - In a monolithic corporate visual identity structure, internal - and external stakeholders use to feel a strong sensation of - uniformity, orientation, and identification with the - organization. No matter if you are visiting web sites, using - the distribution, or acting on social events, the one unique - name and one unique visual style connects them all to say: - Hey! we are all part of &TCP;. - - - - Other corporate structures for &TCP; have been considered as - well. Such is the case of producing one different visual style - for each major release of &TCD;. This structure isn't - inconvenient at all, but some visual contradictions could be - introduced if it isn't applied correctly and we need to be - aware of it. To apply it correctly, we need to know what &TCP; - is made of. - - - - &TCP;, as organization, is mainly made of (but not limited to) - three visual manifestions: &TCD;, &TCW; and &TCS;. Inside - &TCD; visual manifestations, &TCP; maintains near to four - different major releases of &TCD;, parallely in time. - However, inside &TCW; visual manifestations, the content is - produced for no specific release information (e.g., there is - no a complete web site for each major release of &TCD; - individually, but one web site to cover them all). Likewise, - the content produced in &TCS; is industrially created for no - specific release, but &TCP; in general. - - - - In order to produce the &TCPMCVIS; correctly, we need to - concider all the visual manifestations &TCP; is made of, not - just one of them. If one different visual style is - implemented for each major release of &TCD;, which one of - those different visual styles would be used to cover the - remaining visual manifestations &TCP; is made of (e.g., &TCW; - and &TCS;)? - - - - Probably you are thinking: yes, I see your point, but &TCBRAND; - connects them all already, why would we need to join them up - into the same visual style too, isn't it more work to do, and - harder to maintain? - - - - Harder to maintain, more work to do, probably. Specially when - you consider that &TCP; has proven stability and consistency - through time and, that, certainly, didn't come through - swinging magical wands or something but hardly working out to - automate tasks and providing maintainance through time. With - that in mind, we consider &TCPCVIS; must be consequent with - such stability and consistency tradition. It is true that - &TCBRAND; does connect all the visual manifestations it is present - on, but that connection is strengthened if one unique visual - style backups it. In fact, whatever thing you do to strength - the visual connection among &TCP; visual manifestations would - be very good in favor of &TCP; recognition. - - - - Obviously, having just one visual style in all visual - manifestations for eternity would be a very boring thing and - would give the idea of a visually dead project. So, there is - no problem on creating a brand new visual style for each new - major release of &TCD;, in order to refresh &TCD; visual - style; the problem itself is in not propagating the brand new - visual style created for the new release of &TCD; to all other - visual manifestations &TCP; is made of, in a way &TCP; could - be recognized no matter what visual manifestation be in front - of us. Such lack of uniformity is what introduces the visual - contradition we are precisely trying to solve by mean of - themes production in &TCAR;. - - - diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Showroom.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Showroom.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index db87232..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Showroom.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ - - - The CentOS Showroom - ... - - - ... - ... - - - diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Web.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Web.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index 5a5ba5d..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Web.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ - - - The CentOS Web - - &identity-web-intro; - - diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Web/intro.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Web/intro.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index 956fa35..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Web/intro.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ - - - Introduction - - - ... - - - diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Locales.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Locales.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index 656b9d8..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Locales.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,21 +0,0 @@ - - - Localization - - - ... - - - - ... - ... - - - ... - ... - - - - - - diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Locales.ent b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Locales.ent deleted file mode 100644 index 48245e8..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Locales.ent +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ - - diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Manuals.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Manuals.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index 44bacd4..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Manuals.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,30 +0,0 @@ - - - Documentation - - - - &TCAR; documentation work line is implemented through - documentation manuals. Documentation manuals are - implemented through different documentation formats - provided inside &TCD; (e.g., - Docbook, - Texinfo, - LaTeX, etc.). Structuring - tasks related to documentation systems (e.g., creating, - editing, deleting, copying, renaming, etc.) are - standardized through the help functionality - of centos-art.sh script, as described - in . This way, people - writting documentation don't need to deal with underlaying - tasks like creating files, updating menus, nodes, cross - references and wondering where to put everything in - &TCAR;. - - - - - &manuals-production; - &manuals-formats; - - diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Manuals.ent b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Manuals.ent deleted file mode 100644 index c68bc34..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Manuals.ent +++ /dev/null @@ -1,13 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - - - - - - diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Manuals/Formats.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Manuals/Formats.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index 9fac62b..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Manuals/Formats.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ - - - Documentation Formats - - &manuals-formats-intro; - &manuals-formats-texinfo; - &manuals-formats-docbook; - &manuals-formats-latex; - - diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Manuals/Formats/docbook.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Manuals/Formats/docbook.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index 1b7c5da..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Manuals/Formats/docbook.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,51 +0,0 @@ - - - DocBook - - - This section describes the implementation of DocBook - documentation format inside the functionality of - centos-art.sh script. In this section we - assume you have a basic understanding of DocBook documentation - format. Otherwise, if you don't know what DocBook - documentation format is, take a look at DocBook website and then, - come back here. - - - - Document Structure - - ... - - - - - Document Templates - - ... - - - - - Document Expansions - - ... - - - - - Document Configuration - - ... - - - - - Document Localization - - ... - - - diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Manuals/Formats/intro.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Manuals/Formats/intro.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index f3d96f4..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Manuals/Formats/intro.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,24 +0,0 @@ - - - Introduction - - - &TCD; provides support for different documentation formats, - including Texinfo, LaTeX, DocBook and LinuxDoc. These formats - have their own specifications and requirements to create and - maintain documentation manuals written through them. Inside - &TCAR;, the functionality - provides the interface you use to create and maintain - documentation manuals without needing to take care the - underlaying structuring tasks. - - - - This chapter describes how the functionality implements the - different documentation source formats available inside &TCD;, - and the internationalization issues related to documentation - manuals produced through them. - - - diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Manuals/Formats/latex.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Manuals/Formats/latex.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index b777161..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Manuals/Formats/latex.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,47 +0,0 @@ - - - LaTeX - - - This section describes the implementation of LaTeX - documentation format inside the help - functionality of centos-art.sh script described in . In this section we assume you - have a basic understanding of LaTeX language. - - - - Document Structure - - ... - - - - - Document Templates - - ... - - - - - Document Expansions - - ... - - - - - Document Configuration - - ... - - - - - Document Localization - - ... - - - diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Manuals/Formats/texinfo.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Manuals/Formats/texinfo.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index 801ec4b..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Manuals/Formats/texinfo.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,871 +0,0 @@ - - - Texinfo - - - This section describes the implementation of Texinfo - documentation format inside the functionality of - centos-art.sh script. In this section we - assume you have a basic understanding of Texinfo documentation - system. Otherwise, if you don't know what Texinfo - documentation system is, read the Texinfo manual first (e.g., - by running the info texinfo command) and - then, come back here. - - - - Document Structure - - The functionality of - centos-art.sh provides a document structure - that makes documentation manuals created through it to be - scalable and maintainable through time. This document - structure follows the idea of an upside-down tree to organize - chapters, sections, subsections and the like, as described in - . - - - - The - functionality creates documentation manuals source files in - the Documentation/Models/Texinfo/ - directory and saves output produced from them in the Documentation/Manuals/Texinfo/ - directory. To produce documentation manuals initial source - files, the functionality - uses Texinfo documentation templates, as described in . - - - - Inside the documentation models directory, source files are - stored inside language-specific directories. The - language-specific directories are necessary to implement - internationalization of Texinfo source files, as described in - . - - - - Inside the language-specific directory, the following files - exist to store the manual's main definitions (e.g., title, - subtitle, author, copyright notice, chapters, appendixes, - indexes and all similar stuff a documentation manual usually - has). In addition to these files, there is one directory for - each chapter created inside the manual. Inside each chapter - directory, you'll find the files controlling the section - definitions related each chapter they belong to. The section - files (a.k.a. documentation entries) are - suffixed with a texinfo - extension and named arbitrarily, as it is illustrated in . - Inside section files it is where you write the manual's - content itself. - - - - Texinfo document structure - - Texinfo document structure - - - Documentation/Models/Texinfo/${MANUAL_NAME} -`-- ${LANG} - |-- ${CHAPTER_NAME}/ - | `-- ${SECTION_NAME}.texinfo - |-- ${CHAPTER_NAME}-menu.texinfo - |-- ${CHAPTER_NAME}-nodes.texinfo - |-- ${CHAPTER_NAME}.texinfo - |-- Licenses -> Documentation/Models/Texinfo/Default/${LANG}/Licenses - |-- Licenses-menu.texinfo -> Documentation/Models/Texinfo/Default/${LANG}/Licenses-menu.texinfo - |-- Licenses-nodes.texinfo -> Documentation/Models/Texinfo/Default/${LANG}/Licenses-nodes.texinfo - |-- Licenses.texinfo -> Documentation/Models/Texinfo/Default/${LANG}/Licenses.texinfo - |-- ${MANUAL_NAME}.conf - |-- ${MANUAL_NAME}-index.texinfo - |-- ${MANUAL_NAME}-menu.texinfo - |-- ${MANUAL_NAME}-nodes.texinfo - `-- ${MANUAL_NAME}.texinfo - - - - - - - Texinfo (as in texinfo-4.8-14.el5) doesn't - support part sectioning inside documentation manuals, so - neither the functionality - does. Nevertheless, you can create several documentation - manuals and consider them as part of a bigger documentation - manual to workaround this issue. - - - - In this document structure, the creation of documentation - manuals, chapters and sections is not limitted. You can create - as many documenation manuals, chapters and sections as you - need. The only limitation would be the amount of free space - required to store the Texinfo source files and the output - files produced from them in your workstation. - - - - - - Document Templates - - Texinfo document templates provide the initial document - structure the - functionality needs in order to create and maintain document - structures, as described in . - - - - Texinfo document templates are language-specific. This means - that there is (or, at least, must be) one Texinfo document - template for each language you plan to support documentation - manuals for. By default, &TCAR; provides a default Texinfo - document template under en_US - directory. This template structure is used when your current - locale is English language or when you are creating/editing a - documentation manual in a language other than English, but no - language-specific document template for that language exists - in the Scripts/Documentation/Models/Texinfo/Default/ - directory. - - - - The Scripts/Documentation/Models/Texinfo/Default/ - directory organizes all Texinfo document templates using the - format LL_CC, where LL is the language code (as in ISO-639) - and CC the country code (as in ISO-3166). The directory - structure of Texinfo document templates is illustrated in the - - and implemented through the following files: - - - - - manual.texinfo - - - This file can be found inside the language-specific directory - and contains the manual's main definitions (e.g., document - title, document language, document authors, copyright notice, - etc.). - - - - - - manual-menu.texinfo - - - This file can be found inside the language-specific directory - and contains the menu definitions of chapters inside the - manual. When - functionality creates instances of this file, menu definitions - inside it are automatically updated when a new chapter is - created or deleted through the functionality. Generally, you - don't need to edit instances of this file once the - documentation manual has been created. - - - When a documentation manual is created for first time, this - file is copied from Texinfo document template directory - structure to the documentation manual being currently created. - At this specific moment, the instance created contains the - following Texinfo menu definition: - - - -@menu -* Licenses:: -* Index:: -@end menu - - - - Later, when chapters are added to or deleted from the - documentation manual, the content of this file varies adding - or deleting menu entries accordingly. Nevertheless, the two - entries shown above are ignored when new chapters are added to - or removed from the list, so they will always be present in - instances of this file. To preserve the manual consistency, - the functionality prevents - you from deleting any of these chapters once the documentation - manual has been created. - - - - - - - manual-nodes.texinfo - - - This file can be found inside the language-specific directory - and contains the node definitions of all chapters inside the - manual. When - functionality creates instances of this file, node definitions - inside it are automatically created based on menu definitions - (see manual-menu.texinfo file above) and - they don't include any content here. Instead, as part of the - node definition, the @include command is used to - connect each node with its content. Generally, you don't need - to edit instances of this file once the documentation manual - has been created. - - - - - - manual-index.texinfo - - - This file can be found inside the language-specific directory - and contains the Texinfo commands used to generated an - organized view of all indexes you defined inside documentation - entries so they can be quickly accessed. Generally, you don't - need to edit instnaces of this file once the documentation - manual has been created. - - - - - - manual.conf - - - This file contains the initial configuration of documentation - manuals written in Texinfo format. When a documentation manual - is created for first time, this file is copied into its target - directory so you be able to customize specific information - like menu order, title styles and template assignments - therein. The content of this file is described in . - - - - - - Chapters.texinfo - - - This file contains Texinfo's main chapter definition used - by functionality when new - chapters are created inside documentation manuals. When - chapters are created for first time, they come without any - introduction or documentation entry inside. - - - In case you need to add/update the chapters definition files, - edit the related chapter definition file inside the - documentation manual you are working on, not the template file - used to create it. To edit the chapter definition file, don't - provide any section information in the documentation entry. - For example, if you want to update the chapter introduction - related to trunk chapter inside - tcar-fs documentation manual, use the - tcar-fs::trunk: documentation entry. - - - - - - Chapters-menu.texinfo - - - This file is part of Texinfo's main chapter definition and - should be initially empty. Later, when chapters are created - for first time, this file is copied as it is (i.e., empty) - into the documentation manual to store the Texinfo menu - entries related to all documentation entries created inside - the chapter. The Texinfo menu entries related to documentation - entries are automatically created using Texinfo source files - as reference. - - - - - - Chapters-nodes.texinfo - - - This file is part of Texinfo's main chapter definition and - contains the node definition the - functionality uses as reference to create the list of Texinfo - nodes related to all documentation entries created inside the - chapter. The node definition of documentation entries is - automatically created from the menu definition of - documentation entries (see - Chapters-menu.texinfo file above), once it - has been updated from Texinfo source files. - - - - - - section.texinfo - - - This file contains the Texinfo section definition used by - functionality when new - documentation entries are created inside chapters of - documentation manuals. When documentation entries are created - for first time, they are created as empty documentation - entries that you need to fill up with content. Again, if you - want to update the content of sections inside the - documentation manual, update the related documentation entry - inside the documentation manual, not the template file used to - create it. - - - - The creation of documentation entries inside the documentation - manual is represented by the - ${SECTION_NAME}.texinfo file, as - described in . In - this example, ${SECTION_NAME} is a variable - string referring the file name of documentation entries. The - file names of documentation entries are made of letters, - numbers and the minus sign (which is generally used as word - separator). - - - - Documentation entries are not limited inside chapters of - documentation manuals. You can create as many documentation - entries as you need to describe the content of your manual. - - - - - - - There are other files which aren't related to manual's source - files, but to manual's output files. Such files are described - below and can be found either inside or outside the - language-specific directories so you can control common and - specific output settings through them. These files aren't - copied into the directory structure of new documentation - manuals created through the - functionality. Instead, they remain inside the template - directory structure so as to be reused each time the output of - documentation manuals is rendered. - - - - - manual-init.pl - - - This file can be found inside and outside language-specific - directories and contains the Texi2html initialization script. - When this file is outside the language-specific directory, it - contains common customizations to all language-specific - outputs (e.g., changing the output DTD). When this file is - inside the language-specific directory, it contains - translations for that language-specific output (e.g., special - words like See, Index, Contents, Top, etc., are localized - here). - - - - - - manual.sed - - - This file can be found inside and outside language-specific - directories and contains special transformations for Texi2html - output. Again, when this file is inside language-specific - directories the transformation are applied to that - language-specific XHTML output and when it is outside - language-specific directories the transformations are applied - to all language-specific XHTML outputs. Most transformations - achieved through this file are to produce admonitions since - Texinfo documentation format (as in - texinfo-4.8-14.el5) doesn't have an - internal command to build them. - - - - - - - Template for texinfo document structures - - Template for texinfo document structures - - - -Documentation/Models/Texinfo/Default/ -|-- ${LANG}/ -| |-- Chapters/ -| | |-- section.texinfo -| | `-- section-functions.texinfo -| |-- Chapters-menu.texinfo -| |-- Chapters-nodes.texinfo -| |-- Chapters.texinfo -| |-- Licenses/ -| | |-- GFDL.texinfo -| | `-- GPL.texinfo -| |-- Licenses-menu.texinfo -| |-- Licenses-nodes.texinfo -| |-- Licenses.texinfo -| |-- manual-index.texinfo -| |-- manual-init.pl -| |-- manual-menu.texinfo -| |-- manual-nodes.texinfo -| |-- manual.conf -| |-- manual.sed -| `-- manual.texinfo -|-- manual-init.pl -`-- manual.sed - - - - - - - - Inside the directory structure of Texinfo document templates, - the Chapters directory - stores section specific models used to create and maintain - section files inside manuals. File names beginning with - Chapters, at the same level of Chapters directory, are used to - create chapter specific files inside manuals. - - - - The Licenses directory - organizes the license information linked from all manuals. - Notice the license information is not copied into - documentation manuals when they are created, but referred from - models location where they are maintained. This configuration - permits all documentation manuals written in Texinfo format - inside &TCAR; to use the same license information. This way, - if a change is committed to license files, it will be - immediately propagated to all documentation manuals the next - time their output files be updated. - - - - - Document Expansions - - The document expansions are special constructions the functionality provides to - generate content dynamically inside Texinfo source files. - - - - The <code>SeeAlso</code> Expansion - - - This expansion creates a list of links with section entries - one level ahead from the section entry being currently - processed. In this construction, the TYPE variable can be - either itemize, enumerate or - menu. When no TYPE variable is provided, the - itemize value is considered as default. - - - @c -- <[centos-art(SeeAlso,TYPE) -@c -- ]> - - - This expansion might result useful when you are documenting - the repository file system. For example, if you are currently - editing the documentation entry related to Identity directory and want - to create a linkable list of all documentation entries in the - first level under it, the code you'll have once the - construction be expanded would look like the following: - - - -@c -- <[centos-art(SeeAlso) -@itemize -@item @ref{Trunk Identity Brushes} -@item @ref{Trunk Identity Fonts} -@item @ref{Trunk Identity Images} -@item @ref{Trunk Identity Models} -@item @ref{Trunk Identity Palettes} -@item @ref{Trunk Identity Patterns} -@item @ref{Trunk Identity Webenv} -@end itemize -@c -- ]> - - - - An interesting thing to notice here is that document - expansions are executed each time the related documentation - entry is edited or updated. Following with the example above, - if the documentation entries related to directories under - Identity changes - for some reason (e.g., they are removed from documentation - manual), the list generated as result of document expansion - will be updated automatically after editing the documentation - entry or updating the documentation manual structure. - - - - - - - - Document Configuration - - The document configuration is stored in the - ${MANUAL_NAME}.conf file, inside the - documentation manual directory structure. This file is - originally copied from manual.conf - template file when the documentation manual is created for - first time. The content of - ${MANUAL_NAME}.conf file is organized in - sections. Each section here is written in one line of its own - and have the form [section_name]. Under sections, - the configuration settings take place through - name="value" pairs set in one line each. Notice - that quotation marks around the option_value are required. - Comments are also possible using the # character - at the begining of lines. Comments and empty lines (including - tabs and white spaces) are ignored. In case more than one - section or option appear with the same name inside the - configuration file, the first one found will be used. Nested - section definitions are not supported. - - - [section_name] -# This is a comment. -option_name = "option_value" - - - The ${MANUAL_NAME}.conf file is specific - to document templates. If you are using Texinfo document - template to create documentation manuals, then the default - configuration file for that documentation manual is taken from - Texinfo document template directory structure. However, if you - are using a document template different to Texinfo document - template, the default configuration file will be taken from - the related document template directory structure you are - creating the documentation manual from. - - - - The <code>[main]</code> Section - - The [main] section organizes settings that let - you customize the way sections and menu definitions are - created inside the documentation manual. The following options - are available in this section: - - - - - manual_format - - - This option specifies the documentation format used by manual. - To write documentation manuals in Texinfo format, the value - of this option must always be: - - manual_format = "texinfo" - - - Once the documentation manual has been created, you must not - change the value of option. - This will produce an error because there is not a migration - feature available yet. In the future, when you change this - value, it must be possible to transform documentation manuals - from one format to another. - - - - - - - manual_section_style - - - This option specifies the title style used by sections inside - the manual. Possible values to this option are - `cap-each-word' to capitalize each word in the section title, - `cap-first-word' to capitalize the first word in the section - title only and `directory' to transform each word in the - section title into a directory path. From all these options, - `cap-each-word' is the one used as default. - - manual_section_style = "cap-each-word" - - - - - manual_section_order - - - This option specifies the order used by sections inside the - manual. By default new sections added to the manual are put on - the end to follow the section order in which they were - `created'. Other possible values to this option are `ordered' - and `reversed' to sort the list of sections alphabetically - from A-Z and Z-A, respectively. - - manual_section_order = "created" - - - - - - - The <code>[templates]</code> Section - - The [templates] section provides the assignment - relation between template files and documentation entry files - inside the manual. The template definition is set on the left - side using relative path and the documentation entry files are - described on the right side using a regular expression. The - first match wins. - - Chapters/section.texinfo = "^.+\.texinfo$" - - - - - - Document Localization - - To produce localized documentation manuals through Texinfo - documentation format it is necessary to create one - documentation manual for each language it is desired to - support documentation for. Documentation manuals created in - this configuration don't have a direct relation among - themselves except that one adopted by people writting them to - keep their content syncronized. In this configuration - translators take one documentation manual as reference (a.k.a. - the source manual) and produce several translated manuals - based on its content. To keep track of changes inside the - source manual, the underlaying version control system must be - used considering that there is no direct way to apply - gettext - - The gettext program translates - a natural language message into the user's language, by - looking up the translation in a message catalog. For more - information about the gettext - program, run info gettext. - - procedures to Texinfo source files. - - - - In order to maintain localization of Texinfo source files - through gettext procedures, it is necessary - to convert the Texinfo source files into XML format first. - This way it would be possible to make use of and functionalities to maintain - translation messages in different languages through portable - objects and producing localized XML files based on such - portable objects, respectively. Once the localized XML file - is available, it would be a matter of using an XSLT processor - (see the xsltproc command) to realize the - convertion from XML to a localize Texinfo (or possible other) - format. Nevertheless, this workaround fails because the - Document Type Definition (DTD) required to validate the XML - file produced from makeinfo (as in - texinfo-4.8-14.el5) is not availabe inside - &TCD; (release 5.5), nor it is the XSLT files required to - realize the transformation itself for such DTD. - - - - Another similar approach to maintain localization of Texinfo - source files through gettext procedures - would be to convert Texinfo source file to DocBook format; for - who the required DTD and XSLT files are available inside - &TCD;. This way, following a procedure similar to that one - describe for XML files above, it would be possible to end up - having localized DocBook files that can be used as source to - produce localized output for both online and printing media. - However, the DocBook output produced from - makeinfo command (as in - texinfo-4.8-14.el5) isn't a valid DocBook - document according to DocBook DTDs available inside &TCD; - (release 5.5) thus provoking the validation and transformation - of such a malformed document to fail. - - - - Document Language - - The language information of those documentation manuals - produced through Texinfo documentation format is declared by - Texinfo's @documentlanguage command. This - command receives one argument refering the language code (as - in ISO-639 standard) and must be set inside the manual's main - definition file. Generally, there is no need to change the - document language declaration once it has been created by the - functionality; unless you - mistakently create the manual for a locale code different to - that one you previously pretended to do in first place, of - course. - - - - The language information used in both Texinfo source files and - XHTML output produced by the - functionality is determined by the user's session - LANG environment variable. This variable can - be customized in the graphical login screen before login, or - once you've login by explicitly setting the value of - LANG environment variable inside the - ~/.bash_profile file. - - - - - To create documentation manuals in English language the - LANG environment variable must be set to - en_US.UTF-8 or something similar. Likewise, if - you want to create documentation manuals in a language other - than English, be sure the LANG environment - variable is set to the appropriate locale code. - - The appropriate locale code to set here can be found in - the output produced by the locale -a | - less command. - - - - - - When producing output from Texinfo source files using the - makeinfo command (as in the - texinfo-4.8-14.el5 package), the language - information set by @documentlanguage is ignored - in Info and HTML output, but cosidered by Tex program to - redefine various English words used in the PDF output (e.g., - Chapters, Index, - See, and so on) based on the current language - set in. - - - - - - Document Encoding - - The encoding information of documentation manuals produced - through Texinfo documentation format is declared by Texinfo's - @documentencoding command and can take either - US-ASCII, ISO-8859-1, - ISO-8859-15 or ISO-8859-2 as - argument. Nevertheless, you should be aware that the - functionality doesn't - declare the @documentencoding inside Texinfo - source files. Let's see why. - - - - When the @documentencoding command is set in - Texinfo source files, the terminal encoding you use to read - the Info output produced from such files must be set to that - encoding information you provided as argument to - @documentencoding command; this, before using an - Info reader to open the Info output file in the terminal. - Otherwise, when the terminal and the Texinfo source files - encoding definition differ one another, characters defined - through Texinfo's special way of producing floating accents - won't be displayed as expected (even when the - is provided to - makeinfo command). On the other hand, when - the @documentencoding command is not set in - Texinfo source files, it is possible to write and read - documentation manuals using the UTF-8 encoding without needing - to use Texinfo's special way of producing floating accents - because the terminal encoding would be able to interpret the - characters entered when the Texinfo source files were written - in first place. - - - - When Texinfo's special way of producing floating accents isn't - used, HTML entities are not produced in XHTML output produced - by texi2html, nor in the HTML output - produced by makeinfo, nor in PDF output. - In this last case, when producing PDF output, you can realize - what the floating accents are by trying to produce an - accentuated Spanish i letter (e.g., - í). When you do so, you'll note that that - construction puts the accentuation mark - over the i letter's dot, - instead of removing the i letter's dot and - put the accentuation mark on its place. In the case of XHTML - output, however, it is possible to produce well localized - XHTML output by setting - - - <meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /> - - - on the head section of each XHTML output to instruct the web - browsers what encoding to use to display the document content. - Of course, in order to display the document content correctly, - the web browser should provide support for UTF-8 encoding. - - - - These contradictions provide the reasons over which it was - decided not to set the @documentencoding in those - Texinfo source files produced by the functionality. - - - - - - - - Conclusions - - - Texinfo documentation format is very good producing online - documentation for reading text terminals. It provides feautres - to export source files to different output formats both for - reading online and paper. However, localized documents becomes - hard to maintain because it is required one document structure - for each language you want to produce documentation for. - - - Intermediate formats like XML and Docbook provide an - alternative to centralize localization of Texinfo document - source files, but there is no supported way inside &TCD; to - transformed a localized XML file back into texinfo format, nor - a way of producing well formed Docbook documents from Texinfo - source files. Thus, one Texinfo source structure for each - language to support is the solution adopted by functionality. - - - - When using Texinfo documentation format it is difficult to - produce well localized PDF outputs, but it is possible to - produce well localized Info, Text, and XHTML outputs as long - as no document encoding be explicitly set inside Texinfo - source files and UTF-8 be used as default terminal character - encoding. - - - - - - diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Manuals/Production.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Manuals/Production.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index 58451f0..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Manuals/Production.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ - - - Documentation Production Cycle - - &manuals-production-intro; - &manuals-production-identifying-goals; - &manuals-production-identifying-title; - &manuals-production-identifying-structure; - &manuals-production-implementing-structure; - &manuals-production-maintaining-structure; - - diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Manuals/Production/identifying-goals.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Manuals/Production/identifying-goals.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index c47888c..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Manuals/Production/identifying-goals.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,50 +0,0 @@ - - - Identifying Document Goals - - - The first step in producing a documentation manual is to - clearly understand what you exactly need to document and why - you need to do so. The obvious answer to this question would - be to describe the basic ideas behind an implementation so it - can be useful once published. It is important that you find - out the reasons you need to do what you are doing and, also, - those helping you to retain the motivation to keep doing it in - the future. Otherwise, without such foundations, you'll surely - end up leaving the effort soon enough to make a lost cause - from your initial work. - - - - Before The CentOS Artwork Repository File - System documentation manual would exist, there was - an emerging need to understand what each directory inside the - growing directory layout was for, how it could be used and - each directory could be connected one another. At that moment, - the directory layout was very unstable and explaining the - whole idea behind it was not possible, there were too many - changing concepts floating around which needed to be - considered in the same changing way. So, to understand what - was happening, the The CentOS Artwork Repository - File System documentation manual was created. - - - - The The CentOS Artwork Repository File - System manual was conceived based on the idea of - documenting each directory inside the repository individually - and, later, by considering all directory documentations - altogether, it would be (hypothetically) possible to correct - the whole idea through an improvement cycle that would - consolidate the final idea we were trying to implement. - - - - Other documentation manuals can be based on reasons different - from those described above, however, no matter what those - reasons are, it will be helpful to make yourself a clean idea - about what you are going to document exactly before putting - your hands on it. - - - diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Manuals/Production/identifying-structure.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Manuals/Production/identifying-structure.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index 8178a2e..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Manuals/Production/identifying-structure.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,145 +0,0 @@ - - Identifying Document Structure - - Once both the manual's title and the manual's directory name - have been defined, it is time for you to plan the document - structure through which the manual's content will be - organized. - - - - The specific document structure you choose for a documentation - manuals is affected by the documentation format you use to - write documentation source files. Nevertheless, no matter - what the documentation format be, the document structure - produced from the - functionality will always follow and upside-down tree - configuration for document structures. In this configuration, - documentation manuals can be organized through different - structural levels (e.g., parts, chapters, sections, - subsection, etc.) based on the support provided by the - documentation format you chose. - - - - The The CentOS Artwork Repository File - System documentation manual was conceived to - document each directory structure &TCAR; is made of, using - Texinfo as main documentation format. - - - - At this point we find that &TCAR; had more levels deep than - sectioning commands available inside documentation format. - This way it is not possible to use one sectioning command for - each directory level inside the repository directory structure - we need to document. Based on these issues, it is - imperative to re-accommodate the document structure in order - to be able of documenting every directory &TCAR; is made of, - using the sectioning levels supported by that documentation - format we chose, no matter how many levels deep the repository - directory structure had. - - - - As consequence, The CentOS Artwork Repository File - System ended up being organized through the - following documentation structure: - - - - - Chapter 1. The trunk - Directory - - - This chapter describes the trunk directory inside the - repository and all subdirectories inside it. The first level - of directories (i.e., the trunk directory itself) is - described inside the chapter entry. Deeper directory levels - are all documented through sections and have a file for their - own. It is also possible to write subsections and - subsubsections, however, they don't have a file for their own - as sections do. Subsections and Subsubsections should be - written as part of section files (i.e., when writting - sections). - - - - - - Chapter 2. The branches - Directory - - - This chapter describes the branches directory and all - directories inside it following the same structure described - for trunk directory - above. - - - - - - Chapter 3. The tags - Directory - - - This chapter describes the tags directory and all - directories inside it following the same structure described - for trunk directory - above. - - - - - - Appendix A. Licenses - - - This appendix is confined to organize licenses mentioned - in the manual. The content of this appendix is out of - documenatation manual scope itself and is shared among all - documentation manuals written through the functionality. - - - - - - Index - - - This chapter organizes links to those index definitions you - defined inside the documentation manual. The index information - displayed by this chapter is auto-generated each time the - manual's output files are created so this chapter is not - editable. - - - - - - - The document structure illustrated above is also considered - the default document structure used by the functionality of - centos-art.sh script when you produce new - documentation manuals inside &TCAR;. In contrast with document - structure illustrated above, the default document structure - used by functionality - doesn't include sectioning constructions like parts, chapters, - sections, subsections and the like in the document structure - created. Such structuring constructions should be specified by - you when building the documentation manual. The only - exceptions to this restriction are sectioning structures used - to organize contents like Index and - Licenses, which are considered inseparable - components of documentation manuals stored inside &TCAR;. - - - diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Manuals/Production/identifying-title.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Manuals/Production/identifying-title.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index 2c8a8bd..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Manuals/Production/identifying-title.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,26 +0,0 @@ - - Identifying Document Title - - Once you've make yourself an clean idea of what the - documentation manual is for and the needs behind it, it is - time for you to define the manual's title and the manual's - directory name. Both manuals' title and manual's directory - name describe what the documentation manual is about. The - manual's title is used inside the documentation while the - manual's directory name is used to store the related source - files inside &TCAR; directory structure. Generally, the - manual's title is a phrase of few words and the manual's - directory name is the abbreviation of that phrase set as - manual's title. - - - - Following with our example, the manual's title chosen was - The CentOS Artwork Repository File - System and its directory name was set to - Tcar-fs to comply with the - file name convenctions described at . - - - diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Manuals/Production/implementing-structure.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Manuals/Production/implementing-structure.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index 1feb428..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Manuals/Production/implementing-structure.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ - - - Implementing Document Structure - - - The document structure implementation is automated by the - functionality, as - described in . - - - diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Manuals/Production/intro.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Manuals/Production/intro.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index 5b3f328..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Manuals/Production/intro.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,21 +0,0 @@ - - - Introduction - - - This chapter describes the procedure you should follow to - create and maintain documentation manuals inside &TCAR;. - - - - This chapter describes general concepts that can be applied - through the documentation formats supported inside the - help functionality of - centos-art.sh script. To illustrate the - production process related to documentation manuals inside - &TCAR;, this chapter uses the The CentOS Artwork - Repository File System (TCAR-FS) documentation - manual as example. - - - diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Manuals/Production/maintaining-structure.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Manuals/Production/maintaining-structure.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index f503380..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Manuals/Production/maintaining-structure.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ - - - Maintaining Document Structure - - - The document structure maintenance is implemented by the functionality, as described in - . - - - diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Preface.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Preface.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index 42c8578..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Preface.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ - - - Preface - - &preface-overview; - &preface-docconvs; - &preface-feedback; - - diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Preface.ent b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Preface.ent deleted file mode 100644 index ce36070..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Preface.ent +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4 +0,0 @@ - - - - diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Preface/docconvs.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Preface/docconvs.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index 17509ca..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Preface/docconvs.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,225 +0,0 @@ -
- - Document Convenctions - - - In this manual, certain words are represented in different - fonts, typefaces, sizes, and weights. This highlighting is - systematic; different words are represented in the same style - to indicate their inclusion in a specific category. The types - of words that are represented this way include the - following: - - - - - command - - - Linux commands (and other operating system commands, when - used) are represented this way. This style should - indicate to you that you can type the word or phrase on - the command line and press Enter to - invoke a command. Sometimes a command contains words that - would be displayed in a different style on their own (such - as file names). In these cases, they are considered to be - part of the command, so the entire phrase is displayed as - a command. For example: - - - - Use the centos-art render - Identity/Images/Themes/TreeFlower/4/Distro/5/Anaconda - --filter="01-welcome" command to produce the first - slide image used by Anaconda in the branch 5 of &TCD; - using the version 4 of TreeFlower artistic motif. - - - - - - file name - - - File names, directory names, paths, and RPM package names - are represented this way. This style indicates that a - particular file or directory exists with that name on your - system. Examples: - - - - The init.sh file in Scripts/Bash/Cli/ - directory is the initialization script, written in Bash, - used to automate most of tasks in the repository. - - - - The centos-art command uses the - ImageMagick RPM package to convert - images from PNG format to other formats. - - - - - - key - - - A key on the keyboard is shown in this style. For - example: - - - - To use Tab completion to list particular - files in a directory, type ls, then a - character, and finally the Tab key. Your - terminal displays the list of files in the working - directory that begin with that character. - - - - - - keycombination - - - A combination of keystrokes is represented in this way. - For example: - - - - The CtrlAltBackspace - key combination exits your graphical session and returns - you to the graphical login screen or the console. - - - - - - computer output - - - Text in this style indicates text displayed to a shell - prompt such as error messages and responses to commands. - For example, the ls command displays - the contents of a directory using this style: - - - -render_doTranslation.sh render_getDirTemplate.sh render_doBaseActions.sh -render_getConfigOption.sh render_getOptions.sh render_doThemeActions.sh -render_getDirOutput.sh render.sh - - - - The output returned in response to the command (in this - case, the contents of the directory) is shown in this - style. - - - - - - prompt - - - A prompt, which is a computer's way of signifying that it - is ready for you to input something, is shown in this - style. Examples: - - - - - - $ - - - - - # - - - - - [centos@projects centos]$ - - - - - projects login: - - - - - - - - user input - - - Text that the user types, either on the command line or - into a text box on a GUI screen, is displayed in this - style. In the following example, - text is displayed in this style: To - boot your system into the text based installation program, - you must type in the text command - at the boot: prompt. - - - - - - replaceable - - - Text used in examples that is meant to be replaced with - data provided by the user is displayed in this style. In - the following example, - version-number is displayed in - this style: The directory for the kernel source is - /usr/src/kernels/version-number/, - where version-number is the - version and type of kernel installed on this system. - - - - - - Additionally, we use several different strategies to draw - your attention to certain pieces of information. In order of - urgency, these items are marked as a note, tip, important, - caution, or warning. For example: - - - Remember that Linux is case sensitive. In other words, a - rose is not a ROSE is not a rOsE. - - - - The directory /usr/share/doc/ contains - additional documentation for packages installed on your - system. - - - - If you modify the DHCP configuration file, the changes - do not take effect until you restart the DHCP daemon. - - - - Do not perform routine tasks as root — use a - regular user account unless you need to use the root account - for system administration tasks. - - - - Be careful to remove only the necessary partitions. - Removing other partitions could result in data loss or a - corrupted system environment. - - -
diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Preface/feedback.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Preface/feedback.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index b6f8334..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Preface/feedback.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,14 +0,0 @@ -
- - Send In Your Feedback - - - If you find a bug in &TCAR; or this manual, we would like to - hear about it. To report bugs related to this manual, send an - e-mail to the centos-devel@centos.org mailing - list. When you write the bug report, take care of being - specific about the problem you are reporting on (e.g., where - it is, the section number, etc.) so we can found it easily. - - -
diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Preface/overview.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Preface/overview.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index b12e354..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Preface/overview.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,84 +0,0 @@ -
- - Overview - - - Welcome to &TCARUG;, the official documentation of &TCAR;. - - - - This book describes the corporate visual identity of &TCP; and - the way it is produced. If you are interested in making &TCP; - a more beautiful project, this book is definitly for you. - - - - To make the information in this book managable, it has been - organized in the following parts: - - - - - - describes the convenctions you should - follow to keep everything organized and consistent inside the - repository directory structure, how to to install and - configure a working copy inside your workstation. At the end - of this part you will find a history of most relevant changes - committed to the repository along the years. - - - - - - describes the corporate visual - identity of the organization known as &TCP; and the production - tasks related to image rendition inside &TCAR;. If you are a - graphic designer, this part of the book might result - interesting to you. - - - - - - describes production tasks related to - content internationalization and localization inside &TCAR;. - If you are a translator, this part of the book might result - interesting to you. - - - - - - describes production tasks related - to content documentation inside &TCAR;. If you are a - documentor, this part of the book might result interesting to - you. - - - - - - describes automation of production - tasks inside &TCAR;. If you are a programmer, this part of the - book might result interesting to you. - - - - - - organizes the licenses mentioned - in this book. - - - - - - - This book assumes you have a basic understanding of &TCD;. If - you need help with it, go to the Help page inside - &TCWIKI; for or a list of different places you can find help. - - -
diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index ea8dd86..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ - - - Repository - - &repo-convs; - &repo-ws; - &repo-history; - - diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository.ent b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository.ent deleted file mode 100644 index f0a40a4..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository.ent +++ /dev/null @@ -1,26 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Conventions.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Conventions.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index 792bcd5..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Conventions.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,17 +0,0 @@ - - - Repository Conventions - - &repo-convs-mission; - &repo-convs-infra; - &repo-convs-worklines; - &repo-convs-directories; - &repo-convs-filenames; - &repo-convs-relbdirs; - &repo-convs-syncpaths; - &repo-convs-extending; - &repo-convs-publishing; - &repo-convs-authoring; - &repo-convs-copying; - - diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Conventions/authoring.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Conventions/authoring.docbook deleted file mode 100755 index 06a4394..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Conventions/authoring.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,30 +0,0 @@ -
- - Repository Authoring - - - The content produced inside &TCAR; is copyright of &TCP;. - This is something you, as author, should be aware of because - you are contributing your creation's rights to someone else; - &TCP; in this case. This way, your work is distributed using - &TCP; as copyright holder, not your name (even - you remain as natural author of the work). Because &TCP; is - the copyright holder, is the license chosen by &TCP; the one - applied to your work, so it is the one you need to agree with - before making a creation inside &TCAR;. - - - - &TCP; is a community project controlled by its own community - of users. Inside the community, The CentOS Administrators - group is the higher authority and the only one able to set - core desition like the kind of license used inside the project - and subprojects like &TCAR;. - - - - The redistribution conditions of &TCAR; are described in . - - -
diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Conventions/copying.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Conventions/copying.docbook deleted file mode 100755 index 6ecabc2..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Conventions/copying.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,60 +0,0 @@ -
- - Repository Copying Conditions - - - &TCP; uses &TCAR; to produce &TCP; corporate visual identity. - - - - The &TCAR; is not in the public domain; it is copyrighted and - there are restrictions on their distribution, but these - restrictions are designed to permit everything that a good - cooperating citizen would want to do. What is not allowed is - to try to prevent others from further sharing any version of - this work that they might get from you. - - - - Specifically, we want to make sure that you have the right to - give away copies of &TCAR;, that you receive source code or - else can get it if you want it, that you can change this work - or use pieces of it in new free works, and that you know you - can do these things. - - - - To make sure that everyone has such rights, we have to forbid - you to deprive anyone else of these rights. For example, if - you distribute copies of the &TCAR;, you must give the - recipients all the rights that you have. You must make sure - that they, too, receive or can get the source code. And you - must tell them their rights. - - - - Also, for our own protection, we must make certain that - everyone finds out that there is no warranty for the &TCAR;. - If this work is modified by someone else and passed on, we - want their recipients to know that what they have is not what - we distributed, so that any problems introduced by others will - not reflect on our reputation. - - - - The &TCAR; is released as a GPL work. Individual packages - used by &TCAR; include their own licenses and the &TCAR; - license applies to all packages that it does not clash with. - If there is a clash between the &TCAR; license and individual - package licenses, the individual package license applies - instead. - - - - The precise conditions of the license for the &TCAR; are found - in . This manual specifically - is covered by the conditions found in . - - -
diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Conventions/directories.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Conventions/directories.docbook deleted file mode 100755 index c980bb2..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Conventions/directories.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,794 +0,0 @@ -
- - Repository Directory Structure - - - This section describes the directory structure of &TCAR;. You - can use this section as reference to know where the files you - are looking at are stored in and where you can store new - files, as well. This section organizes directories' - description using the same hierarchy the repository has. This - section begins describing the first level of directories in - the repository and continues with each relevant sub-directory - in the hierarchy, one by one. - - - - The directory structure this section describes is based on the - document &TCAR; Directory - Structure, available at: - Documentation/Models/Svg/Repository/directory-structure.svgz - - -
- The <filename class="directory">Artworks</filename> Directory - - This directory contains the files used to produce the - corporate visual identity of &TCP;. The information in this - directory is organized in Brushes, Gradients, Fonts, Images, - Models, Palettes, Patterns and Webenv directories. - - - - - Artworks/Brushes/ - - - This directory contains GIMP brushes. Brushes stored in this - directory will be available inside GIMP's brushes dialog. This - directory organizes brushes files inside Images and Models directories. Inside - Models directory we - find the GIMP projects used to build the brush images. - - - - - - Artworks/Patterns/ - - - This directory contains GIMP patterns. Patterns stored in this - directory will be available inside GIMP's patterns dialog. This - directory organizes patterns files inside Images and Models directories. Inside - Models directory we - find the GIMP projects used to build the pattern images. - - - - - - Artworks/Gradients/ - - - This directory contains GIMP gradients. Gradients stored in - this directory will be available inside GIMP's gradients - dialog. This directory organizes gradient files inside - Images and Models directories. Inside - Models directory we - find the GIMP projects used to build the gradient images. - - - - - - Artworks/Fonts/ - - - This directory contains font files. Font files stored in this - directory will be available to be used from applications like - GIMP and Inkscape. This directory organizes font files inside - Images and Models directories. Inside - Models directory we - find the Fontforge projects used to build the font files, - which are stored in the Images directory. - - - - - - Artworks/Images/ - - - This directory contains final images. The directory structure - used to organize files here is rather similar to that used in - Artworks/Models/ - directory structure. - - - - - - Artworks/Images/Themes/ - - - This directory contains image files rendered from design - models that use theme background images. In this location you - can also find design models used to create the background - images, too. - - - - Design models used to build themes' background images must not - be moved to Artworks/Models/Themes/ directory - structure. Design models used to build themes' background - images are theme-specific, so they must be inside Artworks/Images/Themes/ directory - structure. - - - - - - - Artworks/Images/Themes/${THEME_NAME}/ - - - This directory contains theme directory structure - organized in version number. Here, ${THEME_NAME} is a - string of letters representing the name of the theme. In - this string, all letters are written in lowercase except - the first one which must be written in uppercase. - - - - - - Artworks/Images/Themes/${THEME_NAME}/${THEME_VERSION}/ - - - This directory contains the theme directory structure - organized in theme components. Here, ${THEME_VERSION} is a - string with the form M.N, where M and N are integer - numbers from 0 to 9. M is required and .N is optional. - - - - - - Artworks/Images/Themes/${THEME_NAME}/${THEME_VERSION}/Backgrounds/ - - - This directory contains theme-specific background images - and design models used to build them. This directory is a - key component of theme concept. It provides background - images to different sizes which are use on different theme - components, as defined by theme design models stored at - Artworks/Models/Themes - directory. - - - - Theme-specific background files - - - - Images/ - Models/ - Description - - - - - 160x600-final.png, 160x600-final.jpg - 160x600-final.svgz, - 160x600-final.xcf - Graphic design at 160x600 pixels, used to - produce the left-side bar of Firstboot - theme component. - - - 200x150-final.png, 200x150-final.jpg - 200x150-final.svgz, 200x150-final.xcf - Graphic design at 200x150 pixels, used to produce - the screenshot of both - Gdm and Kdm theme - components. - - - - 400x300-final.png, 400x300-final.jpg - 400x300-final.svgz, 400x300-final.xcf - Graphic design at 400x300 pixels, used to - produce the splash component of both - Gnome and Kde theme - components. - - - 490x200-final.png, 490x200-final.jpg - 490x200-final.svgz, 490x200-final.xcf - Graphic design at 490x200 pixels, used to - produce the splash image of Anaconda - theme component. - - - 510x300-final.png, 510x300-final.jpg - 510x300-final.svgz, 510x300-final.xcf - Graphic design at 510x300 pixels, used to - produce the slide images of Anaconda theme component. - - - 640x300-final.png, 640x300-final.jpg - 640x300-final.svgz, 640x300-final.xcf - Graphic design at 640x300 pixels, used to - produce the splash image of Syslinux - theme component. - - - 640x480-final.png, 640x480-final.jpg - 640x480-final.svgz, 640x480-final.xcf - Graphic design at 640x480 pixels, used to - produce the splash image of Grub theme - component. - - - 744x1052-final.png, 744x1052-final.jpg - 744x1052-final.svgz, 744x1052-final.xcf - Graphic design at 744x1052 pixels, used to - produce the Posters theme components. - - - 800x600-final.png, 800x600-final.jpg - 800x600-final.svgz, 800x600-final.xcf - Graphic design at 800x600 pixels, used to - produce the Concept theme component. - - - 800x88-final.png, 800x88-final.jpg - 800x88-final.svgz, 800x88-final.xcf - Graphic design at 800x88 pixels, used to - produce the heading image of Anaconda - theme component. - - - -
- - - Besides background files described in , you'll also find - background files for specific screen resolutions. The - number of files you find here may vary depending the - screen resolutions demanded by &TCD; at /usr/share/backgrounds/. - Resolution-specific background files follow the same name - convention described in the table above but change the - resolution numbers to show the screen resolution they - represent (e.g., 1360x768-final.png - for 1360x768 screen resolutions.). - - - The word -final is used on background files - to mark them as ready for applying. When you design - background images, you might need to create intermediate - images so as to reach desired effects by combining them - into a final one. Such intermediate images do not use the - word -final. Only the result of all your - combinations and tests must have the word - -final on its name. - - - - - - Artworks/Images/Themes/${THEME_NAME}/${THEME_VERSION}/Backgrounds/Images/ - - - This directory contains theme-specific background images, - mostly in PNG and JPG formats. The files in this - directory are used by centos-art.sh - script to produce theme components. The relation between - image files and theme component is described in . - - - - - - Artworks/Images/Themes/${THEME_NAME}/${THEME_VERSION}/Backgrounds/Models/ - - - This directory contains theme-specific background design - models, mostly in SVGZ and XCF formats. The files in this - directory are used to produce theme-specific background - images, only. - - - Design models in this directory must not be confused with - design models stored in Artworks/Models/Theme/ - directory. Design models stored in this directory are - theme-specific while design models stored in Artworks/Models/Theme/ are - common to all themes. - - - - - - Artworks/Images/Themes/${THEME_NAME}/${THEME_VERSION}/Concept/ - - - This directory contains theme-specific conceptual ideas. - The images in this directory can be used to present the - theme's artistic motif in the community. These images - include can include theme name, theme version, theme - author, theme license, theme copyright and similar - information. - - - - - - Artworks/Images/Themes/${THEME_NAME}/${THEME_VERSION}/Distro/ - - - This directory contains theme-specific images for each - component of &TCD;. In this location, images are organized - in distribution major release, distribution component and - language, if the current locale is different from English - language. - - - - - - Artworks/Images/Themes/${THEME_NAME}/${THEME_VERSION}/Gradients/ - - - This directory contains theme-specific GIMP gradients. - - - - - - Artworks/Images/Themes/${THEME_NAME}/${THEME_VERSION}/Palettes/ - - - This directory contains theme-specific GIMP palettes. - The centos-art.sh script uses theme-specific palettes to produce indexed - images with reduced number of colors used by specific - theme components, like Syslinux and - Grub. These components have specific color - requirements which we must comply with. - - - - , describes - the palettes files used inside themes and the number of - colors they require. - - - - Theme-specific palette files - - - - File - Description - - - - - syslinux.gpl - - This palette is used to produce Syslinux final image. - This palette must be created to hold 16 colors using GIMP's - palette format. Inside the palette file, the color - information is organized in an index that begins at 0 - and ends at 15. In this index, the color information - set at position 0 must be the background color used in - the image (e.g., the darkest color in the list) and - the color information set at position 7 must be the - foreground color used in the image (e.g., the lightest - color in the list). - - - - grub.gpl - This palette is used to produce Grub final image. - This palette must be created to hold 14 colors using - GIMP's palette format. Inside the palette file, color - information can be set in any order. - - - -
- - - - To produce optimum palettes of colors, open with GIMP the - full-colored PNG image you need to reduce colors to and - reduce colors using GIMP's indexing tool at - Mode → - Indexed... from - Image menu. Later, you import the set - of colors into a new palette using the GIMP palettes - editor and save it here. This way, you can grantee - centos-art.sh script will use the - correct color information when it produces images with - reduced colors for theme-specific components. - - - - - - When you create theme-specific palettes, it is necessary - that you fill the comment field of palette file using the - related color information in hexadecimal format. - Otherwise, centos-art.sh script won't be able to realize - image conversion from PNG to LSS format. - - - - - - - - Artworks/Images/Themes/${THEME_NAME}/${THEME_VERSION}/Patterns/ - - - This directory contains theme-specific GIMP patterns. - - - - - - Artworks/Images/Themes/${THEME_NAME}/${THEME_VERSION}/Screenshots/ - - - This directory contains theme-specific screenshots. It is - a series of images illustrating the theme already in - place. Here you'll find one screenshot for each relevant - component inside &TCD;. - - - - - - Artworks/Models/ - - - This directory contains design models (e.g., scalable vector - graphics using the .svgz extension) and image - configuration files (e.g., plain text using the .conf extension) used by - centos-art.sh script to produce images - inside Artworks/Images/. Relevant - components inside this directory include Brands, Icons, Themes - and Webenv. - - - - - - Artworks/Models/Brands/ - - - This directory organizes branding information for &TCP;. - Relevant components inside this directory include Logos/, - Symbols/, and Types/ directories. If you need to tune up &TCP; - branding information, this is the directory you need to go to. - To know more about &TCB;, see . - - - - - - Artworks/Models/Icons/ - - - This directory organizes icon design models for &TCP;. By - default, &TCD; uses the same icons set packaged inside the - SRPMs the upstream provider makes available. Only icons related - to branding information are changed in order to identify - &TCP; and comply with upstream redistribution guidelines. This - directory is not very used by now, it presently contains - design models for Tango's icons set. - - - - - - Artworks/Models/Themes/ - - - This directory contains design models organized by categories. - When you are producing theme-specific images, you can use the - option to instruct the - centos-art.sh script what of these - categories you want to use as reference to produce - theme-specific images. - - - - - - Artworks/Models/Themes/Default/ - - - This directory contains default design models used to produce - theme-specific images, when the - is not provided to - centos-art.sh script at theme-specific - images rendition time. This directory is also used as - reference by centos-art.sh script to build - the theme-specific directory structures inside Artworks/Images/Themes/${THEME_NAME}/${THEME_VERSION}/ - directory, when the - functionality is executed. So, if you find that some - directories in this location are empty, don't remove them. - They should be present in order for - centos-art.sh script to prepare - theme-specific directory structures correctly. - - - - - - Artworks/Models/Themes/Default/Concept/ - - - This directory contains design models used to produce the - conceptual presentation of each theme. This is a 800x600px - image that illustrate the background artistic motif along the - license and copyright information. All images produced from - this design model use the CC-SA license and &TCP; as copyright - holder. - - - - - - Artworks/Models/Themes/Default/Distro/ - - - This directory contains design models used to produce the - visual style of each component inside &TCD; for all its major - releases. The first sub-directory level under this directory - will contain the major release which components will be - produced for. Inside the release-specific directory you will - find one directory for each related distribution component, - including Grub, - Anaconda, - Gdm, - Syslinux, - Firstboot and others. - - - - The components you find inside &TCD; may vary from one major - release to another. They might be added or removed as required - in each new major release. Thus, it is very important to keep - the relation between components and major releases accurate - inside this directory. - - - - - - - Artworks/Models/Themes/Default/Media/ - - - This directory contains design models used to produce visual - style for installation media, including CDs, DVDs, LiveCDs and - LiveDVDs. We don't use release-specific directories in this - location because it is determined automatically from the - /etc/redhat-release file or the - option through the command-line - of centos-art.sh script. - - - - - - Artworks/Models/Themes/Default/Palettes/ - - - This directory contains the palettes of colors used by - centos-art.sh script when no one is found - inside Artworks/Images/Themes/${THEME_NAME}/${THEME_VERSION}/Palettes/ - directory. - - - - - - Artworks/Models/Themes/Default/Gradients/ - - - This directory is empty. It is used to build theme-specific - directory structures. Don't remove it. - - - - - - Artworks/Models/Themes/Default/Patterns/ - - - This directory is empty. It is used to build theme-specific - directory structures. Don't remove it. - - - - - - Artworks/Models/Themes/Default/Posters/ - - - This directory contains design models used by - centos-art.sh script to produce posters. - Posters are promotional stuff, generally printed in different - media and sizes to be shown on events. - - - - - - Artworks/Models/Webenv/ - - - This directory contains common design models used by &TCWE;. - These images include, admonition icons, heading backgrounds, - html backgrounds, admonition backgrounds and whatever - graphical information &TCWE; could need. - - - - - - Artworks/Palettes/ - - - This directory contains GIMP palettes that you always want to - have available in GIMP sessions. - - - - - - Artworks/Patterns/ - - - This directory contains GIMP patterns that you always want to - have available in GIMP sessions. - - - - - - Artworks/Webenv/ - - - This directory contains customizations for specific web - applications. The kind of files you find here vary from one - web application to another. Generally, you find .css and .html files here. Relevant - components inside this directory include Docbook, Httpd, - Mantis, Moin, PhpBB, Punbb, Puntal, Style-guide, Texi2html and - Trac. - - - - - -
- -
- The <filename class="directory">Documentation</filename> Directory - - This directory contains documentation related to &TCAR; - written in different formats. This directory is organized in - Models and Manuals. Models contain the documentation source - files and Manuals the final documentation ready to be read - through different media (e.g., online and paper). Here, the - language used to write documentation manuals is English. - - - - - Documentation/Models/ - - - This directory contains documentation source formats used - inside &TCAR;. - - - - - - Documentation/Models/${MANUAL_FORMAT}/ - - - This directory contains documentation manuals' name for - specific documentation formats. - - - - - - Documentation/Models/${MANUAL_FORMAT}/${MANUAL_NAME}/ - - - This directory contains the documentation manual directory - structure. Here is where source files are stored in. If you - want to modify content from a documentation manual, this is - the directory level you need to go to. - - - - - - Documentation/Manuals/ - - - This directory organizes documentation final files, organized - by documentation format, documentation manual name and - documentation language, if documentation files were produced - to a language different from English. - - - - - - - - Several documentation formats have been used to write &TCAR; - documentation manuals through time, including - Texinfo, - LaTeX and finally - DocBook. From these documentation - formats, DocBook is addressed to be the one adopted in the - near future as default documentation format inside &TCAR;. - Support for other documentation formats will remain inside - centos-art.sh script without further - improvements. This in order to dedicate more attention to - DocBook documentation format. - - - - The directory structure used by each documentation format is - not described in this section. To know more about - documentation formats and the directory structure used by - documentation manuals, read . - - -
- -
- The <filename class="directory">Localization</filename> Directory - - ... - -
- -
- The <filename class="directory">Automation</filename> Directory - - ... - -
- -
- The <filename class="directory">Packages</filename> Directory - - ... - -
- -
diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Conventions/extending.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Conventions/extending.docbook deleted file mode 100755 index a270e5a..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Conventions/extending.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,44 +0,0 @@ -
- - Extending Repository Layout - - - Occasionly, you may find that new components of &TCPCVI; need - to be added to the repository in order to work them out. If - that is the case, the first question we need to ask ourselves, - before starting to create directories blindly all over, is: - What is the right place to store it? - - - - To build a directory structure inside the repository you need - to define the concept behind it first. Later you need to - create a new directory inside the repository, remembering that - there are locations inside the repository that already define - concepts you probably would prefer to reuse. For example, the - Identity/Images/Themes - directory stores artistic motifs of different themes, the - Identity/Models/Themes - directory stores design models for themes, the Manuals directory stores - documentation, the Locales stores translation - messages, and the Scripts stores automation - scripts. - - - - The best suggestion we can probably give you would be to send - a mail with your questions to the CentOS developers mailing - list (centos-devel@centos.org). - This is the place where development of &TCAR; takes place and - surely, in community, it will be possible to find a place for - your new component inside the repository. - - -
diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Conventions/filenames.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Conventions/filenames.docbook deleted file mode 100755 index c43fada..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Conventions/filenames.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,185 +0,0 @@ -
- - Repository File Names - -
- Regular Files - - - Inside &TCAR;, file names are always written in lowercase. - Digits (e.g., 0, 1, 2), hyphen (-), dot - (.) and low line (_) - characters are also accepted. In case you use hyphen and dot - characters, don't use them as first character in the file - name. - - -
- Files Written Correctly - - The following file names are written correctly: - - - - - 01-welcome.png - - - - - splash.png - - - - - anaconda_header.png - - - -
- -
- Files Written Incorrectly - - The following file names are written incorrectly: - - - - - 01-Welcome.png - - - - - -welcome.png - - - - - Splash.png - - - - - AnacondaHeader.png - - - -
- -
- Exceptions - - When you name files, consider the following exceptions: - - - - - In the very specific case of repository documentation entries - written in Texinfo format, file names follow the directory - structure naming convenction. This is because they are - documenting directories and that is something - we want to remark. So, to better describe what we are - documenting, files related to documentation entries follow the - name convenction used by the item they document. - - - - -
- -
- -
- Symbolic Links - - Inside &TCAR;, symbolic link names follow the same - convenctions described in . - -
- -
- Directories - - Inside &TCAR;, directory names are all written capitalized and - sometimes in cammel case. Digits (e.g., 0, 1, 2), hyphen - (-), dot (.) and low line - (_) characters are also accepted. In case you - use hyphen and dot characters, don't use them as first - character in the directory name. - - -
- Directories Written Correctly - - The following directory names are written correctly: - - - - - Identity, - Themes, - Motifs, - TreeFlower - - - - - Tcar-ug - - - - - 0.0.1, 0.0.1-35 - - - -
- -
- Directories Written Incorrectly - - The following directory names are written incorrectly: - - - - - identitY, - theMes, - MOTIFS, - treeFlower - - - - - tcar-ug - - - - - .0.1, .0.1-35 - - - -
- -
- Exceptions - - When you name directories, consider the following exceptions: - - - - - No one so far. - - - -
- -
- -
diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Conventions/infra.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Conventions/infra.docbook deleted file mode 100755 index 69f49ba..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Conventions/infra.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,142 +0,0 @@ -
- - Repository Infrastructure - - - &TCAR; is made of one central repository and - many working copies of that central repository. - The working copies are independent one another, can be - distributed all around the world and provide a local place for - designers, documenters, translators and programmers to perform - their work in a decentralized way. The central repository, on - the other hand, provides a common place for all independent - working copies to exchange data in the community. - - -
- Repository infrastructure - - Repository infrastructure - - - - - - -
- -
- Subversion - - - The current infrastructure that holds &TCAR;, on the Internet, - is made of the following components: - - - - - - Subversion - — Modern Version Control System designed to replace CVS. - - - - - Trac - — Enhanced wiki and issue tracking system. - - - - - Httpd+WebDav as data exchanging route between the workstations - and the central repository, through the Internet. Httpd was - configured to provide service through SSL, so all traffic - between the workstations and the server be protected while it - travels across the Internet. - - - - The access rights are controlled by using a combination of both - Subversion's authorization files and Httpd's password files. - These files can be managed consistently through Trac's WebAdmin - plug-in. - - - - - - In this infrastructure, the first level of directories in the - repository provides the Subversion's standard - trunk-branches-tags layout. The second level of directories - provides organization for different work lines, as described - in . All other - subsequent directory levels from second level on exist to - organize specific concepts related to the work line they - belong to. - - -
- -
- Git - - - In addition to current Subversion infrastructure, we are - working on a Git infrastructure with the intention of - migrating the current Subversion infrastructure up to it, - progressively. The Git infrastructure we are working on is - made of the following components: - - - - - - Git — Fast version control system. - - - - - Gitolite — Highly flexible - server for git directory version tracker. - - - - - Gitweb — Simple web interface - to git repositories. - - - - - MantisBT — Web-based issue - tracking system. - - - - - The data exchanging route between the working copies and the - central repository takes place through SSH. - - - - - The access rights are controlled by using a combination of SSH - public keys and Gitolite's repository configuration file. - - - - - - In this infrastructure, the first level of directories in the - repository provides organization for different work lines, as - described in . All - other subsequent directory levels from second level on exist - to organize specific concepts related to the work line they - belong to. - - -
- -
diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Conventions/mission.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Conventions/mission.docbook deleted file mode 100755 index 32c6a9d..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Conventions/mission.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -
- - Repository Mission - - - &TCAR; exists to produce &TCP; corporate visual identity. - - -
diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Conventions/publishing.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Conventions/publishing.docbook deleted file mode 100755 index 71bcd14..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Conventions/publishing.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,59 +0,0 @@ -
- - Repository Publishing - - - When you perform changes inside your working copy, those - changes are local to your working copy only. In order for you - to share your changes with others, you need to commit them up - to the central repository the working copy you are using was - initially downloaded from. To commit your changes up to the - central repository you use the commit - command from the Subversion's client you've installed in your - workstation. - - - - Initially, when you get registered inside &TCAR;, you won't be - able to publish your changes to &TCAR; immediatly. It is - necessary that you prove your interest in contributing first - sending a mail to the CentOS - Developers mailing list (centos-devel@centos.org), - preferably in conjunction with a description of the changes - you pretend to commit. This restriction is necessary in order - to protect the source repository from spammers. - - - - Once you've received access to publish your changes, they will - remain valid to you and there is no need for you to request - permission to publish new changes as long as you behave as a - good cooperating citizen. - - - - As a good cooperating citizen one understand of a person who - respects the work already done by others and share ideas with - authors before changing relevant parts of their work, - specially in situations when the access required to realize - the changes has been granted already. Of course, there is a - time when conversation has taken place, the paths has been - traced and changing the work is so obvious that there is no - need for you to talk about it; that's because you already did, - you already built the trust to keep going. As complement, the - mailing list mentioned above is available for sharing ideas in - a way that good relationship between community citizens could - be constantly balanced. - - - - The relationship between community citizens is monitored by - repository administrators. Repository administrators are - responsible of granting that everything goes the way it needs - to go in order for &TCAR; to accomplish its mission (see ). - - -
diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Conventions/relbdirs.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Conventions/relbdirs.docbook deleted file mode 100755 index 835f241..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Conventions/relbdirs.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,157 +0,0 @@ -
- - Repository Path Relations - - - In order for automation scripts to produce content inside a - working copy of &TCAR;, it is required that all work lines be - related somehow. The automation scripts take the relation - between work lines as reference to determine the place the - information they will work with will be retrieve from (e.g., - scalable vector graphics, documentation, translations, etc.), - as well as the place where it will store the final files - produced as result of automation process (e.g., portable - network graphics, documentation ready for printing and reading - online, etc.). - - - In order to implement the relation between work lines it is - required to establish a path name convenction, so we can - conceptually organize different components and relate them one - another using predictable path constructions in a scalable - way. Based on this need, we identify three different path - types inside &TCAR;. These path types are: Output - Paths, Input Paths, and - Auxiliary Paths. - - -
- Output Paths - - - The output paths point to directories inside the working copy - which contain files produced from files inside the input - paths. For example, the following paths are consider as output - paths: - - - - - - Identity/Images/Brands/ - - - - - Documentation/Manuals/Tcar-ug/ - - - - - Identity/Images/Themes/Modern/2/Distro/5/Anaconda/ - - - - - - Output paths are also known as Render-able - Directories because they are the type of - path you should provide as argument to functionality so as to - produce content through it. - - -
- -
- Input Paths - - The input paths point to a directories inside the working copy - which contain files used to produce files inside output paths. - For example, the following paths are considered as input - paths: - - - - - - Identity/Models/Brands/ - - - - - Documentation/Models/Tcar-ug/ - - - - - Identity/Models/Themes/Default/Distro/5/Anaconda/ - - - -
- -
- Auxiliary Paths - - - The auxiliary paths point to directories inside the working - copy which contain files used to create modified instances of - inside input paths which are use in turn to produce files - inside output paths. For example, the following paths are - considered as auxiliary paths: - - - - - - Identity/Images/Brands/ - - - - - Locales/Documentation/Models/Docbook/Tcar-ug/es_ES/ - - - - - Locales/Identity/Models/Themes/Default/Distro/5/Anaconda/es_ES/ - - - - - - The relationship between input, output and auxiliary paths is - created by combining the first directory level of input paths - with the first directory level in the repository directory - layout. In the repository directory layout, the first level - includes the Identity, - Documentation and - Scripts directories. - These directories are always used to create input and output - paths. The Locales - directory, on the other hand, is always used to create - auxiliary paths only for input paths available under Identity, Documentation and Scripts directories. - - - - For example, if the LANG environment - variable is set to es_ES.UTF-8 and you execute - the functionality of - centos-art.sh script with the Documentation/Manuals/Docbook/Tcar-ug/ - input path as argument, it will produce &TCARUG; in Spanish - language using translation messages from - Locales/Documentation/Models/Docbook/Tcar-ug/es_ES/ - auxiliary path and would save final documentation files under - Documentation/Manuals/Docbook/Tcar-ug/es_ES/ - output path. - - -
- -
diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Conventions/syncpaths.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Conventions/syncpaths.docbook deleted file mode 100755 index d8e353d..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Conventions/syncpaths.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,99 +0,0 @@ -
- - Syncronizing Repository Paths - - - Once both master and auxiliar paths have been related in the - repository, they shouldn't be changed except you absolutly - need to do so. In this cases, when you need to change master - or auxiliar paths, it is required that you also change the - relation between them so as to retain their bond. This - process of keeping master and auxiliar paths - connected between themselves is known as - path syncronization. - - - - Path syncronization is required for automation scripts to know - where to store final output, where to retrive translation - messages from, and whatever information you might need to - count with. If the relation between master paths and auxiliar - paths is lost, there is no way for automation scripts to know - where to retrive the information they need to work with or - where to store the output information produced from it. - Through path syncronization we organize and extend the content - production inside the repository. - - - - Path syncronization affects both movement of files and - replacement of content inside files. Movement of files is - related to actions like renaming files and directories inside - the repository. Replacement of content inside files is - related to actions like replacing information (e.g., paths - information) inside files in order to keep file contents and - file locations consistent one another after a file has been - moved. - - - - The order followed to syncronize path information is very - important because the versioned nature of the files we are - working with. When a renaming action needs to be performed - inside the repository, we avoid making replacements inside - files first and file movements later. This would demand two - commit actions: one for the files' internal changes and - another for the file movement itself. Instead, we prefer to - perform file movements first and files' internal replacements - later. This way it is possible to commit both changes as if - they were just one. - - - - - There is no support for URLs actions inside - centos-art.sh script. The - centos-art.sh script is designed to work - with local files inside the working copy only. If you need to - perform URL actions directly, use Subversion's commands - instead. - - - - - At this moment there isn't full implementation of path - syncronization inside centos-art.sh script - and that is somthing we need to do oursleves. However, the - texinfo backend inside the - help functionality does provide a restricted - implementation of path syncronization to documentation area - through the , - and options. You can read this - implementation and use it as reference to implement path - syncronization in other areas. - - - - The plan for a full implementation of path syncronization - inside centos-art.sh script would be to - create individual restricted implementations like the one in - texinfo backend for other areas that demand it - and then, create a higher implmentation that combines them all - as needed. This way, if we try to rename a repository - directory, the higher action can know which are all the - restricted actions that should be performed in order - to make the full path syncronization. - - - - For example, if the directory we are renaming is a master - path, it is required to syncronize the related output and - localization auxiliar paths. On the other hand, if the - directory we are renaming through full path syncronization is - an auxiliar path, it is required to determine first what is - the related master path and later, perform the syncronization - from master path to auxiliar paths as if the path provided - would be the master path not the auxiliar path. - - -
diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Conventions/worklines.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Conventions/worklines.docbook deleted file mode 100755 index f31dd87..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Conventions/worklines.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,186 +0,0 @@ -
- - Repository Work Lines - - - The content production inside &TCAR; has been divided into - individual work lines that relate one another based on the - idea of doing one thing well. In this model, the content - produced individually by each work line is combined one - another later to achieve higher purposes (e.g., corporate - identity for &TCP;). The repository work lines, as conceived - here, provide a reliable environment for people to work - synchronized and decentralized. - - - - The action of combining work lines inside &TCAR; is also known - as the Production Cycle of CentOS corporate - visual identity. The rest of this section describes the work - lines available in the repository and how they integrate one - another. - - -
- - Artworks - - - Artworks is the first component we work - out in order to produce new corporate visual identities. - Through this work line, graphic designers create - models and motifs for all the - visual manifestation &TCP; is made of. Once design models and - artistic motifs are set in place, graphic designers use the - functionality to - combine them into final images. - - - - The mission of Artworks work line is - define all the visual manifestations the &TCP; is made of and - provide design models and artistic motifs for them in order to - produce the image files required to transmit the visual style - that identifies &TCP; as unique organization. - - - - To know more about &TCPCVI;, read . - - -
- -
- - Localization - - - Localization is the second component that - must be worked out in the production cycle of CentOS corporate - visual identity. Through this work line translators localize - source files (e.g., SVG, DocBook, Shell scripts) which are - later used to produce localized images, localized - documentation and localized automation scripts. To localize - source files, translators use the functionality which takes - care of retrieving translatable strings from source files and - provide a consistent localization interface based on GNU - gettext multi-lingual message - production tool set and xml2po command. - - - - The localization process takes place inside the - Localization/ directory - in the first level of each repository directory structure. - This directory mirrors the renderable directory structures - outside it and stores .po and .pot files mainly. - - - - The mission of Localization work line is - extend the visual identity (produced in English language) to - as many native languages as possible, in order for people - which doesn't understand English language to feel more - comfortable with &TCP; in their own native languages. - - - - To know more about the specific localization process read - . - - -
- -
- - Documentation - - - The documentation work line is the third component that must - be worked out in the corporate identity production cycle. - Through this work line documentors settle down the conceptual - and practical used to edificate &TCAR;. To write - documentation, documentors use the help - functionality described in which provides a consistent interface for building - documentation through different documentation backends (e.g., - Texinfo, DocBook, LaTeX, etc.). - - - - The main purpose of this work line is describe the standard - procedures &TCAR; realies on, as well as conceive a place to - help you understand what &TCAR; is and what can you do with - it. - - - - The documentation work line takes palce in the Manuals directory. - - -
- -
- Packages - - - The packages work line is the fourth component that must be - worked out in the corporate identity production cycle. Through - this work line packager gather final images, final - translations and final documentation related to art works and - put all together inside RPM packages. For this purpose, - packagers use the pack describe in - which provides a - consistent interface for building packages inside the - repository. - - - - The main purpose of this work line is pack all the information - &TCP; requires to rebrand &TCD; according Red Hat - redistribution guidelines. - - - - The packages work line takes palce in the Packages directory. - - -
- -
- - Automation - - - The automation work line is the fifth and last component that - must be worked out in the corporate identity production cycle. - This work line closes the production cycle and provides the - production standards graphic designers, documentors, - translators and packagers need to make their work consistent - and reusable. For this purpose, programmers develop the - centos-art.sh script described in . - - - - The main purpose of this work line is standardize the - interaction of work lines in a reliable way. - - - - The automation work line takes palce in the Scripts directory. - - -
- -
diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/History.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/History.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index ca54c8a..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/History.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,17 +0,0 @@ - - - Repository History - - - This chapter summarizes relevant changes committed to &TCAR; - along the years. - - - &repo-history-2008; - &repo-history-2009; - &repo-history-2010; - &repo-history-2011; - &repo-history-2012; - &repo-history-2013; - - diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/History/2008.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/History/2008.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index aff53c8..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/History/2008.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,67 +0,0 @@ -
- - 2008's - - - &TCAR; started at The CentOS Developers - Mailing List around 2008, on a discussion about how to - automate slide images used by Anaconda (&TCD; installer). In - such discussion, Ralph - Angenendt rose up his hand to ask —Do you have - something to show?—. - - - - To answer the question, Alain Reguera - Delgado suggested a bash script which combined SVG and - SED files in order to produce PNG images in different - languages —in conjunction with the proposition of - creating a Subversion repository where translations and image - production could be distributed inside &TCC;—. - - - - Karanbir - Singh considered the idea intresting and provided the - infrastructure necessary to support the effort. This way, - &TCAS; and &TCAR; were officially created and made world wide - available. In this configuration, users were able to register - themselves and administrators were able to assign access - rights to registered users inside &TCAR;, both using a web - interface. - - - - Once &TCAR; was available, Alain Reguera Delgado uploaded the - bash script used to produce the Anaconda - slides;See Ralph Angenendt documented it very - well;See and people started to download working - copies of &TCAR; to produce slide images in their own - languages.See the following Google - search. - - - - From this time on &TCAR; has been evolving into an automated - production environment where &TCC; can conceive &TCP; - corporate visual identity. - - - - The exact changes commited to &TCAR; through history can be - found in the repository - logs so you can know the real history about it. For - those of you who just want to get a glance of changes - committed, see . - - -
diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/History/2009.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/History/2009.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index 725ca9c..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/History/2009.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,55 +0,0 @@ -
- - 2009's - - - Around 2009, the rendition script was at a very rustic state - where only slide images could be produced, so it was - redesigned to extend the image production to other areas, - different from slide images. In this configuration, one SVG - file was used as input to produce a translated instance of it - which, in turn, was used to produce one translated PNG image - as output. The SVG translated instance was created through SED - replacement commands. The translated PNG image was created - from the SVG translated instance using Inkscape command-line - interface. - - - - The repository directory structure was prepared to receive the - rendition script using design templates and translation files - in the same location. There was one directory structure for - each art work that needed to be produced. In this - configuration, if you would want to produce the same art work - with a different visual style or structure, it was needed to - create a new directory structure for it because both the image - structure and the image visual style were together in the - design template. - - - - The rendition script was moved to a common place and linked - from different directory structures. There was no need to have - the same code in different directory structures if it could be - in just one place and then be linked from different locations. - - - - Corporate identity concepts began to be considered. As - referece, it was used the book "Corporate Identity" by Wally - Olins (1989) and Wikipedia - related links. This way, the rendition script main's - goal becomes to: automate the production process of - a monolithic corporate visual identity structure, based on the - mission and the release schema of The CentOS - Project. - - - - The repository directory structures began to be documented by - mean of flat text files. Later, documentation in flat text - files was moved onto LaTeX format and this way &TCARUG; was - initiated. - -
diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/History/2010.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/History/2010.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index 4faacb0..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/History/2010.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,78 +0,0 @@ -
- - 2010's - - - Around 2010, the rendition script changed its name from - render.sh to - centos-art.sh and became a collection of - functionalities where rendition was just one among others - (e.g., documentation and localization). - - - - The centos-art.sh was initially conceived - to automate frequent tasks inside the repository based in the - idea of Unix toolbox: to create small and specialized tools - that do one thing well. This way, functionalities inside - centos-art.sh began to be identified and - separated one another. For example, when images were rendered, - there was no need to load functionalities related to - documentation manual. This layout moved us onto common - functionalities and specific - functionalities inside - centos-art.sh script. Common - functionalities are loaded when - centos-art.sh script is initiated and are - available to specific functionalities. - - - - Suddenly, no need was found to keep all the links spreaded - around the repository in order to execute the - centos-art.sh script from different - locations. The centos-art command-line - interface was used instead. The centos-art - command-line interface is a symbolic link stored inside the - ~/bin directory - pointing to centos-art.sh script. As - default configuration, inside The CentOS Distribution, the - path to ~/bin is - included in the search path for commands (see - PATH environment variable). This way, using - the centos-art command-line interface, it - is possible to execute the centos-art.sh - script from virtually anywhere inside the workstation, just as - we frequently do with regular commands. - - - - Start using GNU getopt as default option parser inside the - centos-art.sh script. - - - - The repository directory structure was updated to improve the - implementation of corporate visual identity concepts. - Specially in the area related to themes. Having both structure - and style in the same file introduced content duplication when - producing art works. Because of this reason, they were - separated into two different directory structures: the design - models and the artistic motifs directory structures. From - this point on, the centos-art.sh was able - to produce themes as result of arbitrary combinations between - design models (structure) and artistic motifs (visual styles). - - - - In the documentation area, the documents in LaTeX format were - migrated to Texinfo format. In this configuration, each - directory structure in the repository has a documentation - entry associated in a Texinfo structure which can be read, - edited and administered (e.g., renamed, deleted and copied) - interactively through centos-art.sh script. - Additionally, the texi2html program was used to produced - customized XHTML output in conjunction with CSS from &TCW;. - - -
diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/History/2011.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/History/2011.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index 69f840d..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/History/2011.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,51 +0,0 @@ -
- - 2011's - - - Around 2011, the centos-art.sh script was - redesigned to start translating XML-based files (e.g., SVG and - Docbook files) through xml2po program and - shell scripts (e.g., Bash scripts) through GNU gettext tools. - This configuration provided a stronger localization interface - for graphic designers, translators and programmers. The SED - replacement files are no longer used to handle localization. - - - - The render, help and - locale functionalities consolidated - themselves as the most frequent tasks performed in &TCAR; - working copy. Additionally, the prepare - and tuneup functionalities were also - maintained as useful tasks. - - - - In the documentation area, it was introduced the - transformation of localized DocBook XML DTD instances through - the render and - locale functionalities. In this - configuration, you use locale - functionality to localize DocBook source files to your - prefered language and later, using the - render functionality, you can produce the - localized XTHML and PDF output as specified in a XSLT layer. - Unfortunly, the transformation DocBook XML -> FO -> PDF - (through PassiveTex) seems to be buggy inside CentOS 5.5, so - it was commented inside the centos-art.sh - script. Most documentation is now organized in DocBook format, - even Texinfo format remains as the only format with automated - production tasks. - - - - In the automation area, the centos-art.sh - script introduced the capability of reading configuration - files. The main goal here was moving some command-line options - from functionalities onto a more persistent medium. Most - configuration files were set to define the position of brands - inside images and documentation manual specific options. - - -
diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/History/2012.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/History/2012.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index cf81287..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/History/2012.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,431 +0,0 @@ -
- - 2012's - - - &TCAR; development was eventually stopped at November 2011 - until July 2012 when we needed to make the - centos-art.sh script a bit more - customizable than it presently was. For example, it was - considered as a need that functionalities inside the - centos-art.sh script must be not just - conceived independent one another but reusable in different - contexts as well. - - - - Make Localization Of <command>centos-art.sh</command> - Script Specific To Different Contexts - - - The procedure used to locale messages inside the - centos-art.sh script has to be re-designed - in order to accept such pluggable behavior into the script. We - couldn't publish unique centos-art.sh.po - and centos-art.sh.mo files because they - may contain different information in different contexts. For - example, if you are using the render and - help functionalities you only need - translation messages for them and not those from other - functionalities that may exist in the central repository but - you didn't download nor use into your working copy. - - - - One solution for this could be to have independent PO files - for each functionality of centos-art.sh - script which are combined to create the final PO and MO files - that gettext uses to retrive - translated strings when centos-art.sh - script is running. For this solution to be effective, you must - be selective about the functionalities and locales directories - you download into your working copy. For example, if you want - to use the render functionality and its locale messages only, - you must download the required directories and exclude others. - - - - - In case you don't want to be selective and download the whole - repository, the creation of the - centos-art.sh.po, - centos-art.sh.pot and - centos-art.sh.mo files will occur - automatically the first time you run the - prepare functionality (which require the - locale functionality to be available), or - later, by running the following command: - centos-art locale Scripts/Bash --update - - - - For more information about the prepare - and locale functionalities, see and respectively. - - - - - - As shown in , both - Commons and Locales - functionalities will always be required directories. The - Commons directory contains the common - functionalities and the Locales directory - contains the standard procedures you need to run in order to - build the final centos-art.sh.mo file - used by gettext to retrive - translation strings when the centos-art.sh - script is running. Remember that - centos-art.sh.pot, - centos-art.sh.po files aren't under - version control and they are built by combining each - funtionality message.po file into a PO and later a MO file. - - - - Directory structure of a rendering-only context - - Directory structure of a rendering-only context - - - -/home/centos/Projects/artwork/ -|-- Locales/ -| `-- Scripts/ -| `-- Bash/ -| `-- es_ES/ -| |-- Functions/ -| | |-- Commons/ -| | | |-- messages.po -| | | `-- messages.pot -| | |-- Locales/ -| | | |-- messages.po -| | | `-- messages.pot -| | `-- Render/ -| | |-- messages.po -| | `-- messages.pot -| |-- LC_MESSAGES/ -| | `-- centos-art.sh.mo -| |-- centos-art.sh.po -| `-- centos-art.sh.pot -`-- Scripts/ - `-- Bash/ - |-- Functions/ - | |-- Commons/ - | |-- Locales/ - | `-- Render/ - `-- centos-art.sh - - - - - - - - A practical example of using the solution described above may - be found when you are working on the corporate identity of - &TCP; and then need to start a new corporate identity project - for another organization. You want to keep the directory - structure of &TCAR; and its automation tool, the - centos-art.sh script. Your new project - requires you to introduce new functionalities to - centos-art.sh which don't fit the needs of - &TCP; (e.g., you want to introduce a - report functionality to mesure how much - connect time do you consume through your PPP internface.) or - you just want to keep the directory structure of your new - project as simple as possible. - - - - To go through this it is possible to mix specific parts of - different central repositories into one single working copy. - This is the working copy you'll use to manage your new - project. In , we - see how the Render, - Locales and Commons directories which come - from the &TCAR; has been integrated into the working copy of - your new project. - - - - Mixing automation functionalities. - - Mixing automation functionalities. - - - -/home/al/Projects/Myapp/ -|-- Locales/ -| `-- Scripts/ -| `-- Bash/ -| `-- es_ES/ -| |-- Functions/ -| | |-- Commons/ <--| from https://projects.centos.org/svn/artwork/ -| | | |-- messages.po -| | | `-- messages.pot -| | |-- Locales/ <--| from https://projects.centos.org/svn/artwork/ -| | | |-- messages.po -| | | `-- messages.pot -| | |-- Render/ <--| from https://projects.centos.org/svn/artwork/ -| | | |-- messages.po -| | | `-- messages.pot -| | `-- Report/ -| | |-- messages.po -| | `-- messages.pot -| |-- LC_MESSAGES/ -| | `-- myapp.sh.mo -| |-- myapp.sh.po -| `-- myapp.sh.pot -`-- Scripts/ - `-- Bash/ - |-- Functions/ - | |-- Commons/ <--| from https://projects.centos.org/svn/artwork/ - | |-- Locales/ <--| from https://projects.centos.org/svn/artwork/ - | |-- Render/ <--| from https://projects.centos.org/svn/artwork/ - | `-- Report/ - `-- myapp.sh - - - - - - - - At this point, your working copy contains files from two - different central repositories. One repository provides the - files of your new organization project and the other one - provides the files related to the render - functionality from &TCAR;. In this environment, all updates - commited to the Render, - Locales and Commons directories at &TCAR; - will be available to you too, the next time you update your - working copy. Likewise, if you change something in any of - these directories and commit your changes, your changes will - be available to poeple working in &TCAR; the next time they - update their working copies. - - - - Understanding the need of mixing different central - repositories into a single working copy is an important step - for reusing the functionalities that come with centos-art.sh - script, but it is not enough if you want to customize the - information produced by it. By default, the centos-art.sh - script uses information related to &TCP;. You probably need to - change this if you are producing images to a different - organization than &TCP;. For example, some of the information - you might need to change would be the copyright holder, - brands, domain names, mailing lists, and so forth. To change - this information you need to duplicate the file - centos-art.sh and rename it to something - else. Later, you need to edit the renamed version and change - variables inside according your needs. In , we used the name - myapp.sh instead of - centos-art.sh so the information we set - inside it could reflect the specific needs that motivated the - creation of a new project without affecting those from &TCP;. - - - - Most of the information you need to change in your duplicated - version of centos-art.sh file is - controlled by a set of read-only variables. You modify these - variables here and they will be available all along the script - execution time. For example, you can change the value of - CLI_WRKCOPY variable inside your duplicated - version of centos-art.sh to change the - absolute path you use to store your working copy. - - - - - - Enhance The CentOS Logo Construction - - - The CentOS Logo is made of two different components known as - The CentOS Symbol and The CentOS Type. Presently (at the end - of September), to produce these components, we create one - SVG image for each PNG image we want to - produce, store it in Identity/Models/Brands/Logos - directory structure and run the command: - - - - centos-art render Identity/Images/Brands/Logos - - - - This model works and scales well in situations when there - isn't a need to reuse final images among themselves. However, - when you need to reuse images among themselves, a better - solution is required. The goal here would be: don't create - SVG images for PNG images you can build - based on other PNG images. - - - - This might be achieved through one of the following ways: - - - - - - Create a new specific functionality to achieved the goal. - Needed because the - specific functionality uses SVG files as - reference to build images (i.e., one SVG - image produces one PNG image). - - - - - - Modify functionality to - work in different modes based on file type or file extension. - The first mode would use SVG files as - reference to build PNG images (just as it was doing so far). - The second mode would use a configuration file named - render.conf as reference inside the - design models directory you want to produce images for so as - to build the related PNG images. In this second case, the - configuration file specifies how final PNG images will be - produced (e.g., by appending or overlapping them one another). - - - - - - For example, consider the following command-line: - - - - centos-art render Identity/Images/Brands/Logos - - - - This command should evaluate which type of rendition will be - done, based on whether the source file is a scalable vector - graphic (SVG) or a configuration file. To - make this decision, the centos-art.sh - script looks for SVG files first, and - configuration files later. When SVG files - are found, the centos-art.sh script uses a - list of SVG files and process them one by - one excluding any related configuration file that could exist. - On the other hand, if no SVG file is found - inside the related design model directory structure, the - centos-art.sh script will use the - configuration file with the name - render.conf to create images as specified - inside it. When neither a SVG or a - configuration file is found inside the design model directory - structure, the centos-art.sh script - finishes its execution without any error message. For - example, if no SVG file is found inside - Identity/Models/Brands/Logos/ - directory and the - Identity/Models/Brands/Logos/images.conf - configuration file exists therein with the following content: - - - -[centos.png] -models = "Identity/Models/Brands/Symbols/centos-symbol-forlogos.svgz Identity/Models/Brands/Types/centos.svgz" -formats = "xpm jpg" -heights = "48 78" -fgcolor = "000000 ffffff" -bgcolor = "ffffff-0" -command = "/usr/bin/convert +append" - -[centos-artwork.png] -models = "Identity/Models/Brands/Symbols/centos-symbol-forlogos.svgz Identity/Models/Brands/Types/centos.svgz Identity/Models/Brands/Types/artwork.svgz" -formats = "xpm jpg" -heights = "48 78" -fgcolor = "000000 ffffff" -bgcolor = "ffffff-0" -command = "/usr/bin/convert +append" - - - - The centos-art.sh script should produce the - following image files: - - - -Identity/Images/Brands/Logos/000000/ffffff-0/48/centos.jpg -Identity/Images/Brands/Logos/000000/ffffff-0/48/centos.png -Identity/Images/Brands/Logos/000000/ffffff-0/48/centos.xpm -Identity/Images/Brands/Logos/000000/ffffff-0/48/centos-artwork.png -Identity/Images/Brands/Logos/000000/ffffff-0/48/centos-artwork.jpg -Identity/Images/Brands/Logos/000000/ffffff-0/48/centos-artwork.xmp -Identity/Images/Brands/Logos/000000/ffffff-0/78/centos.jpg -Identity/Images/Brands/Logos/000000/ffffff-0/78/centos.png -Identity/Images/Brands/Logos/000000/ffffff-0/78/centos.xpm -Identity/Images/Brands/Logos/000000/ffffff-0/78/centos-artwork.png -Identity/Images/Brands/Logos/000000/ffffff-0/78/centos-artwork.jpg -Identity/Images/Brands/Logos/000000/ffffff-0/78/centos-artwork.xmp -Identity/Images/Brands/Logos/ffffff/ffffff-0/48/centos.jpg -Identity/Images/Brands/Logos/ffffff/ffffff-0/48/centos.png -Identity/Images/Brands/Logos/ffffff/ffffff-0/48/centos.xpm -Identity/Images/Brands/Logos/ffffff/ffffff-0/48/centos-artwork.png -Identity/Images/Brands/Logos/ffffff/ffffff-0/48/centos-artwork.jpg -Identity/Images/Brands/Logos/ffffff/ffffff-0/48/centos-artwork.xmp -Identity/Images/Brands/Logos/ffffff/ffffff-0/78/centos.jpg -Identity/Images/Brands/Logos/ffffff/ffffff-0/78/centos.png -Identity/Images/Brands/Logos/ffffff/ffffff-0/78/centos.xpm -Identity/Images/Brands/Logos/ffffff/ffffff-0/78/centos-artwork.png -Identity/Images/Brands/Logos/ffffff/ffffff-0/78/centos-artwork.jpg -Identity/Images/Brands/Logos/ffffff/ffffff-0/78/centos-artwork.xmp - - - - The final location for storing images output inside the - repository is determined by using the design model directory - provided as argument. Basically, the - centos-art.sh script changes the path - components from Models to Images and adds foreground color, - background color, height value and image name to it to - differentiate rendered images. - - - - In case you need to restrict the amount of files you want to - produce including their formats, heights, colors and commands, - you need to modify the content of the related - render.conf configuration file. There is - not any command-line option available for such tasks. The most - - command-line options can do for you is when there are more - than one configuration file inside the same design model - directory and you need to specify which one of them will be - used as reference. In such case you can use the - option. - - - - When images are produced through configuration files, the - centos-art.sh script takes the order - provided in the list of design models to build the list of - images you will work with through the command specified. For - example, the order in which images will be appended or - overlapped. - - - - Localization of logo images will not be and must not be - supported in any way. That would bring disastrous confusion in - the area of visual recognition. - - - - -
diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/History/2013.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/History/2013.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index 290647a..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/History/2013.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,141 +0,0 @@ -
- - 2013's - - - &TCAR; development was eventually stopped at November, 2012, - when I moved myself from Cienfuegos to Havana city for working - The first months were very difficult, specially at the moment - of finding a stable place to set my personal desktop (I was - moving myself from one apartment to another, frequently). - - - - On May 14th, the work in Havana ends for me and I have to - return to Cienfuegos city. I tried to take advantage of the - situation dedicating more work and study hours to &TCAR; and - the related automation scripts once again. At this point I - consider a Git+Gitolite+Gitweb+MantisBT infrastructure for - &TCAR; and start working on it in my workstation. This, in - order to implement a distributed work flow for &TCAR; based on - Git version control system. - - - - Update Version Control Environment - - The function environment related to version control tasks was - renamed from svn to in order to handle both - Subversion and - Git working copies of &TCAR;. This - change prepares the centos-art.sh script to - follow the suggestion of a complete migration from - Subversion to - Git, at some point. - - - - Because the Subversion - infrastructure is the one in place right now and it is the one - with most artwork history, it will be - Subversion the version control - system we are using as default in - centos-art.sh. However this will surely - change as soon as a Git - infrastructure be approved for &TCAR; and everything could be - moved there. - - - - - Start Using The <filename>centos-art.conf</filename> File - - Based on the need of supporting more than one application to - handle version control tasks, it was added the - centos-art.conf file into the Scripts/Bash directory. This file - exists to customize specific behaviours of - centos-art.sh script once it has been - executed (e.g., what kind of application will be used as - default for doing version control, or even if the actions - related to version control will be performed or not). - - - - - - Update Repository Directories Structure - - I face the following situation: I am working on a - documentation project named solinfo-network. - While I was organizing it, I found that the directory - structure of &TCAR; fits quite well the needs of - solinfo-network documentation project. However, - I don't want to duplicate automation scripts in two separate - projects, but share them between themselves (i.e., changes - committed to automation scripts are pushed to one single - place, not two.). - - - When we use Subversion repositories, it is possible to - checkout specific parts of different repositories into a new - repository. This is very useful if we need to create several - projects that share the same component and we don't want to - duplicate the common component in two or more different - projects but share it between them. See - . - - - - When we use Git repository, it is not possible to checkout - specific parts of a repository but the complete tree. So, in - order to share common components of a repository we need to - create one repository for each common component we want to - share and then use Git submodulessee progit-book, - page 152. This requires that brand new - repositories be created for each component we want to share. - - - - In both situations, including Git and Subversion repositories, - it is necessary that we define very well the structure of each - component we want to share, so it can be - plugged nicely into other projects. Likewise, - other projects must have the same directory structure the - pluggable component was design to fit in. If these two - conditions can be reached, it would be possible to reuse - repositories components and concentrate efforts. The current - directory structure &TCAR; is set in allows components inside - Subversion repositories to be reused by related working - copies. However, we cannot do the same if it is stored in a - Git repository. In order for Git repositories to be able to - share components with other Git repositories, &TCAR; directory - structure needs to be reorganized to better delineate each - component the repository is made of. - - - - For more information see . - - - - - - -
diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Workstation.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Workstation.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index cf55d5e..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Workstation.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ - - - Preparing Your Workstation - - &repo-ws-intro; - &repo-ws-install; - &repo-ws-config; - - diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Workstation/config.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Workstation/config.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index 8ad40d0..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Workstation/config.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,351 +0,0 @@ -
- - Configuring Your Workstation - - - Once your workstation has been installed, it is time for you - to configure it. The configuration of your workstation - consists on defining your workplace, download a working copy - from &TCAR; and finally, run the prepare - functionality of centos-art.sh script to - install/update the software needed, render images, create - links, and anything else needed. - - -
- Define Your Workplace - - Once you've installed the workstation and it is up and - running, you need to register the user name you'll use for - working. In this task you need to use the commands - useradd and passwd to - create the user name and set a password for it, respectively. - These commands require administrative privileges to be - executed, so you need to login as root - superuser for doing so. - - - - - Do not use the root username for regular - tasks inside your working copy of &TCAR;. This is dangerous - and might provoke unreversable damages to your workstation. - - - - - When you've registered your user name in the workstation, it - provides an identifier for you to open a user's session in the - workstation and a place to store the information you produce, - as well. This place is known as your home directory and is - unique for each user registered in the workstation. For - example, if you register the user name john in your - workstation, your home directory would be located at /home/john/. - - - - At this point it is important to define where to download the - working copy of &TCAR; inside your home directory. This - desition deserves special attention and should be implemented - carefully in order to grant a standard environment that could - be distributed. Let's see some alternatives. - - -
- Different absolute paths - - Consider that you store your working copy under /home/john/Projects/artwork/ and - I store mine under /home/al/Projects/artwork/, we'll - end up refering the same files inside our working copies - through different absolute paths. This alternative generates - a contradiction when files which hold path information inside - are committed up to the central repository from different - working copies. The contradiction comes from the question: - which is the correct absolute path to use inside such files, - yours or mine? (None of them is, of course.) - - -
- -
- One unique absolute path - - Another case would be that where you and I ourselves use one - unique home directory (e.g., /home/centos/Projects/artwork/) - to store the working copy of &TCAR; in our own workstations, - but configure the subversion client to use different user - names to commit changes up from the working copy to the - central repository. This alternative might be not so good in - situations where you and I have to share the same workstation. - In such cases, it would be required that we both share the - password information of the same system user (the - centos user in our example) which, in - addition, gives access to that user's subversion client - configuration and this way provokes the whole sense of using - different subversion credentials for committing changes to be - lost. - -
- -
- Different absolute paths through dynamic expansion - - Most of the absolute paths we use inside the working copy are - made of two parts, one dynamic and one relative fixed. The - dynamic part is the home directory of the current user and its - value can be retrived from the $HOME - environment variable. The fixed part of the path is the one - we set inside the repositroy structure itself as a matter of - organization. What we need here is to find a way to expand - variables inside files that don't support variable expansion. - This alternative had worked rather fine when we produce - produce PNG files from SVG files and XTHML from DocBook files, - but the same is not true for absolute paths inside files that - are used as in their permanent state inside the repository - (e.g., CSS files and other files similar in purpose). - -
- -
- Different absolute paths, dynamic expansion, symbolic - links, relative links, and environment variables - - - With this solution it is possible to store working copies of - &TCAR; on different locations inside the same workstation - without lose relation between files. Here we use the - TCAR_WORKDIR environment variable to set the location of the - working copy inside the workstation. Later the centos-art.sh - scripts uses this value as reference to determine where the - working copy is. This value is also the one used for dynamic - expansion inside design models and other similar files. In the - case of web projects where different components are required - to produce the final content, we create symbolic links between - them and use relative paths so it is possible to reuse them - and retain the relation between them in different contexts. - - - - For example, lets consider the organization of XHTML manuals - rendered from DocBook source files. When you render a DocBook - manual inside &TCAR; it creates XHTML files. This XHTML files - use images and common style sheets for better presentation. - Both of these images and styles components live outside the - XHTML structure so, in order to make them available - relatively to the XHTML structure, we created symbolic links - from the XHTML structure to the outside location where they - are in. The creation of symbolic links takes place - automatically when each DockBook manual is rendered through - centos-art.sh, which uses the value of - TCAR_WORKDIR environment variable as reference to determine - the absolute path of the working copy. - - - - Bacause absolute paths are no longer stored inside permanent - files and centos-art.sh script uses the - TCAR_WORKDIR environment variable to determine where the - working copy is stored in the workstation, it should be safe - to download working copies of &TCAR; anywhere in the - workstation. One just have to be sure that the value of - TCAR_WORKDIR environment variable does match the location of - the working copy you are using. - - -
- -
- -
- Download Your Working Copy - - - In order to use &TCAR; you need to download a working copy - from the central repository into your workstation. To - download such working copy use the following command: - - - git clone https://projects.centos.org/~al/artwork.git - - - This command will create your working copy inside your home - directory, specifically in a directory named artwork.git. Inside this directory - you will find all the files you need to work with inside - &TCAR;. If you want to have your working copy in a location - different to that one shown above, see . - - - - The first time you download the working copy it contains no - image files, nor documentation, or localized content inside - it. This is because all the files provided in the working copy - are source files (e.g., the files needed to produce other - files) and it is up to you to render them in order to produce - the final files (e.g., images and documentation) used to - implement &TCPCVI;. - - -
- -
- Configure Administrative Tasks - - - Most of the administrative tasks you need to perform in your - working copy of &TCAR; are standardized inside the - prepare functionality of - centos-art.sh script. Inside - centos-art.sh - script, all administrative task are invoked through the - sudo command. Thus, in order for the - centos-art.sh script to perform - administrative tasks, you need to update the - sudo's configuration in a way that such - administrative actions be allowed. - - - - At time of this writing the centos-art.sh - script implements just one administrative task, that is - package management. Nevertheless, in the future, other - administrative tasks might be included as well (e.g., - installing themes locally from the working copy for testing - purposes.). - - - - To update the sudo's configuration, execute - the visudo command as root. - Later, uncoment the Cmnd_Alias related to - SOFTWARE and add a line for your username - allowing software commands. This configuration is illustrated - in . - - - - The <filename>/etc/sudoers</filename> configuration file - - /etc/sudoers configuration file - - - -## Installation and management of software -Cmnd_Alias SOFTWARE = /bin/rpm, /usr/bin/up2date, /usr/bin/yum - -## Next comes the main part: which users can run what software on -## which machines (the sudoers file can be shared between multiple -## systems). -## Syntax: -## -## user MACHINE=COMMANDS -## -## The COMMANDS section may have other options added to it. -## -## Allow root to run any commands anywhere -root ALL=(ALL) ALL - -## Allow the centos user to run installation and management of -## software anywhere. -al ALL=(ALL) SOFTWARE - - - - - - -
- -
- Run Preparation Tool - - Once you've both downloaded a working copy from &TCAR; - and configured the sudo's configuration - file successfully, run the prepare - functionality of centos-art.sh script to - complete the configuration process using the following - command: - - - ~/artwork/Scripts/Bash/centos-art.sh prepare - - - To know more about the prepare - functionality of centos-art.sh script, see - . - -
- -
- Changing Your Working Copy Default Path - - By default your working copy should be store in your home - directory, specifically in the location ~/artwork. This location may not - be the final location where you want to have your working copy - in situations where you are working on several projects at the - same time or you already have a define location to organize - your projects inside your home directory. Thus, you may need - to change the default location of your working copy to a more - appropriate location. - - - - The default path to your working copy is controlled by the - TCAR_WORKDIR environment variable. This - variable is firstly defined in your personal profile after - running the prepare functionality of - centos-art.sh script. So, to change the - path of your working copy correctly, do the following: - - - - - - Create the parent directory you will use to store your working - copy. For example: - mkdir -p ~/Projects/CentOS - - - - - Move the currently downloaded working copy from ~/artwork to - your new location. For example: - mv ~/artwork ~/Projects/CentOS/ - - - - - Update the environment variables set in - ~/.bash_profile by running the - centos-art.sh script from the new location. - For example: - ~/Projects/CentOS/artwork/Scripts/Bash/centos-art.sh prepare --set-environment - - - - - Do log out from your active user's seesion and do log in again - so the environment changes take effect. Or just update the - current environment information by running the following - command: - . ~/.bash_profile - - - - - Update internal links by running the - centos-art.sh script. For example: - ${TCAR_WORKDIR}/Scripts/Bash/centos-art.sh prepare --links - - - - -
- -
diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Workstation/install.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Workstation/install.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index 46d30a9..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Workstation/install.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,41 +0,0 @@ -
- - Installing Your Workstation - - - To install your workstation use &TCD; default configuration as - proposed by &TCD; installer. This includes default - partitioning and packages. &TCAR; is been completly develop - upon &TCD; and realies on such environment to achieve most - automation tasks. In order to get a reproducable environment, - it is convenient that you, too, use the same operating system - that we do. - - -
- Supported Platforms - - - &TCAR; has been tested in the following platforms: - - - - - - The CentOS Distribution major release 5 update 5, for i386 and - i686 architectures. - - - - - - In case you be using a working copy of &TCAR; in a different - platform from those listed here, please send a mail to centos-devel@centos.org - notifying it. It is our intention to make &TCAR; as portable - as possible through different major releases of &TCD;. - - -
- -
diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Workstation/intro.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Workstation/intro.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index d6677cc..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Workstation/intro.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,27 +0,0 @@ -
- - Introduction - - - The workstation is the machine you use to store your working - copy of &TCAR;. The working copy is an ordinary directory - tree on your workstation, containing a collection of files - that you can edit however you wish. The working copy is your - own private work area related to &TCAR; where you perform - changes and receive changes from others. - - - - In order to make your workstation completely functional, it is - necessary that you install it and configure it to satisfy the - needs demanded by the working copy of &TCAR; you later - download in it. - - - - This chapter describes the steps you need to follow in order - to install and configure a workstation for using a working - copy of &TCAR; in all its extention. - - -
diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/introduction.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/introduction.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index a059dc5..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/introduction.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,120 +0,0 @@ -
- - Overview - - - The corporations always have a corporate identity, even when - they don't take an intentional control over it. It is a choise - from the corporation to define how much control to take over - its identity. This kind of control is expensive and not all - corporations are able to maintain it. However, it is - necessary that, based on pragmatic facts, the corporation - assume an acceptable degree of compromise with its identity in - order to create a consistent idea of itself in a way that can - be progresively improved through time. - - - - During the years (2003-2009), we've seen a growing interest - inside &TCC; for helping on &TCP; development. Some people - seem to be very clear about what the project needs are and how - to maintain it being a very stable project, but others however - don't to get what &TCP; is (even it is explained time after - time) and sometimes decide to put their efforts in the wrong - direction making everything to be a waste of time and source - of distraction from what is really needed. - - - - &TCAR; phases the question What can I do for - &TCP;? by identifying different work lines you can - join in and providing automated production mechanisms that - complement one another according to each work line needs so - consistent results can be achieved inside a distributed - environment under version control. For example, consider an - environment where there are graphic designers to produce - images, documentors to produce documentation manuals (whose - can use images produced by graphic designers), programmers to - produce automation scripts (needed to standardize production - tasks) and translators to localize source files created by - graphic designers, documetors and programmers. Once such - environment has been implemented, it would be possible for - packagers to take localized images and localized documentation - from &TCAR; (through an automation script probably) to - rebrand/update the content of those packages inside &TCD; that - must include information specific to &TCP; itself (e.g., boot - loader, distribution installer, release notes, display - managers, release notes, web browsers default page, etc.). - - - - Most production tasks inside &TCAR; are focused on the files - needed to implement &TCP; corporate visual identity. - - Notice that, here, visual identity means everything - perceived through the human's visual sences (i.e., the - human eyes), but the corporate identity is a wider concept - that extends to all human senses (i.e., visibilty (eyes), - audition (ears), scent (nose), touch (fingers), and savour - (tongue)), not just that one related to visual aspects. - Nevertheless, we need to be consequent with the media - where &TCP; manifests its existence on, as described in - . - This includes everything from file edition - (e.g., text width, text indentation, line numbering, text - tabulation, etc.) up to how the web sites, distribution, and - industrial stuff (e.g., pullovers, caps, installation media, - etc.) look and feel. Notice that, more specific details like - typography, window design, icons, menu items, etc., inside - &TCD; are already covered by &TCP; upstream provider. In our - effort to be 100% binary compatible with the upstream provider - and also keeping maintainance low, we stand over those - specific details as much as possible assuming them as default. - However, if you feel brave enough (and prove your ability to - keep yourself being that way) it would be possible to open a - work line for you to maintain variants of such very specific - details inside &TCAR;. - - - - In addition to visual manifestations, there are also emotional - feelings and ethical behaviours that must be considered as - part of &TCP; corporate identity. A pleasant experience in - this area includes &TCWIKI;, specifically the way it was - conceived and administered. When the &TCWIKI; was published, - &TCP; published a list of needs with it so anyone could - contribute based on them. Not much time after that, the list - of tasks triggered some souls' motivations ruled by the good - will of initiating the translation of that content published - inside the wiki, redesigning its visual style, proposing the - TreeFlower theme for &TCD;, and reducing to zero the - contraditions of precoceived minds with respect, reason and - passion. As result of this experience, we found that &TCC; - posseses an incredible strong creative force, however, a long - path must be traveled before it can be focalized into the - right direction because: it isn't enough just telling what the - right direction is, it is also necessary to provide the - vehicles for &TCC; be able of moving through it. - - - - &TCAR; extends the feelings and ethicals behaviours from - &TCWIKI; to itself by identifying the visual manifestations - &TCP; is made of (i.e., tracing a direction) and allowing - people to develop them through standardized procedures inside - a colaborative environment (i.e., providing the vehicles). - - - - Finally, if you find yourself needing to do something for - &TCP; and &TCAR; isn't the place for it, be sure to define - what that something exactly is and also make it a community - effort so it can be validated as something useful to the - community itself. Otherwise, the effort would loose its - initial sense soon enough so as to be considered seriously. - Notice that the way these needs are described may take - different forms: they can be written and organized inside a - book, an article, or even a well documented program ;-). - - -
diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index 088ba46..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,24 +0,0 @@ - - - Automation - - - - This part of the book describes &TCAR; automation work - line. Through this work line programmers provide the - production standards that graphic designers, - documentalists, translators and packagers need to make - their work consistent and reusable. For this purpose, - programmers develop the centos-art.sh - script and its functionalities. The main purpose of this - work line is standardize the interaction of work lines in - a reliable way. The automation work line takes place in - the Scripts - directory. - - - - &scripts-bash; - - diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts.ent b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts.ent deleted file mode 100644 index 3a8db4c..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts.ent +++ /dev/null @@ -1,16 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index 33a1e2f..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,23 +0,0 @@ - - - The <command>centos-art.sh</command> Reference - Version 0.4 - - - &scripts-bash-intro; - &scripts-bash-mission; - &scripts-bash-nameconvs; - &scripts-bash-cliref; - &scripts-bash-environment; - - - &scripts-bash-prepare; - &scripts-bash-help; - &scripts-bash-render; - &scripts-bash-locale; - &scripts-bash-pack; - &scripts-bash-tuneup; - &scripts-bash-vcs; - &scripts-bash-cli_checkFiles; - - diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/cli_checkFiles.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/cli_checkFiles.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index 74f40a4..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/cli_checkFiles.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,245 +0,0 @@ - - - - cli_checkFiles - 1 - - Standardize constructions for file verifications - - - - - cli_checkFiles - Standardize constructions for file verifications. - - - - - cli_checkFiles - - -d - -e - -f - -h - -x - - LOCATION - - - - - Description - - The cli_checkFiles exists to answer basic - questions like Is LOCATION - is a regular file? and Is - LOCATION a directory?. The - answer to such questions affects the script execution flow in - the following way: when the answer positive (e.g., - LOCATION is a regular file), the - script passes the test silently and continues its execution. - When the answer is negative(e.g., - LOCATION is not a regular file), - the script finishes its execution immediately with an error - message. - - - - The cli_checkFiles function is exported - to centos-art.sh script environment in the - very beginning of its execution and will be available all - along its execution lifetime. You can use this function inside - common and specific functions whenever you need to verify - files inside the &TCAR;. - - - - The cli_checkFiles function is available - inside the centos-art.sh script only as - part of its execution environment. This function is exported - to centos-art.sh script just after - executing the script from the command-line and will be - available all along the script lifetime. So, you can use this - function both in common and specific functionalities of - centos-art.sh script. - - - - The cli_checkFiles function doesn't - create subsequent execution environments. - - - - - Usage - - Use the cli_checkFiles function inside - centos-art.sh script whenever you need to - control the script execution flow based on file type (e.g., - regular files, directories, links, etc.) verifications. - - - - - Options - - The cli_checkFiles function accepts the - following options: - - - - - - - Verifies whether LOCATION exists - and is a directory. If it doesn't exists or isn't a directory, - an error message is printed and the script finishes its - execution. Otherwise, if it exists and is a directory, the - script continues its execution normally. - - - - - - - - - Verifies whether LOCATION exists or - not. If it doesn't exist, an error message is printed and the - script finishes its execution. Otherwise, if it does exists, - the script continues its execution normally. - - - - - - - - - Verifies whether LOCATION exists - and is a regular file. If it doesn't exists or isn't a regular - file, an error message is printed and the script finishes its - execution. Otherwise, if it exists and is a regular file, the - script continues its execution normally. - - - - - - - - - Verifies whether LOCATION exists - and is a symbolic link. If it doesn't exists or isn't a - symbolic link, an error message is printed and the script - finishes its execution immediately. Otherwise, if it does - exist and is a symbolic link, the script continue its - execution normally. - - - - - - - - - Verifies whether LOCATION exists - and execution permission is granted. If it doesn't exist or - hasn't execution permission, the script finishes its execution - immediately. Otherwise, if it exists and has execution - permissions, the script continues its execution normally. - - - - - - - The value of the LOCATION argument - must be an absolute path to the file you want to verify. If - such file doesn't exists in any supported form, the script - finishes its execution with an error message. - - - - - Examples - - The following example was taken from - centos-art.sh script initialization phase. - Notice the position of cli_checkFiles - function inside the loop. If some of the function files we - need to export doesn't have execution rights, - cli_checkFiles will - finish the script execution immediately with an error message. - - -# Process the list of files. -for FUNCFILE in $FUNCFILES;do - - # Verify the execution rights for function file. - cli_checkFiles -x ${FUNCFILE} - - # Initialize the function file. - . ${FUNCFILE} - - # Export the function names inside the file to current shell - # script environment. - export -f $(egrep "${PATTERN}" ${FUNCFILE} | gawk '{ print $2 }') - -done - - - - - Bugs - - To report bugs related to this function, please create a new - ticket at refering the - name of this function clearly and the specific problems you - found in it. - - - - - Authors - - - - Alain Reguera Delgado alain.reguera@gmail.com, =COPYRIGHT_YEAR_LIST= - - - - - - - License - - - Copyright © =COPYRIGHT_YEAR_LIST= =COPYRIGHT_HOLDER= - - - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as - published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of - the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be - useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied - warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR - PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. - - - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free - Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, - USA. - - - - - diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/cliref.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/cliref.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index a8ff53e..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/cliref.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,569 +0,0 @@ - - - Command-line Interface - - - The centos-art.sh script follows a - conventional GNU/Linux command-line interface where there - might be options and non-option arguments in it. As convention - to centos-art.sh, the first non-option - argument passed through the command-line will be the name of - the specific function you want to execute (e.g., , , , etc.). This first argument - will be immediately removed from the list of arguments passed - to centos-art.sh script leaving just the - remaining options and non-option arguments passed to it. From - this point on, the centos-art.sh script - uses the getopt command to retrieve option - arguments and remove them from the list of arguments passed to - centos-art.sh script. - - - - To better understand the centos-art.sh - command-line interface, consider the command shown in . This example - shows the entire command as a list of space-separated - arguments. Each argument passed in the command-line can be - reached using positional variables as described in . - - - - The command-line interface - - The command-line interface - - - -centos-art render Identity/Images/Themes --with-brands - - - - - - - - Option Arguments - - - As convention inside the centos-art.sh, all - specific function environments should provide support for the - following option arguments: - - - - - | - - - This option makes centos-art.sh to shows - information about the specific function environment (e.g., how - to execute it, available options, etc.) set as first - non-option argument. For example, if you provide the - centos-art render --help, the - centos-art.sh script will display to you - the information related to functionality. - - - This information is retrieved from The CentOS Artwork - Repository File System (tcar-fs) documentation manual. - This manual is written in Texinfo format and provides a quick - way for you to read and browse documentation related to each - directory inside &TCAR; as you work with it from a text - terminal. - - - - - - - - - | - - - This option makes the centos-art.sh script - to suppress messages sent to standard output. This option - doesn't suppress error messages, nor questions related to - script execution. - - - - - - - - The specific option arguments used by function environments - are described individually, as part of each function - environment documentation. To know more about the specific - options used by function environments, see and . - - - - Specific functions environment - - - - Name - Description - - - - - - - Standardize configuration tasks inside &TCAR; - - - - Standardize rendition tasks inside &TCAR; - - - - Standardize localization tasks inside &TCAR; - - - - Standardize documentation tasks inside &TCAR; - - - - Standardize packing tasks inside &TCAR; - - - - Standardize maintainance tasks inside &TCAR; - - - - Standardize version control tasks inside &TCAR; - - - - -
- - - Common functions environment - - - - Name - Description - - - - - - - cli_checkFiles - - - Standardize conditional expressions applied to files - (including links and directories) inside the - centos-art.sh script. - - - - cli_checkRepoDirSource - - Standardize directories' path construction inside the - working copy, using absolute paths. - - - - cli_expandTMarkers - - Standardize translation markers construction and their - related expansion. - - - - cli_exportFunctions - - Standardize the way specific functionalities are - exported to centos-art.sh script - environment. - - - - cli_getConfigLines - - Standardize the way configuration lines are retrieved - form configuration files. - - - - cli_getConfigSectionNames - - Standardize the way section names are retrieved from - configuration files. - - - - cli_getConfigValue - - Standardize the way configuration values are retrieved - from configuration files. - - - - cli_getFilesList - - Standardize the way list of files are built inside - centos-art.sh script. - - - - cli_getPathComponent - - Standardize the way directory structures are organized - inside the working copy of &TCAR;. - - - - cli_getRepoName - - Standardize files and directories name convection - inside the working copy of &TCAR;. - - - - cli_getTemporalFile - - Standardize temporal files creation. - - - - cli_parseArgumentsReDef - - Initiate/reset and sanitize positional parameters - passed to this function and creates the list of - arguments that getopt will process. - - - - cli_parseArguments - - Redefine the ARGUMENTS global - variable using getopt output. - - - - cli_printCopyrightInfo - - Standardize the copyright information printed on - content produced by centos-art.sh - script. - - - - cli_printMailingList - - Standardize the way mailing list addresses are printed - on content produced by - centos-art.sh script. - - - - cli_printMessage - - Standardize the way messages are printed by - centos-art.sh script. - - - - cli_printUrl - - Standardize the way URLs are printed by - centos-art.sh script. - - - - cli_runFnEnvironment - - Standardize the way centos-art.sh - script is called to itself. - - - - cli - - Initiates the centos-art.sh script - command-line interface. - - - - cli_synchronizeRepoChanges - - Standardize the way changes are synchronized between - the working copy and the central repository. - - - - cli_terminateScriptExecution - - Standardize the actions that must be realized just - before leaving the script execution (e.g., cleaning - temporal files). - - - - cli_unsetFunctions - - Unset functionalities from - centos-art.sh script execution - environment. - - - - - - -
- - - - - Non-Option Arguments - - - Once option arguments have been removed from the list of - arguments passed to centos-art.sh - command-line, non-option arguments are processed then. - Non-option arguments will always be paths pointing to - directories inside your working copy of &TCAR; or - documentation entries pointing to specific sections in a - documentation manual. Paths provided in the command-line can - be absolute or relative considering the root directory of the - working copy as start point. For example, both the absolute - path ${HOME}/Projects/CentOS/artwork/Identity/Themes/ - and the relative path Identity/Themes point to - the same location. Documentation entries, on the other hand, - exist to specify the files inside the Documentation/Models/ - directory structure you want to work with, based on specific - documentation manual components (e.g., manual name, part, - chapter or section). To know more about documentation entries, - see the functionality - reference. - - - - - - - Implementation - - - The command-line interface of - centos-art.sh script is implemented - individually for each specific function environments it is - made of. Each specific function environment inside the - centos-art.sh has its own command-line - definition and can differ in options when they are - compared one another. The command-line differences between - specific function environments exist as consequence of the - purpose they were designed for (e.g., different purposes, - different options and arguments). Nevertheless, all - specific function environments use the same base - construction to implement their unique command-line - interfaces (see ). - - - - The specific function environments the - centos-art.sh script is made of use the - Scripts/Bash/Functions/Fname/fname_getOptions.sh - file to store the - fname_getOptions - function definition. This function definition is where you - set the relation between actions to be executed and - arguments passed to centos-art.sh - script. - - - - Basically, when you decide to create new function - environments for the centos-art.sh - script, you need to consider whether they will use - arguments from the command-line or not. When the function - environment doesn't need arguments (e.g., it exists to - redefine values related to variables only) there is not - need to consider a parsing feature for it. However, when - you need to interact with a specific function through the - command-line, you should use the - fname_getOptions - function related to your - fname - function environment to define the way such interaction - will take place. This way you can control the possible - arguments your function environment will be able to - interpret from the command-line. - - - - The command-line implementation - - The command-line implementation - - - -function fname_getOptions { - - # Define short options we want to support. - local ARGSS="h,q" - - # Define long options we want to support. - local ARGSL="help,quiet" - - # Redefine ARGUMENTS using getopt(1) command parser. - cli_parseArguments - - # Redefine positional parameters using ARGUMENTS variable. - eval set -- "$ARGUMENTS" - - # Look for options passed through command-line. - while true; do - - case "$1" in - - -h | --help ) - cli_runFnEnvironment help --read --format="texinfo" "tcar-fs::scripts:bash-functions-fname" - shift 1 - exit - ;; - - -q | --quiet ) - FLAG_QUIET="true" - shift 1 - ;; - - -- ) - # Remove the `--' argument from the list of arguments - # in order for processing non-option arguments - # correctly. At this point all option arguments have - # been processed already but the `--' argument still - # remains to mark ending of option arguments and - # beginning of non-option arguments. The `--' argument - # needs to be removed here in order to avoid - # centos-art.sh script to process it as a path inside - # the repository, which obviously is not. - shift 1 - break - ;; - esac - done - - # Redefine ARGUMENTS variable using current positional parameters. - cli_parseArgumentsReDef "$@" - -} - - - - - - - - Using the base structure described in , you can - create new options so your specific function environment - can express its usefulness. For example, if you want your - specific function environment to print a greeting on the - screen when the option is passed - through its command-line, you can modify the base - structure shown above with the following: - - - -... - - # Define long options we want to support. - local ARGSL="help,quiet,hello" - -... - - --hello ) - cli_printMessage "`gettext "Hello World!"`" - shift 1 - ;; -... - - - - In case you want to provide an option value in the form - , you can do it as described - below: - - - -... - - # Define long options we want to support. - local ARGSL="help,quiet,hello:" - -... - - --hello ) - cli_printMessage "`gettext "Hello"` ${2}" - shift 2 - ;; -... - - - - In this last case, the option value is required. So, if you - provide the option but do not provide - a value for it, an error will be triggered and the script will - finish its execution. To make an option value not-required, - you need to use two colons instead of one when you define the - options, see the following lines: - - - -... - - # Define long options we want to support. - local ARGSL="help,quiet,hello::" - -... - - --hello ) - cli_printMessage "`gettext "Hello"` ${2}" - shift 2 - ;; -... - - - - To know more about the features provided by - getopt command, read its man page (e.g., - typing the man getopt command in your - terminal). This information will also help you to understand - how to improve the command-line interfaces you create for - the function environments of centos-art.sh - script. - - - - - diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/environment.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/environment.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index fbbcfd9..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/environment.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,475 +0,0 @@ - - - The Execution Environment - - - The execution environment of centos-art.sh - script is organized in four levels. The first level is the - shell environment, the second level is the - command environment, the third level is the - common functions environment and, finally, the - fourth level which contains the specific function - environment, as described in . In this - context, child environments inherit definitions (e.g., - variables and functions) from their parent environments making - possible to logically organize the script in a way that needs - can be isolated one another to follow the paradigm proposed by - Unix developers at Bell Labs when felt that programs - should do one thing well. - - - - The execution environment - - The execution environment - - - -+-----------------------------------------------------+ -| Shell environment | -+---|-------------------|-----------------|-----------+ -. |-- TCAR_WORKDIR |-- TCAR_BRAND |-- EDITOR . -. |-- LANG |-- HOME |-- PATH . -. `-- centos-art.sh `-- TMPDIR `-- ... . -. +---|-----------------------------------------+ . -. | Command environment | . -. +---|---------------|----------------|--------+ . -. . |-- CLI_NAME |-- CLI_VERSION `-- ... . . -. . |-- CLI_FUNCDIR `-- CLI_BASEDIR . . -. . `-- cli() . . -. . +---|-----------------------------------+ . . -. . | Common functions environment | . . -. . +---|------------------------|----------+ . . -. . . |-- cli_printMessage() |-- ... . . . -. . . |-- cli_getFilesList() |-- ... . . . -. . . `-- render() `-- ... . . . -. . . +---|---------------------------+ . . . -. . . | Specific function environment | . . . -. . . +-------------------------------+ . . . -. . ......................................... . . -. ............................................... . -....................................................... - - - - - - - - The Shell Environment - - - The centos-art.sh script uses the following - shell environment variables: - - - - - PATH - - - The PATH environment variable is specific to - the operating system and provides search paths for command - execution. By default, the centos-art.sh - script links executable scripts from the ~/bin directory which is one of - the locations used as search path in this variable. This is - how we create the centos-art command from - the centos-art.sh script inside your - working copy. - - - - This variable is not initialized inside the - centos-art.sh script. Instead, the value - set in ~/.bash_profile file is used. - - - - - - - EDITOR - - - The EDITOR environment variable is specific to - the operating system and provides the path to your default - text editor. The centos-art.sh script uses - the default text editor to edit subversion pre-commit - messages, translation files, documentation files, script - files, and similar text-based files. - - - - Possible values for this variable are: - - - - - - /usr/bin/vim - - - - - - /usr/bin/emacs - - - - - - /usr/bin/nano - - - - - - In case none of these values is set for the - EDITOR environment variable inside - ~/.bash_profile, the - centos-art.sh script uses /usr/bin/vim as default text - editor. This is the text editor installed by default in &TCD;. - - - - - - TEXTDOMAIN - - - The TEXTDOMAIN environment variable is specific - to the operating system and provides the domain name of that - application we are producing translation messages for. This - variable, in combination with TEXTDOMAINDIR, is - used by gettext to find out the - location of translation messages. In the very specific case - of centos-art.sh script we use the - centos-art.sh name as domain name. - - - - This variable is initialized inside the - centos-art.sh script, so if you set it - outside it (e.g., in ~/.bash_profile) the - value you set there will be overwritten by that one set inside - centos-art.sh script, once it is executed. - - - - - - TEXTDOMAINDIR - - - The TEXTDOMAINDIR environment variable is - specific to the operating system and provides the absolute - path to the directory containing the translation messages - related to that application specified by - TEXTDOMAIN environment variable. In the very - specific case of centos-art.sh script we - use the Locales/Scripts/Bash - path as default value. - - - This variable is initialized inside the - centos-art.sh script, so if you set it - outside it (e.g., in ~/.bash_profile) the - value you set there will be overwritten by that one set inside - centos-art.sh script, once it is executed. - - - - - - TMPDIR - - - The TMPDIR environment variable is specific to - the operating system and provides the absolute path to the - temporal directory the centos-art.sh script will use along its - execution. This variable is defined inside the - centos-art.sh script itself using the - mktemp command and will be unique on each - script execution. Thus, you should be able to run several - instances of centos-art.sh script - simultaneously without any problem. - - - - When you contribute code to centos-art.sh - script and need to create temporal files, do it inside the - absolute path specified by this variable. - - - - This variable is redefined inside the - centos-art.sh script, so if you set it - outside it (e.g., in ~/.bash_profile) the - value you set there will be overwritten by that one set inside - centos-art.sh script, once it is executed. - - - - - - LANG - - - The LANG environment variable is specific to - the operating system and controls the default locale - information of it. The centos-art.sh - script use the LANG environment variable to - determine what language to use for printing output messages - from the script itself, as well as the portable objects - locations that need to be updated or edited when you localize - directory structures inside the working copy of &TCAR;. - - - - The LANG environment variable is initially set - in the installation process of &TCD;, specifically in the - Language step. Generally, there is no - need to customize this variable in your personal profile. If - you need to change the value of this environment variable do - it through the login screen of GNOME Desktop Environment or - the system-config-language command, or even - resetting the variable before executing the - centos-art.sh script. - - - - - - - - In addition to shell environment variables described above, - the centos-art.sh script adds the following - variables inside the ~/.bash_profile file - to control the script behaviour in a per-user level: - - - - - TCAR_WORKDIR - - - The TCAR_WORKDIR environment variable is - specific to centos-art.sh script and - controls the working copy default location of &TCAR;. This is - the place in your workstation where &TCAR; file system is - stored for you to work with it. - - - - By default, just after installing your workstation, this - variable will not be found in it and the - centos-art.sh script will finish its - execution with an error message if you try to execute it - without any argument. This behaviour is OK because the - centos-art.sh script doesn't know where you - stored the working copy of &TCAR; in your workstation. In - order for this variable to exist in your workstation you need - to configure your workstation first, as described in . - - - - - - TCAR_BRAND - - - The TCAR_BRAND environment variable is specific - to centos-art.sh script and controls the - brand information that identifies the content produced inside - &TCAR;. The brand information is used to give name to some - files inside the repository (e.g., see files under Identity/Models/Brands - directory). - - - By default, this variable takes centos as - value. In case you want to change it to something else, you - should consider the following implications: - - - - - The centos-art.sh script will no longer be - referred as such. Instead, the - ${TCAR_BRAND}-art.sh name will be used. - This implies that you no longer are using the - centos-art.sh file we provide as part of - &TCAR; and won't be able to commit changes to it. However, if - you retain the same logic from - centos-art.sh script in - ${TCAR_WORKDIR}-art.sh, you can use - common and specific functionalities provided by - centos-art.sh script and commit changes to - them. - - - - - The files stored under Identity/Models/Brands - should be named using the value of - ${TCAR_BRAND} as section. If you change - the value of this variable, you need to be sure the new value - set does coincide with the file names you use to store brand - information. - - - - - - - - - - - The Command Environment - - - The first file the centos-art.sh script - calls is the - Scripts/Bash/Functions/Commons/cli.sh - file. This file initializes all variables and functions you - will be able to use along the script execution environment - lifetime. Such environment variables are for internal use - inside the centos-art.sh script only and - users shouldn't modify them to customize the script in a - per-user level. Instead, to customize the script behaviour in - a per-user level, you need to make use of your personal - environment variables set in the - ~/.bash_profile file. - - - - Once environment variables are initialized, the - centos-art.sh script initializes common and - specific environment functions, in that order. - - - - Common Function Environment - - - Common function environments are stored under Scripts/Bash/Functions/Commons - directory and will be available always, both for common - environment functions themselves and specific environment - functions. - - - - - - Specific Function Environments - - - Specific function environments, on the other hand, are stored - in the Scripts/Bash/Functions/${CLI_FUNCDIRNAM}/${CLI_FUNCNAME}.sh - file, where: - - - - - CLI_FUNCDIRNAME - - - Is the first argument passed to - centos-art.sh script with the first letter - in uppercase but the rest in lowercase. For example, - Render, Locale and - Help are all possible values to this - variable. - - - - - - CLI_FUNCNAME - - - Is the first argument passed to - centos-art.sh script with all letters in - lowercase. For example, render, - locale and help are all - possible values to this variable. - - - - - - - Specific functions environment can be written in just one file - or in several files inside the same directory. Using one file - to write specific functions environment is rarely seen inside - the centos-art.sh script but it could - happen in situations where the need you want to solve can be - written in a few lines inside just one file. On the other - hand, if you find yourself writing a too long file, it is - convenient to logically divide it into several files. This - logical division takes place using functions, which indeed - create other environments where you can create and express - your solutions. - - - - The order in which individual files are exported and executed - inside the specific functions environments depends in the way - each developer write the Scripts/Bash/Functions/${CLI_FUNCDIRNAM}/${CLI_FUNCNAME}.sh - file. This is the main file inside the specific function - environment and controls the kind of logical division you - implement to organize the solution you need. As file name - convention, the following structure for new specific functions - environment is proposed: - - - -Scripts/Bash/Functions/${CLI_FUNCDIRNAM}/ -|-- ${CLI_FUNCNAME}.sh -`-- ${CLI_FUNCNAME}_verbSubject.sh - - - - Specific functions environment is exported after common - functions environment does, so it is not possible for specific - functions environment to be available inside the common - functions environment, nor inside other specific functions - environment, different to the one been passed as first - argument to the centos-art.sh script - command-line. - - Although, it is possible for you to call the - centos-art.sh script to itself - through the cli_runFnEnvironment - common function environment. - - In , - render is a specific function environment - while cli_printMessage and - cli_getFilesList are common function - environments. - - - - Both specific and common function environments exist to - standardize frequent tasks inside &TCAR;. The following - sections will describe which these frequent tasks are and the - way they are standardized using specific and common function - environments. - - - - - - diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/funref.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/funref.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index c67c159..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/funref.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1294 +0,0 @@ - - - Environment Functions Reference - - - In addition to environment variables described above, the - centos-art.sh script makes available the following common - environment functions once it is executed: - - - - - - - - cli_checkRepoDirSource - - cli_checkRepoDirSource - - - - - - - - The cli_checkRepoDirSource function - standardizes the path construction to directories inside it - the working copy, using absolute paths. This function - transforms relative paths passed as non-option arguments to - centos-art.sh script command-line into - absolute paths inside the working copy and verifies whether - they really exist as directories inside the working copy or - not. If the path provided doesn't exist as directory inside - the working copy, the script will finish its execution - immediately with an error message. Otherwise, if the directory - exists, the variable ACTIONVAL is redefined - with the related absolute path for further use. - - - - Use the cli_checkRepoDirSource function - whenever you need to be sure that non-option arguments passed - to centos-art.sh script command-line will - always point to directories inside the working copy. - - - - - - - - - cli_expandTMarkers - - cli_expandTMarkers - - - LOCATION - - - - - The cli_expandTMarkers standardizes - construction of translation markers and their related - expansion. As convention, translation markers are set inside - source files (e.g., DocBook, SVG) and expanded inside temporal - instances used to produce final contents. The - LOCATION argument should point to - the temporal file where translation markers expansion takes - place in. - - - Translation markers written in source files must comply the - =[A-Z_]+= regular expression pattern. For - example, =UNKNOWN_MARKER= is a valid - translation marker without any replacement. To prevent - centos-art.sh script from expanding - translation markers, add a backslash (\) - between the first equal sign and the following letter. For - example, =\...= won't be expanded. - - - The cli_expandTMarkers supports the - following translation markers: - - - - =\COPYRIGHT_YEAR_LAST= - =\COPYRIGHT_YEAR= - - - These translation markers expand to the last year used in - copyright notes. For example, - =COPYRIGHT_YEAR_LAST=. - - - - - - =\COPYRIGHT_YEAR_LIST= - =\COPYRIGHT_YEARS_LIST= - - - This translation markers expand to the list of years used in - copyright notes. For example, - =COPYRIGHT_YEARS_LIST=. The first year - represents the time we began to work on &TCAR;. - - - - - - =\COPYRIGHT_HOLDER= - - - This translation marker expands to the holder used in - copyright notes. For example, - =COPYRIGHT_HOLDER=. - - - - - - =\COPYRIGHT_HOLDER_PREDICATE= - - - This translation marker expands both the holder and the - predicate used in copyright notes. For example, - =COPYRIGHT_HOLDER_PREDICATE=. - - - - - - =\BRAND= - - - This translation marker expands to the brand name used on - files names and URLs inside &TCAR;. For example, - =BRAND=. - - - - - - =\LICENSE= - - - This translation marker expands to the license information - used in files created by centos-art.sh - script. For example, =LICENSE=. - - - - - - =\LICENSE_URL= - - - This translation marker expands to the license URL used in - files created by centos-art.sh script. For - example, =LICENSE_URL=. - - - - - - =\THEME= - - - This translation marker expands to the theme portion of path - you are producing through centos-art.sh script. As - consequence, this translation marker should be used in - situations where you are producing theme components only. - This translation marker expands its value by retrieving the - theme part of the path you provide as non-option argument to - centos-art.sh script. For example, if you - provide the path - Identity/Images/Themes/Modern/2/Distro/5, - this translation will expand to the - Modern/2/ value. - - - In case you need to retrieve the theme name or version - separately one another, then you can use the - =\THEMENAME= and - =\THEMERELEASE= translation markers, - respectively. When you use these translation markers, forward - slashes are removed from result. So, if you provide the path - Identity/Images/Themes/Modern/2/Distro/5, - =\THEMENAME= will expand to - Modern and - =THEMERELEASE= will expand to - 2. - - - - - - =\RELEASE= - - - This translation marker expands to the current release - information of your CentOS distribution. By default this - information is retrieved from - /etc/redhat-release. In case the option - be passed, the value specified with - it will overwrite the default value and will be this the one - used as section for this translation marker to retrieve the - release information. So, for example, if you are running a - CentOS-5.8 distribution and no - option is passed to centos-art.sh script, - this translation marker expands to 5.8. On - the other hand, if you are still running a CentOS-5.8 - distribution but provide the - option to centos-art.sh script, this - translation marker expands to 6.3 instead. - - - In case you need to retrieve minor and major release numbers - separately one another, then you can use the - =\MINOR_RELEASE= and - =\MAJOR_RELEASE= translation makers, - respectively. - - - - - - =\ARCH= - - - This translation marker expands to the current architecture of - your CentOS Distribution. By default this information is - retrieved from uname -i. In case the option - be passed, the value specified with it - will overwrite the default value and will be the one used as - section. For example, if the uname -i - outputs the line i386, this - translation marker will expand to i386. On - the other hand, if you pass the - option to centos-art.sh script, this - translation marker will expand to x86_64 - instead. - - - - - - =\URL= - - - This translation marker expands to the URL which points to - &TCP; home page. For example, =URL=. In - case you are using the centos-art.sh script in a different - locale but English (en_US.UTF-8), this - translation marker expands as usual but with the language - information appended to the end of the string. For example, if - you are executing the centos-art.shscript for Spanish locale - (e.g., es_ES.UTF-8), this translation - marker expands to =URL=es/. - - - - In case you need to expand other URL related to &TCP; domain, - use translation markers described in . Likewise - =\URL=, translation markers described in does - append the current language information to the end of the URL - string based on the locale information you are currently - executing the centos-art.sh script. - - - - URL-related translation markers - - - - Translation Marker - Expands To - - - - - - =\URL_WIKI= - =URL_WIKI= - - - =\URL_LISTS= - =URL_LISTS= - - - =\URL_FORUMS= - =URL_FORUMS= - - - =\URL_MIRRORS= - =URL_MIRRORS= - - - =\URL_DOCS= - =URL_DOCS= - - - =\URL_PROJECTS= - =URL_PROJECTS= - - - =\URL_SVN= - =URL_SVN= - - - =\URL_TRAC= - =URL_TRAC= - - - =\URL_PLANET= - =URL_PLANET= - - - - -
- - - - - - =\MAIL_DOCS= - - - This translation marker expands to CentOS documentation - mailing list address. For example, - =MAIL_DOCS=. - - - - - - =\LOCALE= - - - This translation marker expands to the current locale - information used by centos-art.sh script. - This value is retrieved from the LANG - environment variable and should look like - =LOCALE=. In case you need to retrieve the - language and country part separately one another, you can use - the =\LOCALE_LL= and - =\LOCALE_CC=, respectively. - - - - - - =\REPO_TLDIR= - - - This translation marker expands to the absolute path to - directory inside - your workstation. For example, - /home/al/Projects/CentOS/artwork/trunk. - - - - - - =\REPO_HOME= - =\TCAR_WORKDIR= - - - This translation marker expands to the absolute path of your - working copy. For example, - /home/al/Projects/CentOS/artwork. - - - - - - - See also: - - - - - - - - - cli_exportFunctions - - cli_exportFunctions - - - EXPORTID - - - - - The cli_exportFunctions function - standardizes the way specific functionalities are exported to - centos-art.sh script execution environment. - The EXPORTID argument points the - specific function initialization file relatively from - Scripts/Bash/Functions directory - on. For example, if we want to export the - render specific functionality, we use the - following construction: - - -cli_exportFunctions "Render/render" - - - In this construction, Render with the first - letter in upper case is the name of the directory under - Scripts/Bash/Functions - where the specific functionality is stored in, and - render with all letters in lower case is - the name of the specific functionality we want to export, - without its extension. This name is also used as suffix to - identify all files related to the specific functionality we - are exporting to centos-art.sh script - execution environment. - - - - See also: - - - - - - - - - cli_getConfigLines - - cli_getConfigLines - - - FILE - SECTION - OPTION - - - - - The cli_getConfigLines function - standardizes the way configuration lines are retrieved from - configuration files. - - - - The cli_getConfigLines function accepts - the following arguments: - - - - - FILE - - - This argument specifies the absolute path to the configuration - file you want to retrieve configuration lines from. For - example, - ${TCAR_WORKDIR}/Identity/Models/Themes/Default/Distro/5/Anaconda/branding.conf. - - - - - - SECTION - - - This argument specifies the name of the section you want to - retrieve configuration lines from. For example, - symbols without brackets. - - - - - - OPTION - - - This argument specifies the name of the option related to the - configuration line you want to retrieve. For example, - anaconda_header.svgz. - - - - - - - In order for cli_getConfigLines to work - properly, the configuration files must have a section line - with the form [sectionname] which groups - several option = "value" lines. - Lines beginning with # are ignored and can - be used for comments. - - - - Configuration file used to produce Tcar-fs documentation manual - - Configuration used to produce Tcar-fs documentation manual - - - -[main] - -# Specify documentation backend used by documentation manual. -manual_format = "texinfo" - -# Specify title style used by sections inside the manual. -manual_section_style = "directory" - -# Specify the order used by sections inside the manual. -manual_section_order = "ordered" - -[templates] - -# Specify relation between template files and section definition files -# inside the manual. -Chapters/section-functions.texinfo = "^.+-functions-[[:alnum:]]+\.texinfo$" -Chapters/section.texinfo = "^.+\.texinfo$" - - - - - - - - The section names and option names used inside configuration - files can be anything. It depends on the use and - interpretation programmed inside - centos-art.sh script for specific purposes - which defines what kind of section and options must exist - inside a configuration file. For example, consider the - configuration files used by render - functionality. They follow the same structure used in - documentation configuration files but the meaning of their - sections and options change to fit the specific needs of - render functionality. - - - - Configuration file used to produced Anaconda images - - Configuration used to produced Anaconda images - - - -[types] - -anaconda_header.svgz = "Types/White/48/=\BRAND=-5.png:x48+20+20" -first.svgz = "Types/White/32/=\BRAND=-5.png:x32+30+219" -splash.svgz = "Types/White/48/=\BRAND=-5-msg.png:x48+30+138" - -[symbols] - -anaconda_header.svgz = "Symbols/48/=\BRAND=.png:x48+732+20" -first.svgz = "Symbols/48/=\BRAND=.png:x48+30+20" -splash.svgz = "Symbols/48/=\BRAND=.png:x48+30+20" - - - - - - - - Use the cli_getConfigLines function when - you need to retrieve option = "value" lines - from configuration files in a controlled way. - - - - See also: - - - - - - - - - cli_getConfigValue - - cli_getConfigValue - - - FILE - SECTION - OPTION - - - - - The cli_getConfigValue function - standardizes the way option values are retrieved from - configuration files. As convention, - cli_getConfigValue uses the output - produced by cli_getConfigLines as input - to retrieve the option values. As convention, in - option = "value" lines, the values - retrieved are always on the right side. The values retrieved - are also output without quotation and translation markers - already expanded. - - - - The cli_getConfigValue function accepts - the following arguments: - - - - - FILE - - - This argument specifies the absolute path to the configuration - file you want to retrieve the value from. For example, - ${TCAR_WORKDIR}/Identity/Models/Themes/Default/Distro/5/Anaconda/branding.conf. - - - - - - SECTION - - - This argument specifies the name of the section related to the - configuration line you want to retrieve the value from. For - example, symbols without brackets. - - - - - - OPTION - - - This argument specifies the name of the option you want to - retrieve the value from. For example, in , the - anaconda_header.svgz option will output the - Symbols/48/=\BRAND=.png:x48+732+20 value - without quotation and translation markers expanded. So if the - value of TCAR_BRAND environment variable is - centos, the real value you - get will be - Symbols/48/centos.png:x48+732+20. - - - - - - - Use the cli_getConfigValue function - whenever you want to retrieve values from configuration files - in a controlled way. - - - - See also: - - - - - - - - - cli_getFilesList - - cli_getFilesList - - - --pattern - --mindepth - --maxdepth - --type - --uid - LOCATION - - - - - The cli_getFilesList standardizes the way - list of files are built inside the - centos-art.sh script. This function outputs - a sorted and unique list of files based on the options and - location provided as argument. This function is an interface - to the find command. Don't use - find command directly inside the - centos-art.sh script. Instead, use the - cli_getFilesList function. - - - The cli_getFilesList accepts the - following arguments: - - - - - LOCATION - - - This arguments must be the absolute path to a directory and - specifies where the search of files in any form (e.g., - directories, links, etc.) will take place in. If - LOCATION isn't a directory, the - script finishes its execution with an error message. - - - - - - - The cli_getFilesList accepts the - following options: - - - - - - - - This option specifies a posix-egrep type regular expression as - value. This regular expression is applied to path specified in - LOCATION argument. Only file paths - that match this regular expression inside - LOCATION directory will be included - in the final list of files. By default, if this option is not - provided, the - ^/.*[[:alnum:]_/-]+$ regular - expression is used. - - - When you use the cli_getFilesList you - don't need to specified the absolute path of files you want to - look for. This is something - cli_getFilesList already does for you. - When you use this function, the value you pass as regular - expression isn't the final regular expression used. Instead, - the regular expression you pass is used to build the final - regular expression passed to find command. - The final regular expression passed to find is - ^/.*${PATTERN}$, where - ${PATTERN} is the value you passed to - option as - REGEX. - - - - - - - - This option specifies the minimal - NUMBER of levels deep the search - should go under the directory - LOCATION specified. For example, if - you specify the search will - start two levels deep considering the path provided as - section. - - - - - - - - This option specifies the maximum - NUMBER of levels deep the search - should go under the directory - LOCATION specified. For example, if - you specify the search will - begin in the very same directory path you provided as - LOCATION and stop two levels deep - using it as section. - - - - - - - - This option specifies the type of files being searched. This - option accepts the same values the find - option does. However, the following - STRING values are the most used - inside the script so far: - - - - - - d — directory. - - - - - f — regular file. - - - - - - - - - - - - This option specifies the numeric user id of the files you - want to search. Only files that match this numeric user id - will be added to the final list of files. - - - - - - - Use the cli_getFilesList whenever you - need to build list of files for further processing. - - - - - - - - - cli_getPathComponent - - cli_getPathComponent - - - --release - --release-major - --release-minor - --release-pattern - --architecture - --architecture-pattern - --motif - --motif-name - --motif-release - --motif-pattern - PATH - - - - - ... - - - - - - - - cli_synchronizeRepoChanges - - cli_syncronizeRepoChanges - - - LOCATION - - - - - The cli_synchronizeRepoChanges - standardizes the way changes are synchronized between the - working copy and the central repository using - LOCATION as section. This - function is the interface we use inside the - centos-art.sh script to execute the - Svn functionality described in . - - - Use cli_synchronizeRepoChanges function - inside the centos-art.sh script whenever - you need to synchronize one or more changes at any - LOCATION inside the working copy. - - - - - - - - cli_printMessage - - cli_printMessage - - - MESSAGE - - --as-separator-line - --as-banner-line - --as-cropping-line - --as-tuningup-line - --as-checking-line - --as-combining-line - --as-creating-line - --as-reading-line - --as-savedas-line - --as-linkto-line - --as-movedto-line - --as-validating-line - --as-template-line - --as-configuration-line - --as-palette-line - --as-reponse-line - --as-request-line - --as-selection-line - --as-error-line - --as-toknowmore-line - --as-yesornorequest-line - --as-notrailingnew-line - --as-stdout-line - --as-stderr-line - - - - - - The cli_printMessage function - standardizes the way centos-ar.sh scirpt prints messages. By - default, centos-art.sh script prints all messages to the - standard output with the exception of those messages printed - with the option, which are - printed to standard error output instead. - - - - The cli_printMessage function requires - two arguments. The first argument specifies the - MESSAGE you want to print and the - second argument specifies the FORMAT you'll use to print that - message. Because this function is so used inside the - centos-art.sh script, it is convenient to provide localization - to strings passed as MESSAGE using - gettext contructions when they aren't - paths. - - - - The cli_printMessage function accepts the - following formats as second argument: - - - - - - - - This format takes the first character passed as - MESSAGE and repeats it horizontally - to build a separator line. Use this format whenever you need - to create a logical separation between different actions. - - - - - - - - - This format takes the string passed as - MESSAGE and puts it inside two - horizontal separator lines. Use this format whenever you need - to print header information for following lines. - - - - - - - - - This format is for two columns messages where - MESSAGE generally refers to a file - inside the repository. Use this format whenever you need to - imply the fact that certain file has been cropped. - - - - - - - - - This format is for two columns messages where - MESSAGE - generally refers to a file inside the repository. Use this - format whenever you need to imply the fact that certain file - has been tuned-up. - - - - - - - - This format is for two columns messages where - MESSAGE generally refers to a file - inside the repository. Use this format whenever you need to - imply the fact that certain file has been checked or verified - (e.g., through cli_checkFiles - functionality). - - - - - - - - This format is for two columns messages where - MESSAGE generally refers to a file - inside the repository. Use this format whenever you need to - imply the fact that certain file has been combined. - - - - - - - - This format is for two columns messages where - MESSAGE generally refers to a file - inside the repository. Use this format whenever you need to - imply the fact that certain file has been created. - - - - - - - - This format is for two columns messages where - MESSAGE generally refers to a file - inside the repository. Use this format whenever you need to - imply the fact that certain file has been read. - - - - - - - - This format is for two columns messages where - MESSAGE generally refers to a file - inside the repository. Use this format whenever you need to - imply the fact that certain file has been saved. - - - - - - - - This format is for two columns messages where - MESSAGE generally refers to a file - inside the repository. Use this format whenever you need to - imply the fact that certain file has been linked. - - - - - - - - This format is for two columns messages where - MESSAGE generally refers to a file - inside the repository. Use this format whenever you need to - imply the fact that certain file has been moved. - - - - - - - - This format is for two columns messages where - MESSAGE generally refers to a file - inside the repository. Use this format whenever you need to - imply the fact that certain file has been validated. - - - - - - - - This format is for two columns messages where - MESSAGE generally refers to a file - inside the repository. Use this format whenever you need to - imply the fact that certain file is a template or design - model. - - - - - - - - This format is for two columns messages where - MESSAGE generally refers to a file - inside the repository. Use this format whenever you need to - imply the fact that certain file is a configuration file. - - - - - - - - This format is for two columns messages where - MESSAGE generally refers to a file - inside the repository. Use this format whenever you need to - imply the fact that certain file is a palette of colors. - - - - - - - - This format adds --> at the begining of the - string passed as MESSAGE. Use this - format whenever you need to imply the fact that certain file - is considered part of a response. For example, when you need - to express that a group of files will take ceratin action, you - can use this option to doing so. - - - - - - - - This format prints MESSAGE without - trailing new line. Use this format whenever you need to imply - a question or yes or no request. - - - - - - - - This format uses each word in - MESSAGE as item of a selection - list. Use this format whenever you need to select one of the - items provided as MESSAGE. - - - - - - - - This format prints error messages produced by centos-art.sh - script. It uses the caller built-in command - to display the line number and the filename where such error - was triggered. Later, it prints where to find more information - by using the option. - - - - - - - - This format takes a function name as - MESSAGE and prints the command you - can use to find more information about it. When this option is - passed the script finishes its execution immediately. This - option is used in combination with - to finish the script - execution after an error. - - - - - - - - - This format takes a question as - MESSAGE and reads a yes or no - answer. When answer is negative, the script finishes its - execution immediately. When answer is affirmative, the script - continues its execution normally. - - - - - - - - - Print MESSAGE without any trailing - newline. - - - - - - - - - Print MESSAGE to standard output. - - - - - - - - - Print MESSAGE to standard error - output. - - - - - - - Use cli_printMessage function whenever - you need to print information inside the - centos-art.sh script. - - - - - - - - cli_unsetFunctions - - cli_unsetFunctions - - - EXPORTID - - - - - ... - - - See also: - - - - - - - - cli_getTemporalFile - - cli_unsetFunctions - - - FILENAME - - - - - ... - - - - - - ... - - - ... - - - - - - - - diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/help.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/help.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index 8855021..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/help.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,754 +0,0 @@ - - - - help - - Standardize constructions tasks inside &TCAR; - - - - - help - Standardize documentation tasks inside &TCAR;. - - - - - centos-art help - - -h|--help - -q|--quiet - --answer-yes - --synchronize - --format="KEYWORD" - --search="KEYWORD" - --edit - --read - --update-output - --update-structure - --copy - --delete - --rename - - - MANUAL:PART:CHAPTER:SECTION - LOCATION - - - - - - - Description - - - The help functionality exists to create - and maintain documentation manuals inside &TCAR;. - - - - Documentation Entries - - The documentation entry identifies the specific file you want - to work with inside a documentation manual. The help - functionality recognizes documentation entries in the - following formats: - - - - Path style - - - This format uses paths to represent the documentation entries - you want to work with. This format assumes you are using the - first path component as chapter and the rest of the path as - section identifier both inside tcar-fs - documentation manual as parent documentation structure. The - field related to the part sectioning structure in the - documentation entry (the second field) is assumed empty, as - well. For example, if you want to document the directory - Scripts/Bash/Functions/Help, - then you can do it with the following command: - - - - centos-art help --edit Scripts/Bash/Functions/Help - - - - - - Colon style - - - This format uses colons to represent the documentation entries - you want to work with. In this format, the whole documentation - entry is divided in fields using colon as separator character. - Documentation entries written this way use each field to - specify manual, part, chapter and section identifiers (in this - order). The section identifier can use a path style or hyphen - style to separate - components. For example, if you want to document the directory - Scripts/Bash/Functions/Help, - then you can do it with any of the following commands: - - - - centos-art help --edit tcar-fs::trunk:Scripts/Bash/Functions/Help - centos-art help --edit tcar-fs::trunk:scripts-bash-functions-help - - - - The documentation manual name specified in the first field of - a colon style documentation entry, must match the name the - name of the directory where the documentation manual is stored - in. By default documentation manuals are written in - Documentation/Models/Texinfo or - Documentation/Models/Docbook directories, based on - whether they are written in Texinfo or Docbook documentation - format. - - - The match relation between the manual name you provide in the - documentation entry and the related directory name inside - &TCAR; is case insensitive. The same is true for all other - documentation entry fields. - - - - - - - - From these documentation entry formats, the colon style - provides more flexibility than path style does. You can use - documentation entries written in colon style to create and - maintain different documentation manuals, including the - tcar-fs documentation manual. This is something - you cannot do with documentation entries written in path style - because they confine all documentation actions to - tcar-fs documentation manual. - - - - - - - Options - - The centos-art help command accepts common - options described in and the following - specific options: - - - - - - - - Assume yes to all confirmation requests. - - - - - - - - - Synchronizes available changes between the working copy and - the central repository. - - - - - - - - - Specifies the format of documentation entry source file. This - information is used as reference to build the absolute path of - documentation entry, so you always have to provide it in order - to reach the documentation entry you want to work with. - Possible values for this option are shown in . When none of - these values is passed as format, Texinfo is used as default - format. - - - - Documentation formats - - - - Keyword - Description - Supported - - - - - - texinfo - - Yes - - - docbook - - No - - - latex - - No - - - linuxdoc - ... - No - - - - -
- - - - - - - - Looks for documentation entries that match the - KEYWORD specified as value and - display them one by one in the order they were found. The way - each documentation entry is presented to you depends on the - documentation format the related documentation manual was - written on. - - - - - - - - - Edit the documentation entry provided as argument. The - edition itself takes place through your default text editor - (e.g., the one you specified in the EDITOR - environment variable) one file at a time (i.e., the queue of - files to edit is not loaded in the text editor.). - - - When parent components inside documentation entries doesn't - exist (e.g., you try to create a section for a documentation - manual that doesn't exist), the help - functionality will create all documentation parent structures - considering the documentation format constraints and the - following document structure hierarchy order: documentation - manual first, parts second, - chapters third and sections - lastly. - - - - - - - - - Read the documentation entry provided as argument. This - option is used internally by centos-art.sh - script to refer documentation based on errors, so you can know - more about them and the causes that could have provoked them. - - - - - - - - - Update output files rexporting them from the specified backend - source files. - - - - - - - - - Update document structure (e.g., cross references, menus, - nodes, etc.) and should be passed with a section as - documentation entry. - - - This option should be used whenever a document structure - changes (e.g., documentation entries are added, copied, - renamed, deleted, etc.). This option grantees the document - integrity and should be run before updating documentation - manual final output files. - - - - - - - - - Duplicate documentation entries inside the working copy using - version control. - - - When you duplicate documentation entries through this option, - you should pass only two documentation entries in the command - line. The first one is considered the source location and - should point to a file under version control inside the - working copy. The second one is considered the target location - and should point either to the same structural level the - source points to or a direct parent level based on source - location, as described below. - - - - - - "manual:part:chapter:section1" "manual:part:chapter:section2" - - - Duplicates section1 as - section2 inside the same - chapter, - part and - manual. - - - - - - - "manual:part:chapter1:" "manual:part:chapter2:" - - - Duplicates chapter1 as - chapter2 inside the same - part and - manual. - - - - - - - "manual:part1::" "manual:part2::" - - - Duplicates part1 as - part2 inside the same - manual. - - - - - - - "manual1:::" "manual2:::" - - - Duplicates manual1 as - manual2 inside Documentation/Models/${FLAG_FORMAT}/ - directory, where ${FLAG_FORMAT} is the name of the format - passed as option with the first letter in uppercase and the - rest in lowercase. - - - - - - - When you copy documentation entries through this option, all - structuring sections inside the one copied will be also - copied. For example, if you copy a documentation manual that - is made of parts, chapters and sections, the duplicated manual - will contain all those parts, chapters and sections, as well. - The same is true for lower sectioning structures. Thus, you - can be more specific in the documentation entry by reducing - the amount of content to duplicate. - - - - When you copy documentation entries through this option, you - do it using documentation entries in the same structural level - only. This option doesn't support copying documentation - entries from differnet structural levels. For example, you - cannot copy one section to a chapter different from that the - source section you specified belongs to. The same applies to - chapters, and parts. - - - - When you copy documentation entries through this option, the - source documentation entry you specify must not contain - pending changes. Otherwise, the target section won't be - created and the script will immediatly stop its execution with - a The source location has pending changes. - error message. - - - - - - - - - - Delete documentation entries. It is possible to delete more - than one documentation entry by specifying several - documentation entries in the command line. - - - When you delete documentation entries, you can pass any number - of documentation entries as argument. The documentation - entries you provide will be processed one by one. - - - When you delete a documentation entry from a documentation - manual, all cross references pointing to the deleted - documentation entry will be transformed into something - different to point out the fact that the related documentation - entry has been removed from the documentation manual and - restored back if you create the deleted section again. The - purpose of this is to keep the documentation manual structure - in a consistent state. - - - - - - - - - Rename documentation entries inside the working copy. This - option copies the source documentation entry to its target - location, removes the source documentation entry, and restores - removed cross references renaming them to point the specified - target documentation entry. - - - When you rename documentation entries, it is required to pass - only two non-option parameters to the command-line. The first - non-option parameter is considered the source location and the - second one the target location. Both source location and - target location must point to a directory under version - control inside the working copy. - - - - - - - - - Examples - - - This section describes, using examples, the procedure you - should follow to manage documentation manuals through - help functionality inside &TCAR;. To - better understand the procedure to follow, it describes a - hypothetical documentation scenario and the related commands - and outputs you may go through in order to complete specific - documentation tasks successfully. - - - - Creating Document Structures - - To create new documentation manuals inside &TCAR; you need to - provide both and - options as well as a documentation - entry in the form manual::: - to the help functionality. - - - - For example, consider a scenario where you need to create a - documentation manual in texinfo format to describe different - maintenance tasks you need to realized in order to keep your - pets happy. We'll name such manual My Zoo. It - will use chapters to organize each different kind of pets you - have. Inside chapters, sections will have the pet's name as - their own name to describe each pet's requirements, schedules, - and so on. To create such documentation manual, run the - following command: - - - - centos-art help --edit --format="texinfo" "myzoo:::" - - - - In case such documentation manual doesn't exist in the - Docuementation/Models/Texinfo/ - directory, this command will produce the following output: - - - -The following documentation manual doesn't exist: ---> Documentation/Models/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/myzoo.texinfo -Do you want to create it now? [yes/no]: yes -Enter manual's title: My Zoo -Enter manual's subtitle: Reference -Enter manual's abstract: This manual describes my zoo maintenance tasks. -Creating Documentation/Models/Texinfo/Myzoo -Creating Documentation/Models/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US -Creating Documentation/Models/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/myzoo.conf -Creating Documentation/Models/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/myzoo-index.texinfo -Creating Documentation/Models/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/myzoo-menu.texinfo -Creating Documentation/Models/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/myzoo-nodes.texinfo -Creating Documentation/Models/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/myzoo.texinfo -Creating Documentation/Models/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/Licenses/chapter-menu.texinfo -Creating Documentation/Models/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/Licenses/chapter-nodes.texinfo -Creating Documentation/Models/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/Licenses/chapter.texinfo -Updating Documentation/Models/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/myzoo.texinfo -Creating Documentation/Manuals/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/myzoo.info.bz2 -Creating Documentation/Manuals/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/myzoo.xhtml.tar.bz2 -Creating Documentation/Manuals/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/myzoo.xml -Creating Documentation/Manuals/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/myzoo.docbook -Creating Documentation/Manuals/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/myzoo.pdf -Creating Documentation/Manuals/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/myzoo.txt.bz2 - - - - Once the documentation structure has been created this way, - the recently created documentation manual is ready to receive - new sectioning levels (e.g., parts, chapters, sections, etc.). - For example, to create a new chapter named - Turtles inside My Zoo - documentation manual, run the following command: - - - - centos-art help --edit --format="texinfo" "myzoo::turtles:" - - - -The following documentation chapter doesn't exist: ---> Documentation/Models/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/Turtles -Do you want to create it now? [yes/no]: yes -Enter chapter's title: Turtles -Creating Documentation/Models/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/Turtles -Creating Documentation/Models/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/Turtles/chapter-menu.texinfo -Creating Documentation/Models/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/Turtles/chapter-nodes.texinfo -Creating Documentation/Models/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/Turtles/chapter.texinfo -Updating Documentation/Models/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/myzoo-menu.texinfo -Updating Documentation/Models/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/myzoo-nodes.texinfo -Updating Documentation/Models/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/Turtles/chapter.texinfo -Updating Documentation/Manuals/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/myzoo.info.bz2 -Updating Documentation/Manuals/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/myzoo.xhtml.tar.bz2 -Updating Documentation/Manuals/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/myzoo.xml -Updating Documentation/Manuals/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/myzoo.docbook -Updating Documentation/Manuals/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/myzoo.pdf -Updating Documentation/Manuals/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/myzoo.txt.bz2 - - - - Once chapters have been created it is possible to create - sections inside them. For example, if you want to create a - section for describing the life of a turtle named Longneck, - run the following command: - - - - centos-art help --edit --format="texinfo" "myzoo::turtles:longneck" - - - -The following documentation section doesn't exist: ---> Documentation/Models/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/Turtles/longneck.texinfo -Do you want to create it now? [yes/no]: yes -Creating Documentation/Models/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/Turtles/longneck.texinfo -Updating Documentation/Manuals/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/myzoo.info.bz2 -Updating Documentation/Manuals/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/myzoo.xhtml.tar.bz2 -Updating Documentation/Manuals/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/myzoo.xml -Updating Documentation/Manuals/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/myzoo.docbook -Updating Documentation/Manuals/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/myzoo.pdf -Updating Documentation/Manuals/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/myzoo.txt.bz2 - - - - - - Editing Document Structures - - To edit documentation entries you can follow the same - procedure described above. Just keep in mind the following - rules: - - - - - - When the entry you want to edit already exist it will be - edited. - - - - - - When the entry you want to edit doesn't exist it will be created - first and edited later. - - - - - - - - - Copying Document Structures - - Consider a new turtle named Slowfeet has arrived to your home - and you want to duplicate Longneck's section for it (they both - are turtles and have similar requirements, squedules, etc.). - To copy documentation entries you use the - option with two documentation entries, - where the first one is the source location and the second one - the target location. To do this, run the following command: - - - - centos-art help --copy --format="texinfo" "myzoo::turtles:longneck" "myzoo::turtles:slowfeet" - - - -Creating Documentation/Models/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/Turtles/slowfeet.texinfo -Updating Documentation/Manuals/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/myzoo.info.bz2 -Updating Documentation/Manuals/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/myzoo.xhtml.tar.bz2 -Updating Documentation/Manuals/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/myzoo.xml -Updating Documentation/Manuals/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/myzoo.docbook -Updating Documentation/Manuals/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/myzoo.pdf -Updating Documentation/Manuals/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/myzoo.txt.bz2 - - - - - - Renaming Document Structures - - Consider you've created the section of Longneck turtle using - the following documentation entry format - myzoo::turtles:longnek, but you didn't notice - the typo in it. You've made cross references to the misspelled - section in a few pages inside the My Zoo - documentation manual and some time later you realize the - section name has a spelling problem. To fix such a problem - you can rename the misspelled section with the correct one - running the following command: - - - - centos-art help --rename --format="texinfo" "myzoo::turtles:longnek" "myzoo::turtles:longneck" - - - -Creating Documentation/Models/Texinfo/MyZoo/en_US/Turtles/longneck.texinfo -Deleting Documentation/Models/Texinfo/MyZoo/en_US/Turtles/longnek.texinfo -Updating Documentation/Manuals/Texinfo/MyZoo/en_US/myzoo.info.bz2 -Updating Documentation/Manuals/Texinfo/MyZoo/en_US/myzoo.xhtml.tar.bz2 -Updating Documentation/Manuals/Texinfo/MyZoo/en_US/myzoo.xml -Updating Documentation/Manuals/Texinfo/MyZoo/en_US/myzoo.docbook -Updating Documentation/Manuals/Texinfo/MyZoo/en_US/myzoo.pdf -Updating Documentation/Manuals/Texinfo/MyZoo/en_US/myzoo.txt.bz2 - - - - ... - - - - - Deleting Document Structures - - Consider you gift the turtle named Longneck to a friend and - you want to delete its section from the My Zoo - documentation manual. To do so, run the following command: - - - centos-art help --delete --format="texinfo" "myzoo::turtles:longneck" - - -Deleting Documentation/Models/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/Turtles/longneck.texinfo -Updating Documentation/Manuals/Texinfo/MyZoo/en_US/myzoo.info.bz2 -Updating Documentation/Manuals/Texinfo/MyZoo/en_US/myzoo.xhtml.tar.bz2 -Updating Documentation/Manuals/Texinfo/MyZoo/en_US/myzoo.xml -Updating Documentation/Manuals/Texinfo/MyZoo/en_US/myzoo.docbook -Updating Documentation/Manuals/Texinfo/MyZoo/en_US/myzoo.pdf -Updating Documentation/Manuals/Texinfo/MyZoo/en_US/myzoo.txt.bz2 - - - - - - - - Bugs - - To report bugs related to this function, please create a new - ticket here - refering the specific problems you found in it. For example, - it would be useful if you copy and paste any error output from - centos-art.sh script. - - - - - Authors - - The following people have worked in this functionality: - - - - - Alain Reguera Delgado <alain.reguera@gmail.com>, =COPYRIGHT_YEAR_LIST= - - - - - - - License - - - Copyright © =COPYRIGHT_YEAR_LIST= =COPYRIGHT_HOLDER= - - - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as - published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of - the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be - useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied - warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR - PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. - - - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free - Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, - USA. - - - - diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/intro.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/intro.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index bf64c16..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/intro.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,6 +0,0 @@ - - This reference covers the centos-art.sh script - mission, name convenctions, command-line interface and execution - environments. You can use this reference to understand how the - centos-art.sh script works. - diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/locale.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/locale.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index 21a37d9..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/locale.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,292 +0,0 @@ - - - - locale - - Standardize translation tasks inside &TCAR; - - - - - locale - Standardize translation tasks inside &TCAR; - - - - - The DIRECTORY parameter specifies the - directory path, inside the working copy of &TCAR;, where the - files you want to process are stored in. This paramter can be - provided more than once in order to process more than one - directory path in a single command execution. When this - parameter is not provided, the current directory path where - the command was called from is used instead. - - - - - Options - - The locale functionality accepts the - following options: - - - - - - - - Supress all output messages except error messages. When this - option is passed, all confirmation requests are supressed and - a possitive answer is assumed for them, just as if the - option would have been provided. - - - - - - - - - Assume yes to all confirmation requests. - - - - - - - - - Reduce the list of files to process inside - DIRECTORY using REGEX as - pattern. You can use this option to control the amount of - files you want to locale. The deeper you go into the - directory structure the more specific you'll be about the - files you want to locale. When you cannot go deeper into the - directory structure through DIRECTORY - specification, use this option to reduce the list of files - therein. - - - - - - - - - Synchronizes available changes between the working copy and - the central repository. - - - - - - - - - This option updates both POT and PO files related to source - files. Use this option everytime you change translatable - strings inside the source files. - - - - - - - - - This option edits the portable object related to source files. - When you provide this option, your default text editor is used - to open the portable object you, as translator, need to change - in order to keep source file messages consistent with their - localized versions. In the very specific case of shell - scripts localization, this option takes care of updating the - machine object (MO) file the shell script requires to - displayed translation messages correctly when it is executed. - - - - - - - - - This option unlocalizes source files. When you provide this - option, the localization directory related to source files is - removed from the working copy in conjunction with all portable - objects and machine objects inside it. - - - - - - - - - This option suppresses machine objects creation when shell - scripts are localized. - - - - - - - - - Description - - - The localization process is very tied to the source files we - want to provide localized messages for. Inside the working - copy of &TCAR; it is possible to localize XML-based files - (e.g., SVG and Docbook) and programs written in most popular - programming languages (e.g., C, C++, C#, Shell Scripts, - Python, Java, GNU awk, PHP, etc.). - - - - The localization process initiates by retriving translatable - strings from source files. When source files are XML-based - files, the only requisite to retrive translatable strings - correctly is that they be well-formed. Beyond that, the - xml2po command takes care of everything - else. When source files are Shell script files, it is - necessary that you previously define what strings inside the - script are considered as translatable strings in order for - xgettext command to retrive them correctly. - To define translatable strings inside shell scripts, you need - to use either gettext, - ngettext, eval_gettext - or eval_ngettext command as it is following - described: - - - - - - Use the gettext command to display the - native language translation of a textual message. - - MESSAGE="`gettext "There is no entry to create."`" - - - - - Use the ngettext command to display the - native language translation of a textual message whose - grammatical form depends on a number. - - MESSAGE="`ngettext "The following entry will be created" \ - "The following entries will be created" \ - $COUNT`:" - - - - - Use the eval_gettext command to display the - native language translation of a textual message, performing - dollar-substitution on the result. Note that only shell - variables mentioned in the message will be dollar-substituted - in the result. - - MESSAGE="`eval_gettext "The location \\\"\\\$LOCATION\\\" is not valid."`" - - - - - Use the eval_ngettext command to display - the native language translation of a textual message whose - grammatical form depends on a number, performing - dollar-substitution on the result. Note that only shell - variables mentioned in messages will be dollar-substituted in - the result. - - MESSAGE="`eval_ngettext "The following entry will be created in \\\$LOCATION" \ - "The following entries will be created in \\\$LOCATION" \ - $COUNT`:" - - - - - Once translatable strings are retrived, a portable object - template (POT) file is created for storing them. Later, the - POT file is used to create a portable object (PO). The - portable object is the place where localization itself takes - place, it is the file translators edit to localize messages. - When translatable strings change inside source files, it is - necessary that you update these POT and PO files in order to - keep consistency between source file messages and their - localized versions. - - - - Inside source files, translatable strings are always written - in English language. In order to localize translatable strings - from English language to another language, you need to be sure - the LANG environment variable has been already - set to the locale code you want to localize message for or see - them printed out before running the - locale functionality of - centos-art.sh script. Localizing English - language to itself is not supported. - - - - To have a list of all locale codes you can have localized - messages for, run the following command: locale -a | - less. - - - - - Function Specific Environment - - ... - - - - - Authors - - The following people have worked in the - locale functionality: - - - - - Alain Reguera Delgado <alain.reguera@gmail.com>, =COPYRIGHT_YEAR_LIST= - - - - - - - License - - - Copyright © =COPYRIGHT_YEAR_LIST= =COPYRIGHT_HOLDER= - - - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as - published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of - the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be - useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied - warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR - PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. - - - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free - Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, - USA. - - - - diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/mission.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/mission.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index 283781e..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/mission.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ - -Mission - - - The centos-art.sh script exists to automate - frequent tasks inside &TCAR;. - - - diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/nameconvs.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/nameconvs.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index a041b3a..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/nameconvs.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,54 +0,0 @@ - - - Convenctions - - - ... - - - - Variable Names - - ... - - - - - Function Names - - ... - - - - - Exit Status - - The centos-art.sh script has the following - exit status: - - - - - - 0 — The script completed successfully - without error. - - - - - - 1 — The script didn't complete successfully - because something went wrong. This error status is generally - produced by cli_printMessage - functionality, when you use it with the - option as second argument. - - - - - - ... - - - - diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/pack.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/pack.docbook deleted file mode 100755 index 01c5937..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/pack.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,82 +0,0 @@ - - - - pack - - Standardize packing tasks inside &TCAR; - - - - - pack - Standardize packing tasks inside &TCAR; - - - - - ... - - - - - Description - - ... - - - - - Usage - - ... - - - - - Function Specific Environment - - ... - - - - - Authors - - - - ... - - - - - - - License - - - Copyright © =COPYRIGHT_YEAR_LIST= =COPYRIGHT_HOLDER= - - - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as - published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of - the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be - useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied - warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR - PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. - - - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free - Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, - USA. - - - - diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/prepare.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/prepare.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index 4fb9cf9..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/prepare.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,314 +0,0 @@ - - - - prepare - - Standardize configuration tasks inside &TCAR; - - - - - prepare - Standardize configuration tasks inside &TCAR; - - - - - Assuming this is the very first time you run the - centos-art command, you'll find that there - isn't such a command in your workstation. This is correct - because you haven't created the symbolic link that makes it - available in your execution path, yet. In order to make the - centos-art command available in the - execution path of your workstation, you need to run the - centos-art.sh script using its absolute - path first: - - - - ~/artwork/Scripts/Bash/centos-art.sh - prepare - -h|--help - -q|--quiet - --answer-yes - --set-environment - --see-environment - --packages - --locales - --links - --images - --manuals - --synchronize - - - - Later, once the centos-art command is - available in your execution path, there is no need for you to - use any absolute path again. From this time on, you can use - the centos-art command-line interface - directly, as the following example describes: - - - - centos-art - prepare - -h|--help - -q|--quiet - --answer-yes - --set-environment - --see-environment - --packages - --locales - --links - --images - --manuals - --synchronize - - - - - Description - - The prepare function exists to set - environment variables, install/update required packages, - create symbolic links for content reusing, render images based - on available design models and artistic motifs, render - documentation manuals, build language-specific files required - for content localization and anything else needed in order to - make the working copy of &TCAR; ready to be used. - - - - When no option is provided to prepare - functionality, the centos-art.sh script - uses the , - , - , and - options, in that order, as default - behaviour. Otherwise, if you provide any option, the - centos-art.sh script avoids its default - behaviour and executes the prepare - functionality as specified by the options you provided. - - - - Notice that it is possible for you to execute the - prepare functionality as many times as - you need to. This is specially useful when you need to keep - syncronized the relation between content produced inside your - working copy and the applications you use outside it. For - example, considering you've added new brushes to or removed - old brushes from your working copy of &TCAR;, the link - information related to those files need to be updated in the - ~/.gimp-2.2/brushes - directory too, in a way the addition/deletion change that took - place in your working copy can be reflected there, as well. - The same is true for other similar components like fonts, - patterns and palettes. - - - - - - Usage - - Use the prepare functionality the first - time you download a working copy of &TCAR; or later, to be - sure your workstation has all the components it needs so you - can use the working copy of &TCAR; in all its extension. - - - - - Options - - - The centos-art prepare command accepts - common options described in and the following - specific options: - - - - - - - - Assume yes to all confirmation requests. - - - - - - - - - This option verifies packeges required by automation scripts - and installs or updates them as required. When required - packages aren't installed or need to be updated, the - centos-art uses the sudo - and yum to perform either installations or - actualizations tasks. In both cases, it is required that you - configure the /etc/sudoers configuration - file first, as discribed in . - - - - - - - - - - This option creates or updates the portable objects (PO) and - machine object (MO) used by gettext - to retrive translated strings related to - centos-art.sh script. This option calls - the locale functionality of centos-art.sh - with the option, as described in - . - - - - - - - - - This option maintains the file relation between your working - copy and configuration files inside your workstation through - symbolic links. When you provide this option, the - centos-art.sh script puts itself into your - system's execution path through its command line interface - centos-art and makes common brushes, - patterns, palettes and fonts inside the working copy, - available to applications like GIMP in order for you to make - use of them without loosing version control over them. - - - - This option removes all common fonts, brushes, patterns, and - palettes currently installed in your home directory, in order - to create a fresh installation of them all again, using the - working copy as section. - - - - - - - - - - This option initializes image files inside the working copy. - When you provide this option, the - centos-art.sh calls the - render functionality to create images - related to each design model available in your working copy, - as described in . - - - - - - - - - This option initializes documentation files inside the working - copy. When you provide this option, the - centos-art.sh script calls both the - render and help - functionality to produce DocBook and Texinfo manuals, - respectively. - - - - - - - - - Print the name and value of some of the environment variables - used by centos-art.sh script as described - in . - - - - - - - - - Set default environment values to your personal profile - (~/.bash_profile). - - - - - - - - - Examples - - None. - - - - - Bugs - - To report bugs related to this function, please create a new - ticket here - refering the specific problems you found in it. For example, - it would be useful if you copy and paste any error output from - centos-art.sh script. - - - - - Authors - - The following people have worked in this functionality: - - - - - Alain Reguera Delgado <alain.reguera@gmail.com>, =COPYRIGHT_YEAR_LIST= - - - - - - - License - - - Copyright © =COPYRIGHT_YEAR_LIST= =COPYRIGHT_HOLDER= - - - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as - published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of - the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be - useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied - warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR - PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. - - - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free - Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, - USA. - - - - diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/render.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/render.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index 84826ba..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/render.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,435 +0,0 @@ - - - - render - - Standardize rendition tasks inside &TCAR;. - - - - - render - Standardize rendition tasks inside &TCAR;. - - - - - centos-art - render - -h|--help - -q|--quiet - --filter="REGEX" - --answer-yes - --dont-dirspecific - --releasever="RELEASEVER" - --basearch="BASEARCH" - --post-rendition="COMMAND" - --last-rendition="COMMAND" - --theme-model="MODELNAME" - --with-brands - --synchronize - LOCATION - - - - - Description - - - The render functionality exists to - automate content rendition inside &TCAR;. The content - rendition process itself takes place through the following - rendition modes: - - - - - - svg — This modes works with both - gzip-compressed (.svgz) - or uncompressed (.svg) - scalable vector graphics as source files and produces portable - network graphics as main output. - - - - - docbook — This mode works with - DocBook source files and produces XHTML as main output. It is - also possible to produce PDF output from DocBook source files, - however PDF output is commented because its production fails - trying to create indexes. - - - - - conf — This mode works with one or - more configuration files as source and produces portable - network graphics as main output. The format used in these - configuration files is described in . - - - - - - To determine the rendition mode, the - render functionality uses the path - provided as LOCATION argument and - the path name convention described in . - - - - Render-able Directories - - - The render-able directories are conventional locations inside - the working copy where you can find final output files. The - final output files are produced from source files and - auxiliary files. Auxiliary files are frequently used to - create localized instances of source files which are, in turn, - used to create final output files in different forms (e.g., in - a different language). - - - - Inside the working copy of &TCAR;, the following directory - structures are considered render-able directories: - - - - - - Identity/Images/ - — This directory structure organizes final image files - in different formats. It also includes source files for - producing the backgrounds of themes. Related design models for - all these files are under Identity/Models/ directory - structure. - - - - Don't move any source file related to theme backgrounds from - render-able directories to theme design models directory - structure. The source files related to theme backgrounds are - specific to each theme and cannot be shared among different - themes. The directory structure related to theme design models - is reserved for files shared by all themes. - - - - - - Documentation/Manuals/ - — This directory structure organizes final documentation - files. Design models for all these files are organized under - Documentation/Models/ - directory structure. - - - - - - Inside render-able directories the rendition process is - performed through different rendition flows known as - theme-rendition, base-rendition, post-rendition and - last-rendition. - - - - - Theme-Rendition Flow - - The theme-rendition flow exists to produce content inside - Identity/Images/Themes/ directory - structure. This rendition flow identifies which directories - are render-able and uses the base-rendition on them, one by - one. - - - The theme-rendition flow exists to support massive rendition - of themes through the following command: - - - - centos-art render Identity/Images/Themes - - - - In case you need to limit the amount of themes or components - inside themes you want to render, you can be more - specific about the LOCATION you - passed as argument and use the - - to specify the file you want to render. For example, if you - only want to render the 01-welcome.png - Anaconda file for CentOS-5 distribution based on version 2 of - Modern artistic motif, then you can run the following command: - - - - centos-art render Identity/Images/Themes/Modern/2/Distro/5/Anaconda --filter="01-welcome" - - - - Notice that you can reach the same result in different ways - here by creating combinations between the path you provide as - LOCATION and the - option. For example, the following - commands produce the same result: - - - - centos-art render Identity/Images/Themes/Modern/2/Distro/5/Anaconda - - - - centos-art render Identity/Images/Themes/Modern --filter="2/Distro/5/Anaconda" - - - - You can use whatever combination you like whenever it matches - a valid render-able directory inside the working copy. But it - seems to be an acceptable practice to use the - LOCATION argument to specify the - render-able directory path inside the Identity/Images/Themes - directory which images need to be rendered for and the - option only when it is needed to - restrict rendition to a specific file inside the directory - provided as LOCATION. - - - - - - Base-Rendition Flow - - ... - - - - - Post-Rendition Flow - - ... - - - - - Last-Rendition Flow - - ... - - - - - Configuration Files (<filename>render.conf</filename>) - - ... - - - - - - Usage - - ... - - - - - Options - - - The centos-art prepare command accepts - common options described in and the following - specific options: - - - - - - - - - Assume yes to all confirmation requests. - - - - - - - - - This option reduces the list of files to process inside - LOCATION using - REGEX as REGUEX - using REGEX as files you want to render. - The deeper you go into the directory structure the more - specific you'll be about the files you want to render. When - you cannot go deeper into the directory structure through - LOCATION specification, use this - option to reduce the list of files therein. - - - - - - - - - Synchronizes available changes between the working copy and - the central repository. - - - - - - - - - This option expands the =\RELEASE=, - =\MAJOR_RELEASE=, and - =\MINOR_RELEASE= translation makers based on - NUMBER value. Notice that - translation markers here were escaped using a backslash - (\) in order to prevent their expansion. Use this - option when you need to produce release-specific contents, but - no release information can be retrived from the directory path - you are currently rendering. - - - - - - - - - This option expands the =\ARCHITECTURE=, - translation makers based on ARHC value. - Notice that translation markers here were escaped using a - backslash (\) in order to prevent their - expansion. Use this option when you need to produce - architecture-sepecific contents but no architecture - information can be retrived from the directory path you are - currently rendering. - - - - - - - - - This option specifies the name of theme model you want to use - when producing theme artistic motifs. By default, if this - option is not provided, the Default theme - model is used as reference to produce theme artistic motifs. - To know what values can be passed as - MODELNAME, run the following - command: - - - - ls ${TCAR_WORKDIR}/Identity/Models/Themes - - - - - - - - - - This option lets you apply a command as post-rendition action. - In this case, the COMMAND - represents the command-line you want to execute in order to - perform in-place modifications to base-rendition output. - - - - - - - - - This option lets you apply a command as last-rendition action. - In this case, the COMMAND argument - represents the command string you want to execute in order to - perform in-place modifications to base-rendition, - post-rendition and directory-specific rendition outputs. - - - - - - - - Examples - - ... - - - - - Bugs - - To report bugs related to this function, please create a new - ticket here - refering the specific problems you found in it. For example, - it would be useful if you copy and paste any error output from - centos-art.sh script. - - - - - Authors - - The following people have worked in this functionality: - - - - - Alain Reguera Delgado <alain.reguera@gmail.com>, =COPYRIGHT_YEAR_LIST= - - - - - - - License - - - Copyright © =COPYRIGHT_YEAR_LIST= =COPYRIGHT_HOLDER= - - - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as - published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of - the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be - useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied - warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR - PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. - - - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free - Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, - USA. - - - - diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/svn.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/svn.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index 179cf3d..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/svn.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,83 +0,0 @@ - - - - svn - - Standardize version control tasks inside &TCAR; - - - - - svn - Standardize version control tasks inside &TCAR; - - - - - ... - - - - - Description - - ... - - - - - Usage - - ... - - - - - Function Specific Environment - - ... - - - - - Authors - - - - ... - - - - - - - License - - - Copyright © =COPYRIGHT_YEAR_LIST= =COPYRIGHT_HOLDER= - - - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as - published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of - the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be - useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied - warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR - PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. - - - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free - Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, - USA. - - - - - diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/tuneup.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/tuneup.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index c40f697..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/tuneup.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,301 +0,0 @@ - - - - tuneup - - Standardize maintainance tasks inside &TCAR; - - - - - tuneup - Standardize maintainance tasks inside &TCAR; - - - - - The DIRECTORY parameter specifies the - directory path, inside the working copy of &TCAR;, where the - files you want to process are stored in. This paramter can be - provided more than once in order to process more than one - directory path in a single command execution. When this - parameter is not provided, the current directory path where - the command was called from is used instead. - - - - - Description - - - Tasks related to file maintainance are repetitive. You might - find yourself doing them time after time inside the working - copy of &TCAR;. Some of these maintainance tasks do update top - comments on shell scripts, create table of contents for web - pages, update metadata related to design models and remove - unused definitions from design models. - - - - When you execute the tuneup functionality of centos-art.sh - script, it looks for all files that match the supported - extensions (e.g., .sh, - .svg and .xhtml) in the directory - specified, builds a list with them and applies the - maintainance tasks using file extensions as refentry. - - - - When shell scripts are found, the tuneup - functionality of centos-art.sh script reads a comment template - from - Scripts/Functions/Tuneup/Shell/Config/topcomment.sed - and applies it to all shell scripts found, one by one. As - result, all shell scripts will end up having the same - copyright and license information the comment template does. - - - In order for the shell script top comment template to be - applied correctly, the shell scripts you write must have the - structure described in . - - - - Shell script top-comment template. - - Shell script top-comment template. - - - - 1| #!/bin/bash - 2| # - 3| # doSomething.sh -- The function description goes here. - 4| # - 5| # Copyright - 6| # - 7| # ... - 8| # - 9| # ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -10| # $Id$ -11| # ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -12| -13| function doSomething { -14| -15| } - - - - - - - - The tuneup functionality of - centos-art.sh script replaces all lines - between the Copyright line (e.g., line 5) - and the first separator line (e.g., line 9), inclusively. - Everything else will remain immutable in the file. - - - - When scalable vector graphics are found, the tuneup - functionality reads a SVG metadata template from - Scripts/Functions/Tuneup/Svg/Config/metadata.sed - and applies it to all files found, one by one. Immediatly - after the metadata template has been applied and, before - passing to next file, all unused definition are removed from - the file, too. - - - The metadata applied by the SVG metadata template is created - dynamicaly combining the absolute path of the file being - currently modified, the workstation's date information, the - centos-art.sh script copyright holder - (e.g., =COPYRIGHT_HOLDER=) as refentry and the Creative - Common Distribution-ShareAlike 3.0 License as default license - to release SVG files. - - - The elimination of unused definitions inside SVG files takes - place through Inkscape's - option, as described in its man page (e.g., man - inkscape). - - - - When HTML files are found, the tuneup - functionality of centos-art.sh script - transforms web page headings to make them accessible through a - table of contents. The table of contents is expanded in - place, wherever the <div - class="toc"></div> piece of code be in the - file. Once the table of contents has been expanded, there is - no need to put anything else in the page. You can run the - tuneup functionality everytime you update - the heading information so as to update the table of contents, - too. - - - In order for this functionality to build the table of contents - from headings, you need to put headings in just one line. The - headin level can vary from h1 to h6 - with attribute definitions accepted. Closing tag must be - present and also match the openning tag. Inside the heading - definition an anchor definition must be present with attribute - definitions accepted. The value of name - and href attributes from the anchor - element are set dynamically using the md5sum output of - combining the page location, the head- - string and the heading content itself. If any of the - components used to build the heading refentry changes, you - need to run the the tuneup functionality of - centos-art.sh script in order for the - anchor elements to use the correct information. - - - For example, the headings shown in produces the table of - contents shown in . - - - - HTML heading definition. - - HTML heading definition. - - - -<h1 class="title"><a name="head-8a23b56a28dfa7277d176576f217054a">Forms</a></h1> -<h2 class="title"><a name="head-629f38bc607f2a270177106b450aeae3">Elements</a></h2> -<h2 class="title"><a name="head-f49cae1d73592c984bbb0bffb1d5699a">Recommendations</a></h2> - - - - - - - - HTML table of contents definition. - - HTML table of contents definition. - - - -<div class="toc"> <p>Table of contents</p> <dl><dt><a href="#head-8a23b56a28dfa7277d176576f217054a">Forms</a> <dl><dt><a href="#head-629f38bc607f2a270177106b450aeae3">Elements</a> </dt><dt><a href="#head-f49cae1d73592c984bbb0bffb1d5699a">Recommendations</a> </dt></dl> </dt></dl> </div> - - - - - - - - - Options - - The tuneup functionality accepts the - following options: - - - - - - - - Supress all output messages except error messages. When this - option is passed, all confirmation requests are supressed and - a possitive answer is assumed for them, just as if the - option would have been provided. - - - - - - - - - Assume yes to all confirmation requests. - - - - - - - - - Reduce the list of files to process inside - path/to/dir using - REGEX as pattern. You can use this - option to control the amount of files you want to tuneup. The - deeper you go into the directory structure the more specific - you'll be about the files you want to tuneup. When you cannot - go deeper into the directory structure through - path/to/dir specification, use this - option to reduce the list of files therein. - - - - - - - - - Synchronizes available changes between the working copy and - the central repository. - - - - - - - - Function Specific Environment - - ... - - - - - Authors - - The following people have worked in the - tuneup functionality: - - - - - Alain Reguera Delgado <alain.reguera@gmail.com>, =COPYRIGHT_YEAR_LIST= - - - - - - - License - - - Copyright © =COPYRIGHT_YEAR_LIST= =COPYRIGHT_HOLDER= - - - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as - published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of - the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be - useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied - warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR - PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. - - - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free - Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, - USA. - - - - diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/vcs.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/vcs.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index fbf8a4c..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/vcs.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,83 +0,0 @@ - - - - vcs - - Standardize version control tasks inside &TCAR; - - - - - vcs - Standardize version control tasks inside &TCAR; - - - - - ... - - - - - Description - - ... - - - - - Usage - - ... - - - - - Function Specific Environment - - ... - - - - - Authors - - - - ... - - - - - - - License - - - Copyright © =COPYRIGHT_YEAR_LIST= =COPYRIGHT_HOLDER= - - - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as - published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of - the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be - useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied - warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR - PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. - - - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free - Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, - USA. - - - - - diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/tcar-ug.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/tcar-ug.docbook deleted file mode 100644 index b0a19c9..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Docbook/Tcar-ug/tcar-ug.docbook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,84 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - The CentOS Artwork Repository - User's Guide - - - - Alain - Reguera Delgado - - - - - 2009 - 2010 - 2011 - 2012 - 2013 - &TCP;. All rights reserved. - - - - - Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify - this document under the terms of the GNU Free - Documentation License, Version 1.2 or any later version - published by the Free Software Foundation; with no - Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no - Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in - . - - - - - - 1.0 - Today - - Alain - Reguera Delgado - - - - Under development. - - - - - - - - - &preface; - - &repo; - &identity; - &locales; - &manuals; - &scripts; - - - - Index - - diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Infra/infra.svgz b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Infra/infra.svgz new file mode 100644 index 0000000..308a021 Binary files /dev/null and b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Infra/infra.svgz differ diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/en_US/Chapters-menu.texinfo b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/en_US/Chapters-menu.texinfo deleted file mode 100644 index e69de29..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/en_US/Chapters-menu.texinfo +++ /dev/null diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/en_US/Chapters-nodes.texinfo b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/en_US/Chapters-nodes.texinfo deleted file mode 100644 index 3e2dc0b..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/en_US/Chapters-nodes.texinfo +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -@include =INCL= diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/en_US/Chapters.texinfo b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/en_US/Chapters.texinfo deleted file mode 100644 index 249e5cc..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/en_US/Chapters.texinfo +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ -@node =CHAPTER_NODE= -@chapter =CHAPTER_TITLE= -@cindex =CHAPTER_CIND= - -@c -- Chapter Introduction -... - -@c -- Chapter Menu -@include =CHAPTER_NAME=-menu.texinfo - -@c -- Chapter Nodes -@include =CHAPTER_NAME=-nodes.texinfo diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/en_US/Chapters/section-functions.texinfo b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/en_US/Chapters/section-functions.texinfo deleted file mode 100644 index 88cd2cc..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/en_US/Chapters/section-functions.texinfo +++ /dev/null @@ -1,35 +0,0 @@ -@node =SECT= -@section =SECT= -@cindex =CIND= - -@subheading Name - -The =SECT= directory organizes @dots{} - -@subheading Synopsis - -@dots{} - -@subheading Description - -@dots{} - -@subheading Examples - -@dots{} - -@subheading Author - -Written by @dots{} - -@subheading Reporting bugs - -Report bugs to @email{centos-artwork@@centos.org} mailing list. - -@subheading Copyright - -Copyright @copyright{} =COPYRIGHT_YEAR_LIST= =COPYRIGHT_HOLDER= - -This is free software. You may redistribute copies of it under the -terms of the @ref{GNU General Public License}. There is NO WARRANTY, -to the extent permitted by law. diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/en_US/Chapters/section.texinfo b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/en_US/Chapters/section.texinfo deleted file mode 100644 index 9461faa..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/en_US/Chapters/section.texinfo +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -@node =NODE= -@section =SECT= -@cindex =CIND= - -... - -@c -- <[centos-art(SeeAlso) -@c -- ]> diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/en_US/Licenses-menu.texinfo b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/en_US/Licenses-menu.texinfo deleted file mode 100755 index b8240ba..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/en_US/Licenses-menu.texinfo +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4 +0,0 @@ -@menu -* GNU General Public License:: -* GNU Free Documentation License:: -@end menu diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/en_US/Licenses-nodes.texinfo b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/en_US/Licenses-nodes.texinfo deleted file mode 100755 index da69108..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/en_US/Licenses-nodes.texinfo +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -@node GNU General Public License -@section GNU General Public License -@cindex GNU General Public License -@include Licenses/GPL.texinfo - -@node GNU Free Documentation License -@section GNU Free Documentation License -@cindex GNU Free Documentation License -@include Licenses/GFDL.texinfo diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/en_US/Licenses.texinfo b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/en_US/Licenses.texinfo deleted file mode 100755 index 8b2fda9..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/en_US/Licenses.texinfo +++ /dev/null @@ -1,5 +0,0 @@ -@node Licenses -@appendix Licenses -@cindex Licenses -@include Licenses-menu.texinfo -@include Licenses-nodes.texinfo diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/en_US/Licenses/GFDL.texinfo b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/en_US/Licenses/GFDL.texinfo deleted file mode 100755 index c40cf38..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/en_US/Licenses/GFDL.texinfo +++ /dev/null @@ -1,414 +0,0 @@ -Version 1.2, November 2002 - -@verbatim -Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA -@end verbatim - -Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this -license document, but changing it is not allowed. - -@subheading Preamble - -The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other -functional and useful document ``free'' in the sense of freedom: to -assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, -with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. -Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way -to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible -for modifications made by others. - -This License is a kind of ``copyleft'', which means that derivative -works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It -complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft -license designed for free software. - -We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free -software, because free software needs free documentation: a free -program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the -software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals; -it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or -whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License -principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference. - -@subheading 1. Applicability and definitions - -This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium, that -contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be -distributed under the terms of this License. Such a notice grants a -world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration, to use that -work under the conditions stated herein. The ``Document'', below, -refers to any such manual or work. Any member of the public is a -licensee, and is addressed as ``you''. You accept the license if you -copy, modify or distribute the work in a way requiring permission -under copyright law. - -A ``Modified Version'' of the Document means any work containing the -Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with -modifications and/or translated into another language. - -A ``Secondary Section'' is a named appendix or a front-matter section of -the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the -publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall -subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall -directly within that overall subject. (Thus, if the Document is in -part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain -any mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical -connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal, -commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding -them. - -The ``Invariant Sections'' are certain Secondary Sections whose titles -are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice -that says that the Document is released under this License. If a -section does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it is not -allowed to be designated as Invariant. The Document may contain zero -Invariant Sections. If the Document does not identify any Invariant -Sections then there are none. - -The ``Cover Texts'' are certain short passages of text that are listed, -as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that -the Document is released under this License. A Front-Cover Text may -be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may be at most 25 words. - -A ``Transparent'' copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy, -represented in a format whose specification is available to the -general public, that is suitable for revising the document -straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of -pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available -drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or -for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input -to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file -format whose markup, or absence of markup, has been arranged to thwart -or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. -An image format is not Transparent if used for any substantial amount -of text. A copy that is not ``Transparent'' is called ``Opaque''. - -Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain -ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML -or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple -HTML, PostScript or PDF designed for human modification. Examples of -transparent image formats include PNG, XCF and JPG. Opaque formats -include proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by -proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or -processing tools are not generally available, and the -machine-generated HTML, PostScript or PDF produced by some word -processors for output purposes only. - -The ``Title Page'' means, for a printed book, the title page itself, -plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material -this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in -formats which do not have any title page as such, ``Title Page'' means -the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title, -preceding the beginning of the body of the text. - -A section ``Entitled XYZ'' means a named subunit of the Document whose -title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses following -text that translates XYZ in another language. (Here XYZ stands for a -specific section name mentioned below, such as ``Acknowledgements'', -``Dedications'', ``Endorsements'', or ``History''.) To ``Preserve the -Title'' of such a section when you modify the Document means that it -remains a section ``Entitled XYZ'' according to this definition. - -The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice which -states that this License applies to the Document. These Warranty -Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in this -License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other -implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and has -no effect on the meaning of this License. - -@subheading 2. Verbatim copying - -You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either -commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the -copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies -to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no -other conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use -technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further -copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept -compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough -number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section @emph{3. -Copying in quantity}. - -You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and -you may publicly display copies. - -@subheading 3. Copying in quantity - -If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly have -printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and the -Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the -copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover -Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on -the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify -you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present -the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and -visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition. -Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve -the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated -as verbatim copying in other respects. - -If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit -legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit -reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent -pages. - -If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering -more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent -copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy -a computer-network location from which the general network-using -public has access to download using public-standard network protocols -a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material. -If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, -when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure -that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated -location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an -Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that -edition to the public. - -It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the -Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to -give them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the -Document. - -@subheading 4. Modifications - -You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under -the conditions of sections @emph{2. Verbatim copying} and @emph{3. -Copying in quantity} above, provided that you release the Modified -Version under precisely this License, with the Modified Version -filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution and -modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy of -it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version: - -A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct -from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions (which -should, if there were any, be listed in the History section of the -Document). You may use the same title as a previous version if the -original publisher of that version gives permission. - -B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities -responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified -Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the -Document (all of its principal authors, if it has fewer than five), -unless they release you from this requirement. - -C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the Modified -Version, as the publisher. - -D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document. - -E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications adjacent -to the other copyright notices. - -F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice -giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the -terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below. - -G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant -Sections and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license -notice. - -H. Include an unaltered copy of this License. - -I. Preserve the section Entitled ``History'', Preserve its Title, and -add to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and -publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If -there is no section Entitled ``History'' in the Document, create one -stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as -given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified -Version as stated in the previous sentence. - -J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for -public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise the -network locations given in the Document for previous versions it was -based on. These may be placed in the ``History'' section. You may -omit a network location for a work that was published at least four -years before the Document itself, or if the original publisher of the -version it refers to gives permission. - -K. For any section Entitled ``Acknowledgements'' or ``Dedications'', -Preserve the Title of the section, and preserve in the section all the -substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or -dedications given therein. - -L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, unaltered in -their text and in their titles. Section numbers or the equivalent are -not considered part of the section titles. - -M. Delete any section Entitled ``Endorsements''. Such a section may -not be included in the Modified Version. - -N. Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled ``Endorsements'' -or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section. - -O. Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers. - -If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or -appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material -copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all -of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the -list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice. -These titles must be distinct from any other section titles. - -You may add a section Entitled ``Endorsements'', provided it contains -nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various -parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has -been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a -standard. - -You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a -passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list -of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of -Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or -through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already -includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or -by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, -you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit -permission from the previous publisher that added the old one. - -The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License -give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or -imply endorsement of any Modified Version. - -@subheading 5. Combining documents - -You may combine the Document with other documents released under this -License, under the terms defined in section @emph{4. Modifications} -above for modified versions, provided that you include in the -combination all of the Invariant Sections of all of the original -documents, unmodified, and list them all as Invariant Sections of your -combined work in its license notice, and that you preserve all their -Warranty Disclaimers. - -The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and -multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single -copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but -different contents, make the title of each such section unique by -adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original -author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number. -Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of -Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work. - -In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled ``History'' -in the various original documents, forming one section Entitled -``History''; likewise combine any sections Entitled -``Acknowledgements'', -and any sections Entitled ``Dedications''. You must delete all sections -Entitled ``Endorsements''. - -@subheading 6. Collections of documents - -You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other -documents released under this License, and replace the individual -copies of this License in the various documents with a single copy -that is included in the collection, provided that you follow the rules -of this License for verbatim copying of each of the documents in all -other respects. - -You may extract a single document from such a collection, and -distribute it individually under this License, provided you insert a -copy of this License into the extracted document, and follow this -License in all other respects regarding verbatim copying of that -document. - -@subheading 7. Aggregation with independent works - -A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate -and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or -distribution medium, is called an ``aggregate'' if the copyright -resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the legal rights -of the compilation's users beyond what the individual works permit. -When the Document is included in an aggregate, this License does not -apply to the other works in the aggregate which are not themselves -derivative works of the Document. - -If the Cover Text requirement of section @emph{3. Copying in quantity} -is applicable to these copies of the Document, then if the Document is -less than one half of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts -may be placed on covers that bracket the Document within the -aggregate, or the electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is -in electronic form. Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that -bracket the whole aggregate. - -@subheading 8. Translations - -Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may -distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section -@emph{4. Modifications}. Replacing Invariant Sections with -translations requires special permission from their copyright holders, -but you may include translations of some or all Invariant Sections in -addition to the original versions of these Invariant Sections. You -may include a translation of this License, and all the license notices -in the Document, and any Warranty Disclaimers, provided that you also -include the original English version of this License and the original -versions of those notices and disclaimers. In case of a disagreement -between the translation and the original version of this License or a -notice or disclaimer, the original version will prevail. - -If a section in the Document is Entitled ``Acknowledgements'', -``Dedications'', or ``History'', the requirement (section @emph{4. -Modifications}) to Preserve its Title (section @emph{1. Applicability -and definitions}) will typically require changing the actual title. - -@subheading 9. Termination - -You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document -except as expressly provided for under this License. Any other -attempt to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is -void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. -However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under -this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such -parties remain in full compliance. - -@subheading Future Revisions of this License - -The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions of the -GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions -will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in -detail to address new problems or concerns. See -@url{http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/}. - -Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. -If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this -License ``or any later version'' applies to it, you have the option of -following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or -of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the -Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version -number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not -as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. - -@subheading How to use this License for your documents - -To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of -the License in the document and put the following copyright and -license notices just after the title page: - -@verbatim - Copyright (C) YEAR YOUR NAME. - - Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this - document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, - Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software - Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, - and no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in - the section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''. -@end verbatim - -If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover -Texts, replace the ``with...Texts''. line with this: - -@verbatim - with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the - Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts - being LIST. -@end verbatim - -If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other -combination of the three, merge those two alternatives to suit the -situation. - -If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we -recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of -free software license, such as the GNU General Public License, to -permit their use in free software. diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/en_US/Licenses/GPL.texinfo b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/en_US/Licenses/GPL.texinfo deleted file mode 100755 index 3349125..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/en_US/Licenses/GPL.texinfo +++ /dev/null @@ -1,376 +0,0 @@ -Version 2, June 1991 - -@verbatim -Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA -@end verbatim - -Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this -license document, but changing it is not allowed. - -@subheading Preamble - -The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom -to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public License -is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free -software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This -General Public License applies to most of the Free Software -Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to -using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by -the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to -your programs, too. - -When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not -price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you -have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for -this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it -if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it -in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. - -To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid -anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. -These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if -you distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. - -For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether -gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that -you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the -source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their -rights. - -We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and -(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, -distribute and/or modify the software. - -Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain -that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free -software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, -we want its recipients to know that what they have is not the -original, so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect -on the original authors' reputations. - -Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software -patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free -program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the -program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any -patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at -all. - -The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and -modification follow. - -@subheading TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION - -@subsubheading Section 0 - -This License applies to any program or other work which contains a -notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed -under the terms of this General Public License. The ``Program'', -below, refers to any such program or work, and a ``work based on the -Program'' means either the Program or any derivative work under -copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Program or a -portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated -into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without -limitation in the term ``modification''.) Each licensee is addressed -as ``you''. - -Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not -covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of -running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program -is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the -Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). -Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. - -@subsubheading Section 1 - -You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's -source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you -conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate -copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the -notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; -and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License -along with the Program. - -You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and -you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. - -@subsubheading Section 2 - -You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion -of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and -distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 -above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: - -a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices -stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. - -b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in -whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any part -thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third parties -under the terms of this License. - -c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when -run, you must cause it, when started running for such interactive use -in the most ordinary way, to print or display an announcement -including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice that there is -no warranty (or else, saying that you provide a warranty) and that -users may redistribute the program under these conditions, and telling -the user how to view a copy of this License. (Exception: if the -Program itself is interactive but does not normally print such an -announcement, your work based on the Program is not required to print -an announcement.) - -These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If -identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, -and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in -themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those -sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you -distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based -on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of -this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the -entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. - -Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest -your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to -exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or -collective works based on the Program. - -In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program -with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of -a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under -the scope of this License. - -@subsubheading Section 3 - -You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, under -Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of -Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: - -a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable -source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 -and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, - -b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three years, -to give any third party, for a charge no more than your cost of -physically performing source distribution, a complete machine-readable -copy of the corresponding source code, to be distributed under the -terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for -software interchange; or, - -c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to -distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is allowed -only for noncommercial distribution and only if you received the -program in object code or executable form with such an offer, in -accord with Subsection b above.) - -The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for -making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source -code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any -associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to -control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a -special exception, the source code distributed need not include -anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary -form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the -operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component -itself accompanies the executable. - -If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering -access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent -access to copy the source code from the same place counts as -distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not -compelled to copy the source along with the object code. - -@subsubheading Section 4 - -You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program -except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt -otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is -void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. -However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under -this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such -parties remain in full compliance. - -@subsubheading Section 5 - -You are not required to accept this License, since you have not -signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or -distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are -prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by -modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the -Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and -all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying -the Program or works based on it. - -@subsubheading Section 6 - -Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the -Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the -original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to -these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further -restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. -You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to -this License. - -@subsubheading Section 7 - -If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent -infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), -conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or -otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not -excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot -distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this -License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you -may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent -license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by -all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then -the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to -refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. - -If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under -any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to -apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other -circumstances. - -It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any -patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any -such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the -integrity of the free software distribution system, which is -implemented by public license practices. Many people have made -generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed -through that system in reliance on consistent application of that -system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing -to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot -impose that choice. - -This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to -be a consequence of the rest of this License. - -@subsubheading Section 8 - -If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in certain -countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the original -copyright holder who places the Program under this License may add an -explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those -countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among -countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates -the limitation as if written in the body of this License. - -@subsubheading Section 9 - -The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions -of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions -will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in -detail to address new problems or concerns. - -Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program -specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and ``any -later version'', you have the option of following the terms and conditions -either of that version or of any later version published by the Free -Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of -this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software -Foundation. - -@subsubheading Section 10 - -If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free -programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the -author to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by -the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; -we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by -the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our -free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software -generally. - -@subsubheading NO WARRANTY - -BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY -FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT -WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER -PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM ``AS IS'' WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, -EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE -IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR -PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE -PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME -THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. - -@subsubheading Section 12 - -IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN -WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY -AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU -FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR -CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE -PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING -RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A -FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF -SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH -DAMAGES. - -@strong{END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS} - -@subheading How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs - -If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest -possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it -free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these -terms. - -To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest -to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively -convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least -the ``copyright'' line and a pointer to where the full notice is -found. - -@verbatim - - Copyright (C) 19yy - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. -@end verbatim - -Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. - -If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this -when it starts in an interactive mode: - -@verbatim - Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) 19yy name of author - Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. - This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it - under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. -@end verbatim - -The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate -parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may -be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be -mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. - -You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your -school, if any, to sign a ``copyright disclaimer'' for the program, if -necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: - -@verbatim - Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program - `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. - - , 1 April 1989 - Ty Coon, President of Vice -@end verbatim - -This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into -proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may -consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the -library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General -Public License instead of this License. diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/en_US/manual-index.texinfo b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/en_US/manual-index.texinfo deleted file mode 100755 index b197b13..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/en_US/manual-index.texinfo +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -@node Index -@unnumbered Index -@syncodeindex fn cp -@syncodeindex vr cp -@syncodeindex ky cp -@syncodeindex pg cp -@syncodeindex tp cp -@printindex cp diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/en_US/manual-init.pl b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/en_US/manual-init.pl deleted file mode 100755 index c6eff54..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/en_US/manual-init.pl +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ -# This file extends the `../manual-init.pl' initialization file to -# provide English specific initializations for `texi2html-1.76-4.fc6'. -# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -# $Id$ -# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- - -return 1; diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/en_US/manual-menu.texinfo b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/en_US/manual-menu.texinfo deleted file mode 100644 index 0afc9ff..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/en_US/manual-menu.texinfo +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4 +0,0 @@ -@menu -* Licenses:: -* Index:: -@end menu diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/en_US/manual-nodes.texinfo b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/en_US/manual-nodes.texinfo deleted file mode 100644 index e69de29..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/en_US/manual-nodes.texinfo +++ /dev/null diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/en_US/manual.conf b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/en_US/manual.conf deleted file mode 100755 index 72b65de..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/en_US/manual.conf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,36 +0,0 @@ -# This file controls the manual configuration. This file is divided -# in configuration sections (e.g., `main' and `templates') which, in -# turn, are organized in the form `variable = value'. -# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -# $Id$ -# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- - -[main] - -# Specify documentation backend used by documentation manual. This is -# the format used to write documentation manual source files. -manual_format = "texinfo" - -# Specify title style used by sections inside the manual. Possible -# values to this option are `cap-each-word' to capitalize each word in -# the section title, `cap-first-word' to capitalize the first word in -# the section title only and `directory' to transform each word in the -# section title into a directory path. From all these options, -# `cap-each-word' is the one used as default. -manual_section_style = "cap-each-word" - -# Specify the order used by sections inside the manual. By default new -# sections added to the manual are put on the end to follow the -# section `created' order. Other possible values to this option are -# `ordered' and `reversed' to sort the list of sections alphabetically -# from A-Z and Z-A, respectively. -manual_section_order = "created" - -[templates] - -# Specify relation between template files and section definition files -# inside the manual. Template definition is set on the left side using -# relative path. The section main definition file is described on the -# right using a regular expression. The first match wins. -Chapters/section-functions.texinfo = "^.+-functions-[[:alnum:]]+\.texinfo$" -Chapters/section.texinfo = "^.+\.texinfo$" diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/en_US/manual.sed b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/en_US/manual.sed deleted file mode 100755 index 274b0f5..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/en_US/manual.sed +++ /dev/null @@ -1,40 +0,0 @@ -#!/bin/sed -# -# repository.sed -- This file provide English transformations for -# texi2html outupt, based on The CentOS Project CSS definitions. -# -# Copyright (C) 2009-2012 The CentOS Project -# -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or -# (at your option) any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but -# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -# General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 -# USA. -# -# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -# $Id$ -# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# Quotations. -s!

Note!

Info

Note

!g - -s!

Warning!

Warning

Warning

!g - -s!

Important!

Important

Important

!g - -s!

Tip!

Tip

Tip

!g - -s!

Caution!

Caution

Caution

!g - -s!

Convention!

Convention

Convention

!g - -s!

Redirection!

Redirection

Redirection

!g diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/en_US/manual.texinfo b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/en_US/manual.texinfo deleted file mode 100644 index 0a7f838..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/en_US/manual.texinfo +++ /dev/null @@ -1,74 +0,0 @@ -\input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*- -@c -- Header -------------------------------------------------- - -@setfilename =MANUAL_NAME=.info -@settitle =MANUAL_TITLE= -@documentlanguage =LOCALE_LL= -@afourpaper -@finalout - -@c -- Variables ----------------------------------------------- - -@set TCENTOS The Community Enterprise Operating System -@set TCPROJ @url{http://www.centos.org/, The CentOS Project} -@set TCWIKI @url{http://wiki.centos.org/, The CentOS Wiki} -@set TCMLISTS @url{http://lists.centos.org/, The CentOS Mailing Lists} -@set TCBUGS @url{http://bugs.centos.org/, The CentOS Bugs} -@set TCMIRRORS @url{http://mirrors.centos.org/, The CentOS Mirrors} -@set TCPLANET @url{http://planet.centos.org/, The CentOS Planet} -@set TCFORUMS @url{http://forums.centos.org/, The CentOS Forums} -@set TCINFOML @email{centos-info@@centos.org, The CentOS Information Mailing List} -@set TCDEVSML @email{centos-devel@@centos.org, The CentOS Developers Mailing List} -@set TCDOCSML @email{centos-docs@@centos.org, The CentOS Documentation Mailing List} -@set TCARTWML @email{centos-artwork@@centos.org, The CentOS Artwork Mailing List} -@set TCL10NML @email{centos-l10n@@centos.org, The CentOS Localization Mailing List} -@set TCAR @url{https://projects.centos.org/svn/artwork/, The CentOS Artwork Repository} -@set TCAS @url{https://projects.centos.org/trac/artwork/, The CentOS Artwork SIG} - -@c -- Summary description and copyright ----------------------- - -@copying -=MANUAL_ABSTRACT= - -Copyright @copyright{} =COPYRIGHT_YEAR_LIST= =COPYRIGHT_HOLDER= - -Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document -under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or -any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no -Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. A -copy of the license is included in the section entitled @ref{GNU Free -Documentation License}. -@end copying - -@c -- Titlepage, contents, copyright --------------------------- - -@titlepage -@title =MANUAL_TITLE= -@subtitle =MANUAL_SUBTITLE= -@author =COPYRIGHT_HOLDER= -@page -@vskip 0pt plus 1filll -@insertcopying -@end titlepage -@contents - -@c -- `Top' node and master menu ------------------------------- - -@ifnottex -@node Top -@top =MANUAL_TITLE= -@insertcopying -@end ifnottex - -@include =MANUAL_NAME=-menu.texinfo - -@c -- The body of the document -------------------------------- - -@include =MANUAL_NAME=-nodes.texinfo - -@c -- The end of the document --------------------------------- - -@include Licenses.texinfo -@include =MANUAL_NAME=-index.texinfo - -@bye diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/es_ES/Licenses-menu.texinfo b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/es_ES/Licenses-menu.texinfo deleted file mode 100755 index b8240ba..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/es_ES/Licenses-menu.texinfo +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4 +0,0 @@ -@menu -* GNU General Public License:: -* GNU Free Documentation License:: -@end menu diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/es_ES/Licenses-nodes.texinfo b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/es_ES/Licenses-nodes.texinfo deleted file mode 100755 index e7eded9..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/es_ES/Licenses-nodes.texinfo +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -@node GNU General Public License -@section Licencia Pública General de GNU -@cindex Licencia pública general GNU -@include Licenses/GPL.texinfo - -@node GNU Free Documentation License -@section Licencia de Documentación Libre de GNU -@cindex Licencia documentación libre GNU -@include Licenses/GFDL.texinfo diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/es_ES/Licenses.texinfo b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/es_ES/Licenses.texinfo deleted file mode 100755 index be90966..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/es_ES/Licenses.texinfo +++ /dev/null @@ -1,5 +0,0 @@ -@node Licenses -@appendix Licencias -@cindex Licencias -@include Licenses-menu.texinfo -@include Licenses-nodes.texinfo diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/es_ES/Licenses/GFDL.texinfo b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/es_ES/Licenses/GFDL.texinfo deleted file mode 100755 index 8f789ec..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/es_ES/Licenses/GFDL.texinfo +++ /dev/null @@ -1,372 +0,0 @@ -@subheading Preámbulo - -El propósito de esta Licencia es permitir que un manual, libro de -texto, u otro documento escrito sea «libre» en el sentido de libertad: -asegurar a todo el mundo la libertad efectiva de copiarlo y -redistribuirlo, con o sin modificaciones, de manera comercial o no. En -segundo término, esta Licencia proporciona al autor y al editor una -manera de obtener reconocimiento por su trabajo, sin que se le -considere responsable de las modificaciones realizadas por otros. - -Esta Licencia es de tipo «copyleft», lo que significa que los trabajos -derivados del documento deben a su vez ser libres en el mismo sentido. -Complementa la Licencia Pública General de GNU, que es una licencia -tipo copyleft diseñada para el software libre. - -Hemos diseñado esta Licencia para usarla en manuales de software -libre, ya que el software libre necesita documentación libre: Un -programa libre debe venir con los manuales que ofrezcan la mismas -libertades que da el software. Pero esta licencia no se limita a -manuales de software; puede ser usada para cualquier trabajo textual, -sin tener en cuenta su temática o si se publica como libro impreso. -Recomendamos esta licencia principalmente para trabajos cuyo fin sea -instructivo o de referencia. - -@subheading 1. Aplicación y definiciones - -Esta Licencia se aplica a cualquier manual u otro trabajo que contenga -un aviso colocado por el poseedor del copyright diciendo que puede -distribuirse bajo los términos de esta Licencia. El «Documento», -abajo, se refiere a cualquier manual o trabajo. Cualquier miembro del -público es un licenciatario,y será referido como «Usted». - -Una «Versión Modificada» del Documento significa cualquier trabajo que -contenga el Documento o una porción del mismo, ya sea una copia -literal o con modificaciones y/o traducciones a otro idioma. - -Una «Sección Secundaria» es un apéndice con título o una sección -preliminar del Documento que trata exclusivamente de la relación entre -los autores o editores y el tema general delDocumento que trata -exclusivamente con la relación entre los editores o autores del -Documento con el asunto general del Documento (o asuntos relacionados) -y no contiene nada que pueda considerarse dentro del tema principal. -(Por ejemplo, si el Documento es en parte un libro de texto de -matemáticas, una Sección Secundaria no explicará nada de matemáticas.) -La relación puede ser una conexión histórica con el asunto o temas -relacionados, o una opinión legal, comercial, filosófica, ética o -política acerca de ellos. - -Las «Secciones Invariantes» son ciertas Secciones Secundarias cuyos -títulos son designados como Secciones Invariantes en la nota que -indica que el Documento se publica bajo esta Licencia. - -Los «Textos de Cubierta» son ciertos pasajes cortos de texto que se -listan como Textos de Cubierta Delantera o Textos de Cubierta Trasera -en la nota que indica que el Documento se publica bajo esta Licencia. - -Una copia «Transparente» del Documento, significa una copia para -lectura en máquina, representada en un formato cuya especificación -está disponible al público en general, cuyo contenido puede ser visto -y editados directamente con editores de texto genéricos o (para -imágenes compuestas por píxeles) con programas genéricos de -manipulación de imágenes o (para dibujos) con algún editor de dibujos -ampliamente disponible, y que sea adecuado como entrada para -formateadores de texto o para su traducción automática a formatos -adecuados para formateadores de texto. Una copia hecha en un formato -definido como Transparente, pero cuyo marcaje o ausencia de él haya -sido diseñado para impedir o dificultar modificaciones posteriores por -parte de los lectores no es Transparente. Una copia que no es -«Transparente» se denomina «Opaca». - -Como ejemplos de formatos adecuados para copias Transparentes están -ASCII puro sin marcaje, formato de entrada de Texinfo, formato de -entrada de LaTeX, SGML o XML usando una DTD disponible públicamente, y -HTML, PostScript o PDF simples, que sigan los estándares y diseños -para que los modifiquen personas.Los formatos Opacos incluyen formatos -propietarios que pueden ser leídos y editados únicamente en -procesadores de textos propietarios, SGML o XML para los cuáles las -DTD y/o herramientas de procesamiento no estén ampliamente -disponibles, y HTML, PostScript o PDF generados por algunos -procesadores de textos sólo como salida. - -La «Portada» significa, en un libro impreso, la página de título, más -las páginas siguientes que sean necesarias para mantener legiblemente -el material que esta Licencia requiere en la portada. Para trabajos en -formatos que no tienen página de portada como tal, «Portada»significa -el texto cercano a la aparición más prominente del título del -trabajo,precediendo el comienzo del cuerpo del texto. - -@subheading 2. Copia literal - -Usted puede copiar y distribuir el Documento en cualquier medio, sea -en forma comercial o no, siempre y cuando proporcione esta Licencia, -las notas de copyright y la nota que indica que esta Licencia se -aplica al Documento reproduciéndola en todas las copias y que usted no -añada ninguna otra condición a las expuestas en esta Licencia. Usted -no puede usar medidas técnicas para obstruir o controlar la lectura o -copia posterior de las copias que usted haga o distribuya. Sin -embargo, usted puede aceptar compensación a cambio de las copias. Si -distribuye un número suficientemente grande de copias también deberá -seguir las condiciones de la sección 3. - -Usted también puede prestar copias, bajo las mismas condiciones -establecidas anteriormente, y puede exhibir copias públicamente. - -@subheading 3. Copiando en cantidad - -Si publica copias impresas del Documento que sobrepasen las 100, y la -nota de licencia del Documento exige Textos de Cubierta, debe -incluirlas copias con cubiertas que lleven en forma clara y legible -todos esos Textos de Cubierta: Textos de Cubierta Delantera en la -cubierta delantera y Textos de Cubierta Trasera en la cubierta -trasera. Ambas cubiertas deben identificarlo a Usted clara y -legiblemente como editor de tales copias. La cubierta debe mostrar el -título completo con todas las palabras igualmente prominentes y -visibles. Además puede añadir otro material en las cubiertas. Las -copias con cambios limitados a las cubiertas, siempre que conserven el -título del Documento y satisfagan estas condiciones, pueden -considerarse como copias literales en todos los aspectos. - -Si los textos requeridos para la cubierta son muy voluminosos para que -ajusten legiblemente, debe colocar los primeros (tantos como sea -razonable colocar) en la verdadera cubierta y situar el resto en -páginas adyacentes. - -Si Usted publica o distribuye copias Opacas del Documento cuya -cantidad exceda las 100, debe incluir una copia Transparente, que -pueda ser leída por una máquina, con cada copia Opaca, o bien mostrar, -en cada copia Opaca, una dirección de red donde cualquier usuario de -la misma tenga acceso por medio de protocolos públicos y -estandarizados a una copia Transparente del Documento completa, sin -material adicional. Si usted hace uso de la última opción, deberá -tomar las medidas necesarias, cuando comience la distribución de las -copias Opacas en cantidad, para asegurar que esta copia Transparente -permanecerá accesible en el sitio establecido por lo menos un año -después de la última vez que distribuya una copia Opaca de esa edición -al público (directamente o a través de sus agentes o distribuidores). - -Se solicita, aunque no es requisito, que se ponga en contacto con los -autores del Documento antes de redistribuir gran número de copias, -para darles la oportunidad de que le proporcionen una versión -actualizada del Documento. - -@subheading 4. Modificaciones - -Puede copiar y distribuir una Versión Modificada del Documento bajo -las condiciones de las secciones 2 y 3 anteriores, siempre que Usted -libere la Versión Modificada bajo esta misma Licencia, con la Versión -Modificada haciendo el rol del Documento, por lo tanto dando Licencia -de distribución y modificación de la Versión Modificada a quienquiera -posea una copia de la misma. Además, debe hacer lo siguiente en la -Versión Modificada: - -A. Usar en la Portada (y en las cubiertas, si hay alguna) un título -distinto al del Documento y de sus versiones anteriores (que deberían, -si hay alguna, estar listadas en la sección de Historia del -Documento). Puede usar el mismo título de versiones anteriores al -original siempre y cuando quien las publicó originalmente otorgue -permiso. - -B. Listar en la Portada, como autores, una o más personas o entidades -responsables de la autoría de las modificaciones de la Versión -Modificada, junto con por lo menos cinco de los autores principales -del Documento (todos sus autores principales, si hay menos de cinco), -a menos que le eximan de tal requisito. - -C. Mostrar en la Portada como editor el nombre del editor de la -Versión Modificada - -D. Conservar todas las notas de copyright del Documento. - -E. Añadir una nota de copyright apropiada a sus modificaciones, -adyacente a las otras notas de copyright. - -F. Incluir, inmediatamente después de los avisos de copyright, una -nota de licencia dando el permiso público para usar la Versión -Modificada bajo los términos de esta Licencia, de la forma mostrada en -el Adenda de más abajo. - -G. Incluir, inmediatamente después de ese aviso de licencia, la lista -completa de Secciones invariantes y de los Textos de Cubierta que sean -requeridos en el aviso de Licencia del Documento original. - -H. Incluir una copia sin modificación de esta Licencia. - -I. Conservar la sección titulada «Historia», conservar su Título y -añadirle un elemento que declare al menos el título, el año, los -nuevos autores y el editor de la Versión Modificada, tal como figuran -en la Portada. Si no hay una sección titulada «Historia» en el -Documento, crear una estableciendo el título, el año, los autores y el -editor del Documento, tal como figuran en su Portada, añadiendo además -un elemento describiendo la Versión Modificada, como se estableció en -la sentencia anterior. - -J. Conservar la dirección en red, si la hay, dada en el Documento para -el acceso público a una copia Transparente del mismo, así como las -otras direcciones de red dadas en el Documento para versiones -anteriores en las que estuviese basado. Pueden ubicarse en la sección -«Historia». Se puede omitir la ubicación en red de un trabajo que haya -sido publicado por lo menos cuatro años antes que el Documento mismo, -o si el editor original de dicha versión da permiso. - -K. En cualquier sección titulada «Agradecimientos» o «Dedicatorias», -conservar el título de la sección y conservar en ella toda la -sustancia y el tono de los agradecimientos y/o dedicatorias incluidas -por cada contribuyente. - -L. Conservar todas las Secciones Invariantes del Documento, sin -alterar su texto ni sus títulos. Los números de sección o equivalentes -no se consideran parte de los títulos de la sección. - -M. Borrar cualquier sección titulada «Aprobaciones». Tales secciones -no pueden estar incluidas en las Versiones Modificadas. - -N. No cambiar el título de ninguna sección existente a «Aprobaciones» -ni a uno que entre en conflicto con el de alguna Sección Invariante. - -Si la Versión Modificada incluye secciones o apéndices nuevos que -cualifiquen como Secciones Secundarias y no contienen ningún material -copiado del Documento, puede opcionalmente designar algunas o todas -esas secciones como invariantes. Para hacerlo, añada sus títulos a la -lista de Secciones Invariantes en el aviso de licencia de la Versión -Modificada. Tales títulos deben ser distintos de cualquier otro título -de sección. - -Puede añadir una sección titulada «Aprobaciones», siempre que contenga -únicamente aprobaciones de su Versión Modificada por otras fuentes ---por ejemplo, observaciones de compañeros o que el texto ha sido -aprobado por una organización como definición oficial de un estándar. - -Puede añadir un pasaje de hasta cinco palabras como Texto de Cubierta -Delantera y un pasaje de hasta 25 palabras como Texto de Cubierta -Trasera al final de la lista de Texto de Cubierta en la Versión -Modificada. Una entidad sólo puede añadir (o hacer que se añada) un -pasaje al Texto de Cubierta Delantera y uno al de Cubierta Trasera. Si -el Documento ya incluye un textos de cubiertas añadidos previamente -por usted o por acuerdo previo con la entidad que usted representa, -usted no puede añadir otro; pero puede reemplazar el anterior, con -permiso explícito del editor anterior que agregó el texto anterior. - -Con esta Licencia ni los autores ni los editores del Documento dan -permiso para usar sus nombres para publicidad ni para asegurar o -implicar aprobación de cualquier Versión Modificada. - -@subheading 5. Combinación de documentos - -Usted puede combinar el Documento con otros documentos liberados bajo -esta Licencia, bajo los términos definidos en la sección section 4 más -arriba para versiones modificadas, siempre que incluya en la -combinación todas las Secciones Invariantes de todos los documentos -originales, sin modificaciones, y las liste todas como Secciones -Invariantes de su trabajo combinado en su aviso de licencia. - -El trabajo combinado necesita contener solamente una copia de esta -Licencia, y múltiples Secciones Invariantes idénticas pueden -reemplazarse por una sola copia. Si hay múltiples Secciones -Invariantes con el mismo nombre pero con contenidos diferentes, haga -el título de cada una de estas secciones único añadiéndolo al final de -este, entre paréntesis, el nombre del autor o de quien editó -originalmente esa sección, si es conocido, o si no, un número único. -Haga el mismo ajuste a los títulos de sección en la lista de Secciones -Invariantes en la nota de licencia del trabajo combinado. - -En la combinación, debe combinar cualquier sección titulada «Historia» -de los distintos documentos originales, formando una sección titulada -«Historia»; de la misma forma, combine cualquier sección titulada -«Reconocimientos» y cualquier sección titulada «Dedicatorias». Debe -borrar todas las secciones tituladas «Aprobaciones». - -@subheading 6. Colecciones de documentos - -Puede hacer una colección que conste del Documento y de otros -documentos publicados bajo esta Licencia, y reemplazar las copias -individuales de esta Licencia en todos los documentos por una sola -copia que esté incluida en la colección, siempre que siga las reglas -de esta Licencia para cada copia literal de cada uno de los documentos -en cualquiera de los demás aspectos. - -Puede extraer un solo documento de una de tales colecciones y -distribuirlo individualmente bajo esta Licencia, siempre que inserte -una copia de esta Licencia en el documento extraído, y siga esta -Licencia en todos los demás aspectos relativos a la copia literal de -dicho documento. - -@subheading 7. Agregación con trabajos independientes - -Una recopilación que conste del Documento o sus derivados y de otros -documentos o trabajos separados e independientes, en cualquier soporte -de almacenamiento o distribución, no cuenta como un todo como una -Versión Modificada del Documento, siempre que no se reclame ningún -derecho de copyright por la compilación. Dicha compilación se denomina -un «agregado», y esta Licencia no se aplica a otros trabajos -autocontenidos incluidos con el Documento. teniendo en cuenta que son -compilados, si no son los mismos trabajos derivados del Documento. Si -el requisito de Texto de Cubierta de la sección 3 es aplicable a estas -copias del Documento, entonces si el Documento es menor que un cuarto -del agregado completo, los Textos de Cubierta del Documento pueden -colocarse en cubiertas que enmarquen solamente el Documento dentro del -agregado. En caso contrario deben aparecer en cubiertas impresas -enmarcando todo el agregado. - -@subheading 8. Traducción - -La Traducción se considera como un tipo de modificación, por lo que -usted puede distribuir traducciones del Documento bajo los términos de -la sección 4. El reemplazo las Secciones Invariantes por traducciones -requiere permiso especial de los poseedores del copyright, pero usted -puede incluir traducciones de algunas o todas las Secciones -Invariantes junto con las versiones originales de las mismas. Puede -incluir una traducción de esta Licencia, siempre que incluya también -la versión original en inglés de esta Licencia. En caso de desacuerdo -entre la traducción y la versión original en inglés de esta Licencia, -la versión original en Inglés prevalecerá. - -@subheading 9. Terminación - -Usted no puede copiar, modificar, sublicenciar o distribuir el -Documento salvo por lo permitido expresamente por esta Licencia. -Cualquier otro intento de copia, modificación, sublicenciamiento o -distribución del Documento es nulo, y dará por terminados -automáticamente sus derechos bajo esa Licencia. Sin embargo, los -terceros que hayan recibido copias, o derechos, de usted bajo esta -Licencia no verán terminadas sus licencias, siempre que permanezcan en -total conformidad con ella. - -@subheading Revisiones futuras de esta licencia - -La Free Software Foundation puede publicar versiones nuevas y -revisadas de la Licencia de Documentación Libre GNU de vez en cuando. -Dichas versiones nuevas serán similares en espíritu a la presente -versión, pero pueden diferir en detalles para solucionar nuevos -problemas o preocupaciones. Vea @url{http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/}. - -Cada versión de la Licencia tiene un número de versión que la -distingue. Si el Documento especifica que se aplica una versión -numerada en particular de esta licencia o «cualquier versión -posterior», usted tiene la opción de seguir los términos y condiciones -de la versión especificada o cualquiera posterior que haya sido -publicada (no como borrador) por la Free Software Foundation. Si el -Documento no especifica un número de versión de esta Licencia, puede -escoger cualquier versión que haya sido publicada (no como borrador) -por la Free Software Foundation. - -@subheading Adenda - -Para usar esta licencia en un documento que usted haya escrito, -incluya una copia de la Licencia en el documento y ponga el siguiente -copyright y notificación de licencia justo después de la página de -título: - -@example -Copyright © AÑO SU NOMBRE. - -Se otorga permiso para copiar, distribuir y/o modificar este documento -bajo los términos de la Licencia de Documentación Libre de GNU, -Versión 1.1 o cualquier otra versión posterior publicada por la -Free Software Foundation; con las Secciones Invariantes siendo su -LISTE SUS TÍTULOS, con Textos de Cubierta Delantera siendo LISTA, y -con los Textos de Cubierta Trasera siendo LISTA. Una copia de la -licencia está incluida en la sección titulada «GNU Free -Documentation License». -@end example - -Si no tiene Secciones Invariantes, escriba «sin Secciones Invariantes» -en vez de decir cuáles son invariantes. Si no tiene Textos de Cubierta -Frontal, escriba «sin Textos de Cubierta Frontal»; de la misma manera -para Textos de Cubierta Trasera. - -Si su documento contiene ejemplos de código de programa no triviales, -recomendamos liberar estos ejemplos en paralelo bajo la licencia de -software libre que usted elija, como la Licencia Pública General de -GNU (@pxref{GNU General Public License}), para permitir su uso en -software libre. diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/es_ES/Licenses/GPL.texinfo b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/es_ES/Licenses/GPL.texinfo deleted file mode 100755 index 79680fe..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/es_ES/Licenses/GPL.texinfo +++ /dev/null @@ -1,329 +0,0 @@ -@subheading Preámbulo - -Las licencias que cubren la mayor parte del software están diseñadas -para quitarle a usted la libertad de compartirlo y modificarlo. Por el -contrario, la Licencia Pública General de GNU pretende garantizarle la -libertad de compartir y modificar software libre, para asegurar que el -software es libre para todos sus usuarios. Esta Licencia Pública -General se aplica a la mayor parte del software del la Free Software -Foundation y a cualquier otro programa si sus autores se comprometen a -utilizarla. (Existe otro software de la Free Software Foundation que -está cubierto por la Licencia Pública General de GNU para -Bibliotecas). Si quiere, también puede aplicarla a sus propios -programas. - -Cuando hablamos de software libre, estamos refiriéndonos a libertad, -no a precio. Nuestras Licencias Públicas Generales están diseñadas -para asegurarnos de que tenga la libertad de distribuir copias de -software libre (y cobrar por ese servicio si quiere), de que reciba el -código fuente o que pueda conseguirlo si lo quiere, de que pueda -modificar el software o usar fragmentos de él en programas nuevos -libres, y de que sepa que puede hacer todas estas cosas. - -Para proteger sus derechos necesitamos algunas restricciones que -prohíban a cualquiera negarle a usted estos derechos o pedirle que -renuncie a ellos. Estas restricciones se traducen en ciertas -obligaciones que le afectan si distribuye copias del software, o si lo -modifica. - -Por ejemplo, si distribuye copias de uno de estos programas, sea -gratuitamente, o a cambio de una contraprestación, debe dar a los -receptores todos los derechos que tiene. Debe asegurarse de que ellos -también reciben, o pueden conseguir, el código fuente. Y debe -mostrarles estas condiciones de forma que conozcan sus derechos. - -Protegemos sus derechos con la combinación de dos medidas: - -@itemize -@item Derechos de copia del software (copyright), y -@item Le ofrecemos esta licencia, que le da permiso legal para copiar, -distribuir y/o modificar el software. -@end itemize - -También, para la protección de cada autor y la nuestra propia, -queremos asegurarnos de que todo el mundo comprende que no se -proporciona ninguna garantía para este software libre. Si el software -se modifica por cualquiera y éste a su vez lo distribuye, queremos que -sus receptores sepan que lo que tienen no es el original, de forma que -cualquier problema introducido por otros no afecte a la reputación de -los autores originales. - -Finalmente, cualquier programa libre está constantemente amenazado por -patentes sobre el software. Queremos evitar el peligro de que los -redistribuidores de un programa libre obtengan patentes por su cuenta, -convirtiendo de facto el programa en propietario. Para evitar esto, -hemos dejado claro que cualquier patente debe ser pedida para el uso -libre de cualquiera, o no ser pedida. - -Los términos precisos y las condiciones para la copia, distribución y -modificación se exponen a continuación. - -@subheading TÉRMINOS Y CONDICIONES PARA LA COPIA, DISTRIBUCIÓN Y MODIFICACIÓN - -@subsubheading Sección 0 - -Esta Licencia se aplica a cualquier programa u otro tipo de obra que -contenga una notificación colocada por el propietario del copyright -diciendo que puede distribuirse bajo los términos de esta Licencia -Pública General. El «Programa», en adelante, se referirá a cualquier -programa u obra, y «obra basada en el Programa» se referirá bien al -Programa o a cualquier trabajo derivado de él según la ley de derechos -de autor (copyright): Esto es, una obra o trabajo que contenga el -programa o una porción de él, bien en forma literal o con -modificaciones y/o traducido en otro lenguaje. Aquí y después, la -traducción está incluida sin limitación en el término «modificación». -Cada concesionario (licenciatario) será denominado «usted». - -Cualquier otra actividad que no sea la copia, distribución o -modificación no está cubierta por esta Licencia, está fuera de su -ámbito. El acto de ejecutar el Programa no está restringido, y los -resultados del Programa están cubiertos únicamente si sus contenidos -constituyen un trabajo basado en el Programa, independientemente de -haberlo producido mediante la ejecución del programa. El que esto se -cumpla, depende de lo que haga el programa. - -@subsubheading Sección 1 - -Usted puede copiar y distribuir copias literales del código fuente del -Programa, según lo has recibido, en cualquier medio, supuesto que de -forma adecuada y bien visible publique en cada copia un anuncio de -copyright adecuado y un repudio de garantía, mantenga intactos todos -los anuncios que se refieran a esta Licencia y a la ausencia de -garantía, y proporcione a cualquier otro receptor del programa una -copia de esta Licencia junto con el Programa. - -Puede cobrar un precio por el acto físico de transferir una copia, y -puede, según su libre albedrío, ofrecer garantía a cambio de unos -honorarios. - -@subsubheading Sección 2 - -Puede modificar su copia o copias del Programa o de cualquier porción -de él, formando de esta manera un trabajo basado en el Programa, y -copiar y distribuir esa modificación o trabajo bajo los términos de la -Sección 1 anterior, probado que además usted cumpla con todas las -siguientes condiciones: - -@enumerate -@item Debe hacer que los ficheros modificados lleven anuncios -prominentes indicando que los ha cambiado y la fecha de cualquier -cambio. - -@item Debe hacer que cualquier trabajo que distribuya o publique y que -en todo o en parte contenga o sea derivado del Programa o de cualquier -parte de él sea licenciada como un todo, sin carga alguna, a todas las -terceras partes y bajo los términos de esta Licencia. - -@item If the modified program normally reads commands interactively -when run, you must cause it, when started running for such interactive -use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an announcement -including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice that there is -no warranty (or else, saying that you provide a warranty) and that -users may redistribute the program under these conditions, and telling -the user how to view a copy of this License. - -Excepción: Si el propio Programa es interactivo pero normalmente no -muestra ese anuncio, no se requiere que su trabajo basado en el -Programa muestre ningún anuncio. - -@end enumerate - -Estos requisitos se aplican al trabajo modificado como un todo. Si -partes identificables de ese trabajo no son derivadas del Programa, y -pueden, razonablemente, ser consideradas trabajos independientes y -separados por ellos mismos, entonces esta Licencia y sus términos no -se aplican a esas partes cuando sean distribuidas como trabajos -separados. Pero cuando distribuya esas mismas secciones como partes de -un todo que es un trabajo basado en el Programa, la distribución del -todo debe ser según los términos de esta licencia, cuyos permisos para -otros licenciatarios se extienden al todo completo, y por lo tanto a -todas y cada una de sus partes, con independencia de quién la -escribió. - -Por lo tanto, no es la intención de este apartado reclamar derechos o -desafiar sus derechos sobre trabajos escritos totalmente por usted -mismo. El intento es ejercer el derecho a controlar la distribución de -trabajos derivados o colectivos basados en el Programa. - -Además, el simple hecho de reunir un trabajo no basado en el Programa -con el Programa (o con un trabajo basado en el Programa) en un volumen -de almacenamiento o en un medio de distribución no hace que dicho -trabajo entre dentro del ámbito cubierto por esta Licencia. - -@subsubheading Sección 3 - -Puede copiar y distribuir el Programa (o un trabajo basado en él, -según se especifica en la Sección 2, como código objeto o en formato -ejecutable según los términos de las Secciones 1 y 2 anteriores, -supuesto que además cumpla una de las siguientes condiciones: - -@enumerate - -@item Acompañarlo con el código fuente leíble completo -correspondiente, leíble por máquinas, que debe ser distribuido según -los términos las Secciones 1 y 2 mencionadas antes en un medio -habitualmente utilizado para el intercambio de software, o, - -@item Acompañarlo con una oferta por escrito, válida durante al menos -tres años, de proporcionar a cualquier tercera parte una copia -completa en formato electrónico del código fuente correspondiente, a -un coste no mayor que el de realizar físicamente la distribución del -fuente, que será distribuido bajo las condiciones descritas en los -apartados 1 y 2 anteriores, en un medio habitualmente utilizado para -el intercambio de programas, o - -@item Acompañarlo con la información que recibiste ofreciendo -distribuir el código fuente correspondiente. (Esta opción se permite -sólo para distribución no comercial y sólo si usted recibió el -programa como código objeto o en formato ejecutable con tal oferta, de -acuerdo con la Subsección b anterior). -@end enumerate - -Por código fuente de un trabajo se entiende la forma preferida del -trabajo cuando se le hacen modificaciones. Para un trabajo ejecutable, -se entiende por código fuente completo todo el código fuente para -todos los módulos que contiene, más cualquier fichero asociado de -definición de interfaces, más los guiones utilizados para controlar la -compilación e instalación del ejecutable. Como excepción especial el -código fuente distribuido no necesita incluir nada que sea distribuido -normalmente (bien como fuente, bien en forma binaria) con los -componentes principales (compilador, núcleo y similares) del sistema -operativo en el cual funciona el ejecutable, a no ser que el propio -componente acompañe al ejecutable. - -Si la distribución del ejecutable o del código objeto se hace mediante -la oferta acceso para copiarlo de un cierto lugar, entonces se -considera la oferta de acceso para copiar el código fuente del mismo -lugar como distribución del código fuente, incluso aunque terceras -partes no estén forzadas a copiar el fuente junto con el código -objeto. - -@subsubheading Sección 4 - -No puede copiar, modificar, sublicenciar o distribuir el Programa -excepto como prevé expresamente esta Licencia. Cualquier intento de -copiar, modificar sublicenciar o distribuir el Programa de otra forma -es inválida, y hará que cesen automáticamente los derechos que te -proporciona esta Licencia. En cualquier caso, las partes que hayan -recibido copias o derechos de usted bajo esta Licencia no cesarán en -sus derechos mientras esas partes continúen cumpliéndola. 5Sección 5 - -No está obligado a aceptar esta licencia, ya que no la ha firmado. Sin -embargo, no hay hada más que le proporcione permiso para modificar o -distribuir el Programa o sus trabajos derivados. Estas acciones están -prohibidas por la ley si no acepta esta Licencia. Por lo tanto, si -modifica o distribuye el Programa (o cualquier trabajo basado en el -Programa), está indicando que acepta esta Licencia para poder hacerlo, -y todos sus términos y condiciones para copiar, distribuir o modificar -el Programa o trabajos basados en él. 6Sección 6 - -Cada vez que redistribuya el Programa (o cualquier trabajo basado en -el Programa), el receptor recibe automáticamente una licencia del -licenciatario original para copiar, distribuir o modificar el -Programa, de forma sujeta a estos términos y condiciones. No puede -imponer al receptor ninguna restricción más sobre el ejercicio de los -derechos aquí garantizados. No es usted responsable de hacer cumplir -esta licencia por terceras partes. 7Sección 7 - -Si como consecuencia de una resolución judicial o de una alegación de -infracción de patente o por cualquier otra razón (no limitada a -asuntos relacionados con patentes) se le imponen condiciones (ya sea -por mandato judicial, por acuerdo o por cualquier otra causa) que -contradigan las condiciones de esta Licencia, ello no le exime de -cumplir las condiciones de esta Licencia. Si no puede realizar -distribuciones de forma que se satisfagan simultáneamente sus -obligaciones bajo esta licencia y cualquier otra obligación pertinente -entonces, como consecuencia, no puede distribuir el Programa de -ninguna forma. Por ejemplo, si una patente no permite la -redistribución libre de derechos de autor del Programa por parte de -todos aquellos que reciban copias directa o indirectamente a través de -usted, entonces la única forma en que podría satisfacer tanto esa -condición como esta Licencia sería evitar completamente la -distribución del Programa. - -Si cualquier porción de este apartado se considera inválida o -imposible de cumplir bajo cualquier circunstancia particular ha de -cumplirse el resto y la sección por entero ha de cumplirse en -cualquier otra circunstancia. - -No es el propósito de este apartado inducirle a infringir ninguna -reivindicación de patente ni de ningún otro derecho de propiedad o -impugnar la validez de ninguna de dichas reivindicaciones. Este -apartado tiene el único propósito de proteger la integridad del -sistema de distribución de software libre, que se realiza mediante -prácticas de licencia pública. Mucha gente ha hecho contribuciones -generosas a la gran variedad de software distribuido mediante ese -sistema con la confianza de que el sistema se aplicará -consistentemente. Será el autor/donante quien decida si quiere -distribuir software mediante cualquier otro sistema y una licencia no -puede imponer esa elección. - -Este apartado pretende dejar completamente claro lo que se cree que es -una consecuencia del resto de esta Licencia. - -@subsubheading Sección 8 - -Si la distribución y/o uso de el Programa está restringida en ciertos -países, bien por patentes o por interfaces bajo copyright, el tenedor -del copyright que coloca este Programa bajo esta Licencia puede añadir -una limitación explícita de distribución geográfica excluyendo esos -países, de forma que la distribución se permita sólo en o entre los -países no excluidos de esta manera. En ese caso, esta Licencia -incorporará la limitación como si estuviese escrita en el cuerpo de -esta Licencia. 9Sección 9 - -La Free Software Foundation puede publicar versiones revisadas y/o -nuevas de la Licencia Pública General de tiempo en tiempo. Dichas -nuevas versiones serán similares en espíritu a la presente versión, -pero pueden ser diferentes en detalles para considerar nuevos -problemas o situaciones. - -Cada versión recibe un número de versión que la distingue de otras. Si -el Programa especifica un número de versión de esta Licencia que se -aplica aplica a éste y a «cualquier versión posterior», usted tiene la -opción de seguir los términos y condiciones, bien de esa versión, bien -de cualquier versión posterior publicada por la Free Software -Foundation. Si el Programa no especifica un número de versión de esta -Licencia, usted puede escoger cualquier versión publicada por la Free -Software Foundation. - -@subsubheading Sección 10 - -Si quiere incorporar partes del Programa en otros programas libres -cuyas condiciones de distribución son diferentes, escribe al autor -para pedirle permiso. Si el software tiene copyright de la Free -Software Foundation, escribe a la Free Software Foundation: algunas -veces hacemos excepciones en estos casos. Nuestra decisión estará -guiada por el doble objetivo de de preservar la libertad de todos los -derivados de nuestro software libre y promover el que se comparta y -reutilice el software en general. - -@subsubheading AUSENCIA DE GARANTÍA - -Sección 11 - -DEBIDO A QUE EL PROGRAMA SE LICENCIA LIBRE DE CARGAS, NO SE OFRECE -NINGUNA GARANTÍA SOBRE EL PROGRAMA, EN TODA LA EXTENSIÓN PERMITIDA POR -LA LEGISLACIÓN APLICABLE. EXCEPTO CUANDO SE INDIQUE DE OTRA FORMA POR -ESCRITO, LOS PROPIETARIOS DEL COPYRIGHT Y/U OTRAS PARTES PROPORCIONAN -EL PROGRAMA «TAL CUAL», SIN GARANTÍA DE NINGUNA CLASE, BIEN EXPRESA O -IMPLÍCITA, CON INCLUSIÓN, PERO SIN LIMITACIÓN A LAS GARANTÍAS -MERCANTILES IMPLÍCITAS O A LA CONVENIENCIA PARA UN PROPÓSITO -PARTICULAR. CUALQUIER RIESGO REFERENTE A LA CALIDAD Y PRESTACIONES DEL -PROGRAMA ES ASUMIDO POR USTED. SI SE PROBASE QUE EL PROGRAMA ES -DEFECTUOSO, USTED ASUME EL COSTE DE CUALQUIER SERVICIO, REPARACIÓN O -CORRECCIÓN NECESARIO. - -@subsubheading Sección 12 - -EN NINGÚN CASO, SALVO QUE LO REQUIERA LA LEGISLACIÓN APLICABLE O HAYA -SIDO ACORDADO POR ESCRITO, NINGÚN TENEDOR DEL COPYRIGHT NI NINGUNA -OTRA PARTE QUE MODIFIQUE Y/O REDISTRIBUYA EL PROGRAMA SEGÚN SE PERMITE -EN ESTA LICENCIA SERÁ RESPONSABLE ANTE USTED POR DAÑOS, INCLUYENDO -CUALQUIER DAÑO GENERAL, ESPECIAL, INCIDENTAL O RESULTANTE PRODUCIDO -POR EL USO O LA IMPOSIBILIDAD DE USO DEL PROGRAMA (CON INCLUSIÓN, PERO -SIN LIMITACIÓN A LA PÉRDIDA DE DATOS O A LA GENERACIÓN INCORRECTA DE -DATOS O A PÉRDIDAS SUFRIDAS POR USTED O POR TERCERAS PARTES O A UN -FALLO DEL PROGRAMA AL FUNCIONAR EN COMBINACIÓN CON CUALQUIER OTRO -PROGRAMA), INCLUSO SI DICHO TENEDOR U OTRA PARTE HA SIDO ADVERTIDO DE -LA POSIBILIDAD DE DICHOS DAÑOS. diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/es_ES/manual-index.texinfo b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/es_ES/manual-index.texinfo deleted file mode 100755 index bed8139..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/es_ES/manual-index.texinfo +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -@node Index -@unnumbered Índice -@syncodeindex fn cp -@syncodeindex vr cp -@syncodeindex ky cp -@syncodeindex pg cp -@syncodeindex tp cp -@printindex cp diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/es_ES/manual-init.pl b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/es_ES/manual-init.pl deleted file mode 100755 index d8e2045..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/es_ES/manual-init.pl +++ /dev/null @@ -1,119 +0,0 @@ -# This file extends the '../manual-init.pl' initialization file to # provide Spanish translation messages for `texi2html-1.76-4.fc6'. -# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -# $Id$ -# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- - -$LANGUAGES->{'es'} = { - ' The buttons in the navigation panels have the following meaning:' => 'Los botones en el panel de navegación tienen el significado siguiente:', - ' where the @strong{ Example } assumes that the current position is at @strong{ Subsubsection One-Two-Three } of a document of the following structure:' => 'donde el @strong{Ejemplo} asume que la posición actual es en @strong{Subsubsección Uno-Dos-Tres}', - ' Up ' => 'Arriba', - '%{acronym_like} (%{explanation})' => '', - '%{month}, %{day} %{year}' => '', - '%{name} of %{class}' => '%{name} de %{class}', - '%{name} on %{class}' => '%{name} en %{class}', - '%{node_file_href}' => '', - '%{node_file_href} @cite{%{book}}' => '', - '%{node_file_href} section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => 'sección %{node_file_href} `%{section}\' en @cite{%{book}}', - '%{reference_name}' => '', - '%{style} %{number}' => '', - '%{style}: %{caption_first_line}' => '', - '%{style}: %{shortcaption_first_line}' => '', - '@b{%{quotation_arg}:} ' => '', - '@cite{%{book}}' => '', - 'About This Document' => 'Acerca de este documento', - 'April' => 'abril', - 'August' => 'agosto', - 'Button' => 'Botón', - 'Contents' => 'Contenidos', - 'Current Position' => 'Posición actual', - 'December' => 'diciembre', - 'February' => 'febrero', - 'Footnotes' => 'Pie de página', - 'From 1.2.3 go to' => 'Desde 1.2.3 va a', - 'Go to' => 'Ir a', - 'Index' => 'Índice', - 'Index Entry' => 'Entrada índice', - 'January' => 'enero', - 'July' => 'julio', - 'Jump to' => 'Saltar a', - 'June' => 'junio', - 'March' => 'marzo', - 'May' => 'mayo', - 'Menu:' => 'Menú:', - 'Name' => 'Nombre', - 'Next' => 'Siguiente', - 'November' => 'noviembre', - 'October' => 'octubre', - 'Overview' => 'Introducción', - 'Overview:' => 'Introducción:', - 'Prev' => 'Anterior', - 'Section' => 'Sección', - 'Section One' => 'Sección Uno', - 'See %{node_file_href}' => 'Véase %{node_file_href}', - 'See %{node_file_href} @cite{%{book}}' => 'Véase %{node_file_href} @cite{%{book}}', - 'See %{node_file_href} section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => 'Véase la sección %{node_file_href} `%{section}\' en @cite{%{book}}', - 'See %{reference_name}' => 'Véase %{reference_name}', - 'See @cite{%{book}}' => 'Véase @cite{%{book}}', - 'See section %{reference_name}' => 'Véase la sección %{reference_name}', - 'See section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => 'Véase la sección `%{section}\' en @cite{%{book}}', - 'September' => 'septiembre', - 'Short Table of Contents' => 'Resumen del Contenido', - 'Subsection One-Four' => 'Subsección Uno-Cuatro', - 'Subsection One-One' => 'Subsección Uno-Uno', - 'Subsection One-Three' => 'Subsección Uno-Tres', - 'Subsection One-Two' => 'Subsección Uno-Dos', - 'Subsubsection One-Two-Four' => 'Subsubsección Uno-Dos-Cuatro', - 'Subsubsection One-Two-One' => 'Subsubsección Uno-Dos-Uno', - 'Subsubsection One-Two-Three' => 'Subsubsección Uno-Dos-Tress', - 'Subsubsection One-Two-Two' => 'Subsubsección Uno-Dos-Dos', - 'T2H_today' => '', - 'Table of Contents' => 'Tabla de contenidos', - 'This document was generated by @emph{%{user}} on @emph{%{date}} using @uref{%{program_homepage}, @emph{%{program}}}.' => 'Este documento fue generado pr @emph{%{user}} en @emph{%{date}} usando @uref{%{program_homepage}, @emph{%{program}}}.', - 'This document was generated by @emph{%{user}} using @uref{%{program_homepage}, @emph{%{program}}}.' => 'Este documento fue generado por @emph{%{user}} usando @uref{%{program_homepage}, @emph{%{program}}}.', - 'This document was generated on @i{%{date}} using @uref{%{program_homepage}, @i{%{program}}}.' => 'Este documento fue generado en @i{%{date}} usando @uref{%{program_homepage}, @i{%{program}}}.', - 'This document was generated using @uref{%{program_homepage}, @emph{%{program}}}.' => 'Este documento fue generado usando @uref{%{program_homepage}, @emph{%{program}}}.', - 'Top' => 'Inicio', - 'Untitled Document' => 'Documento sintítulo', - 'about (help)' => 'Acerca de (ayuda)', - 'beginning of this chapter or previous chapter' => 'Inicio del capítulo o capítulo anterior', - 'by @emph{%{user}}' => 'por @emph{%{user}}', - 'by @emph{%{user}} on @emph{%{date}}' => 'por @emph{%{user}} el @emph{%{date}}', - 'cover (top) of document' => 'Cubierta (inicio) del documento', - 'current' => 'actual', - 'current section' => 'Sección actual', - 'first section in reading order' => 'Primera sección en orden de lectura', - 'following node' => 'Nodo siguiente', - 'index' => 'Índice', - 'last section in reading order' => 'Última sección en orden de lectura', - 'next chapter' => 'Capítulo siguiente', - 'next node' => 'Nodo siguiente', - 'next section in reading order' => 'Sección siguiente en order de lectura', - 'next section on same level' => 'Sección siguiente en el mismo nivel', - 'node following in node reading order' => 'siguiente nodo en orden de lectura', - 'node up' => 'nodo arriba', - 'on @emph{%{date}}' => 'el @emph{%{date}}', - 'previous node' => 'nodo anterior', - 'previous section in reading order' => 'Sección anterior en orden de lectura', - 'previous section on same level' => 'Sección anterior en el mismo nivel', - 'section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => 'sección `%{section}\' en @cite{%{book}}', - 'see %{node_file_href}' => 'Véase %{node_file_href}', - 'see %{node_file_href} @cite{%{book}}' => 'Véase %{node_file_href} @cite{%{book}}', - 'see %{node_file_href} section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => 'Véase %{node_file_href} sección `%{section}\' en @cite{%{book}}', - 'see %{reference_name}' => 'Véase %{reference_name}', - 'see @cite{%{book}}' => 'Véase @cite{%{book}}', - 'see section %{reference_name}' => 'véase sección %{reference_name}', - 'see section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => 'véase sección `%{section}\' en @cite{%{book}}', - 'short table of contents' => 'resumen del contenido', - 'table of contents' => 'Tabla de contenidos', - 'unknown' => 'desconocido', - 'up node' => 'nodo superior', - 'up section' => 'Sección superior' - }; - -$T2H_OBSOLETE_STRINGS->{'es'} = { - 'See' => 'Véase', - 'section' => 'sección', - 'see' => 'véase' - }; - -return 1; diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/es_ES/manual-menu.texinfo b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/es_ES/manual-menu.texinfo deleted file mode 100644 index 0afc9ff..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/es_ES/manual-menu.texinfo +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4 +0,0 @@ -@menu -* Licenses:: -* Index:: -@end menu diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/es_ES/manual-nodes.texinfo b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/es_ES/manual-nodes.texinfo deleted file mode 100644 index e69de29..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/es_ES/manual-nodes.texinfo +++ /dev/null diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/es_ES/manual.conf b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/es_ES/manual.conf deleted file mode 100755 index b4f9ae4..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/es_ES/manual.conf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,43 +0,0 @@ -# Este fichero controla la configuración del manual. Este fichero -# está dividido en diferentes secciones de configuración (e.g., `main' -# para organizar la configuración principal y `templates' para -# organizar la relación de asiganación plantillas-sección). Cada -# sección de configuración está organizada en pares de valores -# `variable = valor' usados para describir las preferencias de -# configuración. -# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -# $Id$ -# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- - -[main] - -# Especifica el trasfondo de documentación usado por el manual. Este -# es el formato utilizado para redactar los ficheros fuentes del -# manual de documentación. -manual_format = "texinfo" - -# Especifica el estilo de títulos utilizados por las secciones del -# manual. Los valores posibles para esta opción son `cap-each-word' -# para escribir la primera letra de cada palabra en el título con -# mayúscula y el resto en minúscula, `cap-first-word' para escribir -# solo la primera letra del título en mayúscula y el resto en -# minúscula; y `directory' para transformar el título en un camino de -# directorio. -manual_section_style = "cap-each-word" - -# Especifica el order con que se muestran las secciones en el manual. -# Los valores posibles para esta opción son `created' para ubicar las -# nuevas secciones creadas en orden de creación, `ordered' para -# ordenar las secciones alfabéticamente sin importar el orden con el -# cual fueron creadas; y `reversed' lo contrario the `ordered'. -manual_section_order = "created" - -[templates] - -# Especifica la relación entre los ficheros de plantilla y los -# ficheros de definición de secciones en el manual. La definición de -# las plantillas se escriben en forma de camino relativo en el -# izquierdo y la definición de secciones en forma de expresión regular -# en el lado derecho. -Chapters/section-functions.texinfo = "^.+-functions-[[:alnum:]]+\.texinfo$" -Chapters/section.texinfo = "^.+\.texinfo$" diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/es_ES/manual.sed b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/es_ES/manual.sed deleted file mode 100644 index baa4b5b..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/es_ES/manual.sed +++ /dev/null @@ -1,40 +0,0 @@ -#!/bin/sed -# -# repository.sed -- This file provide Spanish transformations for -# texi2html outupt, based on The CentOS Project CSS definitions. -# -# Copyright (C) 2009-2012 The CentOS Project -# -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or -# (at your option) any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but -# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -# General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 -# USA. -# -# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -# $Id$ -# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# Quotations. -s!

Nota!

Info

Nota

!g - -s!

Advertencia!

Advertencia

Advertencia

!g - -s!

Importante!

Importante

Importante

!g - -s!

Idea!

Idea

Idea

!g - -s!

Precaución!

Precaución

Precaución

!g - -s!

Convensión!

Convensión

Convensión

!g - -s!

Redirección!

Redirección

Redirección

!g diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/es_ES/manual.texinfo b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/es_ES/manual.texinfo deleted file mode 100644 index c21f607..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/es_ES/manual.texinfo +++ /dev/null @@ -1,75 +0,0 @@ -\input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*- -@c -- Header -------------------------------------------------- - -@setfilename =MANUAL_NAME=.info -@settitle =MANUAL_TITLE= -@documentlanguage es -@afourpaper -@finalout - -@c -- Variables ----------------------------------------------- - -@set TCENTOS The Community Enterprise Operating System -@set TCPROJ @url{http://www.centos.org/, The CentOS Project} -@set TCWIKI @url{http://wiki.centos.org/, The CentOS Wiki} -@set TCMLISTS @url{http://lists.centos.org/, The CentOS Mailing Lists} -@set TCBUGS @url{http://bugs.centos.org/, The CentOS Bugs} -@set TCMIRRORS @url{http://mirrors.centos.org/, The CentOS Mirrors} -@set TCPLANET @url{http://planet.centos.org/, The CentOS Planet} -@set TCFORUMS @url{http://forums.centos.org/, The CentOS Forums} -@set TCINFOML @email{centos-info@@centos.org, The CentOS Information Mailing List} -@set TCDEVSML @email{centos-devel@@centos.org, The CentOS Developers Mailing List} -@set TCDOCSML @email{centos-docs@@centos.org, The CentOS Documentation Mailing List} -@set TCARTWML @email{centos-artwork@@centos.org, The CentOS Artwork Mailing List} -@set TCL10NML @email{centos-l10n@@centos.org, The CentOS Localization Mailing List} -@set TCAR @url{https://projects.centos.org/svn/artwork/, The CentOS Artwork Repository} -@set TCAS @url{https://projects.centos.org/trac/artwork/, The CentOS Artwork SIG} - -@c -- Summary description and copyright ----------------------- - -@copying -=MANUAL_ABSTRACT= - -Copyright @copyright{} =COPYRIGHT_YEAR_LIST= =COPYRIGHT_HOLDER= - -Se otorga permiso para copiar, distribuir y/o modificar este documento -bajo los términos de la Licencia de Documentación Libre de GNU, -Versión 1.1 o cualquier otra versión posterior publicada por la Free -Software Foundation; con las Secciones Invariantes, con Textos de -Cubierta Delantera, y con los Textos de Cubierta Trasera. Una copia de -la licencia está incluida en la sección titulada @ref{GNU Free -Documentation License}. -@end copying - -@c -- Titlepage, contents, copyright --------------------------- - -@titlepage -@title =MANUAL_TITLE= -@subtitle =MANUAL_SUBTITLE= -@author =COPYRIGHT_HOLDER= -@page -@vskip 0pt plus 1filll -@insertcopying -@end titlepage -@contents - -@c -- `Top' node and master menu ------------------------------- - -@ifnottex -@node Top -@top =MANUAL_TITLE= -@insertcopying -@end ifnottex - -@include =MANUAL_NAME=-menu.texinfo - -@c -- The body of the document -------------------------------- - -@include =MANUAL_NAME=-nodes.texinfo - -@c -- The end of the document --------------------------------- - -@include Licenses.texinfo -@include =MANUAL_NAME=-index.texinfo - -@bye diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/manual-init.pl b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/manual-init.pl deleted file mode 100755 index 8f68ea7..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/manual-init.pl +++ /dev/null @@ -1,389 +0,0 @@ -#!/usr/bin/perl -# -# repository.init -- This file initializes Texi2HTML program to -# produce the repository documentation manual using the CentOS Web -# Environment XHTML and CSS standard definition. -# -# Copyright (C) 2009, 2010, 2011 The CentOS Project -# -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or -# (at your option) any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but -# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -# General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 -# USA. -# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -# $Id$ -# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# -iso -# if set, ISO8859 characters are used for special symbols (like -# copyright, etc) -$USE_ISO = 1; - -# -I -# add a directory to the list of directories where @include files are -# searched for (besides the directory of the file). additional '-I' -# args are appended to this list. (APA: Don't implicitely search ., -# to conform with the docs!) my @INCLUDE_DIRS = ("."); -#@INCLUDE_DIRS = ("/home/al/Projects/CentOS/artwork"); - -# Extension used on output files. -$EXTENSION = "xhtml"; - -# Horizontal rules. -$DEFAULT_RULE = '

'; -$SMALL_RULE = $DEFAULT_RULE; -$MIDDLE_RULE = $DEFAULT_RULE; -$BIG_RULE = $DEFAULT_RULE; - -# -split section|chapter|node|none -# if $SPLIT is set to 'section' (resp. 'chapter') one html file per -# section (resp. chapter) is generated. If $SPLIT is set to 'node' one -# html file per node or sectionning element is generated. In all these -# cases separate pages for Top, Table of content (Toc), Overview and -# About are generated. Otherwise a monolithic html file that contains -# the whole document is created. -$SPLIT = 'section'; - -# -sec-nav|-nosec-nav -# if this is set then navigation panels are printed at the beginning -# of each section. If the document is split at nodes then navigation -# panels are printed at the end if there were more than $WORDS_IN_PAGE -# words on page. -# -# If the document is split at sections this is ignored. -# -# This is most useful if you do not want to have section navigation -# with -split chapter. There will be chapter navigation panel at the -# beginning and at the end of chapters anyway. -$SECTION_NAVIGATION = 1; - -# Layout control -$print_page_head = \&T2H_XHTML_print_page_head; -$print_page_foot = \&T2H_XHTML_print_page_foot; -$print_frame = \&T2H_XHTML_print_frame; -$button_icon_img = \&T2H_XHTML_button_icon_img; -$print_navigation = \&T2H_XHTML_print_navigation; - -#FIXME update once it is more stabilized in texi2html.init -sub T2H_XHTML_print_page_head -{ - my $fh = shift; - my $longtitle = "$Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'title_unformatted'}"; - $longtitle .= ": $Texi2HTML::UNFORMATTED{'This'}" if exists $Texi2HTML::UNFORMATTED{'This'}; - print $fh < - - - - - $longtitle - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
- -
- -
- - -EOT -} - -sub T2H_XHTML_print_page_foot -{ - my $fh = shift; - my @date=localtime(time); - my $year=$date[5] += 1900; - my $program_string = program_string(); - print $fh <$program_string

- -
- -
- - -
- - - - -EOT -} - -# / in -sub T2H_XHTML_button_icon_img -{ - my $button = shift; - my $icon = shift; - my $name = shift; - return '' if (!defined($icon)); - if (defined($name) && $name) - { - $name = ": $name"; - } - else - { - $name = ''; - } - $button = "" if (!defined ($button)); - return qq{$button$name}; -} - -$simple_map{'*'} = '
'; - -# formatting functions - -$def_line = \&t2h_xhtml_def_line; -$index_summary = \&t2h_xhtml_index_summary; -$image = \&t2h_xhtml_image; - -# need / in -sub t2h_xhtml_image($$$) -{ - my $file = shift; - my $base = shift; - my $preformatted = shift; - return "[ $base ]" if ($preformatted); - return "\"$base\""; -} - -# process definition commands line @deffn for example -# replaced by -sub t2h_xhtml_def_line($$$$$) -{ - my $category = shift; - my $name = shift; - my $type = shift; - my $arguments = shift; - my $index_label = shift; - $index_label = '' if (!defined($index_label)); - $name = '' if (!defined($name) or ($name =~ /^\s*$/)); - $type = '' if (!defined($type) or $type =~ /^\s*$/); - if (!defined($arguments) or $arguments =~ /^\s*$/) - { - $arguments = ''; - } - else - { - $arguments = '' . $arguments . ''; - } - my $type_name = ''; - $type_name = " $type" if ($type ne ''); - $type_name .= ' ' . $name . '' if ($name ne ''); - $type_name .= $arguments . "\n"; - if (! $DEF_TABLE) - { - return '
'. '' . $category . ':' . $type_name . $index_label . "
\n"; - } - else - { - - return "\n" . $type_name . - "\n" . $category . $index_label . "\n" . "\n"; - } -} - -# There is a br which needs / -sub t2h_xhtml_index_summary($$) -{ - my $alpha = shift; - my $nonalpha = shift; - my $join = ''; - my $nonalpha_text = ''; - my $alpha_text = ''; - $join = "   \n
\n" if (@$nonalpha and @$alpha); - if (@$nonalpha) - { - $nonalpha_text = join("\n   \n", @$nonalpha) . "\n"; - } - if (@$alpha) - { - $alpha_text = join("\n   \n", @$alpha) . "\n   \n"; - } - #I18n - return "
" . &$I('Jump to') . ":   " . - $nonalpha_text . $join . $alpha_text . '
'; -} - -# Layout of navigation panel -sub T2H_XHTML_print_navigation -{ - my $fh = shift; - my $buttons = shift; - my $vertical = shift; - print $fh '' . "\n"; - - print $fh "" unless $vertical; - for my $button (@$buttons) - { - print $fh qq{\n} if $vertical; - print $fh qq{\n"; - print $fh "\n" if $vertical; - } - print $fh "" unless $vertical; - print $fh "
}; - - if (ref($button) eq 'CODE') - { - &$button($fh, $vertical); - } - elsif (ref($button) eq 'SCALAR') - { - print $fh "$$button" if defined($$button); - } - elsif (ref($button) eq 'ARRAY') - { - my $text = $button->[1]; - my $button_href = $button->[0]; - if (defined($button_href) and !ref($button_href) - and defined($text) and (ref($text) eq 'SCALAR') and defined($$text)) - { # use given text - if ($Texi2HTML::HREF{$button_href}) - { - print $fh "" . - &$anchor('', - $Texi2HTML::HREF{$button_href}, - $$text - ) - ; - } - else - { - print $fh $$text; - } - } - } - elsif ($button eq ' ') - { # handle space button - print $fh - $ICONS && $ACTIVE_ICONS{' '} ? - &$button_icon_img($button, $ACTIVE_ICONS{' '}) : - $NAVIGATION_TEXT{' '}; - #next; - } - elsif ($Texi2HTML::HREF{$button}) - { # button is active - my $btitle = $BUTTONS_GOTO{$button} ? - 'title="' . ucfirst($BUTTONS_GOTO{$button}) . '"' : ''; - if ($ICONS && $ACTIVE_ICONS{$button}) - { # use icon - print $fh '' . - &$anchor('', - $Texi2HTML::HREF{$button}, - &$button_icon_img($button, - $ACTIVE_ICONS{$button}, - #$Texi2HTML::NAME{$button}), - $Texi2HTML::NO_TEXI{$button}), - $btitle - ); - } - else - { # use text - print $fh - '[' . - &$anchor('', - $Texi2HTML::HREF{$button}, - $NAVIGATION_TEXT{$button}, - $btitle - ) . - ']'; - } - } - else - { # button is passive - print $fh - $ICONS && $PASSIVE_ICONS{$button} ? - &$button_icon_img($button, - $PASSIVE_ICONS{$button}, - #$Texi2HTML::NAME{$button}) : - $Texi2HTML::NO_TEXI{$button}) : - - "[" . $NAVIGATION_TEXT{$button} . "]"; - } - print $fh "
\n"; -} - -# Use icons for navigation. -$ICONS = 0; - -# insert here name of icon images for buttons -# Icons are used, if $ICONS and resp. value are set -%ACTIVE_ICONS = - ( - 'Top', 'file:///usr/share/icons/Bluecurve/24x24/stock/stock-goto-top.png', - 'Contents', 'file:///usr/share/icons/Bluecurve/24x24/stock/help-contents.png', - 'Overview', '', - 'Index', 'file:///usr/share/icons/Bluecurve/24x24/stock/stock-find.png', - 'This', '', - 'Back', 'file:///usr/share/icons/Bluecurve/24x24/stock/stock-go-back.png', - 'FastBack', 'file:///usr/share/icons/Bluecurve/24x24/stock/stock-goto-first.png', - 'Prev', 'file:///usr/share/icons/Bluecurve/24x24/stock/stock-go-back.png', - 'Up', 'file:///usr/share/icons/Bluecurve/24x24/stock/stock-go-up.png', - 'Next', 'file:///usr/share/icons/Bluecurve/24x24/stock/stock-go-forward.png', - 'NodeUp', 'file:///usr/share/icons/Bluecurve/24x24/stock/stock-go-up.png', - 'NodeNext', 'file:///usr/share/icons/Bluecurve/24x24/stock/stock-go-forward.png', - 'NodePrev', 'file:///usr/share/icons/Bluecurve/24x24/stock/stock-go-back.png', - 'Following', 'file:///usr/share/icons/Bluecurve/24x24/stock/stock-go-forward.png', - 'Forward', 'file:///usr/share/icons/Bluecurve/24x24/stock/stock-go-forward.png', - 'FastForward', 'file:///usr/share/icons/Bluecurve/24x24/stock/stock-goto-last.png', - 'About' , 'file:///usr/share/icons/Bluecurve/24x24/stock/gtk-about.png', - 'First', 'file:///usr/share/icons/Bluecurve/24x24/stock/stock-goto-first.png', - 'Last', 'file:///usr/share/icons/Bluecurve/24x24/stock/stock-goto-last.png', - ' ', '' - ); - -# Insert here name of icon images for these, if button is inactive -%PASSIVE_ICONS = - ( - 'Top', 'file:///usr/share/icons/Bluecurve/24x24/stock/stock-goto-top.png', - 'Contents', 'file:///usr/share/icons/Bluecurve/24x24/stock/help-contents.png', - 'Overview', '', - 'Index', 'file:///usr/share/icons/Bluecurve/24x24/stock/stock-find.png', - 'This', '', - 'Back', 'file:///usr/share/icons/Bluecurve/24x24/stock/stock-go-back.png', - 'FastBack', 'file:///usr/share/icons/Bluecurve/24x24/stock/stock-goto-first.png', - 'Prev', 'file:///usr/share/icons/Bluecurve/24x24/stock/stock-go-back.png', - 'Up', 'file:///usr/share/icons/Bluecurve/24x24/stock/stock-go-up.png', - 'Next', 'file:///usr/share/icons/Bluecurve/24x24/stock/stock-go-forward.png', - 'NodeUp', 'file:///usr/share/icons/Bluecurve/24x24/stock/stock-go-up.png', - 'NodeNext', 'file:///usr/share/icons/Bluecurve/24x24/stock/stock-go-forward.png', - 'NodePrev', 'file:///usr/share/icons/Bluecurve/24x24/stock/stock-go-back.png', - 'Following', 'file:///usr/share/icons/Bluecurve/24x24/stock/stock-go-forward.png', - 'Forward', 'file:///usr/share/icons/Bluecurve/24x24/stock/stock-go-forward.png', - 'FastForward', 'file:///usr/share/icons/Bluecurve/24x24/stock/stock-goto-last.png', - 'About' , 'file:///usr/share/icons/Bluecurve/24x24/stock/gtk-about.png', - 'First', 'file:///usr/share/icons/Bluecurve/24x24/stock/stock-goto-first.png', - 'Last', 'file:///usr/share/icons/Bluecurve/24x24/stock/stock-goto-last.png', - ' ', '' - ); - -return 1; diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/manual.sed b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/manual.sed deleted file mode 100644 index 2b89341..0000000 --- a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/Texinfo/Default/manual.sed +++ /dev/null @@ -1,29 +0,0 @@ -#!/bin/sed -# -# repository.sed -- This file provides common transformations for -# texi2html output, based on The CentOS Project CSS definitions. -# -# Copyright (C) 2009, 2010, 2011 The CentOS Project -# -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or -# (at your option) any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but -# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -# General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 -# USA. -# -# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -# $Id$ -# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# Links -#s! Preferences -> Security and uncheck the options for both: +``Tell me if the site I'm visiting is a suspected attack site'' and ``Tell me +if the site I'm visiting is a suspected forgery.'' + +Version 3.0, June 2008 +---------------------- + +During the Mozilla Firefox installation process, and at later times, you may be +given the option of installing additional components from third-party software +providers. The installation and use of those third-party components may be +governed by additional license agreements. + +In this Mozilla Firefox Website Services Agreement (``Agreement''), the +accompanying executable version of Mozilla Firefox shall be referred to as +``the Product''. + +The Product utilizes website information services (``Services''), such as +safe-browsing features, which are provided by the Mozilla Corporation +(``Mozilla'') and made available to you subject to the terms below. By using +the Services, you consent to the terms of this Agreement. If you do not agree +to the terms of this Agreement, do not use the Services and disable the +Services in the preferences/security menu. + +Use Of Service +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +Mozilla permits you to use the Services via the Product. This Agreement will +also govern the use of Services made available to you as a result of your +installing any executable software upgrades to the Product provided to you by +CentOS, where those Services replace and/or supplement the Services provided +through use of the Product. In such a case, ``the Product'' shall +also refer to such installed upgrades. However, if such upgrades are +accompanied by a separate agreement from Mozilla, the terms of that agreement +will govern. + +Termination +~~~~~~~~~~~ + +If you breach this Agreement your right to use the Services will terminate +immediately and without notice, but all provisions of this Agreement except the +Use of Services (Paragraph 1) will survive termination and continue in effect. + +Proprietary Rights +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +Subject to this Agreement and to all applicable licensing terms governing your +use of the Product, Mozilla, for itself and on behalf of its licensors, hereby +reserves all intellectual property rights in the Services, except for the +rights expressly granted in this Agreement. You may not remove or alter any +trademark, logo, copyright or other proprietary notice in or on the Product. +This agreement does not grant you any right to use the trademarks, service +marks or logos of Mozilla or its licensors. Nothing in this Agreement shall be +construed to limit any rights granted under open source licenses applicable to +the Product and to corresponding source code versions of the Product. + +Privacy Policy +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +The Mozilla Firefox Privacy Policy is made available online at +http://www.mozilla.com/legal/privacy/, as that policy may be updated from time +to time. + +Website Information Services +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +Mozilla and its contributors, licensors and partners work to provide the most +accurate and up-to-date phishing and malware information. However, they cannot +guarantee that this information is comprehensive and error-free: some risky +sites may not be identified, and some safe sites may be identified in error. + +Disclaimer Of Warranty +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +The product and services are provided ``as is'' with all faults. to the extent +permitted by law, mozilla and mozilla's distributors, and licensors hereby +disclaim all warranties, whether express or implied, including without +limitation warranties that the product and services are free of defects, +merchantable, fit for a particular purpose and non-infringing. you bear the +entire risk as to selecting the product and services for your purposes and as +to the quality and performance of the product and services. this limitation +will apply notwithstanding the failure of essential purpose of any remedy. +some jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of implied +warranties, so this disclaimer may not apply to you. + +Limitation Of Liability +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +Except as required by law, mozilla and its distributors, directors, licensors, +contributors and agents (collectively, the ``mozilla group'') will +not be liable for any indirect, special, incidental, consequential or exemplary +damages arising out of or in any way relating to this agreement or the use of +or inability to use the product and the services, including without limitation +damages for loss of goodwill, work stoppage, lost profits, loss of data, and +computer failure or malfunction, even if advised of the possibility of such +damages and regardless of the theory (contract, tort or otherwise) upon which +such claim is based. the mozilla group's collective liability under this +agreement will not exceed the greater of $500 (five hundred dollars) and the +fees paid by you under the license (if any). Some jurisdictions do not allow +the exclusion or limitation of incidental, consequential or special damages, so +this exclusion and limitation may not apply to you. + +U.S. Goverment End-Users +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +This Product is a ``commercial item,'' as that term is defined in 48 +C.F.R. 2.101, consisting of ``commercial computer software'' and +``commercial computer software documentation,'' as such terms are +used in 48 C.F.R. 12.212 (Sept. 1995) and 48 C.F.R. 227.7202 (June 1995). +Consistent with 48 C.F.R. 12.212, 48 C.F.R. 27.405(b)(2) (June 1998) and 48 +C.F.R. 227.7202, all U.S. Government End Users acquire the Product with only +those rights as set forth therein. + +Miscellaneous +~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +a. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between Mozilla and you +concerning the subject matter hereof, and it may only be modified by a written +amendment signed by an authorized executive of Mozilla. + +b. Except to the extent applicable law, if any, provides otherwise, this +Agreement will be governed by the laws of the state of California, U.S.A., +excluding its conflict of law provisions. + +c. This Agreement will not be governed by the United Nations Convention on +Contracts for the International Sale of Goods. + +d. If any part of this Agreement is held invalid or unenforceable, that part +will be construed to reflect the parties' original intent, and the remaining +portions will remain in full force and effect + +e. A waiver by either party of any term or condition of this Agreement or any +breach thereof, in any one instance, will not waive such term or condition or +any subsequent breach thereof. + +f. Except as required by law, the controlling language of this Agreement is +English. + +g. You may assign your rights under this Agreement to any party that consents +to, and agrees to be bound by, its terms; the Mozilla Corporation may assign +its rights under this Agreement without condition. + +h. This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties, +their successors and permitted assigns. diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Asciidoc/Distro/firefox_service_agreement.conf b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Asciidoc/Distro/firefox_service_agreement.conf new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e69de29 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Asciidoc/Distro/firefox_service_agreement.conf diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Asciidoc/Distro/firefox_startpage.asciidoc b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Asciidoc/Distro/firefox_startpage.asciidoc new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a512a38 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Asciidoc/Distro/firefox_startpage.asciidoc @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +Welcome to CentOS 5.8 +===================== +The CentOS Project + +Abstract +-------- + +CentOS 5.8 comes with no guarantees or warranties of any sorts, either written +or implied. The Distribution is released as +file:///usr/share/doc/centos-release-5/GPL[GPL] work. Individual packages in +the distribution come with their own licences. + +What is CentOS? +--------------- + +http://www.centos.org/[CentOS] is an Enterprise-class Linux Distribution +derived from sources freely provided to the public by a prominent North +American Enterprise Linux vendor. CentOS conforms fully with the upstream +vendors redistribution policy and aims to be 100% binary compatible. (CentOS +mainly changes packages to remove upstream vendor branding and artwork.) + +CentOS is developed by a small but growing team of core developers. In turn the +core developers are supported by an active user community including system +administrators, network administrators, enterprise users, managers, core Linux +contributors and Linux enthusiasts from around the world. + +Advantages +---------- + +CentOS has numerous advantages including: an active and growing user community, +quickly rebuilt, tested, and QA'ed errata packages, an extensive +http://www.centos.org/modules/tinycontent/index.php?id=15[mirror network], +developers who are contactable and responsive reliable Enterprise Linux class +distribution, multiple free support avenues. + +Support +------- +The following free support avenues are available: + +- http://www.centos.org/[The CentOS Website] +- http://wiki.centos.org/[The CentOS Wiki] (includes a dynaic http://wiki.centos.org/FAQs[FAQ]) +- http://www.centos.org/modules/tinycontent/index.php?id=8[The CentOS IRC Chat] +- http://lists.centos.org/[The CentOS Mailing lists] +- http://forums.centos.org/[The CentOS Forums] diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Asciidoc/Distro/firefox_startpage.conf b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Asciidoc/Distro/firefox_startpage.conf new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e69de29 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Asciidoc/Distro/firefox_startpage.conf diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Asciidoc/Distro/rnotes.asciidoc b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Asciidoc/Distro/rnotes.asciidoc new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2ae9e49 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Asciidoc/Distro/rnotes.asciidoc @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ += CentOS =RELEASE= Release Notes +The CentOS Project + +The CentOS =RELEASE= Release Notes are licensed under a +http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/[Creative Common +Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 License]. + +The CentOS Project welcomes you to CentOS =RELEASE=. + +The complete release notes for CentOS =RELEASE= can be found online at: +http://wiki.centos.org/Manuals/ReleaseNotes/=RELEASE=/[http://wiki.centos.org/Manuals/ReleaseNotes/=RELEASE=/] + +A list of frequently asked questions and answers about CentOS =RELEASE= can be found +online at: http://wiki.centos.org/FAQs/5/[http://wiki.centos.org/FAQs/5/] + +If you are looking for help with CentOS, we recommend you start at the +http://wiki.centos.org/GettingHelp/[http://wiki.centos.org/GettingHelp/] for +pointers to the different sources where +you can get help. + +If you would like to contribute to The CentOS Project, see +http://wiki.centos.org/HowToContribute/[http://wiki.centos.org/HowToContribute/] +for areas where you could help. + +For more information about The CentOS Project in general please visit our +homepage at: http://www.centos.org/[http://www.centos.org/] diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Asciidoc/Distro/rnotes.conf b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Asciidoc/Distro/rnotes.conf new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b1bd285 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Asciidoc/Distro/rnotes.conf @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +[release-notes-final/release-notes.docbook] +source = "release-notes.asciidoc" +command = "asciidoc --backend=docbook" + +[release-notes-final/release-notes.xhtml] +source = "release-notes-final/release-notes.docbook" +command = "centos-art render --backend=xhtml" + +[release-notes-final/release-notes.pdf] +source = "release-notes-final/release-notes.docbook" +command = "centos-art render --backend=pdf" + +# +# Add rendition support for different languages too. The following +# lines are valid when LANG environment variable doesn't begin with +# `en' characters. +# + +[release-notes-final-${LANG}/release-notes.docbook] +source = "release-notes-final/release-notes.docbook" +localization = "release-notes-l10n/${LANG}.po" +command = "centos-art render --backend=docbook" + +[release-notes-final-${LANG}/release-notes.xhtml] +source = "release-notes-final-${LANG}/release-notes.docbook" +localization = "release-notes-l10n/${LANG}.po" +command = "centos-art render --backend=xhtml" + +[release-notes-final-${LANG}/release-notes.pdf] +source = "release-notes-final-${LANG}/release-notes.docbook" +localization = "release-notes-l10n/${LANG}.po" +command = "centos-art render --backend=pdf" diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Asciidoc/Repository/centos-artwork.asciidoc b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Asciidoc/Repository/centos-artwork.asciidoc new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e69de29 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Asciidoc/Repository/centos-artwork.asciidoc diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Asciidoc/Repository/centos-artwork.conf b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Asciidoc/Repository/centos-artwork.conf new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e69de29 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Asciidoc/Repository/centos-artwork.conf diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Default/Book/Book-bookinfo-author.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Default/Book/Book-bookinfo-author.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3d8d6a9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Default/Book/Book-bookinfo-author.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ + + + + + + diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Default/Book/Book-bookinfo-copyright-holder.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Default/Book/Book-bookinfo-copyright-holder.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ac998b8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Default/Book/Book-bookinfo-copyright-holder.docbook @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +&TCP;. All rights reserved. diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Default/Book/Book-bookinfo-copyright-year.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Default/Book/Book-bookinfo-copyright-year.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..df9b499 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Default/Book/Book-bookinfo-copyright-year.docbook @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +YEAR diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Default/Book/Book-bookinfo-copyright.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Default/Book/Book-bookinfo-copyright.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..78f0186 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Default/Book/Book-bookinfo-copyright.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ + + + + diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Default/Book/Book-bookinfo-legalnotice.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Default/Book/Book-bookinfo-legalnotice.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5cb78bc --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Default/Book/Book-bookinfo-legalnotice.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ + + + Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this + document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation + License, Version 1.2 or any later version published by the + Free Software Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, no + Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the + license is included in . + + diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Default/Book/Book-bookinfo-revhistory-revision.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Default/Book/Book-bookinfo-revhistory-revision.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7b09a2c --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Default/Book/Book-bookinfo-revhistory-revision.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ + + + + + diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Default/Book/Book-bookinfo.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Default/Book/Book-bookinfo.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2cb60f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Default/Book/Book-bookinfo.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ + + + + + + + + diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Default/Book/Book-subtitle.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Default/Book/Book-subtitle.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b60a07e --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Default/Book/Book-subtitle.docbook @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +BOOKSUBTITLE diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Default/Book/Book-title.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Default/Book/Book-title.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b54b481 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Default/Book/Book-title.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +BOOKTITLE + diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Default/Book/Book.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Default/Book/Book.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b447fc9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Default/Book/Book.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Default/Book/Book.ent b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Default/Book/Book.ent new file mode 100644 index 0000000..af62731 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Default/Book/Book.ent @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +&TC; Project"> + + + +&TC; Mirrors"> + + + + + + + +&TCA; Repository"> +&TCA; SIG"> + +The CentOS Artwork Repository User's Guide"> + +centos-artwork@centos.org mailing list"> +centos-devel@centos.org mailing list"> +centos-info@centos.org mailing list"> + + +&TC; Wiki"> +&TC; Mailing Lists"> + + + +"> +"> +"> +"> + +&TC; Documentation"> + diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Default/Book/Part-partintro.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Default/Book/Part-partintro.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c8467b4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Default/Book/Part-partintro.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ + + + diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Default/Book/Part.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Default/Book/Part.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7f13f50 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Default/Book/Part.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ + + + PART_TITLE + + + + + diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Default/Book/Part/Chapter.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Default/Book/Part/Chapter.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..19f5bf7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Default/Book/Part/Chapter.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ + + + CHAPTER_TITLE + + + + diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Default/Book/Part/Chapter/section.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Default/Book/Part/Chapter/section.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1ca0bd5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Default/Book/Part/Chapter/section.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ + + + SECTION_TITLE + + + Write the section content here. + + + + ... + + + diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Default/Book/Preface.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Default/Book/Preface.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..42c8578 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Default/Book/Preface.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ + + + Preface + + &preface-overview; + &preface-docconvs; + &preface-feedback; + + diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Default/Book/Preface/docconvs.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Default/Book/Preface/docconvs.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..17509ca --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Default/Book/Preface/docconvs.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,225 @@ +
+ + Document Convenctions + + + In this manual, certain words are represented in different + fonts, typefaces, sizes, and weights. This highlighting is + systematic; different words are represented in the same style + to indicate their inclusion in a specific category. The types + of words that are represented this way include the + following: + + + + + command + + + Linux commands (and other operating system commands, when + used) are represented this way. This style should + indicate to you that you can type the word or phrase on + the command line and press Enter to + invoke a command. Sometimes a command contains words that + would be displayed in a different style on their own (such + as file names). In these cases, they are considered to be + part of the command, so the entire phrase is displayed as + a command. For example: + + + + Use the centos-art render + Identity/Images/Themes/TreeFlower/4/Distro/5/Anaconda + --filter="01-welcome" command to produce the first + slide image used by Anaconda in the branch 5 of &TCD; + using the version 4 of TreeFlower artistic motif. + + + + + + file name + + + File names, directory names, paths, and RPM package names + are represented this way. This style indicates that a + particular file or directory exists with that name on your + system. Examples: + + + + The init.sh file in Scripts/Bash/Cli/ + directory is the initialization script, written in Bash, + used to automate most of tasks in the repository. + + + + The centos-art command uses the + ImageMagick RPM package to convert + images from PNG format to other formats. + + + + + + key + + + A key on the keyboard is shown in this style. For + example: + + + + To use Tab completion to list particular + files in a directory, type ls, then a + character, and finally the Tab key. Your + terminal displays the list of files in the working + directory that begin with that character. + + + + + + keycombination + + + A combination of keystrokes is represented in this way. + For example: + + + + The CtrlAltBackspace + key combination exits your graphical session and returns + you to the graphical login screen or the console. + + + + + + computer output + + + Text in this style indicates text displayed to a shell + prompt such as error messages and responses to commands. + For example, the ls command displays + the contents of a directory using this style: + + + +render_doTranslation.sh render_getDirTemplate.sh render_doBaseActions.sh +render_getConfigOption.sh render_getOptions.sh render_doThemeActions.sh +render_getDirOutput.sh render.sh + + + + The output returned in response to the command (in this + case, the contents of the directory) is shown in this + style. + + + + + + prompt + + + A prompt, which is a computer's way of signifying that it + is ready for you to input something, is shown in this + style. Examples: + + + + + + $ + + + + + # + + + + + [centos@projects centos]$ + + + + + projects login: + + + + + + + + user input + + + Text that the user types, either on the command line or + into a text box on a GUI screen, is displayed in this + style. In the following example, + text is displayed in this style: To + boot your system into the text based installation program, + you must type in the text command + at the boot: prompt. + + + + + + replaceable + + + Text used in examples that is meant to be replaced with + data provided by the user is displayed in this style. In + the following example, + version-number is displayed in + this style: The directory for the kernel source is + /usr/src/kernels/version-number/, + where version-number is the + version and type of kernel installed on this system. + + + + + + Additionally, we use several different strategies to draw + your attention to certain pieces of information. In order of + urgency, these items are marked as a note, tip, important, + caution, or warning. For example: + + + Remember that Linux is case sensitive. In other words, a + rose is not a ROSE is not a rOsE. + + + + The directory /usr/share/doc/ contains + additional documentation for packages installed on your + system. + + + + If you modify the DHCP configuration file, the changes + do not take effect until you restart the DHCP daemon. + + + + Do not perform routine tasks as root — use a + regular user account unless you need to use the root account + for system administration tasks. + + + + Be careful to remove only the necessary partitions. + Removing other partitions could result in data loss or a + corrupted system environment. + + +
diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Default/Book/Preface/feedback.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Default/Book/Preface/feedback.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..14cc875 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Default/Book/Preface/feedback.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +
+ + Send In Your Feedback + + + &TCAR; is an ongoing work which might contain errors and + require new features. If you find errors inside &TCAR; or have + any suggestion, we want to know about it. + + + + To report errors and suggestions about &TCAR; you need to do + the following: + + + + + + Register yourself in the bug tracker. + + + + + Log in the bug tracker using your account. + + + + + Write a new ticket in the bug tracker using your account. + + + + + While you are writing your feedback report, please keep in + mind that it is very useful that you be specific about the + issue you are reporting in order for others be able of + reproducing it and, this way, find a solution for it. For + example, consider to include all the error messages you see in + your screen and the exact order of commands you used to + perform actions when using the centos-art.sh script. + + +
diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Default/Book/Preface/overview.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Default/Book/Preface/overview.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..34d81db --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Default/Book/Preface/overview.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +
+ + Overview + + + Summarize, in a few paragraphs, what this book is all about. + + + + ... + + +
diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Default/Licenses/Gfdl/gfdl.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Default/Licenses/Gfdl/gfdl.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..89b468a --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Default/Licenses/Gfdl/gfdl.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,608 @@ + + + + + + GNU Free Documentation License + + Version 1.2, November 2002 + + Copyright © 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, + Inc. 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA + + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + + + Preamble + + The purpose of this License is to make a manual, + textbook, or other functional and useful document + free in the sense of freedom: to assure + everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, + with or without modifying it, either commercially or + noncommercially. Secondarily, this License preserves for the + author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while + not being considered responsible for modifications made by + others. + + This License is a kind of copyleft, which + means that derivative works of the document must themselves be + free in the same sense. It complements the , which is a copyleft license + designed for free software. + + We have designed this License in order to use it for + manuals for free software, because free software needs free + documentation: a free program should come with manuals + providing the same freedoms that the software does. But this + License is not limited to software manuals; it can be used for + any textual work, regardless of subject matter or whether it + is published as a printed book. We recommend this License + principally for works whose purpose is instruction or + reference. + + + + + + Applicability and definitions + + This License applies to any manual or other work, in any + medium, that contains a notice placed by the copyright holder + saying it can be distributed under the terms of this License. + Such a notice grants a world-wide, royalty-free license, + unlimited in duration, to use that work under the conditions + stated herein. The Document, below, refers to + any such manual or work. Any member of the public is a + licensee, and is addressed as you. You accept + the license if you copy, modify or distribute the work in a + way requiring permission under copyright law. + + A + Modified Version of the Document means any work + containing the Document or a portion of it, either copied + verbatim, or with modifications and/or translated into another + language. + + A + Secondary Section is a named appendix or a + front-matter section of the Document that deals exclusively + with the relationship of the publishers or authors of the + Document to the Document's overall subject (or to related + matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly within + that overall subject. (Thus, if the Document is in part a + textbook of mathematics, a may not explain any mathematics.) The relationship could be + a matter of historical connection with the subject or with + related matters, or of legal, commercial, philosophical, + ethical or political position regarding them. + + The Invariant Sections are certain + whose titles are + designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the + notice that says that the Document is released under this + License. If a section does not fit the above definition of + Secondary then it is not allowed to be designated as + Invariant. The Document may contain zero Invariant Sections. + If the Document does not identify any Invariant Section then + there are none. + + The + Cover Texts are certain short passages of text + that are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in + the notice that says that the Document is released under this + License. A Front-Cover Text may be at most 5 words, and a + Back-Cover Text may be at most 25 words. + + A + Transparent copy of the Document means a + machine-readable copy, represented in a format whose + specification is available to the general public, that is + suitable for revising the document straightforwardly with + generic text editors or (for images composed of pixels) + generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available + drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text + formatters or for automatic translation to a variety of + formats suitable for input to text formatters. A copy made in + an otherwise file format whose + markup, or absence of markup, has been arranged to thwart or + discourage subsequent modification by readers is not . An image format is not if used for any substantial amount of + text. A copy that is not is called Opaque. + + Examples of suitable formats for copies + include plain ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, + LaTeX input format, SGML or XML using a publicly available + DTD, and standard-conforming simple HTML, PostScript or PDF + designed for human modification. Examples of transparent + image formats include PNG, XCF and JPG. Opaque formats + include proprietary formats that can be read and edited only + by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD + and/or processing tools are not generally available, and the + machine-generated HTML, PostScript or PDF produced by some + word processors for output purposes only. + + The Title + Page means, for a printed book, the title page itself, + plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the + material this License requires to appear in the title page. + For works in formats which do not have any title page as such, + Title Page means the text near the most + prominent appearance of the work's title, preceding the + beginning of the body of the text. + + A section Entitled XYZ means a named + subunit of the Document whose title either is precisely XYZ or + contains XYZ in parentheses following text that translates XYZ + in another language. (Here XYZ stands for a specific section + name mentioned below, such as Acknowledgements, + Dedications, Endorsements, or + History.) To Preserve the Title + of such a section when you modify the Document means that it + remains a section Entitled XYZ according to + this definition. + + The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to + the notice which states that this License applies to the + Document. These Warranty Disclaimers are considered to be + included by reference in this License, but only as regards + disclaiming warranties: any other implication that these + Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and has no effect on the + meaning of this License. + + + + + + Verbatim copying + + You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, + either commercially or noncommercially, provided that this + License, the copyright notices, and the license notice saying + this License applies to the Document are reproduced in all + copies, and that you add no other conditions whatsoever to + those of this License. You may not use technical measures to + obstruct or control the reading or further copying of the + copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept + compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a + large enough number of copies you must also follow the + conditions in section . + + You may also lend copies, under the same conditions + stated above, and you may publicly display copies. + + + + + + Copying in quantity + + If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that + commonly have printed covers) of the Document, numbering more + than 100, and the Document's license notice requires Cover + Texts, you must enclose the copies in covers that carry, + clearly and legibly, all these : + Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on + the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly + identify you as the publisher of these copies. The front + cover must present the full title with all words of the title + equally prominent and visible. You may add other material on + the covers in addition. Copying with changes limited to the + covers, as long as they preserve the title of the Document and + satisfy these conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying + in other respects. + + If the required texts for either cover are too + voluminous to fit legibly, you should put the first ones + listed (as many as fit reasonably) on the actual cover, and + continue the rest onto adjacent pages. + + If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the + Document numbering more than 100, you must either include a + machine-readable copy along with each Opaque copy, + or state in or with each Opaque copy a computer-network + location from which the general network-using public has + access to download using public-standard network protocols a + complete copy of the Document, free of added + material. If you use the latter option, you must take + reasonably prudent steps, when you begin distribution of + Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this + copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location until + at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque + copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that + edition to the public. + + It is requested, but not required, that you contact the + authors of the Document well before redistributing any large + number of copies, to give them a chance to provide you with an + updated version of the Document. + + + + + + Modifications + + + You may copy and distribute a of the Document under the + conditions of sections and above, provided that + you release the under + precisely this License, with the filling the role of the + Document, thus licensing distribution and modification of + the to whoever + possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do these + things in the : + + + + + + Use in the (and on + the covers, if any) a title distinct from that of the + Document, and from those of previous versions (which + should, if there were any, be listed in the History + section of the Document). You may use the same title + as a previous version if the original publisher of + that version gives permission. + + + List on the , as + authors, one or more persons or entities responsible + for authorship of the modifications in the , together with at least + five of the principal authors of the Document (all of + its principal authors, if it has fewer than five), + unless they release you from this requirement. + + + + State on the the + name of the publisher of the , as the + publisher. + + + + Preserve all the copyright notices of the + Document. + + + + Add an appropriate copyright notice for your + modifications adjacent to the other copyright + notices. + + + + Include, immediately after the copyright + notices, a license notice giving the public permission + to use the under the terms of this + License, in the form shown in the Addendum + below. + + + + Preserve in that license notice the full lists + of and required + given in the Document's + license notice. + + + + Include an unaltered copy of this License. + + + + Preserve the section Entitled + History, Preserve its Title, and add to + it an item stating at least the title, year, new + authors, and publisher of the as given on the . If there is no section + Entitled History in the Document, create + one stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of + the Document as given on its , then add an item describing the as stated in the previous + sentence. + + + + Preserve the network location, if any, given in + the Document for public access to a copy of the Document, and + likewise the network locations given in the Document + for previous versions it was based on. These may be + placed in the History section. You may + omit a network location for a work that was published + at least four years before the Document itself, or if + the original publisher of the version it refers to + gives permission. + + + + For any section Entitled + Acknowledgements or + Dedications, Preserve the Title of the + section, and preserve in the section all the substance + and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements + and/or dedications given therein. + + + + Preserve all the of the Document, + unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section + numbers or the equivalent are not considered part of + the section titles. + + + + Delete any section Entitled + Endorsements. Such a section may not + be included in the . + + + + Do not retitle any existing section to be + Entitled Endorsements or to conflict in + title with any . + + + Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers. + + + + + If the includes new + front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as and contain no material + copied from the Document, you may at your option designate + some or all of these sections as invariant. To do this, + add their titles to the list of in the 's license notice. These + titles must be distinct from any other section + titles. + + + + You may add a section Entitled + Endorsements, provided it contains nothing + but endorsements of your by various parties–for example, statements of + peer review or that the text has been approved by an + organization as the authoritative definition of a + standard. + + + + You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover + Text, and a passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover + Text, to the end of the list of in the . Only one passage of + Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added + by (or through arrangements made by) any one entity. If + the Document already includes a cover text for the same + cover, previously added by you or by arrangement made by + the same entity you are acting on behalf of, you may not + add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit + permission from the previous publisher that added the old + one. + + + + The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by + this License give permission to use their names for + publicity for or to assert or imply endorsement of any + . + + + + + + + Combining documents + + You may combine the Document with other documents + released under this License, under the terms defined in + section above for + modified versions, provided that you include in the + combination all of the of + all of the original documents, unmodified, and list them all + as of your combined work + in its license notice, and that you preserve all their + Warranty Disclaimers. + + The combined work need only contain one copy of this + License, and multiple identical may be replaced with a single + copy. If there are multiple with the same name but + different contents, make the title of each such section unique + by adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the + original author or publisher of that section if known, or else + a unique number. Make the same adjustment to the section + titles in the list of in + the license notice of the combined work. + + In the combination, you must combine any sections + Entitled History in the various original + documents, forming one section Entitled + History; likewise combine any sections Entitled + Acknowledgements, and any sections Entitled + Dedications. You must delete all sections + Entitled Endorsements. + + + + + + Collection of documents + + You may make a collection consisting of the Document and + other documents released under this License, and replace the + individual copies of this License in the various documents + with a single copy that is included in the collection, + provided that you follow the rules of this License for + verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other + respects. + + You may extract a single document from such a + collection, and distribute it individually under this License, + provided you insert a copy of this License into the extracted + document, and follow this License in all other respects + regarding verbatim copying of that document. + + + + + + Aggregation with independent works + + A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with + other separate and independent documents or works, in or on a + volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an + aggregate if the copyright resulting from the + compilation is not used to limit the legal rights of the + compilation's users beyond what the individual works permit. + When the Document is included in an aggregate, this License + does not apply to the other works in the aggregate which are + not themselves derivative works of the Document. + + If the Cover Text requirement of section is applicable to these + copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one + half of the entire aggregate, the Document's may be placed on covers that bracket + the Document within the aggregate, or the electronic + equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic form. + Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket the + whole aggregate. + + + + + + Translations + + Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you + may distribute translations of the Document under the terms of + section . Replacing + with translations + requires special permission from their copyright holders, but + you may include translations of some or all in addition to the original + versions of these . You + may include a translation of this License, and all the license + notices in the Document, and any Warranty Disclaimers, + provided that you also include the original English version of + this License and the original versions of those notices and + disclaimers. In case of a disagreement between the + translation and the original version of this License or a + notice or disclaimer, the original version will + prevail. + + If a section in the Document is Entitled + Acknowledgements, Dedications, + or History, the requirement (section ) to Preserve its Title + (section ) will + typically require changing the actual title. + + + + + + Termination + + You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the + Document except as expressly provided for under this License. + Any other attempt to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute + the Document is void, and will automatically terminate your + rights under this License. However, parties who have received + copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have + their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in + full compliance. + + + + + + Future Revisions of this License + + The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised + versions of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to + time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the + present version, but may differ in detail to address new + problems or concerns. See . + + Each version of the License is given a distinguishing + version number. If the Document specifies that a particular + numbered version of this License or any later + version applies to it, you have the option of + following the terms and conditions either of that specified + version or of any later version that has been published (not + as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the Document + does not specify a version number of this License, you may + choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by the Free + Software Foundation. + + + + + + How to use this License for your documents + + To use this License in a document you have written, + include a copy of the License in the document and put the + following copyright and license notices just after the title + page: + + +Copyright (C) YEAR YOUR NAME. + +Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this +document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, +Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software +Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and +no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the +section entitled GNU Free Documentation License. + + + If you have , + Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover Texts, replace the + with...Texts. line with this: + + +with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the +Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being +LIST. + + + If you have + without , or some other + combination of the three, merge those two alternatives to suit + the situation. + + If your document contains nontrivial examples of program + code, we recommend releasing these examples in parallel under + your choice of free software license, such as the GNU General + Public License, to permit their use in free software. + + + + diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Default/Licenses/Gpl/gpl.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Default/Licenses/Gpl/gpl.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7394198 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Default/Licenses/Gpl/gpl.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,539 @@ + + + + + GNU General Public License + + + Version 2, June 1991 + + + + Copyright © 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA + + + + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not + allowed. + + + + + Preamble + + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your + freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General + Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share + and change free software–to make sure the software is + free for all its users. This General Public License applies + to most of the Free Software Foundation's software and to any + other program whose authors commit to using it. (Some other + Free Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU + Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to + your programs, too. + + + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, + not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make + sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free + software (and charge for this service if you wish), that you + receive source code or can get it if you want it, that you can + change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs; + and that you know you can do these things. + + + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that + forbid anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to + surrender the rights. These restrictions translate to certain + responsibilities for you if you distribute copies of the + software, or if you modify it. + + + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, + whether gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all + the rights that you have. You must make sure that they, too, + receive or can get the source code. And you must show them + these terms so they know their rights. + + + + We protect your rights with two steps: + + + + + copyright the software, and + + + offer you this license which gives you legal + permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the + software. + + + + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make + certain that everyone understands that there is no warranty + for this free software. If the software is modified by + someone else and passed on, we want its recipients to know + that what they have is not the original, so that any problems + introduced by others will not reflect on the original authors' + reputations. + + + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software + patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a + free program will individually obtain patent licenses, in + effect making the program proprietary. To prevent this, we + have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for + everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and + modification follow. + + + + + + + Terms and Conditions for Copying, Distribution and Modification + + + + Section 1 + + + You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's + source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that + you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an + appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep + intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the + absence of any warranty; and give any other recipients of the + Program a copy of this License along with the Program. + + + + You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a + copy, and you may at your option offer warranty protection in + exchange for a fee. + + + + + + + Section 2 + + + You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any + portion of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and + copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms + of above, provided that + you also meet all of these conditions: + + + + + + You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any + change. + + + + + You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that + in whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or + any part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to + all third parties under the terms of this License. + + + + + If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display + an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and + a notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you + provide a warranty) and that users may redistribute the + program under these conditions, and telling the user how to + view a copy of this License. + + + + + + Exception + + If the Program itself is interactive but does not normally + print such an announcement, your work based on the Program is + not required to print an announcement. + + + + + These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If + identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the + Program, and can be reasonably considered independent and + separate works in themselves, then this License, and its + terms, do not apply to those sections when you distribute them + as separate works. But when you distribute the same sections + as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program, the + distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this + License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the + entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of + who wrote it. + + + + Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or + contest your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, + the intent is to exercise the right to control the + distribution of derivative or collective works based on the + Program. + + + + In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the + Program with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) + on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring + the other work under the scope of this License. + + + + + + + Section 3 + + + You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on + it, under ) in object code + or executable form under the terms of and above provided that you also do + one of the following: + + + + + + Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of + and above on a medium customarily + used for software interchange; or, + + + + + + Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of and above on a medium customarily + used for software interchange; or, + + + + + + Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with + such an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + + + + + + The source code for a work means the preferred form of the + work for making modifications to it. For an executable work, + complete source code means all the source code for all modules + it contains, plus any associated interface definition files, + plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation + of the executable. However, as a special exception, the + source code distributed need not include anything that is + normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with + the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the + operating system on which the executable runs, unless that + component itself accompanies the executable. + + + + If distribution of executable or object code is made by + offering access to copy from a designated place, then offering + equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place + counts as distribution of the source code, even though third + parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the + object code. + + + + + + + Section 4 + + + You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the + Program except as expressly provided under this License. Any + attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute + the Program is void, and will automatically terminate your + rights under this License. However, parties who have received + copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have + their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in + full compliance. + + + + + + + Section 5 + + + You are not required to accept this License, since you have + not signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to + modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works. + These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this + License. Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Program + (or any work based on the Program), you indicate your + acceptance of this License to do so, and all its terms and + conditions for copying, distributing or modifying the Program + or works based on it. + + + + + + + Section 6 + + Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on + the Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from + the original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program + subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any + further restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights + granted herein. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance + by third parties to this License. + + + + + + Section 7 + + If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of + patent infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent + issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, + agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this + License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this + License. If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously + your obligations under this License and any other pertinent + obligations, then as a consequence you may not distribute the + Program at all. For example, if a patent license would not permit + royalty-free redistribution of the Program by all those who + receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only + way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain + entirely from distribution of the Program. + + If any portion of this section is held invalid or + unenforceable under any particular circumstance, the balance of + the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is + intended to apply in other circumstances. + + It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to + infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest + validity of any such claims; this section has the sole purpose of + protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system, + which is implemented by public license practices. Many people + have made generous contributions to the wide range of software + distributed through that system in reliance on consistent + application of that system; it is up to the author/donor to decide + if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other + system and a licensee cannot impose that choice. + + This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is + believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + + + + + Section 8 + + If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted + in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted + interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Program + under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution + limitation excluding those countries, so that distribution is + permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded. In such + case, this License incorporates the limitation as if written in + the body of this License. + + + + + + Section 9 + + The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new + versions of the General Public License from time to time. Such + new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but + may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. + + Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If + the Program specifies a version number of this License which + applies to it and any later version, you have the + option of following the terms and conditions either of that + version or of any later version published by the Free Software + Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of + this License, you may choose any version ever published by the + Free Software Foundation. + + + + + + Section 10 + + If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other + free programs whose distribution conditions are different, write + to the author to ask for permission. For software which is + copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free + Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our + decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free + status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting + the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + + + + + NO WARRANTY + Section 11 + + BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO + WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE + LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT + HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM AS IS WITHOUT + WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT + NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND + FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE + QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE + PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY + SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + + + + + Section 12 + + IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO + IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY + MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE + LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, + INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR + INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF + DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU + OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY + OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN + ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + End of Terms and Conditions. + + + + + + + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of + the greatest possible use to the public, the best way to + achieve this is to make it free software which everyone can + redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. + It is safest to attach them to the start of each source file + to most effectively convey the exclusion of warranty; and each + file should have at least the copyright line + and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + +<one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> +Copyright (C) 19yy <name of author> + +This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +(at your option) any later version. + +This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +GNU General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. + + + Also add information on how to contact you by electronic + and paper mail. + + If the program is interactive, make it output a short + notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode: + + +Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) 19yy name of author +Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. +This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it +under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + + + The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should + show the appropriate parts of the General Public License. Of + course, the commands you use may be called something other + than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be mouse-clicks or + menu items–whatever suits your program. + + You should also get your employer (if you work as a + programmer) or your school, if any, to sign a copyright + disclaimer for the program, if necessary. Here is a + sample; alter the names: + + +Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program +`Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + +<signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 +Ty Coon, President of Vice + + + This General Public License does not permit + incorporating your program into proprietary programs. If your + program is a subroutine library, you may consider it more + useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the + library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library + General Public License instead of this License. + + + + diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d36b086 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ + + + Corporate Visual Identity + + + + ... + + + + &identity-project; + &identity-brand; + &identity-distro; + &identity-web; + &identity-showroom; + + diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity.ent b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity.ent new file mode 100644 index 0000000..144c375 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity.ent @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Brand.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Brand.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0c0ba19 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Brand.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ + + + The CentOS Brand + + &identity-brand-intro; + &identity-brand-symbol; + &identity-brand-type; + &identity-brand-logo; + &identity-brand-motif; + + diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Brand/intro.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Brand/intro.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..84a602a --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Brand/intro.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ + + + Introduction + + + &TCBRAND; is the main visual manifestaion of &TCP;. &TCP; + uses &TCBRAND; to connect all the visual manifestions it is + made of (e.g., GNU/Linux Distributions, Web sites, Stationery, + etc.) and, this way, provides recognition + + + ... just as a GPG signature might do for RPM packages. + + + among similar projects available on the Internet. The CentOS + Brand is made of a graphical component (&TCSYMBOL;) and a + typographical component (&TCTYPE;) that, when put together, + make &TCLOGO;. The components that make &TCBRAND; can be used + together or separately, considering that, in hierarchy order, + &TCLOGO; is rather prefered than &TCSYMBOL;, as well as + &TCSYMBOL; is rather prefered than &TCTYPE;. + + + + In addition to those components mentioned above, &TCBRAND; + includes another component named &TCMOTIF;. &TCMOTIF; is + mainly used as background on images and is directly related to + the look and feel of all visual manifestations &TCP; shows its + existence on. In contrast with &TCLOGO;, &TCSYMBOL; and + &TCTYPE;; &TCMOTIF; might change from time to time providing a + vehicle to refresh how &TCP; looks and feels. + + + + &TCBRAND; and all the visual manifestations derivated from it + are available for you to study and propose improvement around + a good citizen's will inside &TCC;, but you are not allowed to + redistribute them elsewhere, without the given permission of + &TCP;. + + + + If you need to redistribute either &TCLOGO; or any visual + manifestation derived from it, write your intentions to the + The CentOS Developers mailing list (centos-devel@centos.org). + + + diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Brand/logo.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Brand/logo.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ee01fda --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Brand/logo.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ + diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Brand/motif.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Brand/motif.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7341757 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Brand/motif.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ + + The CentOS Motif + ... + + diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Brand/symbol.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Brand/symbol.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7ddeb03 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Brand/symbol.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ + + + &TCS; + + + &TCS; is the graphical part of &TCL;. As &TCL;, &TCS; is used + to brand images produced by &TCP; and provide a + visual connection between images so they can be monolithically + recognized as part of &TCP;. &TCS; must be exactly the same + every time it is printed out and a route to reproduce it in + such a way must be available so as to avoid reproduction + mistakes when images are branded with it. + + + diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Brand/type.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Brand/type.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d76106b --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Brand/type.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ + + + &TCT; + + + &TCT; is the typographical part of &TCL;. Comparing with both + &TCL; and &TCS;, &TCT; by its own, provides poor visual + connection between images that intend to be recognized as a + monolithic part of &TCP; and shouldn't be used alone. + Instead, &TCL; or &TCS; are preferred. &TCS; must be exactly + the same every time it is printed out and a route to reproduce + it in such a way must be available so as to avoid reproduction + mistakes when images are branded with it. + + + + diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Distribution.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Distribution.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0236910 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Distribution.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ + + + The CentOS Distribution + ... + + + Release Schema + ... + + + + ... + ... + + + diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Project.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Project.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3634415 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Project.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ + + + The CentOS Project + + + The CentOS Project Corporate Identity is the + persona of the organization known as The CentOS + Project. The CentOS Project Corporate Identity plays a + significant role in the way The CentOS Project, as + organization, presents itself to both internal and external + stakeholders. In general terms, The CentOS Project Corporate + Identity expresses the values and ambitions of The CentOS + Project organization, its business, and its characteristics. + + + + The CentOS Project Corporate Identity provides visibility, + recognizability, reputation, structure and identification to + The CentOS Project organization by means of Corporate Design, + Corporate Communication, and Corporate Behaviour. + + +
+ The CentOS Project Corporate Identity. + + The CentOS Project Corporate Identity. + + + + + + +
+ + &identity-project-mission; + &identity-project-design; + &identity-project-communication; + &identity-project-behaviour; + &identity-project-structure; + + diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Project/behaviour.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Project/behaviour.docbook new file mode 100755 index 0000000..bd22f04 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Project/behaviour.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ + + + Corporate Behaviour + + + &TCP; corporate behaviour is focused on the effective + interaction of each member involved in the organization (e.g., + core developers, community members, etc.). It is related to + ethics and politics used to do the things inside the + organization. It is related to the sense of direction chosen + by the organization and they way the organization projects + itself to achieve it. + + + + &TCP; corporate behaviour takes place through &TCP; corporate + communication, as described in . + + + diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Project/communication.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Project/communication.docbook new file mode 100755 index 0000000..c46dd12 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Project/communication.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,141 @@ + + + Corporate Communication + + + &TCP; corporate communication is focused on the effective + propagation of corporate messages. Propagation of corporate + messages is closely related to the media the organization uses + as vehicle to distribute its corporate messages. + + + + &TCP; corporate communication takes place through the + following visual manifestations: + + + + + + &TCD; + + + This visual manifestation communicates its existence + through software packages. There are packages that make a + remarkable use of images, packages that make a moderate + use of images, and packages that don't use images at all. + This visual manifestation is focused on providing &TCP; + images required by software packages that do use images in + a remarkable way, specially those holding the upstream + brand (e.g., anaconda, + grub, syslinux, + gdm, kdebase). + + + + + The Community Enterprise Operating System itself + (communicates the essense of &TCP; existence.). + + + + + Release Schema (Lifetime) and all the stuff related (e.g., + Release Notes, Documentation, Erratas, etc.). + + + + + + + + &TCW; + + + This visual manifestation communicates its existence + through web applications. These web applications are free + software and come from different providers which + distribute their work with predefined visual styles. + Frequently, these predefined visual styles have no visual + relation among themselves and introduce some visual + contraditions when they all are put together. Removing + these visual contraditions is object of work for this + visual manifestation. + + + + + The CentOS Chat. + + + + + The CentOS Mailing Lists. + + + + + The CentOS Forums. + + + + + The CentOS Wiki. + + + + + Special Interest Groups (SIGs). + + + + + Social Events, Interviews, Conferences, etc. + + + + + The extensive network of mirrors available for downloading + ISO files as well as RPMs and SRPMs used to build them up + in different architectures. + + + + + + + + &TCS; + + + This visual manifestation communicates its existence + through production of industrial objects carrying &TCBRAND;. + These branded objects are directed to be distributed on + social events and/or shops. They provide a way of + promotion and commercialization that may help to reduce + &TCP; expenses (e.g., electrical power, hosting, servers, + full-time-developers, etc.), in a similar way as donations + may do. + + + + + Stationery (e.g., Posters, Stickers, CD Lables and Sleeves). + + + + + Clothes (e.g., Shirts, T-shirts, Pullovers, Caps). + + + + + Installation media (e.g., CDs, DVD, Pendrives). + + + + + + + + diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Project/design.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Project/design.docbook new file mode 100755 index 0000000..7429c7f --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Project/design.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ + + + Corporate Graphic Design + + + The corporate design is focused on the effective presentation + of corporate messages. As corporate messages we understand all + the information emitted from the organization; and when we say + all we mean everything that can be + perceived through the human senses. The corporate design takes + care of defining what this information is and controlling the + way it goes out the organization producing it. + + + + When the organization doesn't take control over the corporate + messages it produces, the organization is letting that area of + its identity to the unknown and the results might be good or + not so good, it is hard to know. The issue to see here is + that even the organization doesn't take control over its + corporate messages, they are always talking about the + organization. Taking control of corporate messages is a + decition the organization needs to take by itself, based on + its need of better describe what it is. + + + + In the very specific case of &TCP;, we'll concentrate our + attention on corporate messages that reach us through the + visual sense. This is, all the visual manifestations &TCP; is + made of. As visual manifestaions we understand all the visible + media &TCP; uses to manifest its existence on. At this point + it is necessary to consider what &TCP; is, what its mission is + and what it is producing. This, in order to identify which + visual manifestations the organization is demanding attention + of corporate design for. + + + + Inside &TCP; we identify and apply corporate design to the + following visual manifestations: + + + + + + + &TCD; — This visual manifestation exists to cover all + actions related to artwork production and rebranding, required + by &TCD; in order to comply with upstream's redistribution + guidelines. This visual manifestation is described in . + + + + + + &TCW; — This visual manifestation exists to cover all + actions related to artwork production required by &TCP; to + manifest its existence in the World Wide Web medium. This + visual manifestation is described in . + + + + + + &TCS; — This visual manifestation exists to cover all + actions related to artwork production required by &TCP; to + manifest its existence through media produced industrially + (e.g., stationery, clothes, CDs, DVDs, etc.). This visual + manifestation is described in . + + + + + + The visual manifestations identified above seem to cover most + media required by &TCP;, as organization, to show its + existence. However, other visual manifestations could be + added in the future, as long as they be needed, to cover + different areas like stands, buildings, offices, road + transportation or whaterver visual manifestation &TCP; + thouches to show its existence. + + + + Once all visual manifestations have been identified and + defined through design models, it is time to visually remark + their connection with &TCP;. This kind of connection is + realized by applying &TCBRAND; to design models inside visual + manifestations supported through corporate design. + + + diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Project/mission.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Project/mission.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..507873d --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Project/mission.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + + + Corporate Mission + + + &TCP; exists to produce &TCD;, an Enterprise-class Linux + Distribution derived from sources freely provided to the + public by a prominent North American Enterprise Linux vendor. + &TCD; conforms fully with the upstream vendors redistribution + policy and aims to be 100% binary compatible. (&TCD; mainly + changes packages to remove upstream vendor branding and + artwork.). + + + + &TCD; is developed by a small but growing team of core + developers. In turn the core developers are supported by an + active user community including system administrators, network + administrators, enterprise users, managers, core Linux + contributors and Linux enthusiasts from around the world. + + + + &TCD; has numerous advantages including: an active and growing + user community, quickly rebuilt, tested, and QA'ed errata + packages, an extensive mirror network, developers who are + contactable and responsive of a reliable Enterprise-class + Linux Distribution, multiple free support avenues including a + Wiki, + IRC + Chat, Email Lists, Forums, and + a dynamic FAQ. + + + diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Project/structure.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Project/structure.docbook new file mode 100755 index 0000000..a0d20f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Project/structure.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ + + + Corporate Structure + + + &TCP; corporate structure is based on a &MCVIS;. In this + configuration, one unique name and one unique visual style is + used in all visual manifestation &TCP; is made of. + + + + In a monolithic corporate visual identity structure, internal + and external stakeholders use to feel a strong sensation of + uniformity, orientation, and identification with the + organization. No matter if you are visiting web sites, using + the distribution, or acting on social events, the one unique + name and one unique visual style connects them all to say: + Hey! we are all part of &TCP;. + + + + Other corporate structures for &TCP; have been considered as + well. Such is the case of producing one different visual style + for each major release of &TCD;. This structure isn't + inconvenient at all, but some visual contradictions could be + introduced if it isn't applied correctly and we need to be + aware of it. To apply it correctly, we need to know what &TCP; + is made of. + + + + &TCP;, as organization, is mainly made of (but not limited to) + three visual manifestions: &TCD;, &TCW; and &TCS;. Inside + &TCD; visual manifestations, &TCP; maintains near to four + different major releases of &TCD;, parallely in time. + However, inside &TCW; visual manifestations, the content is + produced for no specific release information (e.g., there is + no a complete web site for each major release of &TCD; + individually, but one web site to cover them all). Likewise, + the content produced in &TCS; is industrially created for no + specific release, but &TCP; in general. + + + + In order to produce the &TCPMCVIS; correctly, we need to + concider all the visual manifestations &TCP; is made of, not + just one of them. If one different visual style is + implemented for each major release of &TCD;, which one of + those different visual styles would be used to cover the + remaining visual manifestations &TCP; is made of (e.g., &TCW; + and &TCS;)? + + + + Probably you are thinking: yes, I see your point, but &TCBRAND; + connects them all already, why would we need to join them up + into the same visual style too, isn't it more work to do, and + harder to maintain? + + + + Harder to maintain, more work to do, probably. Specially when + you consider that &TCP; has proven stability and consistency + through time and, that, certainly, didn't come through + swinging magical wands or something but hardly working out to + automate tasks and providing maintainance through time. With + that in mind, we consider &TCPCVIS; must be consequent with + such stability and consistency tradition. It is true that + &TCBRAND; does connect all the visual manifestations it is present + on, but that connection is strengthened if one unique visual + style backups it. In fact, whatever thing you do to strength + the visual connection among &TCP; visual manifestations would + be very good in favor of &TCP; recognition. + + + + Obviously, having just one visual style in all visual + manifestations for eternity would be a very boring thing and + would give the idea of a visually dead project. So, there is + no problem on creating a brand new visual style for each new + major release of &TCD;, in order to refresh &TCD; visual + style; the problem itself is in not propagating the brand new + visual style created for the new release of &TCD; to all other + visual manifestations &TCP; is made of, in a way &TCP; could + be recognized no matter what visual manifestation be in front + of us. Such lack of uniformity is what introduces the visual + contradition we are precisely trying to solve by mean of + themes production in &TCAR;. + + + diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Showroom.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Showroom.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..db87232 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Showroom.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ + + + The CentOS Showroom + ... + + + ... + ... + + + diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Web.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Web.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5a5ba5d --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Web.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ + + + The CentOS Web + + &identity-web-intro; + + diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Web/intro.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Web/intro.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..956fa35 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Identity/Web/intro.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ + + + Introduction + + + ... + + + diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Locales.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Locales.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..656b9d8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Locales.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ + + + Localization + + + ... + + + + ... + ... + + + ... + ... + + + + + + diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Locales.ent b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Locales.ent new file mode 100644 index 0000000..48245e8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Locales.ent @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ + + diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Manuals.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Manuals.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..44bacd4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Manuals.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ + + + Documentation + + + + &TCAR; documentation work line is implemented through + documentation manuals. Documentation manuals are + implemented through different documentation formats + provided inside &TCD; (e.g., + Docbook, + Texinfo, + LaTeX, etc.). Structuring + tasks related to documentation systems (e.g., creating, + editing, deleting, copying, renaming, etc.) are + standardized through the help functionality + of centos-art.sh script, as described + in . This way, people + writting documentation don't need to deal with underlaying + tasks like creating files, updating menus, nodes, cross + references and wondering where to put everything in + &TCAR;. + + + + + &manuals-production; + &manuals-formats; + + diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Manuals.ent b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Manuals.ent new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c68bc34 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Manuals.ent @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Manuals/Formats.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Manuals/Formats.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9fac62b --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Manuals/Formats.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ + + + Documentation Formats + + &manuals-formats-intro; + &manuals-formats-texinfo; + &manuals-formats-docbook; + &manuals-formats-latex; + + diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Manuals/Formats/docbook.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Manuals/Formats/docbook.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1b7c5da --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Manuals/Formats/docbook.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ + + + DocBook + + + This section describes the implementation of DocBook + documentation format inside the functionality of + centos-art.sh script. In this section we + assume you have a basic understanding of DocBook documentation + format. Otherwise, if you don't know what DocBook + documentation format is, take a look at DocBook website and then, + come back here. + + + + Document Structure + + ... + + + + + Document Templates + + ... + + + + + Document Expansions + + ... + + + + + Document Configuration + + ... + + + + + Document Localization + + ... + + + diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Manuals/Formats/intro.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Manuals/Formats/intro.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f3d96f4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Manuals/Formats/intro.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ + + + Introduction + + + &TCD; provides support for different documentation formats, + including Texinfo, LaTeX, DocBook and LinuxDoc. These formats + have their own specifications and requirements to create and + maintain documentation manuals written through them. Inside + &TCAR;, the functionality + provides the interface you use to create and maintain + documentation manuals without needing to take care the + underlaying structuring tasks. + + + + This chapter describes how the functionality implements the + different documentation source formats available inside &TCD;, + and the internationalization issues related to documentation + manuals produced through them. + + + diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Manuals/Formats/latex.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Manuals/Formats/latex.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b777161 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Manuals/Formats/latex.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ + + + LaTeX + + + This section describes the implementation of LaTeX + documentation format inside the help + functionality of centos-art.sh script described in . In this section we assume you + have a basic understanding of LaTeX language. + + + + Document Structure + + ... + + + + + Document Templates + + ... + + + + + Document Expansions + + ... + + + + + Document Configuration + + ... + + + + + Document Localization + + ... + + + diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Manuals/Formats/texinfo.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Manuals/Formats/texinfo.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..801ec4b --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Manuals/Formats/texinfo.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,871 @@ + + + Texinfo + + + This section describes the implementation of Texinfo + documentation format inside the functionality of + centos-art.sh script. In this section we + assume you have a basic understanding of Texinfo documentation + system. Otherwise, if you don't know what Texinfo + documentation system is, read the Texinfo manual first (e.g., + by running the info texinfo command) and + then, come back here. + + + + Document Structure + + The functionality of + centos-art.sh provides a document structure + that makes documentation manuals created through it to be + scalable and maintainable through time. This document + structure follows the idea of an upside-down tree to organize + chapters, sections, subsections and the like, as described in + . + + + + The + functionality creates documentation manuals source files in + the Documentation/Models/Texinfo/ + directory and saves output produced from them in the Documentation/Manuals/Texinfo/ + directory. To produce documentation manuals initial source + files, the functionality + uses Texinfo documentation templates, as described in . + + + + Inside the documentation models directory, source files are + stored inside language-specific directories. The + language-specific directories are necessary to implement + internationalization of Texinfo source files, as described in + . + + + + Inside the language-specific directory, the following files + exist to store the manual's main definitions (e.g., title, + subtitle, author, copyright notice, chapters, appendixes, + indexes and all similar stuff a documentation manual usually + has). In addition to these files, there is one directory for + each chapter created inside the manual. Inside each chapter + directory, you'll find the files controlling the section + definitions related each chapter they belong to. The section + files (a.k.a. documentation entries) are + suffixed with a texinfo + extension and named arbitrarily, as it is illustrated in . + Inside section files it is where you write the manual's + content itself. + + + + Texinfo document structure + + Texinfo document structure + + + Documentation/Models/Texinfo/${MANUAL_NAME} +`-- ${LANG} + |-- ${CHAPTER_NAME}/ + | `-- ${SECTION_NAME}.texinfo + |-- ${CHAPTER_NAME}-menu.texinfo + |-- ${CHAPTER_NAME}-nodes.texinfo + |-- ${CHAPTER_NAME}.texinfo + |-- Licenses -> Documentation/Models/Texinfo/Default/${LANG}/Licenses + |-- Licenses-menu.texinfo -> Documentation/Models/Texinfo/Default/${LANG}/Licenses-menu.texinfo + |-- Licenses-nodes.texinfo -> Documentation/Models/Texinfo/Default/${LANG}/Licenses-nodes.texinfo + |-- Licenses.texinfo -> Documentation/Models/Texinfo/Default/${LANG}/Licenses.texinfo + |-- ${MANUAL_NAME}.conf + |-- ${MANUAL_NAME}-index.texinfo + |-- ${MANUAL_NAME}-menu.texinfo + |-- ${MANUAL_NAME}-nodes.texinfo + `-- ${MANUAL_NAME}.texinfo + + + + + + + Texinfo (as in texinfo-4.8-14.el5) doesn't + support part sectioning inside documentation manuals, so + neither the functionality + does. Nevertheless, you can create several documentation + manuals and consider them as part of a bigger documentation + manual to workaround this issue. + + + + In this document structure, the creation of documentation + manuals, chapters and sections is not limitted. You can create + as many documenation manuals, chapters and sections as you + need. The only limitation would be the amount of free space + required to store the Texinfo source files and the output + files produced from them in your workstation. + + + + + + Document Templates + + Texinfo document templates provide the initial document + structure the + functionality needs in order to create and maintain document + structures, as described in . + + + + Texinfo document templates are language-specific. This means + that there is (or, at least, must be) one Texinfo document + template for each language you plan to support documentation + manuals for. By default, &TCAR; provides a default Texinfo + document template under en_US + directory. This template structure is used when your current + locale is English language or when you are creating/editing a + documentation manual in a language other than English, but no + language-specific document template for that language exists + in the Scripts/Documentation/Models/Texinfo/Default/ + directory. + + + + The Scripts/Documentation/Models/Texinfo/Default/ + directory organizes all Texinfo document templates using the + format LL_CC, where LL is the language code (as in ISO-639) + and CC the country code (as in ISO-3166). The directory + structure of Texinfo document templates is illustrated in the + + and implemented through the following files: + + + + + manual.texinfo + + + This file can be found inside the language-specific directory + and contains the manual's main definitions (e.g., document + title, document language, document authors, copyright notice, + etc.). + + + + + + manual-menu.texinfo + + + This file can be found inside the language-specific directory + and contains the menu definitions of chapters inside the + manual. When + functionality creates instances of this file, menu definitions + inside it are automatically updated when a new chapter is + created or deleted through the functionality. Generally, you + don't need to edit instances of this file once the + documentation manual has been created. + + + When a documentation manual is created for first time, this + file is copied from Texinfo document template directory + structure to the documentation manual being currently created. + At this specific moment, the instance created contains the + following Texinfo menu definition: + + + +@menu +* Licenses:: +* Index:: +@end menu + + + + Later, when chapters are added to or deleted from the + documentation manual, the content of this file varies adding + or deleting menu entries accordingly. Nevertheless, the two + entries shown above are ignored when new chapters are added to + or removed from the list, so they will always be present in + instances of this file. To preserve the manual consistency, + the functionality prevents + you from deleting any of these chapters once the documentation + manual has been created. + + + + + + + manual-nodes.texinfo + + + This file can be found inside the language-specific directory + and contains the node definitions of all chapters inside the + manual. When + functionality creates instances of this file, node definitions + inside it are automatically created based on menu definitions + (see manual-menu.texinfo file above) and + they don't include any content here. Instead, as part of the + node definition, the @include command is used to + connect each node with its content. Generally, you don't need + to edit instances of this file once the documentation manual + has been created. + + + + + + manual-index.texinfo + + + This file can be found inside the language-specific directory + and contains the Texinfo commands used to generated an + organized view of all indexes you defined inside documentation + entries so they can be quickly accessed. Generally, you don't + need to edit instnaces of this file once the documentation + manual has been created. + + + + + + manual.conf + + + This file contains the initial configuration of documentation + manuals written in Texinfo format. When a documentation manual + is created for first time, this file is copied into its target + directory so you be able to customize specific information + like menu order, title styles and template assignments + therein. The content of this file is described in . + + + + + + Chapters.texinfo + + + This file contains Texinfo's main chapter definition used + by functionality when new + chapters are created inside documentation manuals. When + chapters are created for first time, they come without any + introduction or documentation entry inside. + + + In case you need to add/update the chapters definition files, + edit the related chapter definition file inside the + documentation manual you are working on, not the template file + used to create it. To edit the chapter definition file, don't + provide any section information in the documentation entry. + For example, if you want to update the chapter introduction + related to trunk chapter inside + tcar-fs documentation manual, use the + tcar-fs::trunk: documentation entry. + + + + + + Chapters-menu.texinfo + + + This file is part of Texinfo's main chapter definition and + should be initially empty. Later, when chapters are created + for first time, this file is copied as it is (i.e., empty) + into the documentation manual to store the Texinfo menu + entries related to all documentation entries created inside + the chapter. The Texinfo menu entries related to documentation + entries are automatically created using Texinfo source files + as reference. + + + + + + Chapters-nodes.texinfo + + + This file is part of Texinfo's main chapter definition and + contains the node definition the + functionality uses as reference to create the list of Texinfo + nodes related to all documentation entries created inside the + chapter. The node definition of documentation entries is + automatically created from the menu definition of + documentation entries (see + Chapters-menu.texinfo file above), once it + has been updated from Texinfo source files. + + + + + + section.texinfo + + + This file contains the Texinfo section definition used by + functionality when new + documentation entries are created inside chapters of + documentation manuals. When documentation entries are created + for first time, they are created as empty documentation + entries that you need to fill up with content. Again, if you + want to update the content of sections inside the + documentation manual, update the related documentation entry + inside the documentation manual, not the template file used to + create it. + + + + The creation of documentation entries inside the documentation + manual is represented by the + ${SECTION_NAME}.texinfo file, as + described in . In + this example, ${SECTION_NAME} is a variable + string referring the file name of documentation entries. The + file names of documentation entries are made of letters, + numbers and the minus sign (which is generally used as word + separator). + + + + Documentation entries are not limited inside chapters of + documentation manuals. You can create as many documentation + entries as you need to describe the content of your manual. + + + + + + + There are other files which aren't related to manual's source + files, but to manual's output files. Such files are described + below and can be found either inside or outside the + language-specific directories so you can control common and + specific output settings through them. These files aren't + copied into the directory structure of new documentation + manuals created through the + functionality. Instead, they remain inside the template + directory structure so as to be reused each time the output of + documentation manuals is rendered. + + + + + manual-init.pl + + + This file can be found inside and outside language-specific + directories and contains the Texi2html initialization script. + When this file is outside the language-specific directory, it + contains common customizations to all language-specific + outputs (e.g., changing the output DTD). When this file is + inside the language-specific directory, it contains + translations for that language-specific output (e.g., special + words like See, Index, Contents, Top, etc., are localized + here). + + + + + + manual.sed + + + This file can be found inside and outside language-specific + directories and contains special transformations for Texi2html + output. Again, when this file is inside language-specific + directories the transformation are applied to that + language-specific XHTML output and when it is outside + language-specific directories the transformations are applied + to all language-specific XHTML outputs. Most transformations + achieved through this file are to produce admonitions since + Texinfo documentation format (as in + texinfo-4.8-14.el5) doesn't have an + internal command to build them. + + + + + + + Template for texinfo document structures + + Template for texinfo document structures + + + +Documentation/Models/Texinfo/Default/ +|-- ${LANG}/ +| |-- Chapters/ +| | |-- section.texinfo +| | `-- section-functions.texinfo +| |-- Chapters-menu.texinfo +| |-- Chapters-nodes.texinfo +| |-- Chapters.texinfo +| |-- Licenses/ +| | |-- GFDL.texinfo +| | `-- GPL.texinfo +| |-- Licenses-menu.texinfo +| |-- Licenses-nodes.texinfo +| |-- Licenses.texinfo +| |-- manual-index.texinfo +| |-- manual-init.pl +| |-- manual-menu.texinfo +| |-- manual-nodes.texinfo +| |-- manual.conf +| |-- manual.sed +| `-- manual.texinfo +|-- manual-init.pl +`-- manual.sed + + + + + + + + Inside the directory structure of Texinfo document templates, + the Chapters directory + stores section specific models used to create and maintain + section files inside manuals. File names beginning with + Chapters, at the same level of Chapters directory, are used to + create chapter specific files inside manuals. + + + + The Licenses directory + organizes the license information linked from all manuals. + Notice the license information is not copied into + documentation manuals when they are created, but referred from + models location where they are maintained. This configuration + permits all documentation manuals written in Texinfo format + inside &TCAR; to use the same license information. This way, + if a change is committed to license files, it will be + immediately propagated to all documentation manuals the next + time their output files be updated. + + + + + Document Expansions + + The document expansions are special constructions the functionality provides to + generate content dynamically inside Texinfo source files. + + + + The <code>SeeAlso</code> Expansion + + + This expansion creates a list of links with section entries + one level ahead from the section entry being currently + processed. In this construction, the TYPE variable can be + either itemize, enumerate or + menu. When no TYPE variable is provided, the + itemize value is considered as default. + + + @c -- <[centos-art(SeeAlso,TYPE) +@c -- ]> + + + This expansion might result useful when you are documenting + the repository file system. For example, if you are currently + editing the documentation entry related to Identity directory and want + to create a linkable list of all documentation entries in the + first level under it, the code you'll have once the + construction be expanded would look like the following: + + + +@c -- <[centos-art(SeeAlso) +@itemize +@item @ref{Trunk Identity Brushes} +@item @ref{Trunk Identity Fonts} +@item @ref{Trunk Identity Images} +@item @ref{Trunk Identity Models} +@item @ref{Trunk Identity Palettes} +@item @ref{Trunk Identity Patterns} +@item @ref{Trunk Identity Webenv} +@end itemize +@c -- ]> + + + + An interesting thing to notice here is that document + expansions are executed each time the related documentation + entry is edited or updated. Following with the example above, + if the documentation entries related to directories under + Identity changes + for some reason (e.g., they are removed from documentation + manual), the list generated as result of document expansion + will be updated automatically after editing the documentation + entry or updating the documentation manual structure. + + + + + + + + Document Configuration + + The document configuration is stored in the + ${MANUAL_NAME}.conf file, inside the + documentation manual directory structure. This file is + originally copied from manual.conf + template file when the documentation manual is created for + first time. The content of + ${MANUAL_NAME}.conf file is organized in + sections. Each section here is written in one line of its own + and have the form [section_name]. Under sections, + the configuration settings take place through + name="value" pairs set in one line each. Notice + that quotation marks around the option_value are required. + Comments are also possible using the # character + at the begining of lines. Comments and empty lines (including + tabs and white spaces) are ignored. In case more than one + section or option appear with the same name inside the + configuration file, the first one found will be used. Nested + section definitions are not supported. + + + [section_name] +# This is a comment. +option_name = "option_value" + + + The ${MANUAL_NAME}.conf file is specific + to document templates. If you are using Texinfo document + template to create documentation manuals, then the default + configuration file for that documentation manual is taken from + Texinfo document template directory structure. However, if you + are using a document template different to Texinfo document + template, the default configuration file will be taken from + the related document template directory structure you are + creating the documentation manual from. + + + + The <code>[main]</code> Section + + The [main] section organizes settings that let + you customize the way sections and menu definitions are + created inside the documentation manual. The following options + are available in this section: + + + + + manual_format + + + This option specifies the documentation format used by manual. + To write documentation manuals in Texinfo format, the value + of this option must always be: + + manual_format = "texinfo" + + + Once the documentation manual has been created, you must not + change the value of option. + This will produce an error because there is not a migration + feature available yet. In the future, when you change this + value, it must be possible to transform documentation manuals + from one format to another. + + + + + + + manual_section_style + + + This option specifies the title style used by sections inside + the manual. Possible values to this option are + `cap-each-word' to capitalize each word in the section title, + `cap-first-word' to capitalize the first word in the section + title only and `directory' to transform each word in the + section title into a directory path. From all these options, + `cap-each-word' is the one used as default. + + manual_section_style = "cap-each-word" + + + + + manual_section_order + + + This option specifies the order used by sections inside the + manual. By default new sections added to the manual are put on + the end to follow the section order in which they were + `created'. Other possible values to this option are `ordered' + and `reversed' to sort the list of sections alphabetically + from A-Z and Z-A, respectively. + + manual_section_order = "created" + + + + + + + The <code>[templates]</code> Section + + The [templates] section provides the assignment + relation between template files and documentation entry files + inside the manual. The template definition is set on the left + side using relative path and the documentation entry files are + described on the right side using a regular expression. The + first match wins. + + Chapters/section.texinfo = "^.+\.texinfo$" + + + + + + Document Localization + + To produce localized documentation manuals through Texinfo + documentation format it is necessary to create one + documentation manual for each language it is desired to + support documentation for. Documentation manuals created in + this configuration don't have a direct relation among + themselves except that one adopted by people writting them to + keep their content syncronized. In this configuration + translators take one documentation manual as reference (a.k.a. + the source manual) and produce several translated manuals + based on its content. To keep track of changes inside the + source manual, the underlaying version control system must be + used considering that there is no direct way to apply + gettext + + The gettext program translates + a natural language message into the user's language, by + looking up the translation in a message catalog. For more + information about the gettext + program, run info gettext. + + procedures to Texinfo source files. + + + + In order to maintain localization of Texinfo source files + through gettext procedures, it is necessary + to convert the Texinfo source files into XML format first. + This way it would be possible to make use of and functionalities to maintain + translation messages in different languages through portable + objects and producing localized XML files based on such + portable objects, respectively. Once the localized XML file + is available, it would be a matter of using an XSLT processor + (see the xsltproc command) to realize the + convertion from XML to a localize Texinfo (or possible other) + format. Nevertheless, this workaround fails because the + Document Type Definition (DTD) required to validate the XML + file produced from makeinfo (as in + texinfo-4.8-14.el5) is not availabe inside + &TCD; (release 5.5), nor it is the XSLT files required to + realize the transformation itself for such DTD. + + + + Another similar approach to maintain localization of Texinfo + source files through gettext procedures + would be to convert Texinfo source file to DocBook format; for + who the required DTD and XSLT files are available inside + &TCD;. This way, following a procedure similar to that one + describe for XML files above, it would be possible to end up + having localized DocBook files that can be used as source to + produce localized output for both online and printing media. + However, the DocBook output produced from + makeinfo command (as in + texinfo-4.8-14.el5) isn't a valid DocBook + document according to DocBook DTDs available inside &TCD; + (release 5.5) thus provoking the validation and transformation + of such a malformed document to fail. + + + + Document Language + + The language information of those documentation manuals + produced through Texinfo documentation format is declared by + Texinfo's @documentlanguage command. This + command receives one argument refering the language code (as + in ISO-639 standard) and must be set inside the manual's main + definition file. Generally, there is no need to change the + document language declaration once it has been created by the + functionality; unless you + mistakently create the manual for a locale code different to + that one you previously pretended to do in first place, of + course. + + + + The language information used in both Texinfo source files and + XHTML output produced by the + functionality is determined by the user's session + LANG environment variable. This variable can + be customized in the graphical login screen before login, or + once you've login by explicitly setting the value of + LANG environment variable inside the + ~/.bash_profile file. + + + + + To create documentation manuals in English language the + LANG environment variable must be set to + en_US.UTF-8 or something similar. Likewise, if + you want to create documentation manuals in a language other + than English, be sure the LANG environment + variable is set to the appropriate locale code. + + The appropriate locale code to set here can be found in + the output produced by the locale -a | + less command. + + + + + + When producing output from Texinfo source files using the + makeinfo command (as in the + texinfo-4.8-14.el5 package), the language + information set by @documentlanguage is ignored + in Info and HTML output, but cosidered by Tex program to + redefine various English words used in the PDF output (e.g., + Chapters, Index, + See, and so on) based on the current language + set in. + + + + + + Document Encoding + + The encoding information of documentation manuals produced + through Texinfo documentation format is declared by Texinfo's + @documentencoding command and can take either + US-ASCII, ISO-8859-1, + ISO-8859-15 or ISO-8859-2 as + argument. Nevertheless, you should be aware that the + functionality doesn't + declare the @documentencoding inside Texinfo + source files. Let's see why. + + + + When the @documentencoding command is set in + Texinfo source files, the terminal encoding you use to read + the Info output produced from such files must be set to that + encoding information you provided as argument to + @documentencoding command; this, before using an + Info reader to open the Info output file in the terminal. + Otherwise, when the terminal and the Texinfo source files + encoding definition differ one another, characters defined + through Texinfo's special way of producing floating accents + won't be displayed as expected (even when the + is provided to + makeinfo command). On the other hand, when + the @documentencoding command is not set in + Texinfo source files, it is possible to write and read + documentation manuals using the UTF-8 encoding without needing + to use Texinfo's special way of producing floating accents + because the terminal encoding would be able to interpret the + characters entered when the Texinfo source files were written + in first place. + + + + When Texinfo's special way of producing floating accents isn't + used, HTML entities are not produced in XHTML output produced + by texi2html, nor in the HTML output + produced by makeinfo, nor in PDF output. + In this last case, when producing PDF output, you can realize + what the floating accents are by trying to produce an + accentuated Spanish i letter (e.g., + í). When you do so, you'll note that that + construction puts the accentuation mark + over the i letter's dot, + instead of removing the i letter's dot and + put the accentuation mark on its place. In the case of XHTML + output, however, it is possible to produce well localized + XHTML output by setting + + + <meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /> + + + on the head section of each XHTML output to instruct the web + browsers what encoding to use to display the document content. + Of course, in order to display the document content correctly, + the web browser should provide support for UTF-8 encoding. + + + + These contradictions provide the reasons over which it was + decided not to set the @documentencoding in those + Texinfo source files produced by the functionality. + + + + + + + + Conclusions + + + Texinfo documentation format is very good producing online + documentation for reading text terminals. It provides feautres + to export source files to different output formats both for + reading online and paper. However, localized documents becomes + hard to maintain because it is required one document structure + for each language you want to produce documentation for. + + + Intermediate formats like XML and Docbook provide an + alternative to centralize localization of Texinfo document + source files, but there is no supported way inside &TCD; to + transformed a localized XML file back into texinfo format, nor + a way of producing well formed Docbook documents from Texinfo + source files. Thus, one Texinfo source structure for each + language to support is the solution adopted by functionality. + + + + When using Texinfo documentation format it is difficult to + produce well localized PDF outputs, but it is possible to + produce well localized Info, Text, and XHTML outputs as long + as no document encoding be explicitly set inside Texinfo + source files and UTF-8 be used as default terminal character + encoding. + + + + + + diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Manuals/Production.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Manuals/Production.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..58451f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Manuals/Production.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ + + + Documentation Production Cycle + + &manuals-production-intro; + &manuals-production-identifying-goals; + &manuals-production-identifying-title; + &manuals-production-identifying-structure; + &manuals-production-implementing-structure; + &manuals-production-maintaining-structure; + + diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Manuals/Production/identifying-goals.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Manuals/Production/identifying-goals.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c47888c --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Manuals/Production/identifying-goals.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ + + + Identifying Document Goals + + + The first step in producing a documentation manual is to + clearly understand what you exactly need to document and why + you need to do so. The obvious answer to this question would + be to describe the basic ideas behind an implementation so it + can be useful once published. It is important that you find + out the reasons you need to do what you are doing and, also, + those helping you to retain the motivation to keep doing it in + the future. Otherwise, without such foundations, you'll surely + end up leaving the effort soon enough to make a lost cause + from your initial work. + + + + Before The CentOS Artwork Repository File + System documentation manual would exist, there was + an emerging need to understand what each directory inside the + growing directory layout was for, how it could be used and + each directory could be connected one another. At that moment, + the directory layout was very unstable and explaining the + whole idea behind it was not possible, there were too many + changing concepts floating around which needed to be + considered in the same changing way. So, to understand what + was happening, the The CentOS Artwork Repository + File System documentation manual was created. + + + + The The CentOS Artwork Repository File + System manual was conceived based on the idea of + documenting each directory inside the repository individually + and, later, by considering all directory documentations + altogether, it would be (hypothetically) possible to correct + the whole idea through an improvement cycle that would + consolidate the final idea we were trying to implement. + + + + Other documentation manuals can be based on reasons different + from those described above, however, no matter what those + reasons are, it will be helpful to make yourself a clean idea + about what you are going to document exactly before putting + your hands on it. + + + diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Manuals/Production/identifying-structure.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Manuals/Production/identifying-structure.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8178a2e --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Manuals/Production/identifying-structure.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,145 @@ + + Identifying Document Structure + + Once both the manual's title and the manual's directory name + have been defined, it is time for you to plan the document + structure through which the manual's content will be + organized. + + + + The specific document structure you choose for a documentation + manuals is affected by the documentation format you use to + write documentation source files. Nevertheless, no matter + what the documentation format be, the document structure + produced from the + functionality will always follow and upside-down tree + configuration for document structures. In this configuration, + documentation manuals can be organized through different + structural levels (e.g., parts, chapters, sections, + subsection, etc.) based on the support provided by the + documentation format you chose. + + + + The The CentOS Artwork Repository File + System documentation manual was conceived to + document each directory structure &TCAR; is made of, using + Texinfo as main documentation format. + + + + At this point we find that &TCAR; had more levels deep than + sectioning commands available inside documentation format. + This way it is not possible to use one sectioning command for + each directory level inside the repository directory structure + we need to document. Based on these issues, it is + imperative to re-accommodate the document structure in order + to be able of documenting every directory &TCAR; is made of, + using the sectioning levels supported by that documentation + format we chose, no matter how many levels deep the repository + directory structure had. + + + + As consequence, The CentOS Artwork Repository File + System ended up being organized through the + following documentation structure: + + + + + Chapter 1. The trunk + Directory + + + This chapter describes the trunk directory inside the + repository and all subdirectories inside it. The first level + of directories (i.e., the trunk directory itself) is + described inside the chapter entry. Deeper directory levels + are all documented through sections and have a file for their + own. It is also possible to write subsections and + subsubsections, however, they don't have a file for their own + as sections do. Subsections and Subsubsections should be + written as part of section files (i.e., when writting + sections). + + + + + + Chapter 2. The branches + Directory + + + This chapter describes the branches directory and all + directories inside it following the same structure described + for trunk directory + above. + + + + + + Chapter 3. The tags + Directory + + + This chapter describes the tags directory and all + directories inside it following the same structure described + for trunk directory + above. + + + + + + Appendix A. Licenses + + + This appendix is confined to organize licenses mentioned + in the manual. The content of this appendix is out of + documenatation manual scope itself and is shared among all + documentation manuals written through the functionality. + + + + + + Index + + + This chapter organizes links to those index definitions you + defined inside the documentation manual. The index information + displayed by this chapter is auto-generated each time the + manual's output files are created so this chapter is not + editable. + + + + + + + The document structure illustrated above is also considered + the default document structure used by the functionality of + centos-art.sh script when you produce new + documentation manuals inside &TCAR;. In contrast with document + structure illustrated above, the default document structure + used by functionality + doesn't include sectioning constructions like parts, chapters, + sections, subsections and the like in the document structure + created. Such structuring constructions should be specified by + you when building the documentation manual. The only + exceptions to this restriction are sectioning structures used + to organize contents like Index and + Licenses, which are considered inseparable + components of documentation manuals stored inside &TCAR;. + + + diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Manuals/Production/identifying-title.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Manuals/Production/identifying-title.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2c8a8bd --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Manuals/Production/identifying-title.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ + + Identifying Document Title + + Once you've make yourself an clean idea of what the + documentation manual is for and the needs behind it, it is + time for you to define the manual's title and the manual's + directory name. Both manuals' title and manual's directory + name describe what the documentation manual is about. The + manual's title is used inside the documentation while the + manual's directory name is used to store the related source + files inside &TCAR; directory structure. Generally, the + manual's title is a phrase of few words and the manual's + directory name is the abbreviation of that phrase set as + manual's title. + + + + Following with our example, the manual's title chosen was + The CentOS Artwork Repository File + System and its directory name was set to + Tcar-fs to comply with the + file name convenctions described at . + + + diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Manuals/Production/implementing-structure.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Manuals/Production/implementing-structure.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1feb428 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Manuals/Production/implementing-structure.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ + + + Implementing Document Structure + + + The document structure implementation is automated by the + functionality, as + described in . + + + diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Manuals/Production/intro.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Manuals/Production/intro.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5b3f328 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Manuals/Production/intro.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ + + + Introduction + + + This chapter describes the procedure you should follow to + create and maintain documentation manuals inside &TCAR;. + + + + This chapter describes general concepts that can be applied + through the documentation formats supported inside the + help functionality of + centos-art.sh script. To illustrate the + production process related to documentation manuals inside + &TCAR;, this chapter uses the The CentOS Artwork + Repository File System (TCAR-FS) documentation + manual as example. + + + diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Manuals/Production/maintaining-structure.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Manuals/Production/maintaining-structure.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f503380 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Manuals/Production/maintaining-structure.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ + + + Maintaining Document Structure + + + The document structure maintenance is implemented by the functionality, as described in + . + + + diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Preface.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Preface.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..42c8578 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Preface.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ + + + Preface + + &preface-overview; + &preface-docconvs; + &preface-feedback; + + diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Preface.ent b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Preface.ent new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ce36070 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Preface.ent @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ + + + + diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Preface/docconvs.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Preface/docconvs.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..17509ca --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Preface/docconvs.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,225 @@ +
+ + Document Convenctions + + + In this manual, certain words are represented in different + fonts, typefaces, sizes, and weights. This highlighting is + systematic; different words are represented in the same style + to indicate their inclusion in a specific category. The types + of words that are represented this way include the + following: + + + + + command + + + Linux commands (and other operating system commands, when + used) are represented this way. This style should + indicate to you that you can type the word or phrase on + the command line and press Enter to + invoke a command. Sometimes a command contains words that + would be displayed in a different style on their own (such + as file names). In these cases, they are considered to be + part of the command, so the entire phrase is displayed as + a command. For example: + + + + Use the centos-art render + Identity/Images/Themes/TreeFlower/4/Distro/5/Anaconda + --filter="01-welcome" command to produce the first + slide image used by Anaconda in the branch 5 of &TCD; + using the version 4 of TreeFlower artistic motif. + + + + + + file name + + + File names, directory names, paths, and RPM package names + are represented this way. This style indicates that a + particular file or directory exists with that name on your + system. Examples: + + + + The init.sh file in Scripts/Bash/Cli/ + directory is the initialization script, written in Bash, + used to automate most of tasks in the repository. + + + + The centos-art command uses the + ImageMagick RPM package to convert + images from PNG format to other formats. + + + + + + key + + + A key on the keyboard is shown in this style. For + example: + + + + To use Tab completion to list particular + files in a directory, type ls, then a + character, and finally the Tab key. Your + terminal displays the list of files in the working + directory that begin with that character. + + + + + + keycombination + + + A combination of keystrokes is represented in this way. + For example: + + + + The CtrlAltBackspace + key combination exits your graphical session and returns + you to the graphical login screen or the console. + + + + + + computer output + + + Text in this style indicates text displayed to a shell + prompt such as error messages and responses to commands. + For example, the ls command displays + the contents of a directory using this style: + + + +render_doTranslation.sh render_getDirTemplate.sh render_doBaseActions.sh +render_getConfigOption.sh render_getOptions.sh render_doThemeActions.sh +render_getDirOutput.sh render.sh + + + + The output returned in response to the command (in this + case, the contents of the directory) is shown in this + style. + + + + + + prompt + + + A prompt, which is a computer's way of signifying that it + is ready for you to input something, is shown in this + style. Examples: + + + + + + $ + + + + + # + + + + + [centos@projects centos]$ + + + + + projects login: + + + + + + + + user input + + + Text that the user types, either on the command line or + into a text box on a GUI screen, is displayed in this + style. In the following example, + text is displayed in this style: To + boot your system into the text based installation program, + you must type in the text command + at the boot: prompt. + + + + + + replaceable + + + Text used in examples that is meant to be replaced with + data provided by the user is displayed in this style. In + the following example, + version-number is displayed in + this style: The directory for the kernel source is + /usr/src/kernels/version-number/, + where version-number is the + version and type of kernel installed on this system. + + + + + + Additionally, we use several different strategies to draw + your attention to certain pieces of information. In order of + urgency, these items are marked as a note, tip, important, + caution, or warning. For example: + + + Remember that Linux is case sensitive. In other words, a + rose is not a ROSE is not a rOsE. + + + + The directory /usr/share/doc/ contains + additional documentation for packages installed on your + system. + + + + If you modify the DHCP configuration file, the changes + do not take effect until you restart the DHCP daemon. + + + + Do not perform routine tasks as root — use a + regular user account unless you need to use the root account + for system administration tasks. + + + + Be careful to remove only the necessary partitions. + Removing other partitions could result in data loss or a + corrupted system environment. + + +
diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Preface/feedback.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Preface/feedback.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b6f8334 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Preface/feedback.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +
+ + Send In Your Feedback + + + If you find a bug in &TCAR; or this manual, we would like to + hear about it. To report bugs related to this manual, send an + e-mail to the centos-devel@centos.org mailing + list. When you write the bug report, take care of being + specific about the problem you are reporting on (e.g., where + it is, the section number, etc.) so we can found it easily. + + +
diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Preface/overview.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Preface/overview.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b12e354 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Preface/overview.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,84 @@ +
+ + Overview + + + Welcome to &TCARUG;, the official documentation of &TCAR;. + + + + This book describes the corporate visual identity of &TCP; and + the way it is produced. If you are interested in making &TCP; + a more beautiful project, this book is definitly for you. + + + + To make the information in this book managable, it has been + organized in the following parts: + + + + + + describes the convenctions you should + follow to keep everything organized and consistent inside the + repository directory structure, how to to install and + configure a working copy inside your workstation. At the end + of this part you will find a history of most relevant changes + committed to the repository along the years. + + + + + + describes the corporate visual + identity of the organization known as &TCP; and the production + tasks related to image rendition inside &TCAR;. If you are a + graphic designer, this part of the book might result + interesting to you. + + + + + + describes production tasks related to + content internationalization and localization inside &TCAR;. + If you are a translator, this part of the book might result + interesting to you. + + + + + + describes production tasks related + to content documentation inside &TCAR;. If you are a + documentor, this part of the book might result interesting to + you. + + + + + + describes automation of production + tasks inside &TCAR;. If you are a programmer, this part of the + book might result interesting to you. + + + + + + organizes the licenses mentioned + in this book. + + + + + + + This book assumes you have a basic understanding of &TCD;. If + you need help with it, go to the Help page inside + &TCWIKI; for or a list of different places you can find help. + + +
diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ea8dd86 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ + + + Repository + + &repo-convs; + &repo-ws; + &repo-history; + + diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository.ent b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository.ent new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f0a40a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository.ent @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Conventions.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Conventions.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..792bcd5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Conventions.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ + + + Repository Conventions + + &repo-convs-mission; + &repo-convs-infra; + &repo-convs-worklines; + &repo-convs-directories; + &repo-convs-filenames; + &repo-convs-relbdirs; + &repo-convs-syncpaths; + &repo-convs-extending; + &repo-convs-publishing; + &repo-convs-authoring; + &repo-convs-copying; + + diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Conventions/authoring.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Conventions/authoring.docbook new file mode 100755 index 0000000..06a4394 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Conventions/authoring.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +
+ + Repository Authoring + + + The content produced inside &TCAR; is copyright of &TCP;. + This is something you, as author, should be aware of because + you are contributing your creation's rights to someone else; + &TCP; in this case. This way, your work is distributed using + &TCP; as copyright holder, not your name (even + you remain as natural author of the work). Because &TCP; is + the copyright holder, is the license chosen by &TCP; the one + applied to your work, so it is the one you need to agree with + before making a creation inside &TCAR;. + + + + &TCP; is a community project controlled by its own community + of users. Inside the community, The CentOS Administrators + group is the higher authority and the only one able to set + core desition like the kind of license used inside the project + and subprojects like &TCAR;. + + + + The redistribution conditions of &TCAR; are described in . + + +
diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Conventions/copying.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Conventions/copying.docbook new file mode 100755 index 0000000..6ecabc2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Conventions/copying.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +
+ + Repository Copying Conditions + + + &TCP; uses &TCAR; to produce &TCP; corporate visual identity. + + + + The &TCAR; is not in the public domain; it is copyrighted and + there are restrictions on their distribution, but these + restrictions are designed to permit everything that a good + cooperating citizen would want to do. What is not allowed is + to try to prevent others from further sharing any version of + this work that they might get from you. + + + + Specifically, we want to make sure that you have the right to + give away copies of &TCAR;, that you receive source code or + else can get it if you want it, that you can change this work + or use pieces of it in new free works, and that you know you + can do these things. + + + + To make sure that everyone has such rights, we have to forbid + you to deprive anyone else of these rights. For example, if + you distribute copies of the &TCAR;, you must give the + recipients all the rights that you have. You must make sure + that they, too, receive or can get the source code. And you + must tell them their rights. + + + + Also, for our own protection, we must make certain that + everyone finds out that there is no warranty for the &TCAR;. + If this work is modified by someone else and passed on, we + want their recipients to know that what they have is not what + we distributed, so that any problems introduced by others will + not reflect on our reputation. + + + + The &TCAR; is released as a GPL work. Individual packages + used by &TCAR; include their own licenses and the &TCAR; + license applies to all packages that it does not clash with. + If there is a clash between the &TCAR; license and individual + package licenses, the individual package license applies + instead. + + + + The precise conditions of the license for the &TCAR; are found + in . This manual specifically + is covered by the conditions found in . + + +
diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Conventions/directories.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Conventions/directories.docbook new file mode 100755 index 0000000..c980bb2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Conventions/directories.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,794 @@ +
+ + Repository Directory Structure + + + This section describes the directory structure of &TCAR;. You + can use this section as reference to know where the files you + are looking at are stored in and where you can store new + files, as well. This section organizes directories' + description using the same hierarchy the repository has. This + section begins describing the first level of directories in + the repository and continues with each relevant sub-directory + in the hierarchy, one by one. + + + + The directory structure this section describes is based on the + document &TCAR; Directory + Structure, available at: + Documentation/Models/Svg/Repository/directory-structure.svgz + + +
+ The <filename class="directory">Artworks</filename> Directory + + This directory contains the files used to produce the + corporate visual identity of &TCP;. The information in this + directory is organized in Brushes, Gradients, Fonts, Images, + Models, Palettes, Patterns and Webenv directories. + + + + + Artworks/Brushes/ + + + This directory contains GIMP brushes. Brushes stored in this + directory will be available inside GIMP's brushes dialog. This + directory organizes brushes files inside Images and Models directories. Inside + Models directory we + find the GIMP projects used to build the brush images. + + + + + + Artworks/Patterns/ + + + This directory contains GIMP patterns. Patterns stored in this + directory will be available inside GIMP's patterns dialog. This + directory organizes patterns files inside Images and Models directories. Inside + Models directory we + find the GIMP projects used to build the pattern images. + + + + + + Artworks/Gradients/ + + + This directory contains GIMP gradients. Gradients stored in + this directory will be available inside GIMP's gradients + dialog. This directory organizes gradient files inside + Images and Models directories. Inside + Models directory we + find the GIMP projects used to build the gradient images. + + + + + + Artworks/Fonts/ + + + This directory contains font files. Font files stored in this + directory will be available to be used from applications like + GIMP and Inkscape. This directory organizes font files inside + Images and Models directories. Inside + Models directory we + find the Fontforge projects used to build the font files, + which are stored in the Images directory. + + + + + + Artworks/Images/ + + + This directory contains final images. The directory structure + used to organize files here is rather similar to that used in + Artworks/Models/ + directory structure. + + + + + + Artworks/Images/Themes/ + + + This directory contains image files rendered from design + models that use theme background images. In this location you + can also find design models used to create the background + images, too. + + + + Design models used to build themes' background images must not + be moved to Artworks/Models/Themes/ directory + structure. Design models used to build themes' background + images are theme-specific, so they must be inside Artworks/Images/Themes/ directory + structure. + + + + + + + Artworks/Images/Themes/${THEME_NAME}/ + + + This directory contains theme directory structure + organized in version number. Here, ${THEME_NAME} is a + string of letters representing the name of the theme. In + this string, all letters are written in lowercase except + the first one which must be written in uppercase. + + + + + + Artworks/Images/Themes/${THEME_NAME}/${THEME_VERSION}/ + + + This directory contains the theme directory structure + organized in theme components. Here, ${THEME_VERSION} is a + string with the form M.N, where M and N are integer + numbers from 0 to 9. M is required and .N is optional. + + + + + + Artworks/Images/Themes/${THEME_NAME}/${THEME_VERSION}/Backgrounds/ + + + This directory contains theme-specific background images + and design models used to build them. This directory is a + key component of theme concept. It provides background + images to different sizes which are use on different theme + components, as defined by theme design models stored at + Artworks/Models/Themes + directory. + + + + Theme-specific background files + + + + Images/ + Models/ + Description + + + + + 160x600-final.png, 160x600-final.jpg + 160x600-final.svgz, + 160x600-final.xcf + Graphic design at 160x600 pixels, used to + produce the left-side bar of Firstboot + theme component. + + + 200x150-final.png, 200x150-final.jpg + 200x150-final.svgz, 200x150-final.xcf + Graphic design at 200x150 pixels, used to produce + the screenshot of both + Gdm and Kdm theme + components. + + + + 400x300-final.png, 400x300-final.jpg + 400x300-final.svgz, 400x300-final.xcf + Graphic design at 400x300 pixels, used to + produce the splash component of both + Gnome and Kde theme + components. + + + 490x200-final.png, 490x200-final.jpg + 490x200-final.svgz, 490x200-final.xcf + Graphic design at 490x200 pixels, used to + produce the splash image of Anaconda + theme component. + + + 510x300-final.png, 510x300-final.jpg + 510x300-final.svgz, 510x300-final.xcf + Graphic design at 510x300 pixels, used to + produce the slide images of Anaconda theme component. + + + 640x300-final.png, 640x300-final.jpg + 640x300-final.svgz, 640x300-final.xcf + Graphic design at 640x300 pixels, used to + produce the splash image of Syslinux + theme component. + + + 640x480-final.png, 640x480-final.jpg + 640x480-final.svgz, 640x480-final.xcf + Graphic design at 640x480 pixels, used to + produce the splash image of Grub theme + component. + + + 744x1052-final.png, 744x1052-final.jpg + 744x1052-final.svgz, 744x1052-final.xcf + Graphic design at 744x1052 pixels, used to + produce the Posters theme components. + + + 800x600-final.png, 800x600-final.jpg + 800x600-final.svgz, 800x600-final.xcf + Graphic design at 800x600 pixels, used to + produce the Concept theme component. + + + 800x88-final.png, 800x88-final.jpg + 800x88-final.svgz, 800x88-final.xcf + Graphic design at 800x88 pixels, used to + produce the heading image of Anaconda + theme component. + + + +
+ + + Besides background files described in , you'll also find + background files for specific screen resolutions. The + number of files you find here may vary depending the + screen resolutions demanded by &TCD; at /usr/share/backgrounds/. + Resolution-specific background files follow the same name + convention described in the table above but change the + resolution numbers to show the screen resolution they + represent (e.g., 1360x768-final.png + for 1360x768 screen resolutions.). + + + The word -final is used on background files + to mark them as ready for applying. When you design + background images, you might need to create intermediate + images so as to reach desired effects by combining them + into a final one. Such intermediate images do not use the + word -final. Only the result of all your + combinations and tests must have the word + -final on its name. + + + + + + Artworks/Images/Themes/${THEME_NAME}/${THEME_VERSION}/Backgrounds/Images/ + + + This directory contains theme-specific background images, + mostly in PNG and JPG formats. The files in this + directory are used by centos-art.sh + script to produce theme components. The relation between + image files and theme component is described in . + + + + + + Artworks/Images/Themes/${THEME_NAME}/${THEME_VERSION}/Backgrounds/Models/ + + + This directory contains theme-specific background design + models, mostly in SVGZ and XCF formats. The files in this + directory are used to produce theme-specific background + images, only. + + + Design models in this directory must not be confused with + design models stored in Artworks/Models/Theme/ + directory. Design models stored in this directory are + theme-specific while design models stored in Artworks/Models/Theme/ are + common to all themes. + + + + + + Artworks/Images/Themes/${THEME_NAME}/${THEME_VERSION}/Concept/ + + + This directory contains theme-specific conceptual ideas. + The images in this directory can be used to present the + theme's artistic motif in the community. These images + include can include theme name, theme version, theme + author, theme license, theme copyright and similar + information. + + + + + + Artworks/Images/Themes/${THEME_NAME}/${THEME_VERSION}/Distro/ + + + This directory contains theme-specific images for each + component of &TCD;. In this location, images are organized + in distribution major release, distribution component and + language, if the current locale is different from English + language. + + + + + + Artworks/Images/Themes/${THEME_NAME}/${THEME_VERSION}/Gradients/ + + + This directory contains theme-specific GIMP gradients. + + + + + + Artworks/Images/Themes/${THEME_NAME}/${THEME_VERSION}/Palettes/ + + + This directory contains theme-specific GIMP palettes. + The centos-art.sh script uses theme-specific palettes to produce indexed + images with reduced number of colors used by specific + theme components, like Syslinux and + Grub. These components have specific color + requirements which we must comply with. + + + + , describes + the palettes files used inside themes and the number of + colors they require. + + + + Theme-specific palette files + + + + File + Description + + + + + syslinux.gpl + + This palette is used to produce Syslinux final image. + This palette must be created to hold 16 colors using GIMP's + palette format. Inside the palette file, the color + information is organized in an index that begins at 0 + and ends at 15. In this index, the color information + set at position 0 must be the background color used in + the image (e.g., the darkest color in the list) and + the color information set at position 7 must be the + foreground color used in the image (e.g., the lightest + color in the list). + + + + grub.gpl + This palette is used to produce Grub final image. + This palette must be created to hold 14 colors using + GIMP's palette format. Inside the palette file, color + information can be set in any order. + + + +
+ + + + To produce optimum palettes of colors, open with GIMP the + full-colored PNG image you need to reduce colors to and + reduce colors using GIMP's indexing tool at + Mode → + Indexed... from + Image menu. Later, you import the set + of colors into a new palette using the GIMP palettes + editor and save it here. This way, you can grantee + centos-art.sh script will use the + correct color information when it produces images with + reduced colors for theme-specific components. + + + + + + When you create theme-specific palettes, it is necessary + that you fill the comment field of palette file using the + related color information in hexadecimal format. + Otherwise, centos-art.sh script won't be able to realize + image conversion from PNG to LSS format. + + + + + + + + Artworks/Images/Themes/${THEME_NAME}/${THEME_VERSION}/Patterns/ + + + This directory contains theme-specific GIMP patterns. + + + + + + Artworks/Images/Themes/${THEME_NAME}/${THEME_VERSION}/Screenshots/ + + + This directory contains theme-specific screenshots. It is + a series of images illustrating the theme already in + place. Here you'll find one screenshot for each relevant + component inside &TCD;. + + + + + + Artworks/Models/ + + + This directory contains design models (e.g., scalable vector + graphics using the .svgz extension) and image + configuration files (e.g., plain text using the .conf extension) used by + centos-art.sh script to produce images + inside Artworks/Images/. Relevant + components inside this directory include Brands, Icons, Themes + and Webenv. + + + + + + Artworks/Models/Brands/ + + + This directory organizes branding information for &TCP;. + Relevant components inside this directory include Logos/, + Symbols/, and Types/ directories. If you need to tune up &TCP; + branding information, this is the directory you need to go to. + To know more about &TCB;, see . + + + + + + Artworks/Models/Icons/ + + + This directory organizes icon design models for &TCP;. By + default, &TCD; uses the same icons set packaged inside the + SRPMs the upstream provider makes available. Only icons related + to branding information are changed in order to identify + &TCP; and comply with upstream redistribution guidelines. This + directory is not very used by now, it presently contains + design models for Tango's icons set. + + + + + + Artworks/Models/Themes/ + + + This directory contains design models organized by categories. + When you are producing theme-specific images, you can use the + option to instruct the + centos-art.sh script what of these + categories you want to use as reference to produce + theme-specific images. + + + + + + Artworks/Models/Themes/Default/ + + + This directory contains default design models used to produce + theme-specific images, when the + is not provided to + centos-art.sh script at theme-specific + images rendition time. This directory is also used as + reference by centos-art.sh script to build + the theme-specific directory structures inside Artworks/Images/Themes/${THEME_NAME}/${THEME_VERSION}/ + directory, when the + functionality is executed. So, if you find that some + directories in this location are empty, don't remove them. + They should be present in order for + centos-art.sh script to prepare + theme-specific directory structures correctly. + + + + + + Artworks/Models/Themes/Default/Concept/ + + + This directory contains design models used to produce the + conceptual presentation of each theme. This is a 800x600px + image that illustrate the background artistic motif along the + license and copyright information. All images produced from + this design model use the CC-SA license and &TCP; as copyright + holder. + + + + + + Artworks/Models/Themes/Default/Distro/ + + + This directory contains design models used to produce the + visual style of each component inside &TCD; for all its major + releases. The first sub-directory level under this directory + will contain the major release which components will be + produced for. Inside the release-specific directory you will + find one directory for each related distribution component, + including Grub, + Anaconda, + Gdm, + Syslinux, + Firstboot and others. + + + + The components you find inside &TCD; may vary from one major + release to another. They might be added or removed as required + in each new major release. Thus, it is very important to keep + the relation between components and major releases accurate + inside this directory. + + + + + + + Artworks/Models/Themes/Default/Media/ + + + This directory contains design models used to produce visual + style for installation media, including CDs, DVDs, LiveCDs and + LiveDVDs. We don't use release-specific directories in this + location because it is determined automatically from the + /etc/redhat-release file or the + option through the command-line + of centos-art.sh script. + + + + + + Artworks/Models/Themes/Default/Palettes/ + + + This directory contains the palettes of colors used by + centos-art.sh script when no one is found + inside Artworks/Images/Themes/${THEME_NAME}/${THEME_VERSION}/Palettes/ + directory. + + + + + + Artworks/Models/Themes/Default/Gradients/ + + + This directory is empty. It is used to build theme-specific + directory structures. Don't remove it. + + + + + + Artworks/Models/Themes/Default/Patterns/ + + + This directory is empty. It is used to build theme-specific + directory structures. Don't remove it. + + + + + + Artworks/Models/Themes/Default/Posters/ + + + This directory contains design models used by + centos-art.sh script to produce posters. + Posters are promotional stuff, generally printed in different + media and sizes to be shown on events. + + + + + + Artworks/Models/Webenv/ + + + This directory contains common design models used by &TCWE;. + These images include, admonition icons, heading backgrounds, + html backgrounds, admonition backgrounds and whatever + graphical information &TCWE; could need. + + + + + + Artworks/Palettes/ + + + This directory contains GIMP palettes that you always want to + have available in GIMP sessions. + + + + + + Artworks/Patterns/ + + + This directory contains GIMP patterns that you always want to + have available in GIMP sessions. + + + + + + Artworks/Webenv/ + + + This directory contains customizations for specific web + applications. The kind of files you find here vary from one + web application to another. Generally, you find .css and .html files here. Relevant + components inside this directory include Docbook, Httpd, + Mantis, Moin, PhpBB, Punbb, Puntal, Style-guide, Texi2html and + Trac. + + + + + +
+ +
+ The <filename class="directory">Documentation</filename> Directory + + This directory contains documentation related to &TCAR; + written in different formats. This directory is organized in + Models and Manuals. Models contain the documentation source + files and Manuals the final documentation ready to be read + through different media (e.g., online and paper). Here, the + language used to write documentation manuals is English. + + + + + Documentation/Models/ + + + This directory contains documentation source formats used + inside &TCAR;. + + + + + + Documentation/Models/${MANUAL_FORMAT}/ + + + This directory contains documentation manuals' name for + specific documentation formats. + + + + + + Documentation/Models/${MANUAL_FORMAT}/${MANUAL_NAME}/ + + + This directory contains the documentation manual directory + structure. Here is where source files are stored in. If you + want to modify content from a documentation manual, this is + the directory level you need to go to. + + + + + + Documentation/Manuals/ + + + This directory organizes documentation final files, organized + by documentation format, documentation manual name and + documentation language, if documentation files were produced + to a language different from English. + + + + + + + + Several documentation formats have been used to write &TCAR; + documentation manuals through time, including + Texinfo, + LaTeX and finally + DocBook. From these documentation + formats, DocBook is addressed to be the one adopted in the + near future as default documentation format inside &TCAR;. + Support for other documentation formats will remain inside + centos-art.sh script without further + improvements. This in order to dedicate more attention to + DocBook documentation format. + + + + The directory structure used by each documentation format is + not described in this section. To know more about + documentation formats and the directory structure used by + documentation manuals, read . + + +
+ +
+ The <filename class="directory">Localization</filename> Directory + + ... + +
+ +
+ The <filename class="directory">Automation</filename> Directory + + ... + +
+ +
+ The <filename class="directory">Packages</filename> Directory + + ... + +
+ +
diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Conventions/extending.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Conventions/extending.docbook new file mode 100755 index 0000000..a270e5a --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Conventions/extending.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +
+ + Extending Repository Layout + + + Occasionly, you may find that new components of &TCPCVI; need + to be added to the repository in order to work them out. If + that is the case, the first question we need to ask ourselves, + before starting to create directories blindly all over, is: + What is the right place to store it? + + + + To build a directory structure inside the repository you need + to define the concept behind it first. Later you need to + create a new directory inside the repository, remembering that + there are locations inside the repository that already define + concepts you probably would prefer to reuse. For example, the + Identity/Images/Themes + directory stores artistic motifs of different themes, the + Identity/Models/Themes + directory stores design models for themes, the Manuals directory stores + documentation, the Locales stores translation + messages, and the Scripts stores automation + scripts. + + + + The best suggestion we can probably give you would be to send + a mail with your questions to the CentOS developers mailing + list (centos-devel@centos.org). + This is the place where development of &TCAR; takes place and + surely, in community, it will be possible to find a place for + your new component inside the repository. + + +
diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Conventions/filenames.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Conventions/filenames.docbook new file mode 100755 index 0000000..c43fada --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Conventions/filenames.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,185 @@ +
+ + Repository File Names + +
+ Regular Files + + + Inside &TCAR;, file names are always written in lowercase. + Digits (e.g., 0, 1, 2), hyphen (-), dot + (.) and low line (_) + characters are also accepted. In case you use hyphen and dot + characters, don't use them as first character in the file + name. + + +
+ Files Written Correctly + + The following file names are written correctly: + + + + + 01-welcome.png + + + + + splash.png + + + + + anaconda_header.png + + + +
+ +
+ Files Written Incorrectly + + The following file names are written incorrectly: + + + + + 01-Welcome.png + + + + + -welcome.png + + + + + Splash.png + + + + + AnacondaHeader.png + + + +
+ +
+ Exceptions + + When you name files, consider the following exceptions: + + + + + In the very specific case of repository documentation entries + written in Texinfo format, file names follow the directory + structure naming convenction. This is because they are + documenting directories and that is something + we want to remark. So, to better describe what we are + documenting, files related to documentation entries follow the + name convenction used by the item they document. + + + + +
+ +
+ +
+ Symbolic Links + + Inside &TCAR;, symbolic link names follow the same + convenctions described in . + +
+ +
+ Directories + + Inside &TCAR;, directory names are all written capitalized and + sometimes in cammel case. Digits (e.g., 0, 1, 2), hyphen + (-), dot (.) and low line + (_) characters are also accepted. In case you + use hyphen and dot characters, don't use them as first + character in the directory name. + + +
+ Directories Written Correctly + + The following directory names are written correctly: + + + + + Identity, + Themes, + Motifs, + TreeFlower + + + + + Tcar-ug + + + + + 0.0.1, 0.0.1-35 + + + +
+ +
+ Directories Written Incorrectly + + The following directory names are written incorrectly: + + + + + identitY, + theMes, + MOTIFS, + treeFlower + + + + + tcar-ug + + + + + .0.1, .0.1-35 + + + +
+ +
+ Exceptions + + When you name directories, consider the following exceptions: + + + + + No one so far. + + + +
+ +
+ +
diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Conventions/infra.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Conventions/infra.docbook new file mode 100755 index 0000000..69f49ba --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Conventions/infra.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,142 @@ +
+ + Repository Infrastructure + + + &TCAR; is made of one central repository and + many working copies of that central repository. + The working copies are independent one another, can be + distributed all around the world and provide a local place for + designers, documenters, translators and programmers to perform + their work in a decentralized way. The central repository, on + the other hand, provides a common place for all independent + working copies to exchange data in the community. + + +
+ Repository infrastructure + + Repository infrastructure + + + + + + +
+ +
+ Subversion + + + The current infrastructure that holds &TCAR;, on the Internet, + is made of the following components: + + + + + + Subversion + — Modern Version Control System designed to replace CVS. + + + + + Trac + — Enhanced wiki and issue tracking system. + + + + + Httpd+WebDav as data exchanging route between the workstations + and the central repository, through the Internet. Httpd was + configured to provide service through SSL, so all traffic + between the workstations and the server be protected while it + travels across the Internet. + + + + The access rights are controlled by using a combination of both + Subversion's authorization files and Httpd's password files. + These files can be managed consistently through Trac's WebAdmin + plug-in. + + + + + + In this infrastructure, the first level of directories in the + repository provides the Subversion's standard + trunk-branches-tags layout. The second level of directories + provides organization for different work lines, as described + in . All other + subsequent directory levels from second level on exist to + organize specific concepts related to the work line they + belong to. + + +
+ +
+ Git + + + In addition to current Subversion infrastructure, we are + working on a Git infrastructure with the intention of + migrating the current Subversion infrastructure up to it, + progressively. The Git infrastructure we are working on is + made of the following components: + + + + + + Git — Fast version control system. + + + + + Gitolite — Highly flexible + server for git directory version tracker. + + + + + Gitweb — Simple web interface + to git repositories. + + + + + MantisBT — Web-based issue + tracking system. + + + + + The data exchanging route between the working copies and the + central repository takes place through SSH. + + + + + The access rights are controlled by using a combination of SSH + public keys and Gitolite's repository configuration file. + + + + + + In this infrastructure, the first level of directories in the + repository provides organization for different work lines, as + described in . All + other subsequent directory levels from second level on exist + to organize specific concepts related to the work line they + belong to. + + +
+ +
diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Conventions/mission.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Conventions/mission.docbook new file mode 100755 index 0000000..32c6a9d --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Conventions/mission.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +
+ + Repository Mission + + + &TCAR; exists to produce &TCP; corporate visual identity. + + +
diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Conventions/publishing.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Conventions/publishing.docbook new file mode 100755 index 0000000..71bcd14 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Conventions/publishing.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +
+ + Repository Publishing + + + When you perform changes inside your working copy, those + changes are local to your working copy only. In order for you + to share your changes with others, you need to commit them up + to the central repository the working copy you are using was + initially downloaded from. To commit your changes up to the + central repository you use the commit + command from the Subversion's client you've installed in your + workstation. + + + + Initially, when you get registered inside &TCAR;, you won't be + able to publish your changes to &TCAR; immediatly. It is + necessary that you prove your interest in contributing first + sending a mail to the CentOS + Developers mailing list (centos-devel@centos.org), + preferably in conjunction with a description of the changes + you pretend to commit. This restriction is necessary in order + to protect the source repository from spammers. + + + + Once you've received access to publish your changes, they will + remain valid to you and there is no need for you to request + permission to publish new changes as long as you behave as a + good cooperating citizen. + + + + As a good cooperating citizen one understand of a person who + respects the work already done by others and share ideas with + authors before changing relevant parts of their work, + specially in situations when the access required to realize + the changes has been granted already. Of course, there is a + time when conversation has taken place, the paths has been + traced and changing the work is so obvious that there is no + need for you to talk about it; that's because you already did, + you already built the trust to keep going. As complement, the + mailing list mentioned above is available for sharing ideas in + a way that good relationship between community citizens could + be constantly balanced. + + + + The relationship between community citizens is monitored by + repository administrators. Repository administrators are + responsible of granting that everything goes the way it needs + to go in order for &TCAR; to accomplish its mission (see ). + + +
diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Conventions/relbdirs.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Conventions/relbdirs.docbook new file mode 100755 index 0000000..835f241 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Conventions/relbdirs.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,157 @@ +
+ + Repository Path Relations + + + In order for automation scripts to produce content inside a + working copy of &TCAR;, it is required that all work lines be + related somehow. The automation scripts take the relation + between work lines as reference to determine the place the + information they will work with will be retrieve from (e.g., + scalable vector graphics, documentation, translations, etc.), + as well as the place where it will store the final files + produced as result of automation process (e.g., portable + network graphics, documentation ready for printing and reading + online, etc.). + + + In order to implement the relation between work lines it is + required to establish a path name convenction, so we can + conceptually organize different components and relate them one + another using predictable path constructions in a scalable + way. Based on this need, we identify three different path + types inside &TCAR;. These path types are: Output + Paths, Input Paths, and + Auxiliary Paths. + + +
+ Output Paths + + + The output paths point to directories inside the working copy + which contain files produced from files inside the input + paths. For example, the following paths are consider as output + paths: + + + + + + Identity/Images/Brands/ + + + + + Documentation/Manuals/Tcar-ug/ + + + + + Identity/Images/Themes/Modern/2/Distro/5/Anaconda/ + + + + + + Output paths are also known as Render-able + Directories because they are the type of + path you should provide as argument to functionality so as to + produce content through it. + + +
+ +
+ Input Paths + + The input paths point to a directories inside the working copy + which contain files used to produce files inside output paths. + For example, the following paths are considered as input + paths: + + + + + + Identity/Models/Brands/ + + + + + Documentation/Models/Tcar-ug/ + + + + + Identity/Models/Themes/Default/Distro/5/Anaconda/ + + + +
+ +
+ Auxiliary Paths + + + The auxiliary paths point to directories inside the working + copy which contain files used to create modified instances of + inside input paths which are use in turn to produce files + inside output paths. For example, the following paths are + considered as auxiliary paths: + + + + + + Identity/Images/Brands/ + + + + + Locales/Documentation/Models/Docbook/Tcar-ug/es_ES/ + + + + + Locales/Identity/Models/Themes/Default/Distro/5/Anaconda/es_ES/ + + + + + + The relationship between input, output and auxiliary paths is + created by combining the first directory level of input paths + with the first directory level in the repository directory + layout. In the repository directory layout, the first level + includes the Identity, + Documentation and + Scripts directories. + These directories are always used to create input and output + paths. The Locales + directory, on the other hand, is always used to create + auxiliary paths only for input paths available under Identity, Documentation and Scripts directories. + + + + For example, if the LANG environment + variable is set to es_ES.UTF-8 and you execute + the functionality of + centos-art.sh script with the Documentation/Manuals/Docbook/Tcar-ug/ + input path as argument, it will produce &TCARUG; in Spanish + language using translation messages from + Locales/Documentation/Models/Docbook/Tcar-ug/es_ES/ + auxiliary path and would save final documentation files under + Documentation/Manuals/Docbook/Tcar-ug/es_ES/ + output path. + + +
+ +
diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Conventions/syncpaths.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Conventions/syncpaths.docbook new file mode 100755 index 0000000..d8e353d --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Conventions/syncpaths.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,99 @@ +
+ + Syncronizing Repository Paths + + + Once both master and auxiliar paths have been related in the + repository, they shouldn't be changed except you absolutly + need to do so. In this cases, when you need to change master + or auxiliar paths, it is required that you also change the + relation between them so as to retain their bond. This + process of keeping master and auxiliar paths + connected between themselves is known as + path syncronization. + + + + Path syncronization is required for automation scripts to know + where to store final output, where to retrive translation + messages from, and whatever information you might need to + count with. If the relation between master paths and auxiliar + paths is lost, there is no way for automation scripts to know + where to retrive the information they need to work with or + where to store the output information produced from it. + Through path syncronization we organize and extend the content + production inside the repository. + + + + Path syncronization affects both movement of files and + replacement of content inside files. Movement of files is + related to actions like renaming files and directories inside + the repository. Replacement of content inside files is + related to actions like replacing information (e.g., paths + information) inside files in order to keep file contents and + file locations consistent one another after a file has been + moved. + + + + The order followed to syncronize path information is very + important because the versioned nature of the files we are + working with. When a renaming action needs to be performed + inside the repository, we avoid making replacements inside + files first and file movements later. This would demand two + commit actions: one for the files' internal changes and + another for the file movement itself. Instead, we prefer to + perform file movements first and files' internal replacements + later. This way it is possible to commit both changes as if + they were just one. + + + + + There is no support for URLs actions inside + centos-art.sh script. The + centos-art.sh script is designed to work + with local files inside the working copy only. If you need to + perform URL actions directly, use Subversion's commands + instead. + + + + + At this moment there isn't full implementation of path + syncronization inside centos-art.sh script + and that is somthing we need to do oursleves. However, the + texinfo backend inside the + help functionality does provide a restricted + implementation of path syncronization to documentation area + through the , + and options. You can read this + implementation and use it as reference to implement path + syncronization in other areas. + + + + The plan for a full implementation of path syncronization + inside centos-art.sh script would be to + create individual restricted implementations like the one in + texinfo backend for other areas that demand it + and then, create a higher implmentation that combines them all + as needed. This way, if we try to rename a repository + directory, the higher action can know which are all the + restricted actions that should be performed in order + to make the full path syncronization. + + + + For example, if the directory we are renaming is a master + path, it is required to syncronize the related output and + localization auxiliar paths. On the other hand, if the + directory we are renaming through full path syncronization is + an auxiliar path, it is required to determine first what is + the related master path and later, perform the syncronization + from master path to auxiliar paths as if the path provided + would be the master path not the auxiliar path. + + +
diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Conventions/worklines.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Conventions/worklines.docbook new file mode 100755 index 0000000..f31dd87 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Conventions/worklines.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,186 @@ +
+ + Repository Work Lines + + + The content production inside &TCAR; has been divided into + individual work lines that relate one another based on the + idea of doing one thing well. In this model, the content + produced individually by each work line is combined one + another later to achieve higher purposes (e.g., corporate + identity for &TCP;). The repository work lines, as conceived + here, provide a reliable environment for people to work + synchronized and decentralized. + + + + The action of combining work lines inside &TCAR; is also known + as the Production Cycle of CentOS corporate + visual identity. The rest of this section describes the work + lines available in the repository and how they integrate one + another. + + +
+ + Artworks + + + Artworks is the first component we work + out in order to produce new corporate visual identities. + Through this work line, graphic designers create + models and motifs for all the + visual manifestation &TCP; is made of. Once design models and + artistic motifs are set in place, graphic designers use the + functionality to + combine them into final images. + + + + The mission of Artworks work line is + define all the visual manifestations the &TCP; is made of and + provide design models and artistic motifs for them in order to + produce the image files required to transmit the visual style + that identifies &TCP; as unique organization. + + + + To know more about &TCPCVI;, read . + + +
+ +
+ + Localization + + + Localization is the second component that + must be worked out in the production cycle of CentOS corporate + visual identity. Through this work line translators localize + source files (e.g., SVG, DocBook, Shell scripts) which are + later used to produce localized images, localized + documentation and localized automation scripts. To localize + source files, translators use the functionality which takes + care of retrieving translatable strings from source files and + provide a consistent localization interface based on GNU + gettext multi-lingual message + production tool set and xml2po command. + + + + The localization process takes place inside the + Localization/ directory + in the first level of each repository directory structure. + This directory mirrors the renderable directory structures + outside it and stores .po and .pot files mainly. + + + + The mission of Localization work line is + extend the visual identity (produced in English language) to + as many native languages as possible, in order for people + which doesn't understand English language to feel more + comfortable with &TCP; in their own native languages. + + + + To know more about the specific localization process read + . + + +
+ +
+ + Documentation + + + The documentation work line is the third component that must + be worked out in the corporate identity production cycle. + Through this work line documentors settle down the conceptual + and practical used to edificate &TCAR;. To write + documentation, documentors use the help + functionality described in which provides a consistent interface for building + documentation through different documentation backends (e.g., + Texinfo, DocBook, LaTeX, etc.). + + + + The main purpose of this work line is describe the standard + procedures &TCAR; realies on, as well as conceive a place to + help you understand what &TCAR; is and what can you do with + it. + + + + The documentation work line takes palce in the Manuals directory. + + +
+ +
+ Packages + + + The packages work line is the fourth component that must be + worked out in the corporate identity production cycle. Through + this work line packager gather final images, final + translations and final documentation related to art works and + put all together inside RPM packages. For this purpose, + packagers use the pack describe in + which provides a + consistent interface for building packages inside the + repository. + + + + The main purpose of this work line is pack all the information + &TCP; requires to rebrand &TCD; according Red Hat + redistribution guidelines. + + + + The packages work line takes palce in the Packages directory. + + +
+ +
+ + Automation + + + The automation work line is the fifth and last component that + must be worked out in the corporate identity production cycle. + This work line closes the production cycle and provides the + production standards graphic designers, documentors, + translators and packagers need to make their work consistent + and reusable. For this purpose, programmers develop the + centos-art.sh script described in . + + + + The main purpose of this work line is standardize the + interaction of work lines in a reliable way. + + + + The automation work line takes palce in the Scripts directory. + + +
+ +
diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/History.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/History.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ca54c8a --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/History.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ + + + Repository History + + + This chapter summarizes relevant changes committed to &TCAR; + along the years. + + + &repo-history-2008; + &repo-history-2009; + &repo-history-2010; + &repo-history-2011; + &repo-history-2012; + &repo-history-2013; + + diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/History/2008.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/History/2008.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..aff53c8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/History/2008.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +
+ + 2008's + + + &TCAR; started at The CentOS Developers + Mailing List around 2008, on a discussion about how to + automate slide images used by Anaconda (&TCD; installer). In + such discussion, Ralph + Angenendt rose up his hand to ask —Do you have + something to show?—. + + + + To answer the question, Alain Reguera + Delgado suggested a bash script which combined SVG and + SED files in order to produce PNG images in different + languages —in conjunction with the proposition of + creating a Subversion repository where translations and image + production could be distributed inside &TCC;—. + + + + Karanbir + Singh considered the idea intresting and provided the + infrastructure necessary to support the effort. This way, + &TCAS; and &TCAR; were officially created and made world wide + available. In this configuration, users were able to register + themselves and administrators were able to assign access + rights to registered users inside &TCAR;, both using a web + interface. + + + + Once &TCAR; was available, Alain Reguera Delgado uploaded the + bash script used to produce the Anaconda + slides;See Ralph Angenendt documented it very + well;See and people started to download working + copies of &TCAR; to produce slide images in their own + languages.See the following Google + search. + + + + From this time on &TCAR; has been evolving into an automated + production environment where &TCC; can conceive &TCP; + corporate visual identity. + + + + The exact changes commited to &TCAR; through history can be + found in the repository + logs so you can know the real history about it. For + those of you who just want to get a glance of changes + committed, see . + + +
diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/History/2009.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/History/2009.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..725ca9c --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/History/2009.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +
+ + 2009's + + + Around 2009, the rendition script was at a very rustic state + where only slide images could be produced, so it was + redesigned to extend the image production to other areas, + different from slide images. In this configuration, one SVG + file was used as input to produce a translated instance of it + which, in turn, was used to produce one translated PNG image + as output. The SVG translated instance was created through SED + replacement commands. The translated PNG image was created + from the SVG translated instance using Inkscape command-line + interface. + + + + The repository directory structure was prepared to receive the + rendition script using design templates and translation files + in the same location. There was one directory structure for + each art work that needed to be produced. In this + configuration, if you would want to produce the same art work + with a different visual style or structure, it was needed to + create a new directory structure for it because both the image + structure and the image visual style were together in the + design template. + + + + The rendition script was moved to a common place and linked + from different directory structures. There was no need to have + the same code in different directory structures if it could be + in just one place and then be linked from different locations. + + + + Corporate identity concepts began to be considered. As + referece, it was used the book "Corporate Identity" by Wally + Olins (1989) and Wikipedia + related links. This way, the rendition script main's + goal becomes to: automate the production process of + a monolithic corporate visual identity structure, based on the + mission and the release schema of The CentOS + Project. + + + + The repository directory structures began to be documented by + mean of flat text files. Later, documentation in flat text + files was moved onto LaTeX format and this way &TCARUG; was + initiated. + +
diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/History/2010.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/History/2010.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4faacb0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/History/2010.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +
+ + 2010's + + + Around 2010, the rendition script changed its name from + render.sh to + centos-art.sh and became a collection of + functionalities where rendition was just one among others + (e.g., documentation and localization). + + + + The centos-art.sh was initially conceived + to automate frequent tasks inside the repository based in the + idea of Unix toolbox: to create small and specialized tools + that do one thing well. This way, functionalities inside + centos-art.sh began to be identified and + separated one another. For example, when images were rendered, + there was no need to load functionalities related to + documentation manual. This layout moved us onto common + functionalities and specific + functionalities inside + centos-art.sh script. Common + functionalities are loaded when + centos-art.sh script is initiated and are + available to specific functionalities. + + + + Suddenly, no need was found to keep all the links spreaded + around the repository in order to execute the + centos-art.sh script from different + locations. The centos-art command-line + interface was used instead. The centos-art + command-line interface is a symbolic link stored inside the + ~/bin directory + pointing to centos-art.sh script. As + default configuration, inside The CentOS Distribution, the + path to ~/bin is + included in the search path for commands (see + PATH environment variable). This way, using + the centos-art command-line interface, it + is possible to execute the centos-art.sh + script from virtually anywhere inside the workstation, just as + we frequently do with regular commands. + + + + Start using GNU getopt as default option parser inside the + centos-art.sh script. + + + + The repository directory structure was updated to improve the + implementation of corporate visual identity concepts. + Specially in the area related to themes. Having both structure + and style in the same file introduced content duplication when + producing art works. Because of this reason, they were + separated into two different directory structures: the design + models and the artistic motifs directory structures. From + this point on, the centos-art.sh was able + to produce themes as result of arbitrary combinations between + design models (structure) and artistic motifs (visual styles). + + + + In the documentation area, the documents in LaTeX format were + migrated to Texinfo format. In this configuration, each + directory structure in the repository has a documentation + entry associated in a Texinfo structure which can be read, + edited and administered (e.g., renamed, deleted and copied) + interactively through centos-art.sh script. + Additionally, the texi2html program was used to produced + customized XHTML output in conjunction with CSS from &TCW;. + + +
diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/History/2011.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/History/2011.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..69f840d --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/History/2011.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +
+ + 2011's + + + Around 2011, the centos-art.sh script was + redesigned to start translating XML-based files (e.g., SVG and + Docbook files) through xml2po program and + shell scripts (e.g., Bash scripts) through GNU gettext tools. + This configuration provided a stronger localization interface + for graphic designers, translators and programmers. The SED + replacement files are no longer used to handle localization. + + + + The render, help and + locale functionalities consolidated + themselves as the most frequent tasks performed in &TCAR; + working copy. Additionally, the prepare + and tuneup functionalities were also + maintained as useful tasks. + + + + In the documentation area, it was introduced the + transformation of localized DocBook XML DTD instances through + the render and + locale functionalities. In this + configuration, you use locale + functionality to localize DocBook source files to your + prefered language and later, using the + render functionality, you can produce the + localized XTHML and PDF output as specified in a XSLT layer. + Unfortunly, the transformation DocBook XML -> FO -> PDF + (through PassiveTex) seems to be buggy inside CentOS 5.5, so + it was commented inside the centos-art.sh + script. Most documentation is now organized in DocBook format, + even Texinfo format remains as the only format with automated + production tasks. + + + + In the automation area, the centos-art.sh + script introduced the capability of reading configuration + files. The main goal here was moving some command-line options + from functionalities onto a more persistent medium. Most + configuration files were set to define the position of brands + inside images and documentation manual specific options. + + +
diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/History/2012.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/History/2012.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cf81287 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/History/2012.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,431 @@ +
+ + 2012's + + + &TCAR; development was eventually stopped at November 2011 + until July 2012 when we needed to make the + centos-art.sh script a bit more + customizable than it presently was. For example, it was + considered as a need that functionalities inside the + centos-art.sh script must be not just + conceived independent one another but reusable in different + contexts as well. + + + + Make Localization Of <command>centos-art.sh</command> + Script Specific To Different Contexts + + + The procedure used to locale messages inside the + centos-art.sh script has to be re-designed + in order to accept such pluggable behavior into the script. We + couldn't publish unique centos-art.sh.po + and centos-art.sh.mo files because they + may contain different information in different contexts. For + example, if you are using the render and + help functionalities you only need + translation messages for them and not those from other + functionalities that may exist in the central repository but + you didn't download nor use into your working copy. + + + + One solution for this could be to have independent PO files + for each functionality of centos-art.sh + script which are combined to create the final PO and MO files + that gettext uses to retrive + translated strings when centos-art.sh + script is running. For this solution to be effective, you must + be selective about the functionalities and locales directories + you download into your working copy. For example, if you want + to use the render functionality and its locale messages only, + you must download the required directories and exclude others. + + + + + In case you don't want to be selective and download the whole + repository, the creation of the + centos-art.sh.po, + centos-art.sh.pot and + centos-art.sh.mo files will occur + automatically the first time you run the + prepare functionality (which require the + locale functionality to be available), or + later, by running the following command: + centos-art locale Scripts/Bash --update + + + + For more information about the prepare + and locale functionalities, see and respectively. + + + + + + As shown in , both + Commons and Locales + functionalities will always be required directories. The + Commons directory contains the common + functionalities and the Locales directory + contains the standard procedures you need to run in order to + build the final centos-art.sh.mo file + used by gettext to retrive + translation strings when the centos-art.sh + script is running. Remember that + centos-art.sh.pot, + centos-art.sh.po files aren't under + version control and they are built by combining each + funtionality message.po file into a PO and later a MO file. + + + + Directory structure of a rendering-only context + + Directory structure of a rendering-only context + + + +/home/centos/Projects/artwork/ +|-- Locales/ +| `-- Scripts/ +| `-- Bash/ +| `-- es_ES/ +| |-- Functions/ +| | |-- Commons/ +| | | |-- messages.po +| | | `-- messages.pot +| | |-- Locales/ +| | | |-- messages.po +| | | `-- messages.pot +| | `-- Render/ +| | |-- messages.po +| | `-- messages.pot +| |-- LC_MESSAGES/ +| | `-- centos-art.sh.mo +| |-- centos-art.sh.po +| `-- centos-art.sh.pot +`-- Scripts/ + `-- Bash/ + |-- Functions/ + | |-- Commons/ + | |-- Locales/ + | `-- Render/ + `-- centos-art.sh + + + + + + + + A practical example of using the solution described above may + be found when you are working on the corporate identity of + &TCP; and then need to start a new corporate identity project + for another organization. You want to keep the directory + structure of &TCAR; and its automation tool, the + centos-art.sh script. Your new project + requires you to introduce new functionalities to + centos-art.sh which don't fit the needs of + &TCP; (e.g., you want to introduce a + report functionality to mesure how much + connect time do you consume through your PPP internface.) or + you just want to keep the directory structure of your new + project as simple as possible. + + + + To go through this it is possible to mix specific parts of + different central repositories into one single working copy. + This is the working copy you'll use to manage your new + project. In , we + see how the Render, + Locales and Commons directories which come + from the &TCAR; has been integrated into the working copy of + your new project. + + + + Mixing automation functionalities. + + Mixing automation functionalities. + + + +/home/al/Projects/Myapp/ +|-- Locales/ +| `-- Scripts/ +| `-- Bash/ +| `-- es_ES/ +| |-- Functions/ +| | |-- Commons/ <--| from https://projects.centos.org/svn/artwork/ +| | | |-- messages.po +| | | `-- messages.pot +| | |-- Locales/ <--| from https://projects.centos.org/svn/artwork/ +| | | |-- messages.po +| | | `-- messages.pot +| | |-- Render/ <--| from https://projects.centos.org/svn/artwork/ +| | | |-- messages.po +| | | `-- messages.pot +| | `-- Report/ +| | |-- messages.po +| | `-- messages.pot +| |-- LC_MESSAGES/ +| | `-- myapp.sh.mo +| |-- myapp.sh.po +| `-- myapp.sh.pot +`-- Scripts/ + `-- Bash/ + |-- Functions/ + | |-- Commons/ <--| from https://projects.centos.org/svn/artwork/ + | |-- Locales/ <--| from https://projects.centos.org/svn/artwork/ + | |-- Render/ <--| from https://projects.centos.org/svn/artwork/ + | `-- Report/ + `-- myapp.sh + + + + + + + + At this point, your working copy contains files from two + different central repositories. One repository provides the + files of your new organization project and the other one + provides the files related to the render + functionality from &TCAR;. In this environment, all updates + commited to the Render, + Locales and Commons directories at &TCAR; + will be available to you too, the next time you update your + working copy. Likewise, if you change something in any of + these directories and commit your changes, your changes will + be available to poeple working in &TCAR; the next time they + update their working copies. + + + + Understanding the need of mixing different central + repositories into a single working copy is an important step + for reusing the functionalities that come with centos-art.sh + script, but it is not enough if you want to customize the + information produced by it. By default, the centos-art.sh + script uses information related to &TCP;. You probably need to + change this if you are producing images to a different + organization than &TCP;. For example, some of the information + you might need to change would be the copyright holder, + brands, domain names, mailing lists, and so forth. To change + this information you need to duplicate the file + centos-art.sh and rename it to something + else. Later, you need to edit the renamed version and change + variables inside according your needs. In , we used the name + myapp.sh instead of + centos-art.sh so the information we set + inside it could reflect the specific needs that motivated the + creation of a new project without affecting those from &TCP;. + + + + Most of the information you need to change in your duplicated + version of centos-art.sh file is + controlled by a set of read-only variables. You modify these + variables here and they will be available all along the script + execution time. For example, you can change the value of + CLI_WRKCOPY variable inside your duplicated + version of centos-art.sh to change the + absolute path you use to store your working copy. + + + + + + Enhance The CentOS Logo Construction + + + The CentOS Logo is made of two different components known as + The CentOS Symbol and The CentOS Type. Presently (at the end + of September), to produce these components, we create one + SVG image for each PNG image we want to + produce, store it in Identity/Models/Brands/Logos + directory structure and run the command: + + + + centos-art render Identity/Images/Brands/Logos + + + + This model works and scales well in situations when there + isn't a need to reuse final images among themselves. However, + when you need to reuse images among themselves, a better + solution is required. The goal here would be: don't create + SVG images for PNG images you can build + based on other PNG images. + + + + This might be achieved through one of the following ways: + + + + + + Create a new specific functionality to achieved the goal. + Needed because the + specific functionality uses SVG files as + reference to build images (i.e., one SVG + image produces one PNG image). + + + + + + Modify functionality to + work in different modes based on file type or file extension. + The first mode would use SVG files as + reference to build PNG images (just as it was doing so far). + The second mode would use a configuration file named + render.conf as reference inside the + design models directory you want to produce images for so as + to build the related PNG images. In this second case, the + configuration file specifies how final PNG images will be + produced (e.g., by appending or overlapping them one another). + + + + + + For example, consider the following command-line: + + + + centos-art render Identity/Images/Brands/Logos + + + + This command should evaluate which type of rendition will be + done, based on whether the source file is a scalable vector + graphic (SVG) or a configuration file. To + make this decision, the centos-art.sh + script looks for SVG files first, and + configuration files later. When SVG files + are found, the centos-art.sh script uses a + list of SVG files and process them one by + one excluding any related configuration file that could exist. + On the other hand, if no SVG file is found + inside the related design model directory structure, the + centos-art.sh script will use the + configuration file with the name + render.conf to create images as specified + inside it. When neither a SVG or a + configuration file is found inside the design model directory + structure, the centos-art.sh script + finishes its execution without any error message. For + example, if no SVG file is found inside + Identity/Models/Brands/Logos/ + directory and the + Identity/Models/Brands/Logos/images.conf + configuration file exists therein with the following content: + + + +[centos.png] +models = "Identity/Models/Brands/Symbols/centos-symbol-forlogos.svgz Identity/Models/Brands/Types/centos.svgz" +formats = "xpm jpg" +heights = "48 78" +fgcolor = "000000 ffffff" +bgcolor = "ffffff-0" +command = "/usr/bin/convert +append" + +[centos-artwork.png] +models = "Identity/Models/Brands/Symbols/centos-symbol-forlogos.svgz Identity/Models/Brands/Types/centos.svgz Identity/Models/Brands/Types/artwork.svgz" +formats = "xpm jpg" +heights = "48 78" +fgcolor = "000000 ffffff" +bgcolor = "ffffff-0" +command = "/usr/bin/convert +append" + + + + The centos-art.sh script should produce the + following image files: + + + +Identity/Images/Brands/Logos/000000/ffffff-0/48/centos.jpg +Identity/Images/Brands/Logos/000000/ffffff-0/48/centos.png +Identity/Images/Brands/Logos/000000/ffffff-0/48/centos.xpm +Identity/Images/Brands/Logos/000000/ffffff-0/48/centos-artwork.png +Identity/Images/Brands/Logos/000000/ffffff-0/48/centos-artwork.jpg +Identity/Images/Brands/Logos/000000/ffffff-0/48/centos-artwork.xmp +Identity/Images/Brands/Logos/000000/ffffff-0/78/centos.jpg +Identity/Images/Brands/Logos/000000/ffffff-0/78/centos.png +Identity/Images/Brands/Logos/000000/ffffff-0/78/centos.xpm +Identity/Images/Brands/Logos/000000/ffffff-0/78/centos-artwork.png +Identity/Images/Brands/Logos/000000/ffffff-0/78/centos-artwork.jpg +Identity/Images/Brands/Logos/000000/ffffff-0/78/centos-artwork.xmp +Identity/Images/Brands/Logos/ffffff/ffffff-0/48/centos.jpg +Identity/Images/Brands/Logos/ffffff/ffffff-0/48/centos.png +Identity/Images/Brands/Logos/ffffff/ffffff-0/48/centos.xpm +Identity/Images/Brands/Logos/ffffff/ffffff-0/48/centos-artwork.png +Identity/Images/Brands/Logos/ffffff/ffffff-0/48/centos-artwork.jpg +Identity/Images/Brands/Logos/ffffff/ffffff-0/48/centos-artwork.xmp +Identity/Images/Brands/Logos/ffffff/ffffff-0/78/centos.jpg +Identity/Images/Brands/Logos/ffffff/ffffff-0/78/centos.png +Identity/Images/Brands/Logos/ffffff/ffffff-0/78/centos.xpm +Identity/Images/Brands/Logos/ffffff/ffffff-0/78/centos-artwork.png +Identity/Images/Brands/Logos/ffffff/ffffff-0/78/centos-artwork.jpg +Identity/Images/Brands/Logos/ffffff/ffffff-0/78/centos-artwork.xmp + + + + The final location for storing images output inside the + repository is determined by using the design model directory + provided as argument. Basically, the + centos-art.sh script changes the path + components from Models to Images and adds foreground color, + background color, height value and image name to it to + differentiate rendered images. + + + + In case you need to restrict the amount of files you want to + produce including their formats, heights, colors and commands, + you need to modify the content of the related + render.conf configuration file. There is + not any command-line option available for such tasks. The most + + command-line options can do for you is when there are more + than one configuration file inside the same design model + directory and you need to specify which one of them will be + used as reference. In such case you can use the + option. + + + + When images are produced through configuration files, the + centos-art.sh script takes the order + provided in the list of design models to build the list of + images you will work with through the command specified. For + example, the order in which images will be appended or + overlapped. + + + + Localization of logo images will not be and must not be + supported in any way. That would bring disastrous confusion in + the area of visual recognition. + + + + +
diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/History/2013.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/History/2013.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..290647a --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/History/2013.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,141 @@ +
+ + 2013's + + + &TCAR; development was eventually stopped at November, 2012, + when I moved myself from Cienfuegos to Havana city for working + The first months were very difficult, specially at the moment + of finding a stable place to set my personal desktop (I was + moving myself from one apartment to another, frequently). + + + + On May 14th, the work in Havana ends for me and I have to + return to Cienfuegos city. I tried to take advantage of the + situation dedicating more work and study hours to &TCAR; and + the related automation scripts once again. At this point I + consider a Git+Gitolite+Gitweb+MantisBT infrastructure for + &TCAR; and start working on it in my workstation. This, in + order to implement a distributed work flow for &TCAR; based on + Git version control system. + + + + Update Version Control Environment + + The function environment related to version control tasks was + renamed from svn to in order to handle both + Subversion and + Git working copies of &TCAR;. This + change prepares the centos-art.sh script to + follow the suggestion of a complete migration from + Subversion to + Git, at some point. + + + + Because the Subversion + infrastructure is the one in place right now and it is the one + with most artwork history, it will be + Subversion the version control + system we are using as default in + centos-art.sh. However this will surely + change as soon as a Git + infrastructure be approved for &TCAR; and everything could be + moved there. + + + + + Start Using The <filename>centos-art.conf</filename> File + + Based on the need of supporting more than one application to + handle version control tasks, it was added the + centos-art.conf file into the Scripts/Bash directory. This file + exists to customize specific behaviours of + centos-art.sh script once it has been + executed (e.g., what kind of application will be used as + default for doing version control, or even if the actions + related to version control will be performed or not). + + + + + + Update Repository Directories Structure + + I face the following situation: I am working on a + documentation project named solinfo-network. + While I was organizing it, I found that the directory + structure of &TCAR; fits quite well the needs of + solinfo-network documentation project. However, + I don't want to duplicate automation scripts in two separate + projects, but share them between themselves (i.e., changes + committed to automation scripts are pushed to one single + place, not two.). + + + When we use Subversion repositories, it is possible to + checkout specific parts of different repositories into a new + repository. This is very useful if we need to create several + projects that share the same component and we don't want to + duplicate the common component in two or more different + projects but share it between them. See + . + + + + When we use Git repository, it is not possible to checkout + specific parts of a repository but the complete tree. So, in + order to share common components of a repository we need to + create one repository for each common component we want to + share and then use Git submodulessee progit-book, + page 152. This requires that brand new + repositories be created for each component we want to share. + + + + In both situations, including Git and Subversion repositories, + it is necessary that we define very well the structure of each + component we want to share, so it can be + plugged nicely into other projects. Likewise, + other projects must have the same directory structure the + pluggable component was design to fit in. If these two + conditions can be reached, it would be possible to reuse + repositories components and concentrate efforts. The current + directory structure &TCAR; is set in allows components inside + Subversion repositories to be reused by related working + copies. However, we cannot do the same if it is stored in a + Git repository. In order for Git repositories to be able to + share components with other Git repositories, &TCAR; directory + structure needs to be reorganized to better delineate each + component the repository is made of. + + + + For more information see . + + + + + + +
diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Workstation.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Workstation.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cf55d5e --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Workstation.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ + + + Preparing Your Workstation + + &repo-ws-intro; + &repo-ws-install; + &repo-ws-config; + + diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Workstation/config.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Workstation/config.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8ad40d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Workstation/config.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,351 @@ +
+ + Configuring Your Workstation + + + Once your workstation has been installed, it is time for you + to configure it. The configuration of your workstation + consists on defining your workplace, download a working copy + from &TCAR; and finally, run the prepare + functionality of centos-art.sh script to + install/update the software needed, render images, create + links, and anything else needed. + + +
+ Define Your Workplace + + Once you've installed the workstation and it is up and + running, you need to register the user name you'll use for + working. In this task you need to use the commands + useradd and passwd to + create the user name and set a password for it, respectively. + These commands require administrative privileges to be + executed, so you need to login as root + superuser for doing so. + + + + + Do not use the root username for regular + tasks inside your working copy of &TCAR;. This is dangerous + and might provoke unreversable damages to your workstation. + + + + + When you've registered your user name in the workstation, it + provides an identifier for you to open a user's session in the + workstation and a place to store the information you produce, + as well. This place is known as your home directory and is + unique for each user registered in the workstation. For + example, if you register the user name john in your + workstation, your home directory would be located at /home/john/. + + + + At this point it is important to define where to download the + working copy of &TCAR; inside your home directory. This + desition deserves special attention and should be implemented + carefully in order to grant a standard environment that could + be distributed. Let's see some alternatives. + + +
+ Different absolute paths + + Consider that you store your working copy under /home/john/Projects/artwork/ and + I store mine under /home/al/Projects/artwork/, we'll + end up refering the same files inside our working copies + through different absolute paths. This alternative generates + a contradiction when files which hold path information inside + are committed up to the central repository from different + working copies. The contradiction comes from the question: + which is the correct absolute path to use inside such files, + yours or mine? (None of them is, of course.) + + +
+ +
+ One unique absolute path + + Another case would be that where you and I ourselves use one + unique home directory (e.g., /home/centos/Projects/artwork/) + to store the working copy of &TCAR; in our own workstations, + but configure the subversion client to use different user + names to commit changes up from the working copy to the + central repository. This alternative might be not so good in + situations where you and I have to share the same workstation. + In such cases, it would be required that we both share the + password information of the same system user (the + centos user in our example) which, in + addition, gives access to that user's subversion client + configuration and this way provokes the whole sense of using + different subversion credentials for committing changes to be + lost. + +
+ +
+ Different absolute paths through dynamic expansion + + Most of the absolute paths we use inside the working copy are + made of two parts, one dynamic and one relative fixed. The + dynamic part is the home directory of the current user and its + value can be retrived from the $HOME + environment variable. The fixed part of the path is the one + we set inside the repositroy structure itself as a matter of + organization. What we need here is to find a way to expand + variables inside files that don't support variable expansion. + This alternative had worked rather fine when we produce + produce PNG files from SVG files and XTHML from DocBook files, + but the same is not true for absolute paths inside files that + are used as in their permanent state inside the repository + (e.g., CSS files and other files similar in purpose). + +
+ +
+ Different absolute paths, dynamic expansion, symbolic + links, relative links, and environment variables + + + With this solution it is possible to store working copies of + &TCAR; on different locations inside the same workstation + without lose relation between files. Here we use the + TCAR_WORKDIR environment variable to set the location of the + working copy inside the workstation. Later the centos-art.sh + scripts uses this value as reference to determine where the + working copy is. This value is also the one used for dynamic + expansion inside design models and other similar files. In the + case of web projects where different components are required + to produce the final content, we create symbolic links between + them and use relative paths so it is possible to reuse them + and retain the relation between them in different contexts. + + + + For example, lets consider the organization of XHTML manuals + rendered from DocBook source files. When you render a DocBook + manual inside &TCAR; it creates XHTML files. This XHTML files + use images and common style sheets for better presentation. + Both of these images and styles components live outside the + XHTML structure so, in order to make them available + relatively to the XHTML structure, we created symbolic links + from the XHTML structure to the outside location where they + are in. The creation of symbolic links takes place + automatically when each DockBook manual is rendered through + centos-art.sh, which uses the value of + TCAR_WORKDIR environment variable as reference to determine + the absolute path of the working copy. + + + + Bacause absolute paths are no longer stored inside permanent + files and centos-art.sh script uses the + TCAR_WORKDIR environment variable to determine where the + working copy is stored in the workstation, it should be safe + to download working copies of &TCAR; anywhere in the + workstation. One just have to be sure that the value of + TCAR_WORKDIR environment variable does match the location of + the working copy you are using. + + +
+ +
+ +
+ Download Your Working Copy + + + In order to use &TCAR; you need to download a working copy + from the central repository into your workstation. To + download such working copy use the following command: + + + git clone https://projects.centos.org/~al/artwork.git + + + This command will create your working copy inside your home + directory, specifically in a directory named artwork.git. Inside this directory + you will find all the files you need to work with inside + &TCAR;. If you want to have your working copy in a location + different to that one shown above, see . + + + + The first time you download the working copy it contains no + image files, nor documentation, or localized content inside + it. This is because all the files provided in the working copy + are source files (e.g., the files needed to produce other + files) and it is up to you to render them in order to produce + the final files (e.g., images and documentation) used to + implement &TCPCVI;. + + +
+ +
+ Configure Administrative Tasks + + + Most of the administrative tasks you need to perform in your + working copy of &TCAR; are standardized inside the + prepare functionality of + centos-art.sh script. Inside + centos-art.sh + script, all administrative task are invoked through the + sudo command. Thus, in order for the + centos-art.sh script to perform + administrative tasks, you need to update the + sudo's configuration in a way that such + administrative actions be allowed. + + + + At time of this writing the centos-art.sh + script implements just one administrative task, that is + package management. Nevertheless, in the future, other + administrative tasks might be included as well (e.g., + installing themes locally from the working copy for testing + purposes.). + + + + To update the sudo's configuration, execute + the visudo command as root. + Later, uncoment the Cmnd_Alias related to + SOFTWARE and add a line for your username + allowing software commands. This configuration is illustrated + in . + + + + The <filename>/etc/sudoers</filename> configuration file + + /etc/sudoers configuration file + + + +## Installation and management of software +Cmnd_Alias SOFTWARE = /bin/rpm, /usr/bin/up2date, /usr/bin/yum + +## Next comes the main part: which users can run what software on +## which machines (the sudoers file can be shared between multiple +## systems). +## Syntax: +## +## user MACHINE=COMMANDS +## +## The COMMANDS section may have other options added to it. +## +## Allow root to run any commands anywhere +root ALL=(ALL) ALL + +## Allow the centos user to run installation and management of +## software anywhere. +al ALL=(ALL) SOFTWARE + + + + + + +
+ +
+ Run Preparation Tool + + Once you've both downloaded a working copy from &TCAR; + and configured the sudo's configuration + file successfully, run the prepare + functionality of centos-art.sh script to + complete the configuration process using the following + command: + + + ~/artwork/Scripts/Bash/centos-art.sh prepare + + + To know more about the prepare + functionality of centos-art.sh script, see + . + +
+ +
+ Changing Your Working Copy Default Path + + By default your working copy should be store in your home + directory, specifically in the location ~/artwork. This location may not + be the final location where you want to have your working copy + in situations where you are working on several projects at the + same time or you already have a define location to organize + your projects inside your home directory. Thus, you may need + to change the default location of your working copy to a more + appropriate location. + + + + The default path to your working copy is controlled by the + TCAR_WORKDIR environment variable. This + variable is firstly defined in your personal profile after + running the prepare functionality of + centos-art.sh script. So, to change the + path of your working copy correctly, do the following: + + + + + + Create the parent directory you will use to store your working + copy. For example: + mkdir -p ~/Projects/CentOS + + + + + Move the currently downloaded working copy from ~/artwork to + your new location. For example: + mv ~/artwork ~/Projects/CentOS/ + + + + + Update the environment variables set in + ~/.bash_profile by running the + centos-art.sh script from the new location. + For example: + ~/Projects/CentOS/artwork/Scripts/Bash/centos-art.sh prepare --set-environment + + + + + Do log out from your active user's seesion and do log in again + so the environment changes take effect. Or just update the + current environment information by running the following + command: + . ~/.bash_profile + + + + + Update internal links by running the + centos-art.sh script. For example: + ${TCAR_WORKDIR}/Scripts/Bash/centos-art.sh prepare --links + + + + +
+ +
diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Workstation/install.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Workstation/install.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..46d30a9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Workstation/install.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +
+ + Installing Your Workstation + + + To install your workstation use &TCD; default configuration as + proposed by &TCD; installer. This includes default + partitioning and packages. &TCAR; is been completly develop + upon &TCD; and realies on such environment to achieve most + automation tasks. In order to get a reproducable environment, + it is convenient that you, too, use the same operating system + that we do. + + +
+ Supported Platforms + + + &TCAR; has been tested in the following platforms: + + + + + + The CentOS Distribution major release 5 update 5, for i386 and + i686 architectures. + + + + + + In case you be using a working copy of &TCAR; in a different + platform from those listed here, please send a mail to centos-devel@centos.org + notifying it. It is our intention to make &TCAR; as portable + as possible through different major releases of &TCD;. + + +
+ +
diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Workstation/intro.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Workstation/intro.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d6677cc --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/Workstation/intro.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +
+ + Introduction + + + The workstation is the machine you use to store your working + copy of &TCAR;. The working copy is an ordinary directory + tree on your workstation, containing a collection of files + that you can edit however you wish. The working copy is your + own private work area related to &TCAR; where you perform + changes and receive changes from others. + + + + In order to make your workstation completely functional, it is + necessary that you install it and configure it to satisfy the + needs demanded by the working copy of &TCAR; you later + download in it. + + + + This chapter describes the steps you need to follow in order + to install and configure a workstation for using a working + copy of &TCAR; in all its extention. + + +
diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/introduction.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/introduction.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a059dc5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Repository/introduction.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,120 @@ +
+ + Overview + + + The corporations always have a corporate identity, even when + they don't take an intentional control over it. It is a choise + from the corporation to define how much control to take over + its identity. This kind of control is expensive and not all + corporations are able to maintain it. However, it is + necessary that, based on pragmatic facts, the corporation + assume an acceptable degree of compromise with its identity in + order to create a consistent idea of itself in a way that can + be progresively improved through time. + + + + During the years (2003-2009), we've seen a growing interest + inside &TCC; for helping on &TCP; development. Some people + seem to be very clear about what the project needs are and how + to maintain it being a very stable project, but others however + don't to get what &TCP; is (even it is explained time after + time) and sometimes decide to put their efforts in the wrong + direction making everything to be a waste of time and source + of distraction from what is really needed. + + + + &TCAR; phases the question What can I do for + &TCP;? by identifying different work lines you can + join in and providing automated production mechanisms that + complement one another according to each work line needs so + consistent results can be achieved inside a distributed + environment under version control. For example, consider an + environment where there are graphic designers to produce + images, documentors to produce documentation manuals (whose + can use images produced by graphic designers), programmers to + produce automation scripts (needed to standardize production + tasks) and translators to localize source files created by + graphic designers, documetors and programmers. Once such + environment has been implemented, it would be possible for + packagers to take localized images and localized documentation + from &TCAR; (through an automation script probably) to + rebrand/update the content of those packages inside &TCD; that + must include information specific to &TCP; itself (e.g., boot + loader, distribution installer, release notes, display + managers, release notes, web browsers default page, etc.). + + + + Most production tasks inside &TCAR; are focused on the files + needed to implement &TCP; corporate visual identity. + + Notice that, here, visual identity means everything + perceived through the human's visual sences (i.e., the + human eyes), but the corporate identity is a wider concept + that extends to all human senses (i.e., visibilty (eyes), + audition (ears), scent (nose), touch (fingers), and savour + (tongue)), not just that one related to visual aspects. + Nevertheless, we need to be consequent with the media + where &TCP; manifests its existence on, as described in + . + This includes everything from file edition + (e.g., text width, text indentation, line numbering, text + tabulation, etc.) up to how the web sites, distribution, and + industrial stuff (e.g., pullovers, caps, installation media, + etc.) look and feel. Notice that, more specific details like + typography, window design, icons, menu items, etc., inside + &TCD; are already covered by &TCP; upstream provider. In our + effort to be 100% binary compatible with the upstream provider + and also keeping maintainance low, we stand over those + specific details as much as possible assuming them as default. + However, if you feel brave enough (and prove your ability to + keep yourself being that way) it would be possible to open a + work line for you to maintain variants of such very specific + details inside &TCAR;. + + + + In addition to visual manifestations, there are also emotional + feelings and ethical behaviours that must be considered as + part of &TCP; corporate identity. A pleasant experience in + this area includes &TCWIKI;, specifically the way it was + conceived and administered. When the &TCWIKI; was published, + &TCP; published a list of needs with it so anyone could + contribute based on them. Not much time after that, the list + of tasks triggered some souls' motivations ruled by the good + will of initiating the translation of that content published + inside the wiki, redesigning its visual style, proposing the + TreeFlower theme for &TCD;, and reducing to zero the + contraditions of precoceived minds with respect, reason and + passion. As result of this experience, we found that &TCC; + posseses an incredible strong creative force, however, a long + path must be traveled before it can be focalized into the + right direction because: it isn't enough just telling what the + right direction is, it is also necessary to provide the + vehicles for &TCC; be able of moving through it. + + + + &TCAR; extends the feelings and ethicals behaviours from + &TCWIKI; to itself by identifying the visual manifestations + &TCP; is made of (i.e., tracing a direction) and allowing + people to develop them through standardized procedures inside + a colaborative environment (i.e., providing the vehicles). + + + + Finally, if you find yourself needing to do something for + &TCP; and &TCAR; isn't the place for it, be sure to define + what that something exactly is and also make it a community + effort so it can be validated as something useful to the + community itself. Otherwise, the effort would loose its + initial sense soon enough so as to be considered seriously. + Notice that the way these needs are described may take + different forms: they can be written and organized inside a + book, an article, or even a well documented program ;-). + + +
diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..088ba46 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ + + + Automation + + + + This part of the book describes &TCAR; automation work + line. Through this work line programmers provide the + production standards that graphic designers, + documentalists, translators and packagers need to make + their work consistent and reusable. For this purpose, + programmers develop the centos-art.sh + script and its functionalities. The main purpose of this + work line is standardize the interaction of work lines in + a reliable way. The automation work line takes place in + the Scripts + directory. + + + + &scripts-bash; + + diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts.ent b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts.ent new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3a8db4c --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts.ent @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..33a1e2f --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ + + + The <command>centos-art.sh</command> Reference + Version 0.4 + + + &scripts-bash-intro; + &scripts-bash-mission; + &scripts-bash-nameconvs; + &scripts-bash-cliref; + &scripts-bash-environment; + + + &scripts-bash-prepare; + &scripts-bash-help; + &scripts-bash-render; + &scripts-bash-locale; + &scripts-bash-pack; + &scripts-bash-tuneup; + &scripts-bash-vcs; + &scripts-bash-cli_checkFiles; + + diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/cli_checkFiles.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/cli_checkFiles.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..74f40a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/cli_checkFiles.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,245 @@ + + + + cli_checkFiles + 1 + + Standardize constructions for file verifications + + + + + cli_checkFiles + Standardize constructions for file verifications. + + + + + cli_checkFiles + + -d + -e + -f + -h + -x + + LOCATION + + + + + Description + + The cli_checkFiles exists to answer basic + questions like Is LOCATION + is a regular file? and Is + LOCATION a directory?. The + answer to such questions affects the script execution flow in + the following way: when the answer positive (e.g., + LOCATION is a regular file), the + script passes the test silently and continues its execution. + When the answer is negative(e.g., + LOCATION is not a regular file), + the script finishes its execution immediately with an error + message. + + + + The cli_checkFiles function is exported + to centos-art.sh script environment in the + very beginning of its execution and will be available all + along its execution lifetime. You can use this function inside + common and specific functions whenever you need to verify + files inside the &TCAR;. + + + + The cli_checkFiles function is available + inside the centos-art.sh script only as + part of its execution environment. This function is exported + to centos-art.sh script just after + executing the script from the command-line and will be + available all along the script lifetime. So, you can use this + function both in common and specific functionalities of + centos-art.sh script. + + + + The cli_checkFiles function doesn't + create subsequent execution environments. + + + + + Usage + + Use the cli_checkFiles function inside + centos-art.sh script whenever you need to + control the script execution flow based on file type (e.g., + regular files, directories, links, etc.) verifications. + + + + + Options + + The cli_checkFiles function accepts the + following options: + + + + + + + Verifies whether LOCATION exists + and is a directory. If it doesn't exists or isn't a directory, + an error message is printed and the script finishes its + execution. Otherwise, if it exists and is a directory, the + script continues its execution normally. + + + + + + + + + Verifies whether LOCATION exists or + not. If it doesn't exist, an error message is printed and the + script finishes its execution. Otherwise, if it does exists, + the script continues its execution normally. + + + + + + + + + Verifies whether LOCATION exists + and is a regular file. If it doesn't exists or isn't a regular + file, an error message is printed and the script finishes its + execution. Otherwise, if it exists and is a regular file, the + script continues its execution normally. + + + + + + + + + Verifies whether LOCATION exists + and is a symbolic link. If it doesn't exists or isn't a + symbolic link, an error message is printed and the script + finishes its execution immediately. Otherwise, if it does + exist and is a symbolic link, the script continue its + execution normally. + + + + + + + + + Verifies whether LOCATION exists + and execution permission is granted. If it doesn't exist or + hasn't execution permission, the script finishes its execution + immediately. Otherwise, if it exists and has execution + permissions, the script continues its execution normally. + + + + + + + The value of the LOCATION argument + must be an absolute path to the file you want to verify. If + such file doesn't exists in any supported form, the script + finishes its execution with an error message. + + + + + Examples + + The following example was taken from + centos-art.sh script initialization phase. + Notice the position of cli_checkFiles + function inside the loop. If some of the function files we + need to export doesn't have execution rights, + cli_checkFiles will + finish the script execution immediately with an error message. + + +# Process the list of files. +for FUNCFILE in $FUNCFILES;do + + # Verify the execution rights for function file. + cli_checkFiles -x ${FUNCFILE} + + # Initialize the function file. + . ${FUNCFILE} + + # Export the function names inside the file to current shell + # script environment. + export -f $(egrep "${PATTERN}" ${FUNCFILE} | gawk '{ print $2 }') + +done + + + + + Bugs + + To report bugs related to this function, please create a new + ticket at refering the + name of this function clearly and the specific problems you + found in it. + + + + + Authors + + + + Alain Reguera Delgado alain.reguera@gmail.com, =COPYRIGHT_YEAR_LIST= + + + + + + + License + + + Copyright © =COPYRIGHT_YEAR_LIST= =COPYRIGHT_HOLDER= + + + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as + published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of + the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be + useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied + warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR + PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. + + + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free + Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, + USA. + + + + + diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/cliref.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/cliref.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a8ff53e --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/cliref.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,569 @@ + + + Command-line Interface + + + The centos-art.sh script follows a + conventional GNU/Linux command-line interface where there + might be options and non-option arguments in it. As convention + to centos-art.sh, the first non-option + argument passed through the command-line will be the name of + the specific function you want to execute (e.g., , , , etc.). This first argument + will be immediately removed from the list of arguments passed + to centos-art.sh script leaving just the + remaining options and non-option arguments passed to it. From + this point on, the centos-art.sh script + uses the getopt command to retrieve option + arguments and remove them from the list of arguments passed to + centos-art.sh script. + + + + To better understand the centos-art.sh + command-line interface, consider the command shown in . This example + shows the entire command as a list of space-separated + arguments. Each argument passed in the command-line can be + reached using positional variables as described in . + + + + The command-line interface + + The command-line interface + + + +centos-art render Identity/Images/Themes --with-brands + + + + + + + + Option Arguments + + + As convention inside the centos-art.sh, all + specific function environments should provide support for the + following option arguments: + + + + + | + + + This option makes centos-art.sh to shows + information about the specific function environment (e.g., how + to execute it, available options, etc.) set as first + non-option argument. For example, if you provide the + centos-art render --help, the + centos-art.sh script will display to you + the information related to functionality. + + + This information is retrieved from The CentOS Artwork + Repository File System (tcar-fs) documentation manual. + This manual is written in Texinfo format and provides a quick + way for you to read and browse documentation related to each + directory inside &TCAR; as you work with it from a text + terminal. + + + + + + + + + | + + + This option makes the centos-art.sh script + to suppress messages sent to standard output. This option + doesn't suppress error messages, nor questions related to + script execution. + + + + + + + + The specific option arguments used by function environments + are described individually, as part of each function + environment documentation. To know more about the specific + options used by function environments, see and . + + + + Specific functions environment + + + + Name + Description + + + + + + + Standardize configuration tasks inside &TCAR; + + + + Standardize rendition tasks inside &TCAR; + + + + Standardize localization tasks inside &TCAR; + + + + Standardize documentation tasks inside &TCAR; + + + + Standardize packing tasks inside &TCAR; + + + + Standardize maintainance tasks inside &TCAR; + + + + Standardize version control tasks inside &TCAR; + + + + +
+ + + Common functions environment + + + + Name + Description + + + + + + + cli_checkFiles + + + Standardize conditional expressions applied to files + (including links and directories) inside the + centos-art.sh script. + + + + cli_checkRepoDirSource + + Standardize directories' path construction inside the + working copy, using absolute paths. + + + + cli_expandTMarkers + + Standardize translation markers construction and their + related expansion. + + + + cli_exportFunctions + + Standardize the way specific functionalities are + exported to centos-art.sh script + environment. + + + + cli_getConfigLines + + Standardize the way configuration lines are retrieved + form configuration files. + + + + cli_getConfigSectionNames + + Standardize the way section names are retrieved from + configuration files. + + + + cli_getConfigValue + + Standardize the way configuration values are retrieved + from configuration files. + + + + cli_getFilesList + + Standardize the way list of files are built inside + centos-art.sh script. + + + + cli_getPathComponent + + Standardize the way directory structures are organized + inside the working copy of &TCAR;. + + + + cli_getRepoName + + Standardize files and directories name convection + inside the working copy of &TCAR;. + + + + cli_getTemporalFile + + Standardize temporal files creation. + + + + cli_parseArgumentsReDef + + Initiate/reset and sanitize positional parameters + passed to this function and creates the list of + arguments that getopt will process. + + + + cli_parseArguments + + Redefine the ARGUMENTS global + variable using getopt output. + + + + cli_printCopyrightInfo + + Standardize the copyright information printed on + content produced by centos-art.sh + script. + + + + cli_printMailingList + + Standardize the way mailing list addresses are printed + on content produced by + centos-art.sh script. + + + + cli_printMessage + + Standardize the way messages are printed by + centos-art.sh script. + + + + cli_printUrl + + Standardize the way URLs are printed by + centos-art.sh script. + + + + cli_runFnEnvironment + + Standardize the way centos-art.sh + script is called to itself. + + + + cli + + Initiates the centos-art.sh script + command-line interface. + + + + cli_synchronizeRepoChanges + + Standardize the way changes are synchronized between + the working copy and the central repository. + + + + cli_terminateScriptExecution + + Standardize the actions that must be realized just + before leaving the script execution (e.g., cleaning + temporal files). + + + + cli_unsetFunctions + + Unset functionalities from + centos-art.sh script execution + environment. + + + + + + +
+ + + + + Non-Option Arguments + + + Once option arguments have been removed from the list of + arguments passed to centos-art.sh + command-line, non-option arguments are processed then. + Non-option arguments will always be paths pointing to + directories inside your working copy of &TCAR; or + documentation entries pointing to specific sections in a + documentation manual. Paths provided in the command-line can + be absolute or relative considering the root directory of the + working copy as start point. For example, both the absolute + path ${HOME}/Projects/CentOS/artwork/Identity/Themes/ + and the relative path Identity/Themes point to + the same location. Documentation entries, on the other hand, + exist to specify the files inside the Documentation/Models/ + directory structure you want to work with, based on specific + documentation manual components (e.g., manual name, part, + chapter or section). To know more about documentation entries, + see the functionality + reference. + + + + + + + Implementation + + + The command-line interface of + centos-art.sh script is implemented + individually for each specific function environments it is + made of. Each specific function environment inside the + centos-art.sh has its own command-line + definition and can differ in options when they are + compared one another. The command-line differences between + specific function environments exist as consequence of the + purpose they were designed for (e.g., different purposes, + different options and arguments). Nevertheless, all + specific function environments use the same base + construction to implement their unique command-line + interfaces (see ). + + + + The specific function environments the + centos-art.sh script is made of use the + Scripts/Bash/Functions/Fname/fname_getOptions.sh + file to store the + fname_getOptions + function definition. This function definition is where you + set the relation between actions to be executed and + arguments passed to centos-art.sh + script. + + + + Basically, when you decide to create new function + environments for the centos-art.sh + script, you need to consider whether they will use + arguments from the command-line or not. When the function + environment doesn't need arguments (e.g., it exists to + redefine values related to variables only) there is not + need to consider a parsing feature for it. However, when + you need to interact with a specific function through the + command-line, you should use the + fname_getOptions + function related to your + fname + function environment to define the way such interaction + will take place. This way you can control the possible + arguments your function environment will be able to + interpret from the command-line. + + + + The command-line implementation + + The command-line implementation + + + +function fname_getOptions { + + # Define short options we want to support. + local ARGSS="h,q" + + # Define long options we want to support. + local ARGSL="help,quiet" + + # Redefine ARGUMENTS using getopt(1) command parser. + cli_parseArguments + + # Redefine positional parameters using ARGUMENTS variable. + eval set -- "$ARGUMENTS" + + # Look for options passed through command-line. + while true; do + + case "$1" in + + -h | --help ) + cli_runFnEnvironment help --read --format="texinfo" "tcar-fs::scripts:bash-functions-fname" + shift 1 + exit + ;; + + -q | --quiet ) + FLAG_QUIET="true" + shift 1 + ;; + + -- ) + # Remove the `--' argument from the list of arguments + # in order for processing non-option arguments + # correctly. At this point all option arguments have + # been processed already but the `--' argument still + # remains to mark ending of option arguments and + # beginning of non-option arguments. The `--' argument + # needs to be removed here in order to avoid + # centos-art.sh script to process it as a path inside + # the repository, which obviously is not. + shift 1 + break + ;; + esac + done + + # Redefine ARGUMENTS variable using current positional parameters. + cli_parseArgumentsReDef "$@" + +} + + + + + + + + Using the base structure described in , you can + create new options so your specific function environment + can express its usefulness. For example, if you want your + specific function environment to print a greeting on the + screen when the option is passed + through its command-line, you can modify the base + structure shown above with the following: + + + +... + + # Define long options we want to support. + local ARGSL="help,quiet,hello" + +... + + --hello ) + cli_printMessage "`gettext "Hello World!"`" + shift 1 + ;; +... + + + + In case you want to provide an option value in the form + , you can do it as described + below: + + + +... + + # Define long options we want to support. + local ARGSL="help,quiet,hello:" + +... + + --hello ) + cli_printMessage "`gettext "Hello"` ${2}" + shift 2 + ;; +... + + + + In this last case, the option value is required. So, if you + provide the option but do not provide + a value for it, an error will be triggered and the script will + finish its execution. To make an option value not-required, + you need to use two colons instead of one when you define the + options, see the following lines: + + + +... + + # Define long options we want to support. + local ARGSL="help,quiet,hello::" + +... + + --hello ) + cli_printMessage "`gettext "Hello"` ${2}" + shift 2 + ;; +... + + + + To know more about the features provided by + getopt command, read its man page (e.g., + typing the man getopt command in your + terminal). This information will also help you to understand + how to improve the command-line interfaces you create for + the function environments of centos-art.sh + script. + + + + + diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/environment.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/environment.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fbbcfd9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/environment.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,475 @@ + + + The Execution Environment + + + The execution environment of centos-art.sh + script is organized in four levels. The first level is the + shell environment, the second level is the + command environment, the third level is the + common functions environment and, finally, the + fourth level which contains the specific function + environment, as described in . In this + context, child environments inherit definitions (e.g., + variables and functions) from their parent environments making + possible to logically organize the script in a way that needs + can be isolated one another to follow the paradigm proposed by + Unix developers at Bell Labs when felt that programs + should do one thing well. + + + + The execution environment + + The execution environment + + + ++-----------------------------------------------------+ +| Shell environment | ++---|-------------------|-----------------|-----------+ +. |-- TCAR_WORKDIR |-- TCAR_BRAND |-- EDITOR . +. |-- LANG |-- HOME |-- PATH . +. `-- centos-art.sh `-- TMPDIR `-- ... . +. +---|-----------------------------------------+ . +. | Command environment | . +. +---|---------------|----------------|--------+ . +. . |-- CLI_NAME |-- CLI_VERSION `-- ... . . +. . |-- CLI_FUNCDIR `-- CLI_BASEDIR . . +. . `-- cli() . . +. . +---|-----------------------------------+ . . +. . | Common functions environment | . . +. . +---|------------------------|----------+ . . +. . . |-- cli_printMessage() |-- ... . . . +. . . |-- cli_getFilesList() |-- ... . . . +. . . `-- render() `-- ... . . . +. . . +---|---------------------------+ . . . +. . . | Specific function environment | . . . +. . . +-------------------------------+ . . . +. . ......................................... . . +. ............................................... . +....................................................... + + + + + + + + The Shell Environment + + + The centos-art.sh script uses the following + shell environment variables: + + + + + PATH + + + The PATH environment variable is specific to + the operating system and provides search paths for command + execution. By default, the centos-art.sh + script links executable scripts from the ~/bin directory which is one of + the locations used as search path in this variable. This is + how we create the centos-art command from + the centos-art.sh script inside your + working copy. + + + + This variable is not initialized inside the + centos-art.sh script. Instead, the value + set in ~/.bash_profile file is used. + + + + + + + EDITOR + + + The EDITOR environment variable is specific to + the operating system and provides the path to your default + text editor. The centos-art.sh script uses + the default text editor to edit subversion pre-commit + messages, translation files, documentation files, script + files, and similar text-based files. + + + + Possible values for this variable are: + + + + + + /usr/bin/vim + + + + + + /usr/bin/emacs + + + + + + /usr/bin/nano + + + + + + In case none of these values is set for the + EDITOR environment variable inside + ~/.bash_profile, the + centos-art.sh script uses /usr/bin/vim as default text + editor. This is the text editor installed by default in &TCD;. + + + + + + TEXTDOMAIN + + + The TEXTDOMAIN environment variable is specific + to the operating system and provides the domain name of that + application we are producing translation messages for. This + variable, in combination with TEXTDOMAINDIR, is + used by gettext to find out the + location of translation messages. In the very specific case + of centos-art.sh script we use the + centos-art.sh name as domain name. + + + + This variable is initialized inside the + centos-art.sh script, so if you set it + outside it (e.g., in ~/.bash_profile) the + value you set there will be overwritten by that one set inside + centos-art.sh script, once it is executed. + + + + + + TEXTDOMAINDIR + + + The TEXTDOMAINDIR environment variable is + specific to the operating system and provides the absolute + path to the directory containing the translation messages + related to that application specified by + TEXTDOMAIN environment variable. In the very + specific case of centos-art.sh script we + use the Locales/Scripts/Bash + path as default value. + + + This variable is initialized inside the + centos-art.sh script, so if you set it + outside it (e.g., in ~/.bash_profile) the + value you set there will be overwritten by that one set inside + centos-art.sh script, once it is executed. + + + + + + TMPDIR + + + The TMPDIR environment variable is specific to + the operating system and provides the absolute path to the + temporal directory the centos-art.sh script will use along its + execution. This variable is defined inside the + centos-art.sh script itself using the + mktemp command and will be unique on each + script execution. Thus, you should be able to run several + instances of centos-art.sh script + simultaneously without any problem. + + + + When you contribute code to centos-art.sh + script and need to create temporal files, do it inside the + absolute path specified by this variable. + + + + This variable is redefined inside the + centos-art.sh script, so if you set it + outside it (e.g., in ~/.bash_profile) the + value you set there will be overwritten by that one set inside + centos-art.sh script, once it is executed. + + + + + + LANG + + + The LANG environment variable is specific to + the operating system and controls the default locale + information of it. The centos-art.sh + script use the LANG environment variable to + determine what language to use for printing output messages + from the script itself, as well as the portable objects + locations that need to be updated or edited when you localize + directory structures inside the working copy of &TCAR;. + + + + The LANG environment variable is initially set + in the installation process of &TCD;, specifically in the + Language step. Generally, there is no + need to customize this variable in your personal profile. If + you need to change the value of this environment variable do + it through the login screen of GNOME Desktop Environment or + the system-config-language command, or even + resetting the variable before executing the + centos-art.sh script. + + + + + + + + In addition to shell environment variables described above, + the centos-art.sh script adds the following + variables inside the ~/.bash_profile file + to control the script behaviour in a per-user level: + + + + + TCAR_WORKDIR + + + The TCAR_WORKDIR environment variable is + specific to centos-art.sh script and + controls the working copy default location of &TCAR;. This is + the place in your workstation where &TCAR; file system is + stored for you to work with it. + + + + By default, just after installing your workstation, this + variable will not be found in it and the + centos-art.sh script will finish its + execution with an error message if you try to execute it + without any argument. This behaviour is OK because the + centos-art.sh script doesn't know where you + stored the working copy of &TCAR; in your workstation. In + order for this variable to exist in your workstation you need + to configure your workstation first, as described in . + + + + + + TCAR_BRAND + + + The TCAR_BRAND environment variable is specific + to centos-art.sh script and controls the + brand information that identifies the content produced inside + &TCAR;. The brand information is used to give name to some + files inside the repository (e.g., see files under Identity/Models/Brands + directory). + + + By default, this variable takes centos as + value. In case you want to change it to something else, you + should consider the following implications: + + + + + The centos-art.sh script will no longer be + referred as such. Instead, the + ${TCAR_BRAND}-art.sh name will be used. + This implies that you no longer are using the + centos-art.sh file we provide as part of + &TCAR; and won't be able to commit changes to it. However, if + you retain the same logic from + centos-art.sh script in + ${TCAR_WORKDIR}-art.sh, you can use + common and specific functionalities provided by + centos-art.sh script and commit changes to + them. + + + + + The files stored under Identity/Models/Brands + should be named using the value of + ${TCAR_BRAND} as section. If you change + the value of this variable, you need to be sure the new value + set does coincide with the file names you use to store brand + information. + + + + + + + + + + + The Command Environment + + + The first file the centos-art.sh script + calls is the + Scripts/Bash/Functions/Commons/cli.sh + file. This file initializes all variables and functions you + will be able to use along the script execution environment + lifetime. Such environment variables are for internal use + inside the centos-art.sh script only and + users shouldn't modify them to customize the script in a + per-user level. Instead, to customize the script behaviour in + a per-user level, you need to make use of your personal + environment variables set in the + ~/.bash_profile file. + + + + Once environment variables are initialized, the + centos-art.sh script initializes common and + specific environment functions, in that order. + + + + Common Function Environment + + + Common function environments are stored under Scripts/Bash/Functions/Commons + directory and will be available always, both for common + environment functions themselves and specific environment + functions. + + + + + + Specific Function Environments + + + Specific function environments, on the other hand, are stored + in the Scripts/Bash/Functions/${CLI_FUNCDIRNAM}/${CLI_FUNCNAME}.sh + file, where: + + + + + CLI_FUNCDIRNAME + + + Is the first argument passed to + centos-art.sh script with the first letter + in uppercase but the rest in lowercase. For example, + Render, Locale and + Help are all possible values to this + variable. + + + + + + CLI_FUNCNAME + + + Is the first argument passed to + centos-art.sh script with all letters in + lowercase. For example, render, + locale and help are all + possible values to this variable. + + + + + + + Specific functions environment can be written in just one file + or in several files inside the same directory. Using one file + to write specific functions environment is rarely seen inside + the centos-art.sh script but it could + happen in situations where the need you want to solve can be + written in a few lines inside just one file. On the other + hand, if you find yourself writing a too long file, it is + convenient to logically divide it into several files. This + logical division takes place using functions, which indeed + create other environments where you can create and express + your solutions. + + + + The order in which individual files are exported and executed + inside the specific functions environments depends in the way + each developer write the Scripts/Bash/Functions/${CLI_FUNCDIRNAM}/${CLI_FUNCNAME}.sh + file. This is the main file inside the specific function + environment and controls the kind of logical division you + implement to organize the solution you need. As file name + convention, the following structure for new specific functions + environment is proposed: + + + +Scripts/Bash/Functions/${CLI_FUNCDIRNAM}/ +|-- ${CLI_FUNCNAME}.sh +`-- ${CLI_FUNCNAME}_verbSubject.sh + + + + Specific functions environment is exported after common + functions environment does, so it is not possible for specific + functions environment to be available inside the common + functions environment, nor inside other specific functions + environment, different to the one been passed as first + argument to the centos-art.sh script + command-line. + + Although, it is possible for you to call the + centos-art.sh script to itself + through the cli_runFnEnvironment + common function environment. + + In , + render is a specific function environment + while cli_printMessage and + cli_getFilesList are common function + environments. + + + + Both specific and common function environments exist to + standardize frequent tasks inside &TCAR;. The following + sections will describe which these frequent tasks are and the + way they are standardized using specific and common function + environments. + + + + + + diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/funref.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/funref.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c67c159 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/funref.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,1294 @@ + + + Environment Functions Reference + + + In addition to environment variables described above, the + centos-art.sh script makes available the following common + environment functions once it is executed: + + + + + + + + cli_checkRepoDirSource + + cli_checkRepoDirSource + + + + + + + + The cli_checkRepoDirSource function + standardizes the path construction to directories inside it + the working copy, using absolute paths. This function + transforms relative paths passed as non-option arguments to + centos-art.sh script command-line into + absolute paths inside the working copy and verifies whether + they really exist as directories inside the working copy or + not. If the path provided doesn't exist as directory inside + the working copy, the script will finish its execution + immediately with an error message. Otherwise, if the directory + exists, the variable ACTIONVAL is redefined + with the related absolute path for further use. + + + + Use the cli_checkRepoDirSource function + whenever you need to be sure that non-option arguments passed + to centos-art.sh script command-line will + always point to directories inside the working copy. + + + + + + + + + cli_expandTMarkers + + cli_expandTMarkers + + + LOCATION + + + + + The cli_expandTMarkers standardizes + construction of translation markers and their related + expansion. As convention, translation markers are set inside + source files (e.g., DocBook, SVG) and expanded inside temporal + instances used to produce final contents. The + LOCATION argument should point to + the temporal file where translation markers expansion takes + place in. + + + Translation markers written in source files must comply the + =[A-Z_]+= regular expression pattern. For + example, =UNKNOWN_MARKER= is a valid + translation marker without any replacement. To prevent + centos-art.sh script from expanding + translation markers, add a backslash (\) + between the first equal sign and the following letter. For + example, =\...= won't be expanded. + + + The cli_expandTMarkers supports the + following translation markers: + + + + =\COPYRIGHT_YEAR_LAST= + =\COPYRIGHT_YEAR= + + + These translation markers expand to the last year used in + copyright notes. For example, + =COPYRIGHT_YEAR_LAST=. + + + + + + =\COPYRIGHT_YEAR_LIST= + =\COPYRIGHT_YEARS_LIST= + + + This translation markers expand to the list of years used in + copyright notes. For example, + =COPYRIGHT_YEARS_LIST=. The first year + represents the time we began to work on &TCAR;. + + + + + + =\COPYRIGHT_HOLDER= + + + This translation marker expands to the holder used in + copyright notes. For example, + =COPYRIGHT_HOLDER=. + + + + + + =\COPYRIGHT_HOLDER_PREDICATE= + + + This translation marker expands both the holder and the + predicate used in copyright notes. For example, + =COPYRIGHT_HOLDER_PREDICATE=. + + + + + + =\BRAND= + + + This translation marker expands to the brand name used on + files names and URLs inside &TCAR;. For example, + =BRAND=. + + + + + + =\LICENSE= + + + This translation marker expands to the license information + used in files created by centos-art.sh + script. For example, =LICENSE=. + + + + + + =\LICENSE_URL= + + + This translation marker expands to the license URL used in + files created by centos-art.sh script. For + example, =LICENSE_URL=. + + + + + + =\THEME= + + + This translation marker expands to the theme portion of path + you are producing through centos-art.sh script. As + consequence, this translation marker should be used in + situations where you are producing theme components only. + This translation marker expands its value by retrieving the + theme part of the path you provide as non-option argument to + centos-art.sh script. For example, if you + provide the path + Identity/Images/Themes/Modern/2/Distro/5, + this translation will expand to the + Modern/2/ value. + + + In case you need to retrieve the theme name or version + separately one another, then you can use the + =\THEMENAME= and + =\THEMERELEASE= translation markers, + respectively. When you use these translation markers, forward + slashes are removed from result. So, if you provide the path + Identity/Images/Themes/Modern/2/Distro/5, + =\THEMENAME= will expand to + Modern and + =THEMERELEASE= will expand to + 2. + + + + + + =\RELEASE= + + + This translation marker expands to the current release + information of your CentOS distribution. By default this + information is retrieved from + /etc/redhat-release. In case the option + be passed, the value specified with + it will overwrite the default value and will be this the one + used as section for this translation marker to retrieve the + release information. So, for example, if you are running a + CentOS-5.8 distribution and no + option is passed to centos-art.sh script, + this translation marker expands to 5.8. On + the other hand, if you are still running a CentOS-5.8 + distribution but provide the + option to centos-art.sh script, this + translation marker expands to 6.3 instead. + + + In case you need to retrieve minor and major release numbers + separately one another, then you can use the + =\MINOR_RELEASE= and + =\MAJOR_RELEASE= translation makers, + respectively. + + + + + + =\ARCH= + + + This translation marker expands to the current architecture of + your CentOS Distribution. By default this information is + retrieved from uname -i. In case the option + be passed, the value specified with it + will overwrite the default value and will be the one used as + section. For example, if the uname -i + outputs the line i386, this + translation marker will expand to i386. On + the other hand, if you pass the + option to centos-art.sh script, this + translation marker will expand to x86_64 + instead. + + + + + + =\URL= + + + This translation marker expands to the URL which points to + &TCP; home page. For example, =URL=. In + case you are using the centos-art.sh script in a different + locale but English (en_US.UTF-8), this + translation marker expands as usual but with the language + information appended to the end of the string. For example, if + you are executing the centos-art.shscript for Spanish locale + (e.g., es_ES.UTF-8), this translation + marker expands to =URL=es/. + + + + In case you need to expand other URL related to &TCP; domain, + use translation markers described in . Likewise + =\URL=, translation markers described in does + append the current language information to the end of the URL + string based on the locale information you are currently + executing the centos-art.sh script. + + + + URL-related translation markers + + + + Translation Marker + Expands To + + + + + + =\URL_WIKI= + =URL_WIKI= + + + =\URL_LISTS= + =URL_LISTS= + + + =\URL_FORUMS= + =URL_FORUMS= + + + =\URL_MIRRORS= + =URL_MIRRORS= + + + =\URL_DOCS= + =URL_DOCS= + + + =\URL_PROJECTS= + =URL_PROJECTS= + + + =\URL_SVN= + =URL_SVN= + + + =\URL_TRAC= + =URL_TRAC= + + + =\URL_PLANET= + =URL_PLANET= + + + + +
+ + + + + + =\MAIL_DOCS= + + + This translation marker expands to CentOS documentation + mailing list address. For example, + =MAIL_DOCS=. + + + + + + =\LOCALE= + + + This translation marker expands to the current locale + information used by centos-art.sh script. + This value is retrieved from the LANG + environment variable and should look like + =LOCALE=. In case you need to retrieve the + language and country part separately one another, you can use + the =\LOCALE_LL= and + =\LOCALE_CC=, respectively. + + + + + + =\REPO_TLDIR= + + + This translation marker expands to the absolute path to + directory inside + your workstation. For example, + /home/al/Projects/CentOS/artwork/trunk. + + + + + + =\REPO_HOME= + =\TCAR_WORKDIR= + + + This translation marker expands to the absolute path of your + working copy. For example, + /home/al/Projects/CentOS/artwork. + + + + + + + See also: + + + + + + + + + cli_exportFunctions + + cli_exportFunctions + + + EXPORTID + + + + + The cli_exportFunctions function + standardizes the way specific functionalities are exported to + centos-art.sh script execution environment. + The EXPORTID argument points the + specific function initialization file relatively from + Scripts/Bash/Functions directory + on. For example, if we want to export the + render specific functionality, we use the + following construction: + + +cli_exportFunctions "Render/render" + + + In this construction, Render with the first + letter in upper case is the name of the directory under + Scripts/Bash/Functions + where the specific functionality is stored in, and + render with all letters in lower case is + the name of the specific functionality we want to export, + without its extension. This name is also used as suffix to + identify all files related to the specific functionality we + are exporting to centos-art.sh script + execution environment. + + + + See also: + + + + + + + + + cli_getConfigLines + + cli_getConfigLines + + + FILE + SECTION + OPTION + + + + + The cli_getConfigLines function + standardizes the way configuration lines are retrieved from + configuration files. + + + + The cli_getConfigLines function accepts + the following arguments: + + + + + FILE + + + This argument specifies the absolute path to the configuration + file you want to retrieve configuration lines from. For + example, + ${TCAR_WORKDIR}/Identity/Models/Themes/Default/Distro/5/Anaconda/branding.conf. + + + + + + SECTION + + + This argument specifies the name of the section you want to + retrieve configuration lines from. For example, + symbols without brackets. + + + + + + OPTION + + + This argument specifies the name of the option related to the + configuration line you want to retrieve. For example, + anaconda_header.svgz. + + + + + + + In order for cli_getConfigLines to work + properly, the configuration files must have a section line + with the form [sectionname] which groups + several option = "value" lines. + Lines beginning with # are ignored and can + be used for comments. + + + + Configuration file used to produce Tcar-fs documentation manual + + Configuration used to produce Tcar-fs documentation manual + + + +[main] + +# Specify documentation backend used by documentation manual. +manual_format = "texinfo" + +# Specify title style used by sections inside the manual. +manual_section_style = "directory" + +# Specify the order used by sections inside the manual. +manual_section_order = "ordered" + +[templates] + +# Specify relation between template files and section definition files +# inside the manual. +Chapters/section-functions.texinfo = "^.+-functions-[[:alnum:]]+\.texinfo$" +Chapters/section.texinfo = "^.+\.texinfo$" + + + + + + + + The section names and option names used inside configuration + files can be anything. It depends on the use and + interpretation programmed inside + centos-art.sh script for specific purposes + which defines what kind of section and options must exist + inside a configuration file. For example, consider the + configuration files used by render + functionality. They follow the same structure used in + documentation configuration files but the meaning of their + sections and options change to fit the specific needs of + render functionality. + + + + Configuration file used to produced Anaconda images + + Configuration used to produced Anaconda images + + + +[types] + +anaconda_header.svgz = "Types/White/48/=\BRAND=-5.png:x48+20+20" +first.svgz = "Types/White/32/=\BRAND=-5.png:x32+30+219" +splash.svgz = "Types/White/48/=\BRAND=-5-msg.png:x48+30+138" + +[symbols] + +anaconda_header.svgz = "Symbols/48/=\BRAND=.png:x48+732+20" +first.svgz = "Symbols/48/=\BRAND=.png:x48+30+20" +splash.svgz = "Symbols/48/=\BRAND=.png:x48+30+20" + + + + + + + + Use the cli_getConfigLines function when + you need to retrieve option = "value" lines + from configuration files in a controlled way. + + + + See also: + + + + + + + + + cli_getConfigValue + + cli_getConfigValue + + + FILE + SECTION + OPTION + + + + + The cli_getConfigValue function + standardizes the way option values are retrieved from + configuration files. As convention, + cli_getConfigValue uses the output + produced by cli_getConfigLines as input + to retrieve the option values. As convention, in + option = "value" lines, the values + retrieved are always on the right side. The values retrieved + are also output without quotation and translation markers + already expanded. + + + + The cli_getConfigValue function accepts + the following arguments: + + + + + FILE + + + This argument specifies the absolute path to the configuration + file you want to retrieve the value from. For example, + ${TCAR_WORKDIR}/Identity/Models/Themes/Default/Distro/5/Anaconda/branding.conf. + + + + + + SECTION + + + This argument specifies the name of the section related to the + configuration line you want to retrieve the value from. For + example, symbols without brackets. + + + + + + OPTION + + + This argument specifies the name of the option you want to + retrieve the value from. For example, in , the + anaconda_header.svgz option will output the + Symbols/48/=\BRAND=.png:x48+732+20 value + without quotation and translation markers expanded. So if the + value of TCAR_BRAND environment variable is + centos, the real value you + get will be + Symbols/48/centos.png:x48+732+20. + + + + + + + Use the cli_getConfigValue function + whenever you want to retrieve values from configuration files + in a controlled way. + + + + See also: + + + + + + + + + cli_getFilesList + + cli_getFilesList + + + --pattern + --mindepth + --maxdepth + --type + --uid + LOCATION + + + + + The cli_getFilesList standardizes the way + list of files are built inside the + centos-art.sh script. This function outputs + a sorted and unique list of files based on the options and + location provided as argument. This function is an interface + to the find command. Don't use + find command directly inside the + centos-art.sh script. Instead, use the + cli_getFilesList function. + + + The cli_getFilesList accepts the + following arguments: + + + + + LOCATION + + + This arguments must be the absolute path to a directory and + specifies where the search of files in any form (e.g., + directories, links, etc.) will take place in. If + LOCATION isn't a directory, the + script finishes its execution with an error message. + + + + + + + The cli_getFilesList accepts the + following options: + + + + + + + + This option specifies a posix-egrep type regular expression as + value. This regular expression is applied to path specified in + LOCATION argument. Only file paths + that match this regular expression inside + LOCATION directory will be included + in the final list of files. By default, if this option is not + provided, the + ^/.*[[:alnum:]_/-]+$ regular + expression is used. + + + When you use the cli_getFilesList you + don't need to specified the absolute path of files you want to + look for. This is something + cli_getFilesList already does for you. + When you use this function, the value you pass as regular + expression isn't the final regular expression used. Instead, + the regular expression you pass is used to build the final + regular expression passed to find command. + The final regular expression passed to find is + ^/.*${PATTERN}$, where + ${PATTERN} is the value you passed to + option as + REGEX. + + + + + + + + This option specifies the minimal + NUMBER of levels deep the search + should go under the directory + LOCATION specified. For example, if + you specify the search will + start two levels deep considering the path provided as + section. + + + + + + + + This option specifies the maximum + NUMBER of levels deep the search + should go under the directory + LOCATION specified. For example, if + you specify the search will + begin in the very same directory path you provided as + LOCATION and stop two levels deep + using it as section. + + + + + + + + This option specifies the type of files being searched. This + option accepts the same values the find + option does. However, the following + STRING values are the most used + inside the script so far: + + + + + + d — directory. + + + + + f — regular file. + + + + + + + + + + + + This option specifies the numeric user id of the files you + want to search. Only files that match this numeric user id + will be added to the final list of files. + + + + + + + Use the cli_getFilesList whenever you + need to build list of files for further processing. + + + + + + + + + cli_getPathComponent + + cli_getPathComponent + + + --release + --release-major + --release-minor + --release-pattern + --architecture + --architecture-pattern + --motif + --motif-name + --motif-release + --motif-pattern + PATH + + + + + ... + + + + + + + + cli_synchronizeRepoChanges + + cli_syncronizeRepoChanges + + + LOCATION + + + + + The cli_synchronizeRepoChanges + standardizes the way changes are synchronized between the + working copy and the central repository using + LOCATION as section. This + function is the interface we use inside the + centos-art.sh script to execute the + Svn functionality described in . + + + Use cli_synchronizeRepoChanges function + inside the centos-art.sh script whenever + you need to synchronize one or more changes at any + LOCATION inside the working copy. + + + + + + + + cli_printMessage + + cli_printMessage + + + MESSAGE + + --as-separator-line + --as-banner-line + --as-cropping-line + --as-tuningup-line + --as-checking-line + --as-combining-line + --as-creating-line + --as-reading-line + --as-savedas-line + --as-linkto-line + --as-movedto-line + --as-validating-line + --as-template-line + --as-configuration-line + --as-palette-line + --as-reponse-line + --as-request-line + --as-selection-line + --as-error-line + --as-toknowmore-line + --as-yesornorequest-line + --as-notrailingnew-line + --as-stdout-line + --as-stderr-line + + + + + + The cli_printMessage function + standardizes the way centos-ar.sh scirpt prints messages. By + default, centos-art.sh script prints all messages to the + standard output with the exception of those messages printed + with the option, which are + printed to standard error output instead. + + + + The cli_printMessage function requires + two arguments. The first argument specifies the + MESSAGE you want to print and the + second argument specifies the FORMAT you'll use to print that + message. Because this function is so used inside the + centos-art.sh script, it is convenient to provide localization + to strings passed as MESSAGE using + gettext contructions when they aren't + paths. + + + + The cli_printMessage function accepts the + following formats as second argument: + + + + + + + + This format takes the first character passed as + MESSAGE and repeats it horizontally + to build a separator line. Use this format whenever you need + to create a logical separation between different actions. + + + + + + + + + This format takes the string passed as + MESSAGE and puts it inside two + horizontal separator lines. Use this format whenever you need + to print header information for following lines. + + + + + + + + + This format is for two columns messages where + MESSAGE generally refers to a file + inside the repository. Use this format whenever you need to + imply the fact that certain file has been cropped. + + + + + + + + + This format is for two columns messages where + MESSAGE + generally refers to a file inside the repository. Use this + format whenever you need to imply the fact that certain file + has been tuned-up. + + + + + + + + This format is for two columns messages where + MESSAGE generally refers to a file + inside the repository. Use this format whenever you need to + imply the fact that certain file has been checked or verified + (e.g., through cli_checkFiles + functionality). + + + + + + + + This format is for two columns messages where + MESSAGE generally refers to a file + inside the repository. Use this format whenever you need to + imply the fact that certain file has been combined. + + + + + + + + This format is for two columns messages where + MESSAGE generally refers to a file + inside the repository. Use this format whenever you need to + imply the fact that certain file has been created. + + + + + + + + This format is for two columns messages where + MESSAGE generally refers to a file + inside the repository. Use this format whenever you need to + imply the fact that certain file has been read. + + + + + + + + This format is for two columns messages where + MESSAGE generally refers to a file + inside the repository. Use this format whenever you need to + imply the fact that certain file has been saved. + + + + + + + + This format is for two columns messages where + MESSAGE generally refers to a file + inside the repository. Use this format whenever you need to + imply the fact that certain file has been linked. + + + + + + + + This format is for two columns messages where + MESSAGE generally refers to a file + inside the repository. Use this format whenever you need to + imply the fact that certain file has been moved. + + + + + + + + This format is for two columns messages where + MESSAGE generally refers to a file + inside the repository. Use this format whenever you need to + imply the fact that certain file has been validated. + + + + + + + + This format is for two columns messages where + MESSAGE generally refers to a file + inside the repository. Use this format whenever you need to + imply the fact that certain file is a template or design + model. + + + + + + + + This format is for two columns messages where + MESSAGE generally refers to a file + inside the repository. Use this format whenever you need to + imply the fact that certain file is a configuration file. + + + + + + + + This format is for two columns messages where + MESSAGE generally refers to a file + inside the repository. Use this format whenever you need to + imply the fact that certain file is a palette of colors. + + + + + + + + This format adds --> at the begining of the + string passed as MESSAGE. Use this + format whenever you need to imply the fact that certain file + is considered part of a response. For example, when you need + to express that a group of files will take ceratin action, you + can use this option to doing so. + + + + + + + + This format prints MESSAGE without + trailing new line. Use this format whenever you need to imply + a question or yes or no request. + + + + + + + + This format uses each word in + MESSAGE as item of a selection + list. Use this format whenever you need to select one of the + items provided as MESSAGE. + + + + + + + + This format prints error messages produced by centos-art.sh + script. It uses the caller built-in command + to display the line number and the filename where such error + was triggered. Later, it prints where to find more information + by using the option. + + + + + + + + This format takes a function name as + MESSAGE and prints the command you + can use to find more information about it. When this option is + passed the script finishes its execution immediately. This + option is used in combination with + to finish the script + execution after an error. + + + + + + + + + This format takes a question as + MESSAGE and reads a yes or no + answer. When answer is negative, the script finishes its + execution immediately. When answer is affirmative, the script + continues its execution normally. + + + + + + + + + Print MESSAGE without any trailing + newline. + + + + + + + + + Print MESSAGE to standard output. + + + + + + + + + Print MESSAGE to standard error + output. + + + + + + + Use cli_printMessage function whenever + you need to print information inside the + centos-art.sh script. + + + + + + + + cli_unsetFunctions + + cli_unsetFunctions + + + EXPORTID + + + + + ... + + + See also: + + + + + + + + cli_getTemporalFile + + cli_unsetFunctions + + + FILENAME + + + + + ... + + + + + + ... + + + ... + + + + + + + + diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/help.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/help.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8855021 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/help.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,754 @@ + + + + help + + Standardize constructions tasks inside &TCAR; + + + + + help + Standardize documentation tasks inside &TCAR;. + + + + + centos-art help + + -h|--help + -q|--quiet + --answer-yes + --synchronize + --format="KEYWORD" + --search="KEYWORD" + --edit + --read + --update-output + --update-structure + --copy + --delete + --rename + + + MANUAL:PART:CHAPTER:SECTION + LOCATION + + + + + + + Description + + + The help functionality exists to create + and maintain documentation manuals inside &TCAR;. + + + + Documentation Entries + + The documentation entry identifies the specific file you want + to work with inside a documentation manual. The help + functionality recognizes documentation entries in the + following formats: + + + + Path style + + + This format uses paths to represent the documentation entries + you want to work with. This format assumes you are using the + first path component as chapter and the rest of the path as + section identifier both inside tcar-fs + documentation manual as parent documentation structure. The + field related to the part sectioning structure in the + documentation entry (the second field) is assumed empty, as + well. For example, if you want to document the directory + Scripts/Bash/Functions/Help, + then you can do it with the following command: + + + + centos-art help --edit Scripts/Bash/Functions/Help + + + + + + Colon style + + + This format uses colons to represent the documentation entries + you want to work with. In this format, the whole documentation + entry is divided in fields using colon as separator character. + Documentation entries written this way use each field to + specify manual, part, chapter and section identifiers (in this + order). The section identifier can use a path style or hyphen + style to separate + components. For example, if you want to document the directory + Scripts/Bash/Functions/Help, + then you can do it with any of the following commands: + + + + centos-art help --edit tcar-fs::trunk:Scripts/Bash/Functions/Help + centos-art help --edit tcar-fs::trunk:scripts-bash-functions-help + + + + The documentation manual name specified in the first field of + a colon style documentation entry, must match the name the + name of the directory where the documentation manual is stored + in. By default documentation manuals are written in + Documentation/Models/Texinfo or + Documentation/Models/Docbook directories, based on + whether they are written in Texinfo or Docbook documentation + format. + + + The match relation between the manual name you provide in the + documentation entry and the related directory name inside + &TCAR; is case insensitive. The same is true for all other + documentation entry fields. + + + + + + + + From these documentation entry formats, the colon style + provides more flexibility than path style does. You can use + documentation entries written in colon style to create and + maintain different documentation manuals, including the + tcar-fs documentation manual. This is something + you cannot do with documentation entries written in path style + because they confine all documentation actions to + tcar-fs documentation manual. + + + + + + + Options + + The centos-art help command accepts common + options described in and the following + specific options: + + + + + + + + Assume yes to all confirmation requests. + + + + + + + + + Synchronizes available changes between the working copy and + the central repository. + + + + + + + + + Specifies the format of documentation entry source file. This + information is used as reference to build the absolute path of + documentation entry, so you always have to provide it in order + to reach the documentation entry you want to work with. + Possible values for this option are shown in . When none of + these values is passed as format, Texinfo is used as default + format. + + + + Documentation formats + + + + Keyword + Description + Supported + + + + + + texinfo + + Yes + + + docbook + + No + + + latex + + No + + + linuxdoc + ... + No + + + + +
+ + + + + + + + Looks for documentation entries that match the + KEYWORD specified as value and + display them one by one in the order they were found. The way + each documentation entry is presented to you depends on the + documentation format the related documentation manual was + written on. + + + + + + + + + Edit the documentation entry provided as argument. The + edition itself takes place through your default text editor + (e.g., the one you specified in the EDITOR + environment variable) one file at a time (i.e., the queue of + files to edit is not loaded in the text editor.). + + + When parent components inside documentation entries doesn't + exist (e.g., you try to create a section for a documentation + manual that doesn't exist), the help + functionality will create all documentation parent structures + considering the documentation format constraints and the + following document structure hierarchy order: documentation + manual first, parts second, + chapters third and sections + lastly. + + + + + + + + + Read the documentation entry provided as argument. This + option is used internally by centos-art.sh + script to refer documentation based on errors, so you can know + more about them and the causes that could have provoked them. + + + + + + + + + Update output files rexporting them from the specified backend + source files. + + + + + + + + + Update document structure (e.g., cross references, menus, + nodes, etc.) and should be passed with a section as + documentation entry. + + + This option should be used whenever a document structure + changes (e.g., documentation entries are added, copied, + renamed, deleted, etc.). This option grantees the document + integrity and should be run before updating documentation + manual final output files. + + + + + + + + + Duplicate documentation entries inside the working copy using + version control. + + + When you duplicate documentation entries through this option, + you should pass only two documentation entries in the command + line. The first one is considered the source location and + should point to a file under version control inside the + working copy. The second one is considered the target location + and should point either to the same structural level the + source points to or a direct parent level based on source + location, as described below. + + + + + + "manual:part:chapter:section1" "manual:part:chapter:section2" + + + Duplicates section1 as + section2 inside the same + chapter, + part and + manual. + + + + + + + "manual:part:chapter1:" "manual:part:chapter2:" + + + Duplicates chapter1 as + chapter2 inside the same + part and + manual. + + + + + + + "manual:part1::" "manual:part2::" + + + Duplicates part1 as + part2 inside the same + manual. + + + + + + + "manual1:::" "manual2:::" + + + Duplicates manual1 as + manual2 inside Documentation/Models/${FLAG_FORMAT}/ + directory, where ${FLAG_FORMAT} is the name of the format + passed as option with the first letter in uppercase and the + rest in lowercase. + + + + + + + When you copy documentation entries through this option, all + structuring sections inside the one copied will be also + copied. For example, if you copy a documentation manual that + is made of parts, chapters and sections, the duplicated manual + will contain all those parts, chapters and sections, as well. + The same is true for lower sectioning structures. Thus, you + can be more specific in the documentation entry by reducing + the amount of content to duplicate. + + + + When you copy documentation entries through this option, you + do it using documentation entries in the same structural level + only. This option doesn't support copying documentation + entries from differnet structural levels. For example, you + cannot copy one section to a chapter different from that the + source section you specified belongs to. The same applies to + chapters, and parts. + + + + When you copy documentation entries through this option, the + source documentation entry you specify must not contain + pending changes. Otherwise, the target section won't be + created and the script will immediatly stop its execution with + a The source location has pending changes. + error message. + + + + + + + + + + Delete documentation entries. It is possible to delete more + than one documentation entry by specifying several + documentation entries in the command line. + + + When you delete documentation entries, you can pass any number + of documentation entries as argument. The documentation + entries you provide will be processed one by one. + + + When you delete a documentation entry from a documentation + manual, all cross references pointing to the deleted + documentation entry will be transformed into something + different to point out the fact that the related documentation + entry has been removed from the documentation manual and + restored back if you create the deleted section again. The + purpose of this is to keep the documentation manual structure + in a consistent state. + + + + + + + + + Rename documentation entries inside the working copy. This + option copies the source documentation entry to its target + location, removes the source documentation entry, and restores + removed cross references renaming them to point the specified + target documentation entry. + + + When you rename documentation entries, it is required to pass + only two non-option parameters to the command-line. The first + non-option parameter is considered the source location and the + second one the target location. Both source location and + target location must point to a directory under version + control inside the working copy. + + + + + + + + + Examples + + + This section describes, using examples, the procedure you + should follow to manage documentation manuals through + help functionality inside &TCAR;. To + better understand the procedure to follow, it describes a + hypothetical documentation scenario and the related commands + and outputs you may go through in order to complete specific + documentation tasks successfully. + + + + Creating Document Structures + + To create new documentation manuals inside &TCAR; you need to + provide both and + options as well as a documentation + entry in the form manual::: + to the help functionality. + + + + For example, consider a scenario where you need to create a + documentation manual in texinfo format to describe different + maintenance tasks you need to realized in order to keep your + pets happy. We'll name such manual My Zoo. It + will use chapters to organize each different kind of pets you + have. Inside chapters, sections will have the pet's name as + their own name to describe each pet's requirements, schedules, + and so on. To create such documentation manual, run the + following command: + + + + centos-art help --edit --format="texinfo" "myzoo:::" + + + + In case such documentation manual doesn't exist in the + Docuementation/Models/Texinfo/ + directory, this command will produce the following output: + + + +The following documentation manual doesn't exist: +--> Documentation/Models/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/myzoo.texinfo +Do you want to create it now? [yes/no]: yes +Enter manual's title: My Zoo +Enter manual's subtitle: Reference +Enter manual's abstract: This manual describes my zoo maintenance tasks. +Creating Documentation/Models/Texinfo/Myzoo +Creating Documentation/Models/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US +Creating Documentation/Models/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/myzoo.conf +Creating Documentation/Models/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/myzoo-index.texinfo +Creating Documentation/Models/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/myzoo-menu.texinfo +Creating Documentation/Models/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/myzoo-nodes.texinfo +Creating Documentation/Models/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/myzoo.texinfo +Creating Documentation/Models/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/Licenses/chapter-menu.texinfo +Creating Documentation/Models/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/Licenses/chapter-nodes.texinfo +Creating Documentation/Models/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/Licenses/chapter.texinfo +Updating Documentation/Models/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/myzoo.texinfo +Creating Documentation/Manuals/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/myzoo.info.bz2 +Creating Documentation/Manuals/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/myzoo.xhtml.tar.bz2 +Creating Documentation/Manuals/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/myzoo.xml +Creating Documentation/Manuals/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/myzoo.docbook +Creating Documentation/Manuals/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/myzoo.pdf +Creating Documentation/Manuals/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/myzoo.txt.bz2 + + + + Once the documentation structure has been created this way, + the recently created documentation manual is ready to receive + new sectioning levels (e.g., parts, chapters, sections, etc.). + For example, to create a new chapter named + Turtles inside My Zoo + documentation manual, run the following command: + + + + centos-art help --edit --format="texinfo" "myzoo::turtles:" + + + +The following documentation chapter doesn't exist: +--> Documentation/Models/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/Turtles +Do you want to create it now? [yes/no]: yes +Enter chapter's title: Turtles +Creating Documentation/Models/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/Turtles +Creating Documentation/Models/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/Turtles/chapter-menu.texinfo +Creating Documentation/Models/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/Turtles/chapter-nodes.texinfo +Creating Documentation/Models/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/Turtles/chapter.texinfo +Updating Documentation/Models/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/myzoo-menu.texinfo +Updating Documentation/Models/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/myzoo-nodes.texinfo +Updating Documentation/Models/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/Turtles/chapter.texinfo +Updating Documentation/Manuals/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/myzoo.info.bz2 +Updating Documentation/Manuals/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/myzoo.xhtml.tar.bz2 +Updating Documentation/Manuals/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/myzoo.xml +Updating Documentation/Manuals/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/myzoo.docbook +Updating Documentation/Manuals/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/myzoo.pdf +Updating Documentation/Manuals/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/myzoo.txt.bz2 + + + + Once chapters have been created it is possible to create + sections inside them. For example, if you want to create a + section for describing the life of a turtle named Longneck, + run the following command: + + + + centos-art help --edit --format="texinfo" "myzoo::turtles:longneck" + + + +The following documentation section doesn't exist: +--> Documentation/Models/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/Turtles/longneck.texinfo +Do you want to create it now? [yes/no]: yes +Creating Documentation/Models/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/Turtles/longneck.texinfo +Updating Documentation/Manuals/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/myzoo.info.bz2 +Updating Documentation/Manuals/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/myzoo.xhtml.tar.bz2 +Updating Documentation/Manuals/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/myzoo.xml +Updating Documentation/Manuals/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/myzoo.docbook +Updating Documentation/Manuals/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/myzoo.pdf +Updating Documentation/Manuals/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/myzoo.txt.bz2 + + + + + + Editing Document Structures + + To edit documentation entries you can follow the same + procedure described above. Just keep in mind the following + rules: + + + + + + When the entry you want to edit already exist it will be + edited. + + + + + + When the entry you want to edit doesn't exist it will be created + first and edited later. + + + + + + + + + Copying Document Structures + + Consider a new turtle named Slowfeet has arrived to your home + and you want to duplicate Longneck's section for it (they both + are turtles and have similar requirements, squedules, etc.). + To copy documentation entries you use the + option with two documentation entries, + where the first one is the source location and the second one + the target location. To do this, run the following command: + + + + centos-art help --copy --format="texinfo" "myzoo::turtles:longneck" "myzoo::turtles:slowfeet" + + + +Creating Documentation/Models/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/Turtles/slowfeet.texinfo +Updating Documentation/Manuals/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/myzoo.info.bz2 +Updating Documentation/Manuals/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/myzoo.xhtml.tar.bz2 +Updating Documentation/Manuals/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/myzoo.xml +Updating Documentation/Manuals/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/myzoo.docbook +Updating Documentation/Manuals/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/myzoo.pdf +Updating Documentation/Manuals/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/myzoo.txt.bz2 + + + + + + Renaming Document Structures + + Consider you've created the section of Longneck turtle using + the following documentation entry format + myzoo::turtles:longnek, but you didn't notice + the typo in it. You've made cross references to the misspelled + section in a few pages inside the My Zoo + documentation manual and some time later you realize the + section name has a spelling problem. To fix such a problem + you can rename the misspelled section with the correct one + running the following command: + + + + centos-art help --rename --format="texinfo" "myzoo::turtles:longnek" "myzoo::turtles:longneck" + + + +Creating Documentation/Models/Texinfo/MyZoo/en_US/Turtles/longneck.texinfo +Deleting Documentation/Models/Texinfo/MyZoo/en_US/Turtles/longnek.texinfo +Updating Documentation/Manuals/Texinfo/MyZoo/en_US/myzoo.info.bz2 +Updating Documentation/Manuals/Texinfo/MyZoo/en_US/myzoo.xhtml.tar.bz2 +Updating Documentation/Manuals/Texinfo/MyZoo/en_US/myzoo.xml +Updating Documentation/Manuals/Texinfo/MyZoo/en_US/myzoo.docbook +Updating Documentation/Manuals/Texinfo/MyZoo/en_US/myzoo.pdf +Updating Documentation/Manuals/Texinfo/MyZoo/en_US/myzoo.txt.bz2 + + + + ... + + + + + Deleting Document Structures + + Consider you gift the turtle named Longneck to a friend and + you want to delete its section from the My Zoo + documentation manual. To do so, run the following command: + + + centos-art help --delete --format="texinfo" "myzoo::turtles:longneck" + + +Deleting Documentation/Models/Texinfo/Myzoo/en_US/Turtles/longneck.texinfo +Updating Documentation/Manuals/Texinfo/MyZoo/en_US/myzoo.info.bz2 +Updating Documentation/Manuals/Texinfo/MyZoo/en_US/myzoo.xhtml.tar.bz2 +Updating Documentation/Manuals/Texinfo/MyZoo/en_US/myzoo.xml +Updating Documentation/Manuals/Texinfo/MyZoo/en_US/myzoo.docbook +Updating Documentation/Manuals/Texinfo/MyZoo/en_US/myzoo.pdf +Updating Documentation/Manuals/Texinfo/MyZoo/en_US/myzoo.txt.bz2 + + + + + + + + Bugs + + To report bugs related to this function, please create a new + ticket here + refering the specific problems you found in it. For example, + it would be useful if you copy and paste any error output from + centos-art.sh script. + + + + + Authors + + The following people have worked in this functionality: + + + + + Alain Reguera Delgado <alain.reguera@gmail.com>, =COPYRIGHT_YEAR_LIST= + + + + + + + License + + + Copyright © =COPYRIGHT_YEAR_LIST= =COPYRIGHT_HOLDER= + + + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as + published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of + the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be + useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied + warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR + PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. + + + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free + Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, + USA. + + + + diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/intro.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/intro.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bf64c16 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/intro.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ + + This reference covers the centos-art.sh script + mission, name convenctions, command-line interface and execution + environments. You can use this reference to understand how the + centos-art.sh script works. + diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/locale.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/locale.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..21a37d9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/locale.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,292 @@ + + + + locale + + Standardize translation tasks inside &TCAR; + + + + + locale + Standardize translation tasks inside &TCAR; + + + + + The DIRECTORY parameter specifies the + directory path, inside the working copy of &TCAR;, where the + files you want to process are stored in. This paramter can be + provided more than once in order to process more than one + directory path in a single command execution. When this + parameter is not provided, the current directory path where + the command was called from is used instead. + + + + + Options + + The locale functionality accepts the + following options: + + + + + + + + Supress all output messages except error messages. When this + option is passed, all confirmation requests are supressed and + a possitive answer is assumed for them, just as if the + option would have been provided. + + + + + + + + + Assume yes to all confirmation requests. + + + + + + + + + Reduce the list of files to process inside + DIRECTORY using REGEX as + pattern. You can use this option to control the amount of + files you want to locale. The deeper you go into the + directory structure the more specific you'll be about the + files you want to locale. When you cannot go deeper into the + directory structure through DIRECTORY + specification, use this option to reduce the list of files + therein. + + + + + + + + + Synchronizes available changes between the working copy and + the central repository. + + + + + + + + + This option updates both POT and PO files related to source + files. Use this option everytime you change translatable + strings inside the source files. + + + + + + + + + This option edits the portable object related to source files. + When you provide this option, your default text editor is used + to open the portable object you, as translator, need to change + in order to keep source file messages consistent with their + localized versions. In the very specific case of shell + scripts localization, this option takes care of updating the + machine object (MO) file the shell script requires to + displayed translation messages correctly when it is executed. + + + + + + + + + This option unlocalizes source files. When you provide this + option, the localization directory related to source files is + removed from the working copy in conjunction with all portable + objects and machine objects inside it. + + + + + + + + + This option suppresses machine objects creation when shell + scripts are localized. + + + + + + + + + Description + + + The localization process is very tied to the source files we + want to provide localized messages for. Inside the working + copy of &TCAR; it is possible to localize XML-based files + (e.g., SVG and Docbook) and programs written in most popular + programming languages (e.g., C, C++, C#, Shell Scripts, + Python, Java, GNU awk, PHP, etc.). + + + + The localization process initiates by retriving translatable + strings from source files. When source files are XML-based + files, the only requisite to retrive translatable strings + correctly is that they be well-formed. Beyond that, the + xml2po command takes care of everything + else. When source files are Shell script files, it is + necessary that you previously define what strings inside the + script are considered as translatable strings in order for + xgettext command to retrive them correctly. + To define translatable strings inside shell scripts, you need + to use either gettext, + ngettext, eval_gettext + or eval_ngettext command as it is following + described: + + + + + + Use the gettext command to display the + native language translation of a textual message. + + MESSAGE="`gettext "There is no entry to create."`" + + + + + Use the ngettext command to display the + native language translation of a textual message whose + grammatical form depends on a number. + + MESSAGE="`ngettext "The following entry will be created" \ + "The following entries will be created" \ + $COUNT`:" + + + + + Use the eval_gettext command to display the + native language translation of a textual message, performing + dollar-substitution on the result. Note that only shell + variables mentioned in the message will be dollar-substituted + in the result. + + MESSAGE="`eval_gettext "The location \\\"\\\$LOCATION\\\" is not valid."`" + + + + + Use the eval_ngettext command to display + the native language translation of a textual message whose + grammatical form depends on a number, performing + dollar-substitution on the result. Note that only shell + variables mentioned in messages will be dollar-substituted in + the result. + + MESSAGE="`eval_ngettext "The following entry will be created in \\\$LOCATION" \ + "The following entries will be created in \\\$LOCATION" \ + $COUNT`:" + + + + + Once translatable strings are retrived, a portable object + template (POT) file is created for storing them. Later, the + POT file is used to create a portable object (PO). The + portable object is the place where localization itself takes + place, it is the file translators edit to localize messages. + When translatable strings change inside source files, it is + necessary that you update these POT and PO files in order to + keep consistency between source file messages and their + localized versions. + + + + Inside source files, translatable strings are always written + in English language. In order to localize translatable strings + from English language to another language, you need to be sure + the LANG environment variable has been already + set to the locale code you want to localize message for or see + them printed out before running the + locale functionality of + centos-art.sh script. Localizing English + language to itself is not supported. + + + + To have a list of all locale codes you can have localized + messages for, run the following command: locale -a | + less. + + + + + Function Specific Environment + + ... + + + + + Authors + + The following people have worked in the + locale functionality: + + + + + Alain Reguera Delgado <alain.reguera@gmail.com>, =COPYRIGHT_YEAR_LIST= + + + + + + + License + + + Copyright © =COPYRIGHT_YEAR_LIST= =COPYRIGHT_HOLDER= + + + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as + published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of + the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be + useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied + warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR + PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. + + + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free + Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, + USA. + + + + diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/mission.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/mission.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..283781e --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/mission.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ + +Mission + + + The centos-art.sh script exists to automate + frequent tasks inside &TCAR;. + + + diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/nameconvs.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/nameconvs.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a041b3a --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/nameconvs.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ + + + Convenctions + + + ... + + + + Variable Names + + ... + + + + + Function Names + + ... + + + + + Exit Status + + The centos-art.sh script has the following + exit status: + + + + + + 0 — The script completed successfully + without error. + + + + + + 1 — The script didn't complete successfully + because something went wrong. This error status is generally + produced by cli_printMessage + functionality, when you use it with the + option as second argument. + + + + + + ... + + + + diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/pack.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/pack.docbook new file mode 100755 index 0000000..01c5937 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/pack.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ + + + + pack + + Standardize packing tasks inside &TCAR; + + + + + pack + Standardize packing tasks inside &TCAR; + + + + + ... + + + + + Description + + ... + + + + + Usage + + ... + + + + + Function Specific Environment + + ... + + + + + Authors + + + + ... + + + + + + + License + + + Copyright © =COPYRIGHT_YEAR_LIST= =COPYRIGHT_HOLDER= + + + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as + published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of + the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be + useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied + warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR + PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. + + + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free + Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, + USA. + + + + diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/prepare.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/prepare.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4fb9cf9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/prepare.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,314 @@ + + + + prepare + + Standardize configuration tasks inside &TCAR; + + + + + prepare + Standardize configuration tasks inside &TCAR; + + + + + Assuming this is the very first time you run the + centos-art command, you'll find that there + isn't such a command in your workstation. This is correct + because you haven't created the symbolic link that makes it + available in your execution path, yet. In order to make the + centos-art command available in the + execution path of your workstation, you need to run the + centos-art.sh script using its absolute + path first: + + + + ~/artwork/Scripts/Bash/centos-art.sh + prepare + -h|--help + -q|--quiet + --answer-yes + --set-environment + --see-environment + --packages + --locales + --links + --images + --manuals + --synchronize + + + + Later, once the centos-art command is + available in your execution path, there is no need for you to + use any absolute path again. From this time on, you can use + the centos-art command-line interface + directly, as the following example describes: + + + + centos-art + prepare + -h|--help + -q|--quiet + --answer-yes + --set-environment + --see-environment + --packages + --locales + --links + --images + --manuals + --synchronize + + + + + Description + + The prepare function exists to set + environment variables, install/update required packages, + create symbolic links for content reusing, render images based + on available design models and artistic motifs, render + documentation manuals, build language-specific files required + for content localization and anything else needed in order to + make the working copy of &TCAR; ready to be used. + + + + When no option is provided to prepare + functionality, the centos-art.sh script + uses the , + , + , and + options, in that order, as default + behaviour. Otherwise, if you provide any option, the + centos-art.sh script avoids its default + behaviour and executes the prepare + functionality as specified by the options you provided. + + + + Notice that it is possible for you to execute the + prepare functionality as many times as + you need to. This is specially useful when you need to keep + syncronized the relation between content produced inside your + working copy and the applications you use outside it. For + example, considering you've added new brushes to or removed + old brushes from your working copy of &TCAR;, the link + information related to those files need to be updated in the + ~/.gimp-2.2/brushes + directory too, in a way the addition/deletion change that took + place in your working copy can be reflected there, as well. + The same is true for other similar components like fonts, + patterns and palettes. + + + + + + Usage + + Use the prepare functionality the first + time you download a working copy of &TCAR; or later, to be + sure your workstation has all the components it needs so you + can use the working copy of &TCAR; in all its extension. + + + + + Options + + + The centos-art prepare command accepts + common options described in and the following + specific options: + + + + + + + + Assume yes to all confirmation requests. + + + + + + + + + This option verifies packeges required by automation scripts + and installs or updates them as required. When required + packages aren't installed or need to be updated, the + centos-art uses the sudo + and yum to perform either installations or + actualizations tasks. In both cases, it is required that you + configure the /etc/sudoers configuration + file first, as discribed in . + + + + + + + + + + This option creates or updates the portable objects (PO) and + machine object (MO) used by gettext + to retrive translated strings related to + centos-art.sh script. This option calls + the locale functionality of centos-art.sh + with the option, as described in + . + + + + + + + + + This option maintains the file relation between your working + copy and configuration files inside your workstation through + symbolic links. When you provide this option, the + centos-art.sh script puts itself into your + system's execution path through its command line interface + centos-art and makes common brushes, + patterns, palettes and fonts inside the working copy, + available to applications like GIMP in order for you to make + use of them without loosing version control over them. + + + + This option removes all common fonts, brushes, patterns, and + palettes currently installed in your home directory, in order + to create a fresh installation of them all again, using the + working copy as section. + + + + + + + + + + This option initializes image files inside the working copy. + When you provide this option, the + centos-art.sh calls the + render functionality to create images + related to each design model available in your working copy, + as described in . + + + + + + + + + This option initializes documentation files inside the working + copy. When you provide this option, the + centos-art.sh script calls both the + render and help + functionality to produce DocBook and Texinfo manuals, + respectively. + + + + + + + + + Print the name and value of some of the environment variables + used by centos-art.sh script as described + in . + + + + + + + + + Set default environment values to your personal profile + (~/.bash_profile). + + + + + + + + + Examples + + None. + + + + + Bugs + + To report bugs related to this function, please create a new + ticket here + refering the specific problems you found in it. For example, + it would be useful if you copy and paste any error output from + centos-art.sh script. + + + + + Authors + + The following people have worked in this functionality: + + + + + Alain Reguera Delgado <alain.reguera@gmail.com>, =COPYRIGHT_YEAR_LIST= + + + + + + + License + + + Copyright © =COPYRIGHT_YEAR_LIST= =COPYRIGHT_HOLDER= + + + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as + published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of + the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be + useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied + warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR + PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. + + + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free + Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, + USA. + + + + diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/render.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/render.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..84826ba --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/render.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,435 @@ + + + + render + + Standardize rendition tasks inside &TCAR;. + + + + + render + Standardize rendition tasks inside &TCAR;. + + + + + centos-art + render + -h|--help + -q|--quiet + --filter="REGEX" + --answer-yes + --dont-dirspecific + --releasever="RELEASEVER" + --basearch="BASEARCH" + --post-rendition="COMMAND" + --last-rendition="COMMAND" + --theme-model="MODELNAME" + --with-brands + --synchronize + LOCATION + + + + + Description + + + The render functionality exists to + automate content rendition inside &TCAR;. The content + rendition process itself takes place through the following + rendition modes: + + + + + + svg — This modes works with both + gzip-compressed (.svgz) + or uncompressed (.svg) + scalable vector graphics as source files and produces portable + network graphics as main output. + + + + + docbook — This mode works with + DocBook source files and produces XHTML as main output. It is + also possible to produce PDF output from DocBook source files, + however PDF output is commented because its production fails + trying to create indexes. + + + + + conf — This mode works with one or + more configuration files as source and produces portable + network graphics as main output. The format used in these + configuration files is described in . + + + + + + To determine the rendition mode, the + render functionality uses the path + provided as LOCATION argument and + the path name convention described in . + + + + Render-able Directories + + + The render-able directories are conventional locations inside + the working copy where you can find final output files. The + final output files are produced from source files and + auxiliary files. Auxiliary files are frequently used to + create localized instances of source files which are, in turn, + used to create final output files in different forms (e.g., in + a different language). + + + + Inside the working copy of &TCAR;, the following directory + structures are considered render-able directories: + + + + + + Identity/Images/ + — This directory structure organizes final image files + in different formats. It also includes source files for + producing the backgrounds of themes. Related design models for + all these files are under Identity/Models/ directory + structure. + + + + Don't move any source file related to theme backgrounds from + render-able directories to theme design models directory + structure. The source files related to theme backgrounds are + specific to each theme and cannot be shared among different + themes. The directory structure related to theme design models + is reserved for files shared by all themes. + + + + + + Documentation/Manuals/ + — This directory structure organizes final documentation + files. Design models for all these files are organized under + Documentation/Models/ + directory structure. + + + + + + Inside render-able directories the rendition process is + performed through different rendition flows known as + theme-rendition, base-rendition, post-rendition and + last-rendition. + + + + + Theme-Rendition Flow + + The theme-rendition flow exists to produce content inside + Identity/Images/Themes/ directory + structure. This rendition flow identifies which directories + are render-able and uses the base-rendition on them, one by + one. + + + The theme-rendition flow exists to support massive rendition + of themes through the following command: + + + + centos-art render Identity/Images/Themes + + + + In case you need to limit the amount of themes or components + inside themes you want to render, you can be more + specific about the LOCATION you + passed as argument and use the + + to specify the file you want to render. For example, if you + only want to render the 01-welcome.png + Anaconda file for CentOS-5 distribution based on version 2 of + Modern artistic motif, then you can run the following command: + + + + centos-art render Identity/Images/Themes/Modern/2/Distro/5/Anaconda --filter="01-welcome" + + + + Notice that you can reach the same result in different ways + here by creating combinations between the path you provide as + LOCATION and the + option. For example, the following + commands produce the same result: + + + + centos-art render Identity/Images/Themes/Modern/2/Distro/5/Anaconda + + + + centos-art render Identity/Images/Themes/Modern --filter="2/Distro/5/Anaconda" + + + + You can use whatever combination you like whenever it matches + a valid render-able directory inside the working copy. But it + seems to be an acceptable practice to use the + LOCATION argument to specify the + render-able directory path inside the Identity/Images/Themes + directory which images need to be rendered for and the + option only when it is needed to + restrict rendition to a specific file inside the directory + provided as LOCATION. + + + + + + Base-Rendition Flow + + ... + + + + + Post-Rendition Flow + + ... + + + + + Last-Rendition Flow + + ... + + + + + Configuration Files (<filename>render.conf</filename>) + + ... + + + + + + Usage + + ... + + + + + Options + + + The centos-art prepare command accepts + common options described in and the following + specific options: + + + + + + + + + Assume yes to all confirmation requests. + + + + + + + + + This option reduces the list of files to process inside + LOCATION using + REGEX as REGUEX + using REGEX as files you want to render. + The deeper you go into the directory structure the more + specific you'll be about the files you want to render. When + you cannot go deeper into the directory structure through + LOCATION specification, use this + option to reduce the list of files therein. + + + + + + + + + Synchronizes available changes between the working copy and + the central repository. + + + + + + + + + This option expands the =\RELEASE=, + =\MAJOR_RELEASE=, and + =\MINOR_RELEASE= translation makers based on + NUMBER value. Notice that + translation markers here were escaped using a backslash + (\) in order to prevent their expansion. Use this + option when you need to produce release-specific contents, but + no release information can be retrived from the directory path + you are currently rendering. + + + + + + + + + This option expands the =\ARCHITECTURE=, + translation makers based on ARHC value. + Notice that translation markers here were escaped using a + backslash (\) in order to prevent their + expansion. Use this option when you need to produce + architecture-sepecific contents but no architecture + information can be retrived from the directory path you are + currently rendering. + + + + + + + + + This option specifies the name of theme model you want to use + when producing theme artistic motifs. By default, if this + option is not provided, the Default theme + model is used as reference to produce theme artistic motifs. + To know what values can be passed as + MODELNAME, run the following + command: + + + + ls ${TCAR_WORKDIR}/Identity/Models/Themes + + + + + + + + + + This option lets you apply a command as post-rendition action. + In this case, the COMMAND + represents the command-line you want to execute in order to + perform in-place modifications to base-rendition output. + + + + + + + + + This option lets you apply a command as last-rendition action. + In this case, the COMMAND argument + represents the command string you want to execute in order to + perform in-place modifications to base-rendition, + post-rendition and directory-specific rendition outputs. + + + + + + + + Examples + + ... + + + + + Bugs + + To report bugs related to this function, please create a new + ticket here + refering the specific problems you found in it. For example, + it would be useful if you copy and paste any error output from + centos-art.sh script. + + + + + Authors + + The following people have worked in this functionality: + + + + + Alain Reguera Delgado <alain.reguera@gmail.com>, =COPYRIGHT_YEAR_LIST= + + + + + + + License + + + Copyright © =COPYRIGHT_YEAR_LIST= =COPYRIGHT_HOLDER= + + + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as + published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of + the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be + useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied + warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR + PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. + + + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free + Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, + USA. + + + + diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/svn.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/svn.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..179cf3d --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/svn.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ + + + + svn + + Standardize version control tasks inside &TCAR; + + + + + svn + Standardize version control tasks inside &TCAR; + + + + + ... + + + + + Description + + ... + + + + + Usage + + ... + + + + + Function Specific Environment + + ... + + + + + Authors + + + + ... + + + + + + + License + + + Copyright © =COPYRIGHT_YEAR_LIST= =COPYRIGHT_HOLDER= + + + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as + published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of + the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be + useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied + warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR + PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. + + + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free + Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, + USA. + + + + + diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/tuneup.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/tuneup.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c40f697 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/tuneup.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,301 @@ + + + + tuneup + + Standardize maintainance tasks inside &TCAR; + + + + + tuneup + Standardize maintainance tasks inside &TCAR; + + + + + The DIRECTORY parameter specifies the + directory path, inside the working copy of &TCAR;, where the + files you want to process are stored in. This paramter can be + provided more than once in order to process more than one + directory path in a single command execution. When this + parameter is not provided, the current directory path where + the command was called from is used instead. + + + + + Description + + + Tasks related to file maintainance are repetitive. You might + find yourself doing them time after time inside the working + copy of &TCAR;. Some of these maintainance tasks do update top + comments on shell scripts, create table of contents for web + pages, update metadata related to design models and remove + unused definitions from design models. + + + + When you execute the tuneup functionality of centos-art.sh + script, it looks for all files that match the supported + extensions (e.g., .sh, + .svg and .xhtml) in the directory + specified, builds a list with them and applies the + maintainance tasks using file extensions as refentry. + + + + When shell scripts are found, the tuneup + functionality of centos-art.sh script reads a comment template + from + Scripts/Functions/Tuneup/Shell/Config/topcomment.sed + and applies it to all shell scripts found, one by one. As + result, all shell scripts will end up having the same + copyright and license information the comment template does. + + + In order for the shell script top comment template to be + applied correctly, the shell scripts you write must have the + structure described in . + + + + Shell script top-comment template. + + Shell script top-comment template. + + + + 1| #!/bin/bash + 2| # + 3| # doSomething.sh -- The function description goes here. + 4| # + 5| # Copyright + 6| # + 7| # ... + 8| # + 9| # ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +10| # $Id$ +11| # ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +12| +13| function doSomething { +14| +15| } + + + + + + + + The tuneup functionality of + centos-art.sh script replaces all lines + between the Copyright line (e.g., line 5) + and the first separator line (e.g., line 9), inclusively. + Everything else will remain immutable in the file. + + + + When scalable vector graphics are found, the tuneup + functionality reads a SVG metadata template from + Scripts/Functions/Tuneup/Svg/Config/metadata.sed + and applies it to all files found, one by one. Immediatly + after the metadata template has been applied and, before + passing to next file, all unused definition are removed from + the file, too. + + + The metadata applied by the SVG metadata template is created + dynamicaly combining the absolute path of the file being + currently modified, the workstation's date information, the + centos-art.sh script copyright holder + (e.g., =COPYRIGHT_HOLDER=) as refentry and the Creative + Common Distribution-ShareAlike 3.0 License as default license + to release SVG files. + + + The elimination of unused definitions inside SVG files takes + place through Inkscape's + option, as described in its man page (e.g., man + inkscape). + + + + When HTML files are found, the tuneup + functionality of centos-art.sh script + transforms web page headings to make them accessible through a + table of contents. The table of contents is expanded in + place, wherever the <div + class="toc"></div> piece of code be in the + file. Once the table of contents has been expanded, there is + no need to put anything else in the page. You can run the + tuneup functionality everytime you update + the heading information so as to update the table of contents, + too. + + + In order for this functionality to build the table of contents + from headings, you need to put headings in just one line. The + headin level can vary from h1 to h6 + with attribute definitions accepted. Closing tag must be + present and also match the openning tag. Inside the heading + definition an anchor definition must be present with attribute + definitions accepted. The value of name + and href attributes from the anchor + element are set dynamically using the md5sum output of + combining the page location, the head- + string and the heading content itself. If any of the + components used to build the heading refentry changes, you + need to run the the tuneup functionality of + centos-art.sh script in order for the + anchor elements to use the correct information. + + + For example, the headings shown in produces the table of + contents shown in . + + + + HTML heading definition. + + HTML heading definition. + + + +<h1 class="title"><a name="head-8a23b56a28dfa7277d176576f217054a">Forms</a></h1> +<h2 class="title"><a name="head-629f38bc607f2a270177106b450aeae3">Elements</a></h2> +<h2 class="title"><a name="head-f49cae1d73592c984bbb0bffb1d5699a">Recommendations</a></h2> + + + + + + + + HTML table of contents definition. + + HTML table of contents definition. + + + +<div class="toc"> <p>Table of contents</p> <dl><dt><a href="#head-8a23b56a28dfa7277d176576f217054a">Forms</a> <dl><dt><a href="#head-629f38bc607f2a270177106b450aeae3">Elements</a> </dt><dt><a href="#head-f49cae1d73592c984bbb0bffb1d5699a">Recommendations</a> </dt></dl> </dt></dl> </div> + + + + + + + + + Options + + The tuneup functionality accepts the + following options: + + + + + + + + Supress all output messages except error messages. When this + option is passed, all confirmation requests are supressed and + a possitive answer is assumed for them, just as if the + option would have been provided. + + + + + + + + + Assume yes to all confirmation requests. + + + + + + + + + Reduce the list of files to process inside + path/to/dir using + REGEX as pattern. You can use this + option to control the amount of files you want to tuneup. The + deeper you go into the directory structure the more specific + you'll be about the files you want to tuneup. When you cannot + go deeper into the directory structure through + path/to/dir specification, use this + option to reduce the list of files therein. + + + + + + + + + Synchronizes available changes between the working copy and + the central repository. + + + + + + + + Function Specific Environment + + ... + + + + + Authors + + The following people have worked in the + tuneup functionality: + + + + + Alain Reguera Delgado <alain.reguera@gmail.com>, =COPYRIGHT_YEAR_LIST= + + + + + + + License + + + Copyright © =COPYRIGHT_YEAR_LIST= =COPYRIGHT_HOLDER= + + + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as + published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of + the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be + useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied + warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR + PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. + + + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free + Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, + USA. + + + + diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/vcs.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/vcs.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fbf8a4c --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/Scripts/Bash/vcs.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ + + + + vcs + + Standardize version control tasks inside &TCAR; + + + + + vcs + Standardize version control tasks inside &TCAR; + + + + + ... + + + + + Description + + ... + + + + + Usage + + ... + + + + + Function Specific Environment + + ... + + + + + Authors + + + + ... + + + + + + + License + + + Copyright © =COPYRIGHT_YEAR_LIST= =COPYRIGHT_HOLDER= + + + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as + published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of + the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be + useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied + warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR + PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. + + + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free + Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, + USA. + + + + + diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/tcar-ug.docbook b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/tcar-ug.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b0a19c9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Docbook/Tcar-ug/tcar-ug.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,84 @@ + + + + + + + + The CentOS Artwork Repository + User's Guide + + + + Alain + Reguera Delgado + + + + + 2009 + 2010 + 2011 + 2012 + 2013 + &TCP;. All rights reserved. + + + + + Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify + this document under the terms of the GNU Free + Documentation License, Version 1.2 or any later version + published by the Free Software Foundation; with no + Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no + Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in + . + + + + + + 1.0 + Today + + Alain + Reguera Delgado + + + + Under development. + + + + + + + + + &preface; + + &repo; + &identity; + &locales; + &manuals; + &scripts; + + + + Index + + diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/en_US/Chapters-menu.texinfo b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/en_US/Chapters-menu.texinfo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e69de29 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/en_US/Chapters-menu.texinfo diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/en_US/Chapters-nodes.texinfo b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/en_US/Chapters-nodes.texinfo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3e2dc0b --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/en_US/Chapters-nodes.texinfo @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +@include =INCL= diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/en_US/Chapters.texinfo b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/en_US/Chapters.texinfo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..249e5cc --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/en_US/Chapters.texinfo @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +@node =CHAPTER_NODE= +@chapter =CHAPTER_TITLE= +@cindex =CHAPTER_CIND= + +@c -- Chapter Introduction +... + +@c -- Chapter Menu +@include =CHAPTER_NAME=-menu.texinfo + +@c -- Chapter Nodes +@include =CHAPTER_NAME=-nodes.texinfo diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/en_US/Chapters/section-functions.texinfo b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/en_US/Chapters/section-functions.texinfo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..88cd2cc --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/en_US/Chapters/section-functions.texinfo @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +@node =SECT= +@section =SECT= +@cindex =CIND= + +@subheading Name + +The =SECT= directory organizes @dots{} + +@subheading Synopsis + +@dots{} + +@subheading Description + +@dots{} + +@subheading Examples + +@dots{} + +@subheading Author + +Written by @dots{} + +@subheading Reporting bugs + +Report bugs to @email{centos-artwork@@centos.org} mailing list. + +@subheading Copyright + +Copyright @copyright{} =COPYRIGHT_YEAR_LIST= =COPYRIGHT_HOLDER= + +This is free software. You may redistribute copies of it under the +terms of the @ref{GNU General Public License}. There is NO WARRANTY, +to the extent permitted by law. diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/en_US/Chapters/section.texinfo b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/en_US/Chapters/section.texinfo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9461faa --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/en_US/Chapters/section.texinfo @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +@node =NODE= +@section =SECT= +@cindex =CIND= + +... + +@c -- <[centos-art(SeeAlso) +@c -- ]> diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/en_US/Licenses-menu.texinfo b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/en_US/Licenses-menu.texinfo new file mode 100755 index 0000000..b8240ba --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/en_US/Licenses-menu.texinfo @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ +@menu +* GNU General Public License:: +* GNU Free Documentation License:: +@end menu diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/en_US/Licenses-nodes.texinfo b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/en_US/Licenses-nodes.texinfo new file mode 100755 index 0000000..da69108 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/en_US/Licenses-nodes.texinfo @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +@node GNU General Public License +@section GNU General Public License +@cindex GNU General Public License +@include Licenses/GPL.texinfo + +@node GNU Free Documentation License +@section GNU Free Documentation License +@cindex GNU Free Documentation License +@include Licenses/GFDL.texinfo diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/en_US/Licenses.texinfo b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/en_US/Licenses.texinfo new file mode 100755 index 0000000..8b2fda9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/en_US/Licenses.texinfo @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +@node Licenses +@appendix Licenses +@cindex Licenses +@include Licenses-menu.texinfo +@include Licenses-nodes.texinfo diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/en_US/Licenses/GFDL.texinfo b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/en_US/Licenses/GFDL.texinfo new file mode 100755 index 0000000..c40cf38 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/en_US/Licenses/GFDL.texinfo @@ -0,0 +1,414 @@ +Version 1.2, November 2002 + +@verbatim +Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA +@end verbatim + +Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this +license document, but changing it is not allowed. + +@subheading Preamble + +The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other +functional and useful document ``free'' in the sense of freedom: to +assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, +with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. +Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way +to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible +for modifications made by others. + +This License is a kind of ``copyleft'', which means that derivative +works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It +complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft +license designed for free software. + +We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free +software, because free software needs free documentation: a free +program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the +software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals; +it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or +whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License +principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference. + +@subheading 1. Applicability and definitions + +This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium, that +contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be +distributed under the terms of this License. Such a notice grants a +world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration, to use that +work under the conditions stated herein. The ``Document'', below, +refers to any such manual or work. Any member of the public is a +licensee, and is addressed as ``you''. You accept the license if you +copy, modify or distribute the work in a way requiring permission +under copyright law. + +A ``Modified Version'' of the Document means any work containing the +Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with +modifications and/or translated into another language. + +A ``Secondary Section'' is a named appendix or a front-matter section of +the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the +publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall +subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall +directly within that overall subject. (Thus, if the Document is in +part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain +any mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical +connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal, +commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding +them. + +The ``Invariant Sections'' are certain Secondary Sections whose titles +are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice +that says that the Document is released under this License. If a +section does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it is not +allowed to be designated as Invariant. The Document may contain zero +Invariant Sections. If the Document does not identify any Invariant +Sections then there are none. + +The ``Cover Texts'' are certain short passages of text that are listed, +as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that +the Document is released under this License. A Front-Cover Text may +be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may be at most 25 words. + +A ``Transparent'' copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy, +represented in a format whose specification is available to the +general public, that is suitable for revising the document +straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of +pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available +drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or +for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input +to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file +format whose markup, or absence of markup, has been arranged to thwart +or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. +An image format is not Transparent if used for any substantial amount +of text. A copy that is not ``Transparent'' is called ``Opaque''. + +Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain +ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML +or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple +HTML, PostScript or PDF designed for human modification. Examples of +transparent image formats include PNG, XCF and JPG. Opaque formats +include proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by +proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or +processing tools are not generally available, and the +machine-generated HTML, PostScript or PDF produced by some word +processors for output purposes only. + +The ``Title Page'' means, for a printed book, the title page itself, +plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material +this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in +formats which do not have any title page as such, ``Title Page'' means +the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title, +preceding the beginning of the body of the text. + +A section ``Entitled XYZ'' means a named subunit of the Document whose +title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses following +text that translates XYZ in another language. (Here XYZ stands for a +specific section name mentioned below, such as ``Acknowledgements'', +``Dedications'', ``Endorsements'', or ``History''.) To ``Preserve the +Title'' of such a section when you modify the Document means that it +remains a section ``Entitled XYZ'' according to this definition. + +The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice which +states that this License applies to the Document. These Warranty +Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in this +License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other +implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and has +no effect on the meaning of this License. + +@subheading 2. Verbatim copying + +You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either +commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the +copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies +to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no +other conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use +technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further +copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept +compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough +number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section @emph{3. +Copying in quantity}. + +You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and +you may publicly display copies. + +@subheading 3. Copying in quantity + +If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly have +printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and the +Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the +copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover +Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on +the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify +you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present +the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and +visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition. +Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve +the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated +as verbatim copying in other respects. + +If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit +legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit +reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent +pages. + +If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering +more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent +copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy +a computer-network location from which the general network-using +public has access to download using public-standard network protocols +a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material. +If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, +when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure +that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated +location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an +Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that +edition to the public. + +It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the +Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to +give them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the +Document. + +@subheading 4. Modifications + +You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under +the conditions of sections @emph{2. Verbatim copying} and @emph{3. +Copying in quantity} above, provided that you release the Modified +Version under precisely this License, with the Modified Version +filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution and +modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy of +it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version: + +A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct +from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions (which +should, if there were any, be listed in the History section of the +Document). You may use the same title as a previous version if the +original publisher of that version gives permission. + +B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities +responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified +Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the +Document (all of its principal authors, if it has fewer than five), +unless they release you from this requirement. + +C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the Modified +Version, as the publisher. + +D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document. + +E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications adjacent +to the other copyright notices. + +F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice +giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the +terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below. + +G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant +Sections and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license +notice. + +H. Include an unaltered copy of this License. + +I. Preserve the section Entitled ``History'', Preserve its Title, and +add to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and +publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If +there is no section Entitled ``History'' in the Document, create one +stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as +given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified +Version as stated in the previous sentence. + +J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for +public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise the +network locations given in the Document for previous versions it was +based on. These may be placed in the ``History'' section. You may +omit a network location for a work that was published at least four +years before the Document itself, or if the original publisher of the +version it refers to gives permission. + +K. For any section Entitled ``Acknowledgements'' or ``Dedications'', +Preserve the Title of the section, and preserve in the section all the +substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or +dedications given therein. + +L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, unaltered in +their text and in their titles. Section numbers or the equivalent are +not considered part of the section titles. + +M. Delete any section Entitled ``Endorsements''. Such a section may +not be included in the Modified Version. + +N. Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled ``Endorsements'' +or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section. + +O. Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers. + +If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or +appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material +copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all +of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the +list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice. +These titles must be distinct from any other section titles. + +You may add a section Entitled ``Endorsements'', provided it contains +nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various +parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has +been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a +standard. + +You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a +passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list +of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of +Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or +through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already +includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or +by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, +you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit +permission from the previous publisher that added the old one. + +The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License +give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or +imply endorsement of any Modified Version. + +@subheading 5. Combining documents + +You may combine the Document with other documents released under this +License, under the terms defined in section @emph{4. Modifications} +above for modified versions, provided that you include in the +combination all of the Invariant Sections of all of the original +documents, unmodified, and list them all as Invariant Sections of your +combined work in its license notice, and that you preserve all their +Warranty Disclaimers. + +The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and +multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single +copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but +different contents, make the title of each such section unique by +adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original +author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number. +Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of +Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work. + +In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled ``History'' +in the various original documents, forming one section Entitled +``History''; likewise combine any sections Entitled +``Acknowledgements'', +and any sections Entitled ``Dedications''. You must delete all sections +Entitled ``Endorsements''. + +@subheading 6. Collections of documents + +You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other +documents released under this License, and replace the individual +copies of this License in the various documents with a single copy +that is included in the collection, provided that you follow the rules +of this License for verbatim copying of each of the documents in all +other respects. + +You may extract a single document from such a collection, and +distribute it individually under this License, provided you insert a +copy of this License into the extracted document, and follow this +License in all other respects regarding verbatim copying of that +document. + +@subheading 7. Aggregation with independent works + +A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate +and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or +distribution medium, is called an ``aggregate'' if the copyright +resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the legal rights +of the compilation's users beyond what the individual works permit. +When the Document is included in an aggregate, this License does not +apply to the other works in the aggregate which are not themselves +derivative works of the Document. + +If the Cover Text requirement of section @emph{3. Copying in quantity} +is applicable to these copies of the Document, then if the Document is +less than one half of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts +may be placed on covers that bracket the Document within the +aggregate, or the electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is +in electronic form. Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that +bracket the whole aggregate. + +@subheading 8. Translations + +Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may +distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section +@emph{4. Modifications}. Replacing Invariant Sections with +translations requires special permission from their copyright holders, +but you may include translations of some or all Invariant Sections in +addition to the original versions of these Invariant Sections. You +may include a translation of this License, and all the license notices +in the Document, and any Warranty Disclaimers, provided that you also +include the original English version of this License and the original +versions of those notices and disclaimers. In case of a disagreement +between the translation and the original version of this License or a +notice or disclaimer, the original version will prevail. + +If a section in the Document is Entitled ``Acknowledgements'', +``Dedications'', or ``History'', the requirement (section @emph{4. +Modifications}) to Preserve its Title (section @emph{1. Applicability +and definitions}) will typically require changing the actual title. + +@subheading 9. Termination + +You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document +except as expressly provided for under this License. Any other +attempt to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + +@subheading Future Revisions of this License + +The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions of the +GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions +will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in +detail to address new problems or concerns. See +@url{http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/}. + +Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. +If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this +License ``or any later version'' applies to it, you have the option of +following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or +of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the +Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version +number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not +as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. + +@subheading How to use this License for your documents + +To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of +the License in the document and put the following copyright and +license notices just after the title page: + +@verbatim + Copyright (C) YEAR YOUR NAME. + + Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this + document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, + Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software + Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, + and no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in + the section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''. +@end verbatim + +If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover +Texts, replace the ``with...Texts''. line with this: + +@verbatim + with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the + Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts + being LIST. +@end verbatim + +If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other +combination of the three, merge those two alternatives to suit the +situation. + +If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we +recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of +free software license, such as the GNU General Public License, to +permit their use in free software. diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/en_US/Licenses/GPL.texinfo b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/en_US/Licenses/GPL.texinfo new file mode 100755 index 0000000..3349125 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/en_US/Licenses/GPL.texinfo @@ -0,0 +1,376 @@ +Version 2, June 1991 + +@verbatim +Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA +@end verbatim + +Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this +license document, but changing it is not allowed. + +@subheading Preamble + +The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom +to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public License +is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + +When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + +To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if +you distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + +For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + +We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + +Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, +we want its recipients to know that what they have is not the +original, so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect +on the original authors' reputations. + +Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at +all. + +The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + +@subheading TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + +@subsubheading Section 0 + +This License applies to any program or other work which contains a +notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The ``Program'', +below, refers to any such program or work, and a ``work based on the +Program'' means either the Program or any derivative work under +copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Program or a +portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated +into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without +limitation in the term ``modification''.) Each licensee is addressed +as ``you''. + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + +@subsubheading Section 1 + +You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + +@subsubheading Section 2 + +You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + +a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices +stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + +b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in +whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any part +thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third parties +under the terms of this License. + +c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when +run, you must cause it, when started running for such interactive use +in the most ordinary way, to print or display an announcement +including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice that there is +no warranty (or else, saying that you provide a warranty) and that +users may redistribute the program under these conditions, and telling +the user how to view a copy of this License. (Exception: if the +Program itself is interactive but does not normally print such an +announcement, your work based on the Program is not required to print +an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + +@subsubheading Section 3 + +You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, under +Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + +a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable +source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 +and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + +b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three years, +to give any third party, for a charge no more than your cost of +physically performing source distribution, a complete machine-readable +copy of the corresponding source code, to be distributed under the +terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for +software interchange; or, + +c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to +distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is allowed +only for noncommercial distribution and only if you received the +program in object code or executable form with such an offer, in +accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + +@subsubheading Section 4 + +You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + +@subsubheading Section 5 + +You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + +@subsubheading Section 6 + +Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + +@subsubheading Section 7 + +If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + +@subsubheading Section 8 + +If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in certain +countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the original +copyright holder who places the Program under this License may add an +explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those +countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + +@subsubheading Section 9 + +The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions +will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in +detail to address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and ``any +later version'', you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + +@subsubheading Section 10 + +If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the +author to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by +the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; +we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by +the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our +free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software +generally. + +@subsubheading NO WARRANTY + +BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT +WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER +PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM ``AS IS'' WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, +EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR +PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE +PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME +THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + +@subsubheading Section 12 + +IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN +WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY +AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU +FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR +CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE +PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING +RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A +FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF +SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGES. + +@strong{END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS} + +@subheading How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + +If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these +terms. + +To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the ``copyright'' line and a pointer to where the full notice is +found. + +@verbatim + + Copyright (C) 19yy + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. +@end verbatim + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + +@verbatim + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) 19yy name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. +@end verbatim + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a ``copyright disclaimer'' for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + +@verbatim + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + , 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice +@end verbatim + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General +Public License instead of this License. diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/en_US/manual-index.texinfo b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/en_US/manual-index.texinfo new file mode 100755 index 0000000..b197b13 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/en_US/manual-index.texinfo @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +@node Index +@unnumbered Index +@syncodeindex fn cp +@syncodeindex vr cp +@syncodeindex ky cp +@syncodeindex pg cp +@syncodeindex tp cp +@printindex cp diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/en_US/manual-init.pl b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/en_US/manual-init.pl new file mode 100755 index 0000000..c6eff54 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/en_US/manual-init.pl @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +# This file extends the `../manual-init.pl' initialization file to +# provide English specific initializations for `texi2html-1.76-4.fc6'. +# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +# $Id$ +# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + +return 1; diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/en_US/manual-menu.texinfo b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/en_US/manual-menu.texinfo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0afc9ff --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/en_US/manual-menu.texinfo @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ +@menu +* Licenses:: +* Index:: +@end menu diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/en_US/manual-nodes.texinfo b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/en_US/manual-nodes.texinfo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e69de29 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/en_US/manual-nodes.texinfo diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/en_US/manual.conf b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/en_US/manual.conf new file mode 100755 index 0000000..72b65de --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/en_US/manual.conf @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +# This file controls the manual configuration. This file is divided +# in configuration sections (e.g., `main' and `templates') which, in +# turn, are organized in the form `variable = value'. +# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +# $Id$ +# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + +[main] + +# Specify documentation backend used by documentation manual. This is +# the format used to write documentation manual source files. +manual_format = "texinfo" + +# Specify title style used by sections inside the manual. Possible +# values to this option are `cap-each-word' to capitalize each word in +# the section title, `cap-first-word' to capitalize the first word in +# the section title only and `directory' to transform each word in the +# section title into a directory path. From all these options, +# `cap-each-word' is the one used as default. +manual_section_style = "cap-each-word" + +# Specify the order used by sections inside the manual. By default new +# sections added to the manual are put on the end to follow the +# section `created' order. Other possible values to this option are +# `ordered' and `reversed' to sort the list of sections alphabetically +# from A-Z and Z-A, respectively. +manual_section_order = "created" + +[templates] + +# Specify relation between template files and section definition files +# inside the manual. Template definition is set on the left side using +# relative path. The section main definition file is described on the +# right using a regular expression. The first match wins. +Chapters/section-functions.texinfo = "^.+-functions-[[:alnum:]]+\.texinfo$" +Chapters/section.texinfo = "^.+\.texinfo$" diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/en_US/manual.sed b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/en_US/manual.sed new file mode 100755 index 0000000..274b0f5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/en_US/manual.sed @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +#!/bin/sed +# +# repository.sed -- This file provide English transformations for +# texi2html outupt, based on The CentOS Project CSS definitions. +# +# Copyright (C) 2009-2012 The CentOS Project +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +# (at your option) any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but +# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 +# USA. +# +# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +# $Id$ +# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# Quotations. +s!

Note!

Info

Note

!g + +s!

Warning!

Warning

Warning

!g + +s!

Important!

Important

Important

!g + +s!

Tip!

Tip

Tip

!g + +s!

Caution!

Caution

Caution

!g + +s!

Convention!

Convention

Convention

!g + +s!

Redirection!

Redirection

Redirection

!g diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/en_US/manual.texinfo b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/en_US/manual.texinfo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0a7f838 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/en_US/manual.texinfo @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +\input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*- +@c -- Header -------------------------------------------------- + +@setfilename =MANUAL_NAME=.info +@settitle =MANUAL_TITLE= +@documentlanguage =LOCALE_LL= +@afourpaper +@finalout + +@c -- Variables ----------------------------------------------- + +@set TCENTOS The Community Enterprise Operating System +@set TCPROJ @url{http://www.centos.org/, The CentOS Project} +@set TCWIKI @url{http://wiki.centos.org/, The CentOS Wiki} +@set TCMLISTS @url{http://lists.centos.org/, The CentOS Mailing Lists} +@set TCBUGS @url{http://bugs.centos.org/, The CentOS Bugs} +@set TCMIRRORS @url{http://mirrors.centos.org/, The CentOS Mirrors} +@set TCPLANET @url{http://planet.centos.org/, The CentOS Planet} +@set TCFORUMS @url{http://forums.centos.org/, The CentOS Forums} +@set TCINFOML @email{centos-info@@centos.org, The CentOS Information Mailing List} +@set TCDEVSML @email{centos-devel@@centos.org, The CentOS Developers Mailing List} +@set TCDOCSML @email{centos-docs@@centos.org, The CentOS Documentation Mailing List} +@set TCARTWML @email{centos-artwork@@centos.org, The CentOS Artwork Mailing List} +@set TCL10NML @email{centos-l10n@@centos.org, The CentOS Localization Mailing List} +@set TCAR @url{https://projects.centos.org/svn/artwork/, The CentOS Artwork Repository} +@set TCAS @url{https://projects.centos.org/trac/artwork/, The CentOS Artwork SIG} + +@c -- Summary description and copyright ----------------------- + +@copying +=MANUAL_ABSTRACT= + +Copyright @copyright{} =COPYRIGHT_YEAR_LIST= =COPYRIGHT_HOLDER= + +Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document +under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or +any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no +Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. A +copy of the license is included in the section entitled @ref{GNU Free +Documentation License}. +@end copying + +@c -- Titlepage, contents, copyright --------------------------- + +@titlepage +@title =MANUAL_TITLE= +@subtitle =MANUAL_SUBTITLE= +@author =COPYRIGHT_HOLDER= +@page +@vskip 0pt plus 1filll +@insertcopying +@end titlepage +@contents + +@c -- `Top' node and master menu ------------------------------- + +@ifnottex +@node Top +@top =MANUAL_TITLE= +@insertcopying +@end ifnottex + +@include =MANUAL_NAME=-menu.texinfo + +@c -- The body of the document -------------------------------- + +@include =MANUAL_NAME=-nodes.texinfo + +@c -- The end of the document --------------------------------- + +@include Licenses.texinfo +@include =MANUAL_NAME=-index.texinfo + +@bye diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/es_ES/Licenses-menu.texinfo b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/es_ES/Licenses-menu.texinfo new file mode 100755 index 0000000..b8240ba --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/es_ES/Licenses-menu.texinfo @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ +@menu +* GNU General Public License:: +* GNU Free Documentation License:: +@end menu diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/es_ES/Licenses-nodes.texinfo b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/es_ES/Licenses-nodes.texinfo new file mode 100755 index 0000000..e7eded9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/es_ES/Licenses-nodes.texinfo @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +@node GNU General Public License +@section Licencia Pública General de GNU +@cindex Licencia pública general GNU +@include Licenses/GPL.texinfo + +@node GNU Free Documentation License +@section Licencia de Documentación Libre de GNU +@cindex Licencia documentación libre GNU +@include Licenses/GFDL.texinfo diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/es_ES/Licenses.texinfo b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/es_ES/Licenses.texinfo new file mode 100755 index 0000000..be90966 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/es_ES/Licenses.texinfo @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +@node Licenses +@appendix Licencias +@cindex Licencias +@include Licenses-menu.texinfo +@include Licenses-nodes.texinfo diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/es_ES/Licenses/GFDL.texinfo b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/es_ES/Licenses/GFDL.texinfo new file mode 100755 index 0000000..8f789ec --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/es_ES/Licenses/GFDL.texinfo @@ -0,0 +1,372 @@ +@subheading Preámbulo + +El propósito de esta Licencia es permitir que un manual, libro de +texto, u otro documento escrito sea «libre» en el sentido de libertad: +asegurar a todo el mundo la libertad efectiva de copiarlo y +redistribuirlo, con o sin modificaciones, de manera comercial o no. En +segundo término, esta Licencia proporciona al autor y al editor una +manera de obtener reconocimiento por su trabajo, sin que se le +considere responsable de las modificaciones realizadas por otros. + +Esta Licencia es de tipo «copyleft», lo que significa que los trabajos +derivados del documento deben a su vez ser libres en el mismo sentido. +Complementa la Licencia Pública General de GNU, que es una licencia +tipo copyleft diseñada para el software libre. + +Hemos diseñado esta Licencia para usarla en manuales de software +libre, ya que el software libre necesita documentación libre: Un +programa libre debe venir con los manuales que ofrezcan la mismas +libertades que da el software. Pero esta licencia no se limita a +manuales de software; puede ser usada para cualquier trabajo textual, +sin tener en cuenta su temática o si se publica como libro impreso. +Recomendamos esta licencia principalmente para trabajos cuyo fin sea +instructivo o de referencia. + +@subheading 1. Aplicación y definiciones + +Esta Licencia se aplica a cualquier manual u otro trabajo que contenga +un aviso colocado por el poseedor del copyright diciendo que puede +distribuirse bajo los términos de esta Licencia. El «Documento», +abajo, se refiere a cualquier manual o trabajo. Cualquier miembro del +público es un licenciatario,y será referido como «Usted». + +Una «Versión Modificada» del Documento significa cualquier trabajo que +contenga el Documento o una porción del mismo, ya sea una copia +literal o con modificaciones y/o traducciones a otro idioma. + +Una «Sección Secundaria» es un apéndice con título o una sección +preliminar del Documento que trata exclusivamente de la relación entre +los autores o editores y el tema general delDocumento que trata +exclusivamente con la relación entre los editores o autores del +Documento con el asunto general del Documento (o asuntos relacionados) +y no contiene nada que pueda considerarse dentro del tema principal. +(Por ejemplo, si el Documento es en parte un libro de texto de +matemáticas, una Sección Secundaria no explicará nada de matemáticas.) +La relación puede ser una conexión histórica con el asunto o temas +relacionados, o una opinión legal, comercial, filosófica, ética o +política acerca de ellos. + +Las «Secciones Invariantes» son ciertas Secciones Secundarias cuyos +títulos son designados como Secciones Invariantes en la nota que +indica que el Documento se publica bajo esta Licencia. + +Los «Textos de Cubierta» son ciertos pasajes cortos de texto que se +listan como Textos de Cubierta Delantera o Textos de Cubierta Trasera +en la nota que indica que el Documento se publica bajo esta Licencia. + +Una copia «Transparente» del Documento, significa una copia para +lectura en máquina, representada en un formato cuya especificación +está disponible al público en general, cuyo contenido puede ser visto +y editados directamente con editores de texto genéricos o (para +imágenes compuestas por píxeles) con programas genéricos de +manipulación de imágenes o (para dibujos) con algún editor de dibujos +ampliamente disponible, y que sea adecuado como entrada para +formateadores de texto o para su traducción automática a formatos +adecuados para formateadores de texto. Una copia hecha en un formato +definido como Transparente, pero cuyo marcaje o ausencia de él haya +sido diseñado para impedir o dificultar modificaciones posteriores por +parte de los lectores no es Transparente. Una copia que no es +«Transparente» se denomina «Opaca». + +Como ejemplos de formatos adecuados para copias Transparentes están +ASCII puro sin marcaje, formato de entrada de Texinfo, formato de +entrada de LaTeX, SGML o XML usando una DTD disponible públicamente, y +HTML, PostScript o PDF simples, que sigan los estándares y diseños +para que los modifiquen personas.Los formatos Opacos incluyen formatos +propietarios que pueden ser leídos y editados únicamente en +procesadores de textos propietarios, SGML o XML para los cuáles las +DTD y/o herramientas de procesamiento no estén ampliamente +disponibles, y HTML, PostScript o PDF generados por algunos +procesadores de textos sólo como salida. + +La «Portada» significa, en un libro impreso, la página de título, más +las páginas siguientes que sean necesarias para mantener legiblemente +el material que esta Licencia requiere en la portada. Para trabajos en +formatos que no tienen página de portada como tal, «Portada»significa +el texto cercano a la aparición más prominente del título del +trabajo,precediendo el comienzo del cuerpo del texto. + +@subheading 2. Copia literal + +Usted puede copiar y distribuir el Documento en cualquier medio, sea +en forma comercial o no, siempre y cuando proporcione esta Licencia, +las notas de copyright y la nota que indica que esta Licencia se +aplica al Documento reproduciéndola en todas las copias y que usted no +añada ninguna otra condición a las expuestas en esta Licencia. Usted +no puede usar medidas técnicas para obstruir o controlar la lectura o +copia posterior de las copias que usted haga o distribuya. Sin +embargo, usted puede aceptar compensación a cambio de las copias. Si +distribuye un número suficientemente grande de copias también deberá +seguir las condiciones de la sección 3. + +Usted también puede prestar copias, bajo las mismas condiciones +establecidas anteriormente, y puede exhibir copias públicamente. + +@subheading 3. Copiando en cantidad + +Si publica copias impresas del Documento que sobrepasen las 100, y la +nota de licencia del Documento exige Textos de Cubierta, debe +incluirlas copias con cubiertas que lleven en forma clara y legible +todos esos Textos de Cubierta: Textos de Cubierta Delantera en la +cubierta delantera y Textos de Cubierta Trasera en la cubierta +trasera. Ambas cubiertas deben identificarlo a Usted clara y +legiblemente como editor de tales copias. La cubierta debe mostrar el +título completo con todas las palabras igualmente prominentes y +visibles. Además puede añadir otro material en las cubiertas. Las +copias con cambios limitados a las cubiertas, siempre que conserven el +título del Documento y satisfagan estas condiciones, pueden +considerarse como copias literales en todos los aspectos. + +Si los textos requeridos para la cubierta son muy voluminosos para que +ajusten legiblemente, debe colocar los primeros (tantos como sea +razonable colocar) en la verdadera cubierta y situar el resto en +páginas adyacentes. + +Si Usted publica o distribuye copias Opacas del Documento cuya +cantidad exceda las 100, debe incluir una copia Transparente, que +pueda ser leída por una máquina, con cada copia Opaca, o bien mostrar, +en cada copia Opaca, una dirección de red donde cualquier usuario de +la misma tenga acceso por medio de protocolos públicos y +estandarizados a una copia Transparente del Documento completa, sin +material adicional. Si usted hace uso de la última opción, deberá +tomar las medidas necesarias, cuando comience la distribución de las +copias Opacas en cantidad, para asegurar que esta copia Transparente +permanecerá accesible en el sitio establecido por lo menos un año +después de la última vez que distribuya una copia Opaca de esa edición +al público (directamente o a través de sus agentes o distribuidores). + +Se solicita, aunque no es requisito, que se ponga en contacto con los +autores del Documento antes de redistribuir gran número de copias, +para darles la oportunidad de que le proporcionen una versión +actualizada del Documento. + +@subheading 4. Modificaciones + +Puede copiar y distribuir una Versión Modificada del Documento bajo +las condiciones de las secciones 2 y 3 anteriores, siempre que Usted +libere la Versión Modificada bajo esta misma Licencia, con la Versión +Modificada haciendo el rol del Documento, por lo tanto dando Licencia +de distribución y modificación de la Versión Modificada a quienquiera +posea una copia de la misma. Además, debe hacer lo siguiente en la +Versión Modificada: + +A. Usar en la Portada (y en las cubiertas, si hay alguna) un título +distinto al del Documento y de sus versiones anteriores (que deberían, +si hay alguna, estar listadas en la sección de Historia del +Documento). Puede usar el mismo título de versiones anteriores al +original siempre y cuando quien las publicó originalmente otorgue +permiso. + +B. Listar en la Portada, como autores, una o más personas o entidades +responsables de la autoría de las modificaciones de la Versión +Modificada, junto con por lo menos cinco de los autores principales +del Documento (todos sus autores principales, si hay menos de cinco), +a menos que le eximan de tal requisito. + +C. Mostrar en la Portada como editor el nombre del editor de la +Versión Modificada + +D. Conservar todas las notas de copyright del Documento. + +E. Añadir una nota de copyright apropiada a sus modificaciones, +adyacente a las otras notas de copyright. + +F. Incluir, inmediatamente después de los avisos de copyright, una +nota de licencia dando el permiso público para usar la Versión +Modificada bajo los términos de esta Licencia, de la forma mostrada en +el Adenda de más abajo. + +G. Incluir, inmediatamente después de ese aviso de licencia, la lista +completa de Secciones invariantes y de los Textos de Cubierta que sean +requeridos en el aviso de Licencia del Documento original. + +H. Incluir una copia sin modificación de esta Licencia. + +I. Conservar la sección titulada «Historia», conservar su Título y +añadirle un elemento que declare al menos el título, el año, los +nuevos autores y el editor de la Versión Modificada, tal como figuran +en la Portada. Si no hay una sección titulada «Historia» en el +Documento, crear una estableciendo el título, el año, los autores y el +editor del Documento, tal como figuran en su Portada, añadiendo además +un elemento describiendo la Versión Modificada, como se estableció en +la sentencia anterior. + +J. Conservar la dirección en red, si la hay, dada en el Documento para +el acceso público a una copia Transparente del mismo, así como las +otras direcciones de red dadas en el Documento para versiones +anteriores en las que estuviese basado. Pueden ubicarse en la sección +«Historia». Se puede omitir la ubicación en red de un trabajo que haya +sido publicado por lo menos cuatro años antes que el Documento mismo, +o si el editor original de dicha versión da permiso. + +K. En cualquier sección titulada «Agradecimientos» o «Dedicatorias», +conservar el título de la sección y conservar en ella toda la +sustancia y el tono de los agradecimientos y/o dedicatorias incluidas +por cada contribuyente. + +L. Conservar todas las Secciones Invariantes del Documento, sin +alterar su texto ni sus títulos. Los números de sección o equivalentes +no se consideran parte de los títulos de la sección. + +M. Borrar cualquier sección titulada «Aprobaciones». Tales secciones +no pueden estar incluidas en las Versiones Modificadas. + +N. No cambiar el título de ninguna sección existente a «Aprobaciones» +ni a uno que entre en conflicto con el de alguna Sección Invariante. + +Si la Versión Modificada incluye secciones o apéndices nuevos que +cualifiquen como Secciones Secundarias y no contienen ningún material +copiado del Documento, puede opcionalmente designar algunas o todas +esas secciones como invariantes. Para hacerlo, añada sus títulos a la +lista de Secciones Invariantes en el aviso de licencia de la Versión +Modificada. Tales títulos deben ser distintos de cualquier otro título +de sección. + +Puede añadir una sección titulada «Aprobaciones», siempre que contenga +únicamente aprobaciones de su Versión Modificada por otras fuentes +--por ejemplo, observaciones de compañeros o que el texto ha sido +aprobado por una organización como definición oficial de un estándar. + +Puede añadir un pasaje de hasta cinco palabras como Texto de Cubierta +Delantera y un pasaje de hasta 25 palabras como Texto de Cubierta +Trasera al final de la lista de Texto de Cubierta en la Versión +Modificada. Una entidad sólo puede añadir (o hacer que se añada) un +pasaje al Texto de Cubierta Delantera y uno al de Cubierta Trasera. Si +el Documento ya incluye un textos de cubiertas añadidos previamente +por usted o por acuerdo previo con la entidad que usted representa, +usted no puede añadir otro; pero puede reemplazar el anterior, con +permiso explícito del editor anterior que agregó el texto anterior. + +Con esta Licencia ni los autores ni los editores del Documento dan +permiso para usar sus nombres para publicidad ni para asegurar o +implicar aprobación de cualquier Versión Modificada. + +@subheading 5. Combinación de documentos + +Usted puede combinar el Documento con otros documentos liberados bajo +esta Licencia, bajo los términos definidos en la sección section 4 más +arriba para versiones modificadas, siempre que incluya en la +combinación todas las Secciones Invariantes de todos los documentos +originales, sin modificaciones, y las liste todas como Secciones +Invariantes de su trabajo combinado en su aviso de licencia. + +El trabajo combinado necesita contener solamente una copia de esta +Licencia, y múltiples Secciones Invariantes idénticas pueden +reemplazarse por una sola copia. Si hay múltiples Secciones +Invariantes con el mismo nombre pero con contenidos diferentes, haga +el título de cada una de estas secciones único añadiéndolo al final de +este, entre paréntesis, el nombre del autor o de quien editó +originalmente esa sección, si es conocido, o si no, un número único. +Haga el mismo ajuste a los títulos de sección en la lista de Secciones +Invariantes en la nota de licencia del trabajo combinado. + +En la combinación, debe combinar cualquier sección titulada «Historia» +de los distintos documentos originales, formando una sección titulada +«Historia»; de la misma forma, combine cualquier sección titulada +«Reconocimientos» y cualquier sección titulada «Dedicatorias». Debe +borrar todas las secciones tituladas «Aprobaciones». + +@subheading 6. Colecciones de documentos + +Puede hacer una colección que conste del Documento y de otros +documentos publicados bajo esta Licencia, y reemplazar las copias +individuales de esta Licencia en todos los documentos por una sola +copia que esté incluida en la colección, siempre que siga las reglas +de esta Licencia para cada copia literal de cada uno de los documentos +en cualquiera de los demás aspectos. + +Puede extraer un solo documento de una de tales colecciones y +distribuirlo individualmente bajo esta Licencia, siempre que inserte +una copia de esta Licencia en el documento extraído, y siga esta +Licencia en todos los demás aspectos relativos a la copia literal de +dicho documento. + +@subheading 7. Agregación con trabajos independientes + +Una recopilación que conste del Documento o sus derivados y de otros +documentos o trabajos separados e independientes, en cualquier soporte +de almacenamiento o distribución, no cuenta como un todo como una +Versión Modificada del Documento, siempre que no se reclame ningún +derecho de copyright por la compilación. Dicha compilación se denomina +un «agregado», y esta Licencia no se aplica a otros trabajos +autocontenidos incluidos con el Documento. teniendo en cuenta que son +compilados, si no son los mismos trabajos derivados del Documento. Si +el requisito de Texto de Cubierta de la sección 3 es aplicable a estas +copias del Documento, entonces si el Documento es menor que un cuarto +del agregado completo, los Textos de Cubierta del Documento pueden +colocarse en cubiertas que enmarquen solamente el Documento dentro del +agregado. En caso contrario deben aparecer en cubiertas impresas +enmarcando todo el agregado. + +@subheading 8. Traducción + +La Traducción se considera como un tipo de modificación, por lo que +usted puede distribuir traducciones del Documento bajo los términos de +la sección 4. El reemplazo las Secciones Invariantes por traducciones +requiere permiso especial de los poseedores del copyright, pero usted +puede incluir traducciones de algunas o todas las Secciones +Invariantes junto con las versiones originales de las mismas. Puede +incluir una traducción de esta Licencia, siempre que incluya también +la versión original en inglés de esta Licencia. En caso de desacuerdo +entre la traducción y la versión original en inglés de esta Licencia, +la versión original en Inglés prevalecerá. + +@subheading 9. Terminación + +Usted no puede copiar, modificar, sublicenciar o distribuir el +Documento salvo por lo permitido expresamente por esta Licencia. +Cualquier otro intento de copia, modificación, sublicenciamiento o +distribución del Documento es nulo, y dará por terminados +automáticamente sus derechos bajo esa Licencia. Sin embargo, los +terceros que hayan recibido copias, o derechos, de usted bajo esta +Licencia no verán terminadas sus licencias, siempre que permanezcan en +total conformidad con ella. + +@subheading Revisiones futuras de esta licencia + +La Free Software Foundation puede publicar versiones nuevas y +revisadas de la Licencia de Documentación Libre GNU de vez en cuando. +Dichas versiones nuevas serán similares en espíritu a la presente +versión, pero pueden diferir en detalles para solucionar nuevos +problemas o preocupaciones. Vea @url{http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/}. + +Cada versión de la Licencia tiene un número de versión que la +distingue. Si el Documento especifica que se aplica una versión +numerada en particular de esta licencia o «cualquier versión +posterior», usted tiene la opción de seguir los términos y condiciones +de la versión especificada o cualquiera posterior que haya sido +publicada (no como borrador) por la Free Software Foundation. Si el +Documento no especifica un número de versión de esta Licencia, puede +escoger cualquier versión que haya sido publicada (no como borrador) +por la Free Software Foundation. + +@subheading Adenda + +Para usar esta licencia en un documento que usted haya escrito, +incluya una copia de la Licencia en el documento y ponga el siguiente +copyright y notificación de licencia justo después de la página de +título: + +@example +Copyright © AÑO SU NOMBRE. + +Se otorga permiso para copiar, distribuir y/o modificar este documento +bajo los términos de la Licencia de Documentación Libre de GNU, +Versión 1.1 o cualquier otra versión posterior publicada por la +Free Software Foundation; con las Secciones Invariantes siendo su +LISTE SUS TÍTULOS, con Textos de Cubierta Delantera siendo LISTA, y +con los Textos de Cubierta Trasera siendo LISTA. Una copia de la +licencia está incluida en la sección titulada «GNU Free +Documentation License». +@end example + +Si no tiene Secciones Invariantes, escriba «sin Secciones Invariantes» +en vez de decir cuáles son invariantes. Si no tiene Textos de Cubierta +Frontal, escriba «sin Textos de Cubierta Frontal»; de la misma manera +para Textos de Cubierta Trasera. + +Si su documento contiene ejemplos de código de programa no triviales, +recomendamos liberar estos ejemplos en paralelo bajo la licencia de +software libre que usted elija, como la Licencia Pública General de +GNU (@pxref{GNU General Public License}), para permitir su uso en +software libre. diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/es_ES/Licenses/GPL.texinfo b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/es_ES/Licenses/GPL.texinfo new file mode 100755 index 0000000..79680fe --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/es_ES/Licenses/GPL.texinfo @@ -0,0 +1,329 @@ +@subheading Preámbulo + +Las licencias que cubren la mayor parte del software están diseñadas +para quitarle a usted la libertad de compartirlo y modificarlo. Por el +contrario, la Licencia Pública General de GNU pretende garantizarle la +libertad de compartir y modificar software libre, para asegurar que el +software es libre para todos sus usuarios. Esta Licencia Pública +General se aplica a la mayor parte del software del la Free Software +Foundation y a cualquier otro programa si sus autores se comprometen a +utilizarla. (Existe otro software de la Free Software Foundation que +está cubierto por la Licencia Pública General de GNU para +Bibliotecas). Si quiere, también puede aplicarla a sus propios +programas. + +Cuando hablamos de software libre, estamos refiriéndonos a libertad, +no a precio. Nuestras Licencias Públicas Generales están diseñadas +para asegurarnos de que tenga la libertad de distribuir copias de +software libre (y cobrar por ese servicio si quiere), de que reciba el +código fuente o que pueda conseguirlo si lo quiere, de que pueda +modificar el software o usar fragmentos de él en programas nuevos +libres, y de que sepa que puede hacer todas estas cosas. + +Para proteger sus derechos necesitamos algunas restricciones que +prohíban a cualquiera negarle a usted estos derechos o pedirle que +renuncie a ellos. Estas restricciones se traducen en ciertas +obligaciones que le afectan si distribuye copias del software, o si lo +modifica. + +Por ejemplo, si distribuye copias de uno de estos programas, sea +gratuitamente, o a cambio de una contraprestación, debe dar a los +receptores todos los derechos que tiene. Debe asegurarse de que ellos +también reciben, o pueden conseguir, el código fuente. Y debe +mostrarles estas condiciones de forma que conozcan sus derechos. + +Protegemos sus derechos con la combinación de dos medidas: + +@itemize +@item Derechos de copia del software (copyright), y +@item Le ofrecemos esta licencia, que le da permiso legal para copiar, +distribuir y/o modificar el software. +@end itemize + +También, para la protección de cada autor y la nuestra propia, +queremos asegurarnos de que todo el mundo comprende que no se +proporciona ninguna garantía para este software libre. Si el software +se modifica por cualquiera y éste a su vez lo distribuye, queremos que +sus receptores sepan que lo que tienen no es el original, de forma que +cualquier problema introducido por otros no afecte a la reputación de +los autores originales. + +Finalmente, cualquier programa libre está constantemente amenazado por +patentes sobre el software. Queremos evitar el peligro de que los +redistribuidores de un programa libre obtengan patentes por su cuenta, +convirtiendo de facto el programa en propietario. Para evitar esto, +hemos dejado claro que cualquier patente debe ser pedida para el uso +libre de cualquiera, o no ser pedida. + +Los términos precisos y las condiciones para la copia, distribución y +modificación se exponen a continuación. + +@subheading TÉRMINOS Y CONDICIONES PARA LA COPIA, DISTRIBUCIÓN Y MODIFICACIÓN + +@subsubheading Sección 0 + +Esta Licencia se aplica a cualquier programa u otro tipo de obra que +contenga una notificación colocada por el propietario del copyright +diciendo que puede distribuirse bajo los términos de esta Licencia +Pública General. El «Programa», en adelante, se referirá a cualquier +programa u obra, y «obra basada en el Programa» se referirá bien al +Programa o a cualquier trabajo derivado de él según la ley de derechos +de autor (copyright): Esto es, una obra o trabajo que contenga el +programa o una porción de él, bien en forma literal o con +modificaciones y/o traducido en otro lenguaje. Aquí y después, la +traducción está incluida sin limitación en el término «modificación». +Cada concesionario (licenciatario) será denominado «usted». + +Cualquier otra actividad que no sea la copia, distribución o +modificación no está cubierta por esta Licencia, está fuera de su +ámbito. El acto de ejecutar el Programa no está restringido, y los +resultados del Programa están cubiertos únicamente si sus contenidos +constituyen un trabajo basado en el Programa, independientemente de +haberlo producido mediante la ejecución del programa. El que esto se +cumpla, depende de lo que haga el programa. + +@subsubheading Sección 1 + +Usted puede copiar y distribuir copias literales del código fuente del +Programa, según lo has recibido, en cualquier medio, supuesto que de +forma adecuada y bien visible publique en cada copia un anuncio de +copyright adecuado y un repudio de garantía, mantenga intactos todos +los anuncios que se refieran a esta Licencia y a la ausencia de +garantía, y proporcione a cualquier otro receptor del programa una +copia de esta Licencia junto con el Programa. + +Puede cobrar un precio por el acto físico de transferir una copia, y +puede, según su libre albedrío, ofrecer garantía a cambio de unos +honorarios. + +@subsubheading Sección 2 + +Puede modificar su copia o copias del Programa o de cualquier porción +de él, formando de esta manera un trabajo basado en el Programa, y +copiar y distribuir esa modificación o trabajo bajo los términos de la +Sección 1 anterior, probado que además usted cumpla con todas las +siguientes condiciones: + +@enumerate +@item Debe hacer que los ficheros modificados lleven anuncios +prominentes indicando que los ha cambiado y la fecha de cualquier +cambio. + +@item Debe hacer que cualquier trabajo que distribuya o publique y que +en todo o en parte contenga o sea derivado del Programa o de cualquier +parte de él sea licenciada como un todo, sin carga alguna, a todas las +terceras partes y bajo los términos de esta Licencia. + +@item If the modified program normally reads commands interactively +when run, you must cause it, when started running for such interactive +use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an announcement +including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice that there is +no warranty (or else, saying that you provide a warranty) and that +users may redistribute the program under these conditions, and telling +the user how to view a copy of this License. + +Excepción: Si el propio Programa es interactivo pero normalmente no +muestra ese anuncio, no se requiere que su trabajo basado en el +Programa muestre ningún anuncio. + +@end enumerate + +Estos requisitos se aplican al trabajo modificado como un todo. Si +partes identificables de ese trabajo no son derivadas del Programa, y +pueden, razonablemente, ser consideradas trabajos independientes y +separados por ellos mismos, entonces esta Licencia y sus términos no +se aplican a esas partes cuando sean distribuidas como trabajos +separados. Pero cuando distribuya esas mismas secciones como partes de +un todo que es un trabajo basado en el Programa, la distribución del +todo debe ser según los términos de esta licencia, cuyos permisos para +otros licenciatarios se extienden al todo completo, y por lo tanto a +todas y cada una de sus partes, con independencia de quién la +escribió. + +Por lo tanto, no es la intención de este apartado reclamar derechos o +desafiar sus derechos sobre trabajos escritos totalmente por usted +mismo. El intento es ejercer el derecho a controlar la distribución de +trabajos derivados o colectivos basados en el Programa. + +Además, el simple hecho de reunir un trabajo no basado en el Programa +con el Programa (o con un trabajo basado en el Programa) en un volumen +de almacenamiento o en un medio de distribución no hace que dicho +trabajo entre dentro del ámbito cubierto por esta Licencia. + +@subsubheading Sección 3 + +Puede copiar y distribuir el Programa (o un trabajo basado en él, +según se especifica en la Sección 2, como código objeto o en formato +ejecutable según los términos de las Secciones 1 y 2 anteriores, +supuesto que además cumpla una de las siguientes condiciones: + +@enumerate + +@item Acompañarlo con el código fuente leíble completo +correspondiente, leíble por máquinas, que debe ser distribuido según +los términos las Secciones 1 y 2 mencionadas antes en un medio +habitualmente utilizado para el intercambio de software, o, + +@item Acompañarlo con una oferta por escrito, válida durante al menos +tres años, de proporcionar a cualquier tercera parte una copia +completa en formato electrónico del código fuente correspondiente, a +un coste no mayor que el de realizar físicamente la distribución del +fuente, que será distribuido bajo las condiciones descritas en los +apartados 1 y 2 anteriores, en un medio habitualmente utilizado para +el intercambio de programas, o + +@item Acompañarlo con la información que recibiste ofreciendo +distribuir el código fuente correspondiente. (Esta opción se permite +sólo para distribución no comercial y sólo si usted recibió el +programa como código objeto o en formato ejecutable con tal oferta, de +acuerdo con la Subsección b anterior). +@end enumerate + +Por código fuente de un trabajo se entiende la forma preferida del +trabajo cuando se le hacen modificaciones. Para un trabajo ejecutable, +se entiende por código fuente completo todo el código fuente para +todos los módulos que contiene, más cualquier fichero asociado de +definición de interfaces, más los guiones utilizados para controlar la +compilación e instalación del ejecutable. Como excepción especial el +código fuente distribuido no necesita incluir nada que sea distribuido +normalmente (bien como fuente, bien en forma binaria) con los +componentes principales (compilador, núcleo y similares) del sistema +operativo en el cual funciona el ejecutable, a no ser que el propio +componente acompañe al ejecutable. + +Si la distribución del ejecutable o del código objeto se hace mediante +la oferta acceso para copiarlo de un cierto lugar, entonces se +considera la oferta de acceso para copiar el código fuente del mismo +lugar como distribución del código fuente, incluso aunque terceras +partes no estén forzadas a copiar el fuente junto con el código +objeto. + +@subsubheading Sección 4 + +No puede copiar, modificar, sublicenciar o distribuir el Programa +excepto como prevé expresamente esta Licencia. Cualquier intento de +copiar, modificar sublicenciar o distribuir el Programa de otra forma +es inválida, y hará que cesen automáticamente los derechos que te +proporciona esta Licencia. En cualquier caso, las partes que hayan +recibido copias o derechos de usted bajo esta Licencia no cesarán en +sus derechos mientras esas partes continúen cumpliéndola. 5Sección 5 + +No está obligado a aceptar esta licencia, ya que no la ha firmado. Sin +embargo, no hay hada más que le proporcione permiso para modificar o +distribuir el Programa o sus trabajos derivados. Estas acciones están +prohibidas por la ley si no acepta esta Licencia. Por lo tanto, si +modifica o distribuye el Programa (o cualquier trabajo basado en el +Programa), está indicando que acepta esta Licencia para poder hacerlo, +y todos sus términos y condiciones para copiar, distribuir o modificar +el Programa o trabajos basados en él. 6Sección 6 + +Cada vez que redistribuya el Programa (o cualquier trabajo basado en +el Programa), el receptor recibe automáticamente una licencia del +licenciatario original para copiar, distribuir o modificar el +Programa, de forma sujeta a estos términos y condiciones. No puede +imponer al receptor ninguna restricción más sobre el ejercicio de los +derechos aquí garantizados. No es usted responsable de hacer cumplir +esta licencia por terceras partes. 7Sección 7 + +Si como consecuencia de una resolución judicial o de una alegación de +infracción de patente o por cualquier otra razón (no limitada a +asuntos relacionados con patentes) se le imponen condiciones (ya sea +por mandato judicial, por acuerdo o por cualquier otra causa) que +contradigan las condiciones de esta Licencia, ello no le exime de +cumplir las condiciones de esta Licencia. Si no puede realizar +distribuciones de forma que se satisfagan simultáneamente sus +obligaciones bajo esta licencia y cualquier otra obligación pertinente +entonces, como consecuencia, no puede distribuir el Programa de +ninguna forma. Por ejemplo, si una patente no permite la +redistribución libre de derechos de autor del Programa por parte de +todos aquellos que reciban copias directa o indirectamente a través de +usted, entonces la única forma en que podría satisfacer tanto esa +condición como esta Licencia sería evitar completamente la +distribución del Programa. + +Si cualquier porción de este apartado se considera inválida o +imposible de cumplir bajo cualquier circunstancia particular ha de +cumplirse el resto y la sección por entero ha de cumplirse en +cualquier otra circunstancia. + +No es el propósito de este apartado inducirle a infringir ninguna +reivindicación de patente ni de ningún otro derecho de propiedad o +impugnar la validez de ninguna de dichas reivindicaciones. Este +apartado tiene el único propósito de proteger la integridad del +sistema de distribución de software libre, que se realiza mediante +prácticas de licencia pública. Mucha gente ha hecho contribuciones +generosas a la gran variedad de software distribuido mediante ese +sistema con la confianza de que el sistema se aplicará +consistentemente. Será el autor/donante quien decida si quiere +distribuir software mediante cualquier otro sistema y una licencia no +puede imponer esa elección. + +Este apartado pretende dejar completamente claro lo que se cree que es +una consecuencia del resto de esta Licencia. + +@subsubheading Sección 8 + +Si la distribución y/o uso de el Programa está restringida en ciertos +países, bien por patentes o por interfaces bajo copyright, el tenedor +del copyright que coloca este Programa bajo esta Licencia puede añadir +una limitación explícita de distribución geográfica excluyendo esos +países, de forma que la distribución se permita sólo en o entre los +países no excluidos de esta manera. En ese caso, esta Licencia +incorporará la limitación como si estuviese escrita en el cuerpo de +esta Licencia. 9Sección 9 + +La Free Software Foundation puede publicar versiones revisadas y/o +nuevas de la Licencia Pública General de tiempo en tiempo. Dichas +nuevas versiones serán similares en espíritu a la presente versión, +pero pueden ser diferentes en detalles para considerar nuevos +problemas o situaciones. + +Cada versión recibe un número de versión que la distingue de otras. Si +el Programa especifica un número de versión de esta Licencia que se +aplica aplica a éste y a «cualquier versión posterior», usted tiene la +opción de seguir los términos y condiciones, bien de esa versión, bien +de cualquier versión posterior publicada por la Free Software +Foundation. Si el Programa no especifica un número de versión de esta +Licencia, usted puede escoger cualquier versión publicada por la Free +Software Foundation. + +@subsubheading Sección 10 + +Si quiere incorporar partes del Programa en otros programas libres +cuyas condiciones de distribución son diferentes, escribe al autor +para pedirle permiso. Si el software tiene copyright de la Free +Software Foundation, escribe a la Free Software Foundation: algunas +veces hacemos excepciones en estos casos. Nuestra decisión estará +guiada por el doble objetivo de de preservar la libertad de todos los +derivados de nuestro software libre y promover el que se comparta y +reutilice el software en general. + +@subsubheading AUSENCIA DE GARANTÍA + +Sección 11 + +DEBIDO A QUE EL PROGRAMA SE LICENCIA LIBRE DE CARGAS, NO SE OFRECE +NINGUNA GARANTÍA SOBRE EL PROGRAMA, EN TODA LA EXTENSIÓN PERMITIDA POR +LA LEGISLACIÓN APLICABLE. EXCEPTO CUANDO SE INDIQUE DE OTRA FORMA POR +ESCRITO, LOS PROPIETARIOS DEL COPYRIGHT Y/U OTRAS PARTES PROPORCIONAN +EL PROGRAMA «TAL CUAL», SIN GARANTÍA DE NINGUNA CLASE, BIEN EXPRESA O +IMPLÍCITA, CON INCLUSIÓN, PERO SIN LIMITACIÓN A LAS GARANTÍAS +MERCANTILES IMPLÍCITAS O A LA CONVENIENCIA PARA UN PROPÓSITO +PARTICULAR. CUALQUIER RIESGO REFERENTE A LA CALIDAD Y PRESTACIONES DEL +PROGRAMA ES ASUMIDO POR USTED. SI SE PROBASE QUE EL PROGRAMA ES +DEFECTUOSO, USTED ASUME EL COSTE DE CUALQUIER SERVICIO, REPARACIÓN O +CORRECCIÓN NECESARIO. + +@subsubheading Sección 12 + +EN NINGÚN CASO, SALVO QUE LO REQUIERA LA LEGISLACIÓN APLICABLE O HAYA +SIDO ACORDADO POR ESCRITO, NINGÚN TENEDOR DEL COPYRIGHT NI NINGUNA +OTRA PARTE QUE MODIFIQUE Y/O REDISTRIBUYA EL PROGRAMA SEGÚN SE PERMITE +EN ESTA LICENCIA SERÁ RESPONSABLE ANTE USTED POR DAÑOS, INCLUYENDO +CUALQUIER DAÑO GENERAL, ESPECIAL, INCIDENTAL O RESULTANTE PRODUCIDO +POR EL USO O LA IMPOSIBILIDAD DE USO DEL PROGRAMA (CON INCLUSIÓN, PERO +SIN LIMITACIÓN A LA PÉRDIDA DE DATOS O A LA GENERACIÓN INCORRECTA DE +DATOS O A PÉRDIDAS SUFRIDAS POR USTED O POR TERCERAS PARTES O A UN +FALLO DEL PROGRAMA AL FUNCIONAR EN COMBINACIÓN CON CUALQUIER OTRO +PROGRAMA), INCLUSO SI DICHO TENEDOR U OTRA PARTE HA SIDO ADVERTIDO DE +LA POSIBILIDAD DE DICHOS DAÑOS. diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/es_ES/manual-index.texinfo b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/es_ES/manual-index.texinfo new file mode 100755 index 0000000..bed8139 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/es_ES/manual-index.texinfo @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +@node Index +@unnumbered Índice +@syncodeindex fn cp +@syncodeindex vr cp +@syncodeindex ky cp +@syncodeindex pg cp +@syncodeindex tp cp +@printindex cp diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/es_ES/manual-init.pl b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/es_ES/manual-init.pl new file mode 100755 index 0000000..d8e2045 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/es_ES/manual-init.pl @@ -0,0 +1,119 @@ +# This file extends the '../manual-init.pl' initialization file to # provide Spanish translation messages for `texi2html-1.76-4.fc6'. +# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +# $Id$ +# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + +$LANGUAGES->{'es'} = { + ' The buttons in the navigation panels have the following meaning:' => 'Los botones en el panel de navegación tienen el significado siguiente:', + ' where the @strong{ Example } assumes that the current position is at @strong{ Subsubsection One-Two-Three } of a document of the following structure:' => 'donde el @strong{Ejemplo} asume que la posición actual es en @strong{Subsubsección Uno-Dos-Tres}', + ' Up ' => 'Arriba', + '%{acronym_like} (%{explanation})' => '', + '%{month}, %{day} %{year}' => '', + '%{name} of %{class}' => '%{name} de %{class}', + '%{name} on %{class}' => '%{name} en %{class}', + '%{node_file_href}' => '', + '%{node_file_href} @cite{%{book}}' => '', + '%{node_file_href} section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => 'sección %{node_file_href} `%{section}\' en @cite{%{book}}', + '%{reference_name}' => '', + '%{style} %{number}' => '', + '%{style}: %{caption_first_line}' => '', + '%{style}: %{shortcaption_first_line}' => '', + '@b{%{quotation_arg}:} ' => '', + '@cite{%{book}}' => '', + 'About This Document' => 'Acerca de este documento', + 'April' => 'abril', + 'August' => 'agosto', + 'Button' => 'Botón', + 'Contents' => 'Contenidos', + 'Current Position' => 'Posición actual', + 'December' => 'diciembre', + 'February' => 'febrero', + 'Footnotes' => 'Pie de página', + 'From 1.2.3 go to' => 'Desde 1.2.3 va a', + 'Go to' => 'Ir a', + 'Index' => 'Índice', + 'Index Entry' => 'Entrada índice', + 'January' => 'enero', + 'July' => 'julio', + 'Jump to' => 'Saltar a', + 'June' => 'junio', + 'March' => 'marzo', + 'May' => 'mayo', + 'Menu:' => 'Menú:', + 'Name' => 'Nombre', + 'Next' => 'Siguiente', + 'November' => 'noviembre', + 'October' => 'octubre', + 'Overview' => 'Introducción', + 'Overview:' => 'Introducción:', + 'Prev' => 'Anterior', + 'Section' => 'Sección', + 'Section One' => 'Sección Uno', + 'See %{node_file_href}' => 'Véase %{node_file_href}', + 'See %{node_file_href} @cite{%{book}}' => 'Véase %{node_file_href} @cite{%{book}}', + 'See %{node_file_href} section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => 'Véase la sección %{node_file_href} `%{section}\' en @cite{%{book}}', + 'See %{reference_name}' => 'Véase %{reference_name}', + 'See @cite{%{book}}' => 'Véase @cite{%{book}}', + 'See section %{reference_name}' => 'Véase la sección %{reference_name}', + 'See section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => 'Véase la sección `%{section}\' en @cite{%{book}}', + 'September' => 'septiembre', + 'Short Table of Contents' => 'Resumen del Contenido', + 'Subsection One-Four' => 'Subsección Uno-Cuatro', + 'Subsection One-One' => 'Subsección Uno-Uno', + 'Subsection One-Three' => 'Subsección Uno-Tres', + 'Subsection One-Two' => 'Subsección Uno-Dos', + 'Subsubsection One-Two-Four' => 'Subsubsección Uno-Dos-Cuatro', + 'Subsubsection One-Two-One' => 'Subsubsección Uno-Dos-Uno', + 'Subsubsection One-Two-Three' => 'Subsubsección Uno-Dos-Tress', + 'Subsubsection One-Two-Two' => 'Subsubsección Uno-Dos-Dos', + 'T2H_today' => '', + 'Table of Contents' => 'Tabla de contenidos', + 'This document was generated by @emph{%{user}} on @emph{%{date}} using @uref{%{program_homepage}, @emph{%{program}}}.' => 'Este documento fue generado pr @emph{%{user}} en @emph{%{date}} usando @uref{%{program_homepage}, @emph{%{program}}}.', + 'This document was generated by @emph{%{user}} using @uref{%{program_homepage}, @emph{%{program}}}.' => 'Este documento fue generado por @emph{%{user}} usando @uref{%{program_homepage}, @emph{%{program}}}.', + 'This document was generated on @i{%{date}} using @uref{%{program_homepage}, @i{%{program}}}.' => 'Este documento fue generado en @i{%{date}} usando @uref{%{program_homepage}, @i{%{program}}}.', + 'This document was generated using @uref{%{program_homepage}, @emph{%{program}}}.' => 'Este documento fue generado usando @uref{%{program_homepage}, @emph{%{program}}}.', + 'Top' => 'Inicio', + 'Untitled Document' => 'Documento sintítulo', + 'about (help)' => 'Acerca de (ayuda)', + 'beginning of this chapter or previous chapter' => 'Inicio del capítulo o capítulo anterior', + 'by @emph{%{user}}' => 'por @emph{%{user}}', + 'by @emph{%{user}} on @emph{%{date}}' => 'por @emph{%{user}} el @emph{%{date}}', + 'cover (top) of document' => 'Cubierta (inicio) del documento', + 'current' => 'actual', + 'current section' => 'Sección actual', + 'first section in reading order' => 'Primera sección en orden de lectura', + 'following node' => 'Nodo siguiente', + 'index' => 'Índice', + 'last section in reading order' => 'Última sección en orden de lectura', + 'next chapter' => 'Capítulo siguiente', + 'next node' => 'Nodo siguiente', + 'next section in reading order' => 'Sección siguiente en order de lectura', + 'next section on same level' => 'Sección siguiente en el mismo nivel', + 'node following in node reading order' => 'siguiente nodo en orden de lectura', + 'node up' => 'nodo arriba', + 'on @emph{%{date}}' => 'el @emph{%{date}}', + 'previous node' => 'nodo anterior', + 'previous section in reading order' => 'Sección anterior en orden de lectura', + 'previous section on same level' => 'Sección anterior en el mismo nivel', + 'section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => 'sección `%{section}\' en @cite{%{book}}', + 'see %{node_file_href}' => 'Véase %{node_file_href}', + 'see %{node_file_href} @cite{%{book}}' => 'Véase %{node_file_href} @cite{%{book}}', + 'see %{node_file_href} section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => 'Véase %{node_file_href} sección `%{section}\' en @cite{%{book}}', + 'see %{reference_name}' => 'Véase %{reference_name}', + 'see @cite{%{book}}' => 'Véase @cite{%{book}}', + 'see section %{reference_name}' => 'véase sección %{reference_name}', + 'see section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => 'véase sección `%{section}\' en @cite{%{book}}', + 'short table of contents' => 'resumen del contenido', + 'table of contents' => 'Tabla de contenidos', + 'unknown' => 'desconocido', + 'up node' => 'nodo superior', + 'up section' => 'Sección superior' + }; + +$T2H_OBSOLETE_STRINGS->{'es'} = { + 'See' => 'Véase', + 'section' => 'sección', + 'see' => 'véase' + }; + +return 1; diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/es_ES/manual-menu.texinfo b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/es_ES/manual-menu.texinfo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0afc9ff --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/es_ES/manual-menu.texinfo @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ +@menu +* Licenses:: +* Index:: +@end menu diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/es_ES/manual-nodes.texinfo b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/es_ES/manual-nodes.texinfo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e69de29 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/es_ES/manual-nodes.texinfo diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/es_ES/manual.conf b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/es_ES/manual.conf new file mode 100755 index 0000000..b4f9ae4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/es_ES/manual.conf @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +# Este fichero controla la configuración del manual. Este fichero +# está dividido en diferentes secciones de configuración (e.g., `main' +# para organizar la configuración principal y `templates' para +# organizar la relación de asiganación plantillas-sección). Cada +# sección de configuración está organizada en pares de valores +# `variable = valor' usados para describir las preferencias de +# configuración. +# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +# $Id$ +# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + +[main] + +# Especifica el trasfondo de documentación usado por el manual. Este +# es el formato utilizado para redactar los ficheros fuentes del +# manual de documentación. +manual_format = "texinfo" + +# Especifica el estilo de títulos utilizados por las secciones del +# manual. Los valores posibles para esta opción son `cap-each-word' +# para escribir la primera letra de cada palabra en el título con +# mayúscula y el resto en minúscula, `cap-first-word' para escribir +# solo la primera letra del título en mayúscula y el resto en +# minúscula; y `directory' para transformar el título en un camino de +# directorio. +manual_section_style = "cap-each-word" + +# Especifica el order con que se muestran las secciones en el manual. +# Los valores posibles para esta opción son `created' para ubicar las +# nuevas secciones creadas en orden de creación, `ordered' para +# ordenar las secciones alfabéticamente sin importar el orden con el +# cual fueron creadas; y `reversed' lo contrario the `ordered'. +manual_section_order = "created" + +[templates] + +# Especifica la relación entre los ficheros de plantilla y los +# ficheros de definición de secciones en el manual. La definición de +# las plantillas se escriben en forma de camino relativo en el +# izquierdo y la definición de secciones en forma de expresión regular +# en el lado derecho. +Chapters/section-functions.texinfo = "^.+-functions-[[:alnum:]]+\.texinfo$" +Chapters/section.texinfo = "^.+\.texinfo$" diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/es_ES/manual.sed b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/es_ES/manual.sed new file mode 100644 index 0000000..baa4b5b --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/es_ES/manual.sed @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +#!/bin/sed +# +# repository.sed -- This file provide Spanish transformations for +# texi2html outupt, based on The CentOS Project CSS definitions. +# +# Copyright (C) 2009-2012 The CentOS Project +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +# (at your option) any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but +# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 +# USA. +# +# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +# $Id$ +# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# Quotations. +s!

Nota!

Info

Nota

!g + +s!

Advertencia!

Advertencia

Advertencia

!g + +s!

Importante!

Importante

Importante

!g + +s!

Idea!

Idea

Idea

!g + +s!

Precaución!

Precaución

Precaución

!g + +s!

Convensión!

Convensión

Convensión

!g + +s!

Redirección!

Redirección

Redirección

!g diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/es_ES/manual.texinfo b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/es_ES/manual.texinfo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c21f607 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/es_ES/manual.texinfo @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +\input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*- +@c -- Header -------------------------------------------------- + +@setfilename =MANUAL_NAME=.info +@settitle =MANUAL_TITLE= +@documentlanguage es +@afourpaper +@finalout + +@c -- Variables ----------------------------------------------- + +@set TCENTOS The Community Enterprise Operating System +@set TCPROJ @url{http://www.centos.org/, The CentOS Project} +@set TCWIKI @url{http://wiki.centos.org/, The CentOS Wiki} +@set TCMLISTS @url{http://lists.centos.org/, The CentOS Mailing Lists} +@set TCBUGS @url{http://bugs.centos.org/, The CentOS Bugs} +@set TCMIRRORS @url{http://mirrors.centos.org/, The CentOS Mirrors} +@set TCPLANET @url{http://planet.centos.org/, The CentOS Planet} +@set TCFORUMS @url{http://forums.centos.org/, The CentOS Forums} +@set TCINFOML @email{centos-info@@centos.org, The CentOS Information Mailing List} +@set TCDEVSML @email{centos-devel@@centos.org, The CentOS Developers Mailing List} +@set TCDOCSML @email{centos-docs@@centos.org, The CentOS Documentation Mailing List} +@set TCARTWML @email{centos-artwork@@centos.org, The CentOS Artwork Mailing List} +@set TCL10NML @email{centos-l10n@@centos.org, The CentOS Localization Mailing List} +@set TCAR @url{https://projects.centos.org/svn/artwork/, The CentOS Artwork Repository} +@set TCAS @url{https://projects.centos.org/trac/artwork/, The CentOS Artwork SIG} + +@c -- Summary description and copyright ----------------------- + +@copying +=MANUAL_ABSTRACT= + +Copyright @copyright{} =COPYRIGHT_YEAR_LIST= =COPYRIGHT_HOLDER= + +Se otorga permiso para copiar, distribuir y/o modificar este documento +bajo los términos de la Licencia de Documentación Libre de GNU, +Versión 1.1 o cualquier otra versión posterior publicada por la Free +Software Foundation; con las Secciones Invariantes, con Textos de +Cubierta Delantera, y con los Textos de Cubierta Trasera. Una copia de +la licencia está incluida en la sección titulada @ref{GNU Free +Documentation License}. +@end copying + +@c -- Titlepage, contents, copyright --------------------------- + +@titlepage +@title =MANUAL_TITLE= +@subtitle =MANUAL_SUBTITLE= +@author =COPYRIGHT_HOLDER= +@page +@vskip 0pt plus 1filll +@insertcopying +@end titlepage +@contents + +@c -- `Top' node and master menu ------------------------------- + +@ifnottex +@node Top +@top =MANUAL_TITLE= +@insertcopying +@end ifnottex + +@include =MANUAL_NAME=-menu.texinfo + +@c -- The body of the document -------------------------------- + +@include =MANUAL_NAME=-nodes.texinfo + +@c -- The end of the document --------------------------------- + +@include Licenses.texinfo +@include =MANUAL_NAME=-index.texinfo + +@bye diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/manual-init.pl b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/manual-init.pl new file mode 100755 index 0000000..8f68ea7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/manual-init.pl @@ -0,0 +1,389 @@ +#!/usr/bin/perl +# +# repository.init -- This file initializes Texi2HTML program to +# produce the repository documentation manual using the CentOS Web +# Environment XHTML and CSS standard definition. +# +# Copyright (C) 2009, 2010, 2011 The CentOS Project +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +# (at your option) any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but +# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 +# USA. +# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +# $Id$ +# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# -iso +# if set, ISO8859 characters are used for special symbols (like +# copyright, etc) +$USE_ISO = 1; + +# -I +# add a directory to the list of directories where @include files are +# searched for (besides the directory of the file). additional '-I' +# args are appended to this list. (APA: Don't implicitely search ., +# to conform with the docs!) my @INCLUDE_DIRS = ("."); +#@INCLUDE_DIRS = ("/home/al/Projects/CentOS/artwork"); + +# Extension used on output files. +$EXTENSION = "xhtml"; + +# Horizontal rules. +$DEFAULT_RULE = '

'; +$SMALL_RULE = $DEFAULT_RULE; +$MIDDLE_RULE = $DEFAULT_RULE; +$BIG_RULE = $DEFAULT_RULE; + +# -split section|chapter|node|none +# if $SPLIT is set to 'section' (resp. 'chapter') one html file per +# section (resp. chapter) is generated. If $SPLIT is set to 'node' one +# html file per node or sectionning element is generated. In all these +# cases separate pages for Top, Table of content (Toc), Overview and +# About are generated. Otherwise a monolithic html file that contains +# the whole document is created. +$SPLIT = 'section'; + +# -sec-nav|-nosec-nav +# if this is set then navigation panels are printed at the beginning +# of each section. If the document is split at nodes then navigation +# panels are printed at the end if there were more than $WORDS_IN_PAGE +# words on page. +# +# If the document is split at sections this is ignored. +# +# This is most useful if you do not want to have section navigation +# with -split chapter. There will be chapter navigation panel at the +# beginning and at the end of chapters anyway. +$SECTION_NAVIGATION = 1; + +# Layout control +$print_page_head = \&T2H_XHTML_print_page_head; +$print_page_foot = \&T2H_XHTML_print_page_foot; +$print_frame = \&T2H_XHTML_print_frame; +$button_icon_img = \&T2H_XHTML_button_icon_img; +$print_navigation = \&T2H_XHTML_print_navigation; + +#FIXME update once it is more stabilized in texi2html.init +sub T2H_XHTML_print_page_head +{ + my $fh = shift; + my $longtitle = "$Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'title_unformatted'}"; + $longtitle .= ": $Texi2HTML::UNFORMATTED{'This'}" if exists $Texi2HTML::UNFORMATTED{'This'}; + print $fh < + + + + + $longtitle + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
+ +
+ +
+ + +EOT +} + +sub T2H_XHTML_print_page_foot +{ + my $fh = shift; + my @date=localtime(time); + my $year=$date[5] += 1900; + my $program_string = program_string(); + print $fh <$program_string

+ +
+ +
+ + +
+ + + + +EOT +} + +# / in +sub T2H_XHTML_button_icon_img +{ + my $button = shift; + my $icon = shift; + my $name = shift; + return '' if (!defined($icon)); + if (defined($name) && $name) + { + $name = ": $name"; + } + else + { + $name = ''; + } + $button = "" if (!defined ($button)); + return qq{$button$name}; +} + +$simple_map{'*'} = '
'; + +# formatting functions + +$def_line = \&t2h_xhtml_def_line; +$index_summary = \&t2h_xhtml_index_summary; +$image = \&t2h_xhtml_image; + +# need / in +sub t2h_xhtml_image($$$) +{ + my $file = shift; + my $base = shift; + my $preformatted = shift; + return "[ $base ]" if ($preformatted); + return "\"$base\""; +} + +# process definition commands line @deffn for example +# replaced by +sub t2h_xhtml_def_line($$$$$) +{ + my $category = shift; + my $name = shift; + my $type = shift; + my $arguments = shift; + my $index_label = shift; + $index_label = '' if (!defined($index_label)); + $name = '' if (!defined($name) or ($name =~ /^\s*$/)); + $type = '' if (!defined($type) or $type =~ /^\s*$/); + if (!defined($arguments) or $arguments =~ /^\s*$/) + { + $arguments = ''; + } + else + { + $arguments = '' . $arguments . ''; + } + my $type_name = ''; + $type_name = " $type" if ($type ne ''); + $type_name .= ' ' . $name . '' if ($name ne ''); + $type_name .= $arguments . "\n"; + if (! $DEF_TABLE) + { + return '
'. '' . $category . ':' . $type_name . $index_label . "
\n"; + } + else + { + + return "\n" . $type_name . + "\n" . $category . $index_label . "\n" . "\n"; + } +} + +# There is a br which needs / +sub t2h_xhtml_index_summary($$) +{ + my $alpha = shift; + my $nonalpha = shift; + my $join = ''; + my $nonalpha_text = ''; + my $alpha_text = ''; + $join = "   \n
\n" if (@$nonalpha and @$alpha); + if (@$nonalpha) + { + $nonalpha_text = join("\n   \n", @$nonalpha) . "\n"; + } + if (@$alpha) + { + $alpha_text = join("\n   \n", @$alpha) . "\n   \n"; + } + #I18n + return "
" . &$I('Jump to') . ":   " . + $nonalpha_text . $join . $alpha_text . '
'; +} + +# Layout of navigation panel +sub T2H_XHTML_print_navigation +{ + my $fh = shift; + my $buttons = shift; + my $vertical = shift; + print $fh '' . "\n"; + + print $fh "" unless $vertical; + for my $button (@$buttons) + { + print $fh qq{\n} if $vertical; + print $fh qq{\n"; + print $fh "\n" if $vertical; + } + print $fh "" unless $vertical; + print $fh "
}; + + if (ref($button) eq 'CODE') + { + &$button($fh, $vertical); + } + elsif (ref($button) eq 'SCALAR') + { + print $fh "$$button" if defined($$button); + } + elsif (ref($button) eq 'ARRAY') + { + my $text = $button->[1]; + my $button_href = $button->[0]; + if (defined($button_href) and !ref($button_href) + and defined($text) and (ref($text) eq 'SCALAR') and defined($$text)) + { # use given text + if ($Texi2HTML::HREF{$button_href}) + { + print $fh "" . + &$anchor('', + $Texi2HTML::HREF{$button_href}, + $$text + ) + ; + } + else + { + print $fh $$text; + } + } + } + elsif ($button eq ' ') + { # handle space button + print $fh + $ICONS && $ACTIVE_ICONS{' '} ? + &$button_icon_img($button, $ACTIVE_ICONS{' '}) : + $NAVIGATION_TEXT{' '}; + #next; + } + elsif ($Texi2HTML::HREF{$button}) + { # button is active + my $btitle = $BUTTONS_GOTO{$button} ? + 'title="' . ucfirst($BUTTONS_GOTO{$button}) . '"' : ''; + if ($ICONS && $ACTIVE_ICONS{$button}) + { # use icon + print $fh '' . + &$anchor('', + $Texi2HTML::HREF{$button}, + &$button_icon_img($button, + $ACTIVE_ICONS{$button}, + #$Texi2HTML::NAME{$button}), + $Texi2HTML::NO_TEXI{$button}), + $btitle + ); + } + else + { # use text + print $fh + '[' . + &$anchor('', + $Texi2HTML::HREF{$button}, + $NAVIGATION_TEXT{$button}, + $btitle + ) . + ']'; + } + } + else + { # button is passive + print $fh + $ICONS && $PASSIVE_ICONS{$button} ? + &$button_icon_img($button, + $PASSIVE_ICONS{$button}, + #$Texi2HTML::NAME{$button}) : + $Texi2HTML::NO_TEXI{$button}) : + + "[" . $NAVIGATION_TEXT{$button} . "]"; + } + print $fh "
\n"; +} + +# Use icons for navigation. +$ICONS = 0; + +# insert here name of icon images for buttons +# Icons are used, if $ICONS and resp. value are set +%ACTIVE_ICONS = + ( + 'Top', 'file:///usr/share/icons/Bluecurve/24x24/stock/stock-goto-top.png', + 'Contents', 'file:///usr/share/icons/Bluecurve/24x24/stock/help-contents.png', + 'Overview', '', + 'Index', 'file:///usr/share/icons/Bluecurve/24x24/stock/stock-find.png', + 'This', '', + 'Back', 'file:///usr/share/icons/Bluecurve/24x24/stock/stock-go-back.png', + 'FastBack', 'file:///usr/share/icons/Bluecurve/24x24/stock/stock-goto-first.png', + 'Prev', 'file:///usr/share/icons/Bluecurve/24x24/stock/stock-go-back.png', + 'Up', 'file:///usr/share/icons/Bluecurve/24x24/stock/stock-go-up.png', + 'Next', 'file:///usr/share/icons/Bluecurve/24x24/stock/stock-go-forward.png', + 'NodeUp', 'file:///usr/share/icons/Bluecurve/24x24/stock/stock-go-up.png', + 'NodeNext', 'file:///usr/share/icons/Bluecurve/24x24/stock/stock-go-forward.png', + 'NodePrev', 'file:///usr/share/icons/Bluecurve/24x24/stock/stock-go-back.png', + 'Following', 'file:///usr/share/icons/Bluecurve/24x24/stock/stock-go-forward.png', + 'Forward', 'file:///usr/share/icons/Bluecurve/24x24/stock/stock-go-forward.png', + 'FastForward', 'file:///usr/share/icons/Bluecurve/24x24/stock/stock-goto-last.png', + 'About' , 'file:///usr/share/icons/Bluecurve/24x24/stock/gtk-about.png', + 'First', 'file:///usr/share/icons/Bluecurve/24x24/stock/stock-goto-first.png', + 'Last', 'file:///usr/share/icons/Bluecurve/24x24/stock/stock-goto-last.png', + ' ', '' + ); + +# Insert here name of icon images for these, if button is inactive +%PASSIVE_ICONS = + ( + 'Top', 'file:///usr/share/icons/Bluecurve/24x24/stock/stock-goto-top.png', + 'Contents', 'file:///usr/share/icons/Bluecurve/24x24/stock/help-contents.png', + 'Overview', '', + 'Index', 'file:///usr/share/icons/Bluecurve/24x24/stock/stock-find.png', + 'This', '', + 'Back', 'file:///usr/share/icons/Bluecurve/24x24/stock/stock-go-back.png', + 'FastBack', 'file:///usr/share/icons/Bluecurve/24x24/stock/stock-goto-first.png', + 'Prev', 'file:///usr/share/icons/Bluecurve/24x24/stock/stock-go-back.png', + 'Up', 'file:///usr/share/icons/Bluecurve/24x24/stock/stock-go-up.png', + 'Next', 'file:///usr/share/icons/Bluecurve/24x24/stock/stock-go-forward.png', + 'NodeUp', 'file:///usr/share/icons/Bluecurve/24x24/stock/stock-go-up.png', + 'NodeNext', 'file:///usr/share/icons/Bluecurve/24x24/stock/stock-go-forward.png', + 'NodePrev', 'file:///usr/share/icons/Bluecurve/24x24/stock/stock-go-back.png', + 'Following', 'file:///usr/share/icons/Bluecurve/24x24/stock/stock-go-forward.png', + 'Forward', 'file:///usr/share/icons/Bluecurve/24x24/stock/stock-go-forward.png', + 'FastForward', 'file:///usr/share/icons/Bluecurve/24x24/stock/stock-goto-last.png', + 'About' , 'file:///usr/share/icons/Bluecurve/24x24/stock/gtk-about.png', + 'First', 'file:///usr/share/icons/Bluecurve/24x24/stock/stock-goto-first.png', + 'Last', 'file:///usr/share/icons/Bluecurve/24x24/stock/stock-goto-last.png', + ' ', '' + ); + +return 1; diff --git a/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/manual.sed b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/manual.sed new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2b89341 --- /dev/null +++ b/Artworks/Documentation/Repository/UserGuide/Texinfo/Default/manual.sed @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +#!/bin/sed +# +# repository.sed -- This file provides common transformations for +# texi2html output, based on The CentOS Project CSS definitions. +# +# Copyright (C) 2009, 2010, 2011 The CentOS Project +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +# (at your option) any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but +# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 +# USA. +# +# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +# $Id$ +# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# Links +#s!